Introduction .....................................................................
2
Calendar ..........................................................................
3
About This Catalog ...........................................................
4
Options .................................. Show more
Introduction .....................................................................
2
Calendar ..........................................................................
3
About This Catalog ...........................................................
4
Options ........................................................................... 4
.................................. 5
Visiting Students ....................
Interim Courses ................................................................
6
UMAlE Courses...............................................................
48
Other Courses ................................................................
49
Augsburg Lifetime Sports ................................................ 51
.
.
.
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and
topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and
preparing for class as they would for a four-course load
during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for
only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition
refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim
course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded
only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course
description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select which is most appropriate for their
needs. Students registering for upper division credit should
anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous
grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with
travel requirements, have additional fees associated with
them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may
change and students should check with the instructor to
verify the final costs.
To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the
Distribution requirements is required to complete three
Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts
Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are required.
The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for
transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their
transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on
the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies,
educational programs, activities and employment practices.
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thornsen, 33@1025
Interim Director, Dr. David Gabrielson, 330-1025
October 25 - October 29 ............................Interim Registration
November 29 ....................................Late Interim Registration
January 3 ....................................................
First Day of Interim
Time I - 900a.m. (first day only)
Time I1 - 1:00p.m.
January 4
Last Day for Cancel/Add
January 14 ...........Last Day for Determining Grading System
with Registrar
January 14 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 26 ..............................................................Interim Ends
January 31 ............................................ Spring Semester Begins
February 4 ................................................Interim Grades Due
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The
daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will
begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be obserued at Augsburg
with a special convocation on Monday, ]anuay 17, at 1:00 p.m.
Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
..........................................
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings
of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by
the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and
infomation about these courses are available in the Interim
Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of
the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog.
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one
of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper
Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE).
These course opportunities are listed near the end of this
catalog.
Internships deadline - Friday, December 10. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing
an internship must meet departmental requirements and
present a signed Internship Learning Agreement Plan to the
Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the
last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 10). The Learning
Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for
planning your internship is available in the Internship and
Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a
program of independent study (upper division 499) or
directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty
members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim.
Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study
must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan
approved by the supervising faculty member and the
directedlindependent study registration form. These forms
must be submitted by November 29. Appropriate study
proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the
Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement.Catalogs of these Interim programs can be
consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will
help students in applying for registration at other schools.
Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be
at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most
courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are
accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be
accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education require
ments. This qualification particularly affects courses offered
in religion.
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 41-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges
provided the student's home institution agrees not to
charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term.
The waiver of tuition dors not include special fees, housing
or board costs. Other students will bc charged $1,050 for the
Interim course. Students interested in registering for an
Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for
application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim
Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but
are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing
should be made to the Interim Office.
It should be noted that both ACTC exchange students and
visiting students may not register for 299 or 499 courses.
Art 24 7-A
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students. The figure will be depicted in various settings
with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. Grades
will be based upon quality and improvement.
There will be a fee of $40 to be paid on the first day of class.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
BIO 107-A
lnstructoc Ralph Sulerud
The development of the concept of evolution, arguably the
single most important unifying biological principle, will be
traced in this course from preDarwinian times to the
present. In so doing the massive body of evidence in
support of evolution will be addressed as will the pathway
of the evolutionary process and the proposed mechanisms
of that process.
Notwithstanding its acceptance by the vast majority of
biologists, evolution continues to be surrounded with
controversy. The antievolution movement including its
newest form, "scientific creationism," will be studied as will
the ongoing scientific debate concerning evolutionary
mechanisms. Finally the course will focus on some of the
reciprocal relationships between evolution and society.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist
primarily of lectures and discussion. Some audieslide
presentations and videotapes will be utilized. Grading will
be based primarily on quizzes and tests, but participation in
discussion will also be a consideration.
Prerequisite: High school biology
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 2 1 3
BIO 7 40-A
BIO 340-A
lnstructoc Dale Pederson
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of
marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound
Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The
Institute offers laboratory facilities and field trips in addition
to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the
study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs,
shallow bays, mangrove swamps, sea-grass communities,
and tide pools. Organisms from these communities and
others will be investigated on site and in the laboratory. A
marine biologist from the Institute will be available to lead
all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon
termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a
short t i p to the Florida Everglades to experience yet
another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made
during the week prior to the trip. This will include an
introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of
audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted
primarily to study and the completion of the course
requirements. Cost is $1,350.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the
program, a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and
a final examination. Upper division students will also do a
special research project which will be the basis of an
extensive paper.
Prerequisites: Biology 1I I; 112 for upper division credit
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Liberal Arts Perspective:
'
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
610 185-A
lnstructoc Robert Herforth
With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in and
research on the biological basis of the aging process has
taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more
leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes
which occur in the body with age, dysfunctions and
diseases associated with aging, and studies on what causes
these changes, including findings on the cellular and genetic
basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results
of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental
animals.
Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for
arriving at grades.
Distribution: Biology/Chembry
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 205
BUS 295-A
lnstructoc john Cerrito
The object of this class is to provide students who are not
majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for starting
and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small
business management and will be required to prepare a
business plan for a "model" business. The student will be
evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and
performances on small business case studies.
Business majors may not take this course for credit; course is
applied toward the major.
Distribution Requirement:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
BUS 302-A
lnstructoc Milo Schield
Examines micro-ethical issues involving individual choices
in business. Reviews critical thinking skills in moral
reasoning. Students will describe, analyze and evaluate
business practices and policies. In addition to written
papers, students will select and investigate a current topic
and give a written and oral presentation. The class will visit
several local businesses to discuss various perspectives on
business ethics. This course is being submitted for a
graduation-level critical thinking skill and for a Human
Identity perspective. Check on status with the Registrar.
Prerequisites: BUS 39 1 (now BUS 30 7) or PHI 120 or PHI 125
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
BUS 368-A
lnstructoc Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using
a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be
employed involving film, television documentaries, radio
speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition
to text material. A seminar model will be used, with
substantial participation expected on the part of students.
Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute
sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a
mid-tern and final examination.This class should be of
interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International
Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as
anyone with an interest in Japan.
Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of Instructor
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 7
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 22
BUS 495-A
Instructor Thomas Morgan
What is "quality"? Do you "know it when you see it"? How
and what should organizations learn? Searching for answers
to these and other questions will be the central focus of this
Special Topics course. Participants will develop and refine
"systems thinking" skills and learn how to apply them to
real strategic situations. Altemative perspectives on "the
Quality Movement" and "Continuous Process Improve
ment" will be explored through reading, discussion and
field trips to local organizations involved in the pursuit of
quality. Working in collaborative teams, participants will
develop a hands-on project based on actual organizations.
Evaluation will be based on two short papers and a group
presentation.
Prerequisites: BUS 242 & ECO 1 13, or permission of instructor
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 43
BUS 495
lnstructoc Dr. Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp
The events currently taking place in Central & Eastern
Europe represent one of the most important changes of the
post Cold War era. They cany major implications for world
trade and certainly for U.S. bilateral interests. This course
will provide an understanding of these events and will
identify the most effective ways of doing business with
Russia, Central & Eastern Europe.
Prerequisite: ECO 1 12
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Memorial Hall 323
CHE 100-A
lnstructoc Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the
popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early
and taught as needed for understanding the various topics
and implications. The course does assume the student is
interested in and concerned about the relationship of
chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for
centuries. The early scientists were considered to be
philosophers and their societies were philosophical
societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal
independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of
everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the
Pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supple
ments, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides,
pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic
manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental
disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The
common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon
nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a
hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body
chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of
chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of
the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then
but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves,
our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as
we take a molecular look at the human condition.
This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format.
Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily
quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does not
satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116.
Prerequisite: Math Placement 111
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: 11
Room: Science 3 15
CSC 270-A
Instructor Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for
students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of
programming and programming languages through
presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with
programming techniques for using those features. Students
are expected to know how to do computer programming in
some programming language (such as Pascal) before
entering this course.
This course will involve lectures and several programming
assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the
successful completion of assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course which includes programming
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 42
ECO 1 10-A
Instructor Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of the many problems
facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental
microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of
various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education,
etc. Course does not apply toward an Economics, Business
Administration, or MIS major. Does not apply toward an
Economics minor.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2, or The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
ECO 1 1 3-A
lnstructoc Satya Cupta
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income distribution.
Application of elementary economic theory to market
policy. May be taken independently of 110 or 112.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 7 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 7 6
EDE 295-A
lnstructoc Carolyn Levy
This is a class for both education and theatre students. The
main objective will be to introduce the use of theatre with
elementary children. One particular avenue of exploration
will be the use of theatre in a multicultural environment.
There will be a certain amount of theoretical discussion of
why to use theatre with children, but the main thrust will be
experiential learning: trying out various exercises, games
and programs. The last part of the month will include five
days of practice teaching in a local elementary school.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
EDE 375-A
Instructor Mary Endorf
The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy though the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching
kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will
occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is
a one-half credit course.
Prerequisite: PPST
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Library 17
EDU 353-A
lnstructoc Rich Cermundsen
This seminar-style course presents an examination and
comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers
in international education. Special attention will be directed
toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There
will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class
presentations and investigative projects.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Library 17
EDU 388-A
lnstructoc loseph Erickson
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota
for the development of interpersonal relations skills
applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Open to all. This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequisites: junior or Senior standing
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 23
ENC 282-A
ENC 482-A
lnstructoc john Mitchell
This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come
into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century.
Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each
poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those
images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison
and contrast, students will be expected to formulate
reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and
to express their discoveries in class discussion and short
papers. A final examination will be given, and two interpre
tive papers about three to five pages in length will be
assigned. For upper division credit, the student must also
read and give a written class report on a book that discusses
contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved by the
instructor.
Prerequisite: lntro to Literature - for students enrolling for upper
division credit
Distribution: English/Speech
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum ~nrollment:I5
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
ENC 24 9-A
lnstructoc Douglas Green
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are
vitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of
classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the
late 70s, the 80s, and the 90s, written in English, have been
shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial
tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current
drama on several such topics, like class, gender and
language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on
plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.)
For comparative purposes, we will also view a few films on
related topics and hy to attend at least two productions in
the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for the local
productions.
Prerequisite: ENC 1 I 1 (Effective Writing) is strongly recommended
Distribution: English/Speech
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 2 1
FRE/CER/NOR/SPA 350-A
lnstructoc Roman Soto
An inboduction to the critical reading of a broad range of
texts (short stories, novels, films and comic strips) through
the understanding of their structural properties as well as
the social contexts of communication they presuppose or
create and/or transform. Selected theoretical readings (in
English) prepare students to analyze representative texts (in
a second language of their choice).Both the aesthetic and
social-historical aspects of literary analysis will be explored,
with special emphasis given to analytical approaches from
outside the U.S. Workshops and discussions are key
features of the course andevaluation will be based on
classroom presentations, short papers, and a final examination. Lectures, class discussion and all written work in
English. Students may register under their particular major/
minor language.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 23
HPE 1 16-A
Instructor Ed Saugestad
This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their
role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on
the prevention of childhood health problems, and the
promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby Hall 202 (MWF)
HPE 232-A
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course
grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching
assignment and a written test. This is a one-half credit
course.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby Hall: North Court (TITH alternate Fridays - 1/4,
1/6, 1/7, 1/7 1, 1/13, 1/18, 1/20, 1/21, 1/25 - 9 meetings)
HPE 250-A
Instructor: Lisa Broek, Richard Borstad
Designed for students who are interested in learning about
contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to
their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course
provides a foundation for education, assisting and a p
proaching fellow students about personal health issues.
Students will apply student development models to peer
education and peer helping. Topics include human develop
ment theory, empowerment, communication skills,
multicultural issues, referral sources and procedures, and
decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies
which promote a healthier campus environment.
This course utilizes many interactive experiences combined
with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities
allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught
during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess
their own personal level of health. Evaluations will include
objective tests, journal entries, and a group project.
This course should be useful to students who are interested
in impacting their campus environment as well as those
who desire learning practical skills such as communication
and negotiation, group facilitation, program development,
and public speaking.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
HPE 475-A
lnstructoc Paul Kriegler
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of
common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and
training room procedures. This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequisite: BIO 103
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Melby Hall 119 (M/W alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5,
1/10, 1/72, 1/14, 7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings)
HPE 478-A
lnstructoc Ed Saugestad
Theory, techniques, and administrative aspecls of coaching
hockey. This is a onehalf credit course.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby Hall 7 19 (T-R)
HIS 162-A
Instructoc Don Custafson
This area on the other side of the world has produced the
world's largest working democracy. From this people has
come one of our centuqs greatest individuals (Gandhi)as
well as some intriguing charlatans. It is a prime example of
20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it is a standard
example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this - and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but
little or no background in non-Western subjects. The heart
of the course will be a wide assortment of readings (including at least one novel) and at least two really good movies,
but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and
perhaps some slides.
Grades will be based on general level of participation, on
some written work and a final exam.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 4
HIS 220-A
HIS 320-A
Instructor Khin Khin lensen
This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United
States in the mid-19th century and the turn of the 20th
century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino
experience will receive special attention. The course
concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S.
immigration laws in the post-World War I1 period. Students
will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they
settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to
the American economic scene, and the role of new Asian
immigrants since the end of the Vietnam war. The course
will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the
gradual opening of the United States to some Asian
immigration. Inter-active videos will be used. There will be
a mid-tern and a final project (a paper, topic to be selected
the first week of term in consultation with the instructor).
Prerequisite: None for lower division; more for upper
division (see asterisk below)
Distribution: Histo~y/Philosophy
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
"Upper division students will be required to complete a longer
paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected to
complete a book review on a book related to the course theme and
provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class.
TOPICS
IN U.S. HISTORY:
A HISTORY
OF
HIS 33 1 -A
lnstructoc Chris Kimball
The poet Walt Whitman once called baseball "America's
game." In the century since Whitman uttered those words,
baseball has occupied a prominent (and permanent) place in
American life in some ways equivalent to business, politics,
religion, and race. In this course, then, we will examine the
relationship between the United States and its national
pastime.
Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the
great players and teams. Instead, we will take up several
topics which can illuminate the historical evolution of this
country. Some of these include: professionalization and its
impact on amateur baseball, the role of ethnicity and ethnic
rivalry, the color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at
the expense of the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor
relations and the empowerment of the players, the impact of
television, and the ballpark as an urban place. Special
attention will be paid to baseball in the Twin Cities and
students will be asked to do a short research paper on some
aspect of baseball history in this region.
Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam.
Prerequisite: One ( 1 ) history course or consent of instructor
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 3
TOPICS
IN U.S. HISTORY:
LEGALHISTORY
HIS 331-A
lnstructoc Bill Green
This course will examine the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American history that contributed to the
emergence of a modem national legal system from English
and colonial antecedents. Some of the topics covered in this
course are the evolution of the roles of judges, lawyers, and
juries; the criminal justice system; property, contract, and
tort law; legal education; family law; civil rights (for
women, African Americans, Native Americans, and
children); and business and labor law.
Requirements: Discussions, attendance required, research
paper.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 2 1
HON 407-A
Instructor: Larry Crockett
This course will consider radical black American writers on
the left and the right, most notably exemplified by Malcolm
X and Angela Davis on the left and Norma Sowell and
Walter Williams on the right. Course will feature several
guest speakers. Students will write two small papers and
one large paper. Restricted to junior and senior honor
students or permission of instructor.
Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 42
INS 120-A
Instructor Ann Fleener
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following
the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler
and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars.
Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual
talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul Public School;
evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead
seminars.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 3 7 9
INS 197-A
Instructors: Kristin Anderson, lulie Bolton, Merilee Klemp
How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to
theater? What is the nature of art? How are ideas conveyed
in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theater
have in common? How do they reflect the society in which
they were created? Is art timebound or timeless?
All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We
see that the visual arts, music, and theater always reflect the
spiritual and intellectual climate of their time. Using
examples of music, art, and theater created in Europe in the
Baroque period, the course will explore how to appreciate
and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of
enduring themes and ideas at different points in time.
Students will participate in the course through various
readings, including reading plays, studying scores and
listening to recordings, and reading primary source material
comected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources
of the College and the city, students will also attend a
special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series,
visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of
Arts, and attend music performances, including the
Minnesota Orchestra, the Minnesota Opera, or the St. Paul
Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all
required performances and museum visits, write analyses of
the art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will
also be quizzes.
Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than
$20.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 75
Time: I (The class will normally meet during Time I, but
students will be expected to attend a limited number of offcampus events (some evenings and/or weekends) as a part of
the class work.)
Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre/SaterenAuditorium
INS21 1-A
Instructoc loan Kunz
Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but
just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a
series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on
your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to
effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen
to and learn about other science topics and science policy
from your fellow scientists.
This course satisfies the General Education Graduation Skill
in speaking.
Prerequisite: One year of an introductory science course
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 7 6
Time: I
Room: Science 3 15
INS 264-A
lnstructoc Virginia Allery
This course will be an historical survey of Hollywood
movies that created and continue to foster images of the
North American Indian in American society. Movies will
include: "Drums Along the Mohawk," "Shadow Catcher,
Broken Arrow," "Little Big Man," and "Pow-Wow Highway." Issues to be discussed will be authenticity, misrepre
sentation, stereotypes and the use of Indian and non-Indian
actors.
Upper-class students will be expected to do a project related
to any of the issues discussed in class.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Music 23
LIN 290-A
lnstructoc Don Steinmetz
Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it
present from birth? What do all languages have in common
despite their obvious differences? How can learning a
foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young
children learning their native language seem to be having
fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people
throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics
have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose
of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in
this area and engage in some principled speculation as to
what they mean. This course is open to all students with a
healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite.
There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main I 1
MIS 376-A
Instructor Kathy Schwalbe
This course develops practical project management skills by
combining theories, techniques, work-group skills, and
computer tools. Students will participate in numerous inclass activities to determine projects to be done during class,
estimate required resources, motivate people to successfully
complete projects, use project management software to track
progress and develop alternatives, etc. Evaluation will
consist of individual and team presentations, participation,
and a final exam.
Prerequisites: BUS 227, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 2 7
MAT 173-A
Instructor Ken Kaminsky
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house
or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away
now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Level 111
Distribution: Math/Physics
Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 1 12
MAT 253-A
lnstructoc Steve Zheng
Our objectives are the exploration
of this new geometry of fractals,
its rules, its visuals, how it reveals
the beauty of mathematics, how
to create images of such complex
forms and experience it as a form
of artistic expression via computer graphics. The class will
observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of selfsimilarity regardless of the power of magnification used in
examining it. The class will also consider the well known
Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition.
Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics,
and computer programs will provide students with the
opportunity to construct their own visuals.
Students will be tested on the mathematics through a
midterm exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals
similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot
or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of
those visuals and do a major creative project. There will also
be a final project.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 111 or higher
Distribution: Math/Physb
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 2 7
SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE
(UMAIE COURSE)
MU5 179-A
lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler
Much of American history and culture is derived from that
of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris,
Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunity
to visit and experience important cultural centers that
provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the
New World. Students will gain an appreciation of the role of
art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France,
Austria, and Germany.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related
group activities, a daily journal, art/music critique sheets,
and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no
previous experience in art or music is required.
Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast
daily, and five group dinners.
Registration for this interim must be made before October
22 at the International Programs Office, 620 2 n d Avenue
South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 331655. Offered on
a P/N basis only.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
MUS 204-A
lnstructoc 0. Nicholas Raths,
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception
(1950s) and maturation (1960s)periods. This course will
examine the historical background, musical content, and
methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a compre
hensive term paper, exam and a group performance project.
For non-music majors.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I/
Room: Music 3
MUS 295-A
Instructor Stephen "Cabe" Cabrielsen
The program "Finale" will be explored. This computer
program makes it possible for music students to generate
professional level musical scores. Daily assignments will be
given with the end goal of developing proficiency at
printing music at the computer.
Prerequisite: Note-reading ability
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Music Library ( I st floor Music Bldg)
MUS 394-A
lnstructoc Mark Thomsen
This course combines the study and performance of opera
and music theater as well as study of the techniques of
singing for the stage. Student participation will include
reading, discussion, performance of opera/musical theater
scenes, going to performances of other artists, and visiting
some of the performing organizations in the Twin Cities
area to see how they are run. Exercises devoted to release of
tension and acting technique for the singerlactor will also
be explored.
Opera! Opera! will culminate in a performance of opera/
music theater scenes at the end of Interim that will be open
to the public.
Prerequisite: Permission of private voice instructor
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Sateren Auditorium
NOR 1 1 I-A
lnstructoc Nancy Aarsvold
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking,
listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication
and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom
practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and
structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts.
Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Distribution: Modern Languages
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main I 1
PHI 146-A
lnstructoc David Apolloni
Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder?
Are there some crimes for which capital punishment is
justified? Is there such a thing as a just war?
These questions and the various answers proposed arouse
deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among
many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral
issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these
groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these
issues.
This course will utilize readings on these complex and
burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and critical
moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical
theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood
to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much deeper
and informed understanding of the philosophical problems
which lie behind the controversies surrounding abortion,
euthanasia, capital punishment, and war.
The course will combine lecture and class discussion on
some contemporary philosophical readings on killing.
Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to 3)
page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics) and
class participation.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: old Main 29
PHY 151-A
Instructor: leff lohnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in
business for years. However, it is also possible to use
spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using highpowered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who
is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a
more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve prob
lerns in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary
and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated
might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based
on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisite: Math Level I 1 1
Distribution: Mathematics/Physics
Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 30
PHY 337-A
Instructor: Stuart Anderson
The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at
the heart of modem physics, and lasers are probably the
most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. "Making
Light of Matter" will begin with an overview of optics
needed for understanding imaging, beam control and
dispersion, including the nature of light, reflection, refraction and interference. This sets the stage for treating the
physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact
of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will
conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms
and simple molecules by the emission, absorption and
scattering of light.
Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory
experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used
for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in
the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of
weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour
exams, and a formal research paper.
Prerequisites: PHY 121, 122, 245; MAT 145, 146, 245 (or
consent of instructor)
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 9
Time: I1
Room: Science 30
POL 140-A
lnstructoc Andrew Aoki
This course requires students to struggle with questions of
social justice in America. Students will develop and defend
their own standards of social justice, and conditions in the
United States will be measured against these standards. This
course will stress the exchange of ideas, and students will be
expected to be very actively involved in this exchange.
The goal of the course will be for students to develop their
own thinking about social justice, and to have a much
greater awareness of values which may conflict with the
pursuit of social justice. In addition, students should be able
to use their ideas to evaluate and critique conditions in
America today.
Evaluation will be based on participation in class discussions and structured class activities, on two short (46 page)
essays, and on a final exam.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 35
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
WORLD
POLITICS:
CONFLICT
AND CRISIS
IN
THE 90s
POL 160-A
Instructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten
By examining current crises and patterns of negotiations in
places like Bosnia, South Africa, Israel, and the former
Soviet Union, this course highlights the changing political
structures and processes in the world of the 90s. Students
will discuss new international economic patterns, security
issues such as nuclear proliferation, United Nations efforts
at peacekeeping, and environmental protection.
Lectures will supplement readings from two textbooks.
Students will give brief oral presentations of prepared
materials on world crisis topics and they will prepare a final
essay. The course will offer an opportunity for students to
simulate how national leaders negotiate among themselves.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 20
POL 220-A
POL 320-A
Instructor William Morris
This course will examine the impact of the American
political system upon public policy making in the United
States. Three topics of major policy importance will be
selected for examination in the way they are addressed by
particular political practices and/or institutions. The class
will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light
of the scholarly literature and other information available on
each subject. It will then assess the interplay between these
choices and their handling by the political system. Close
attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical
situation and dilemma of decision-making in politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written analyses
and evaluations of the success and/or failure of the policymaking process in addressing these problems. These, plus
additional articles and portions of books from the social
sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The
papers, a test on the assigned readings outlining the policymaking process in the United States, and class participation
will determine final grades.
Students taking the course for lower division credit will be
expected to complete papers on two of the three policy
issues addressed in the course. Those taking the course for
Upper Division credit must complete an additional paper
on a policy issue of their choice not covered in class.
Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one
lower division social science class.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
General Education Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
POL 250-A
POL 450-A
Instructor: Einar Vetvik
The course objective is to give knowledge of the political
systems and the most important policy issues in modem
Scandinavia. This will include party systems, elections,
political institutions, public administration, and the welfare
state. The course will include a comparative approach
linking the Scandinavian system to the development within
the European Community. Reference to the situation in the
U.S. will also be made.
The model of teaching is based on lectures, but emphasizes
student participation in discussion and group work.
Assignment 250: Readings, short essay paper, and a final
exam.
Assignment 450: More demanding exam, additional
reading, and a more extensive paper.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
PSY201-A
lnstructoc Victoria Littlefield
The methods of psychology are used to study behavioral
and social influences on health, including the interaction of
behaviors, thoughts, emotions, and biological systems.
Consideration is given to life styles, stress management,
illness prevention and treatment, and the role that proactive
behaviors play in health. Evaluation is based on class
participation, homework assignments, papers, and quizzes.
Prerequisites: PSY 10 1, 102, or 1 05
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 2 12
PSY 335-A
Instructor: Nancy Steblay
U.S. law and the legal system will be investigated from the
perspective of psychological theory and practice. A speclfic
focus will be on the social psychology of courtroom
procedures with consideration of such topics as jury
selection, eyewitness evaluation, and jury decision-making.
Class readings and discussion will also cover such broader
areas as morality, justice, ethics, and victimization. Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will
also be responsible for contribution to class discussion.
Prerequisites: PSY 7 02 or 1 05
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 73
PSY 340-A
lnstructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological,
cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths
and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about
how they function as representations of the "self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of "self" are
molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical
influences. The content of the course will include topics
such as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of
romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation;
and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of
assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared
for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved
in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be
based on class participation and five short (600-900 word)
papers.
Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 1
Room: Foss Center 43
PSY 370-A
lnstructoc Duane lohnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life
of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism
will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons
and society will be the main focus.
+â-h
This course will be conducted as a wmina&th h,+I~i!: level
of student contribution and participah. i\~I&il~rI ~ ,ltF
each class session is required. Ppf!kIu 1 t wi l I inr-tucic class
discussion frequent s h ~ r $ ~ ~ i l ~ i < f r ~v <n oral
l reports.
Typewriting or quiylcfil w o ~ png~.cxv,ing
l
will be r e
quired.
~ ' ? U
R
As i*lrkl)rau&pl. 111%i i hrm1students are required lo read
r
The Mnr,rf Lifi I?t '/rilllnj~I by Robert Coles before the start of
the i n l ~ ~ l ' book
l t i ~(in paperback) will be available in the
Augsburg Ik~okstore by November 1.An additional text
may be required and Iibrary reference work will be a part of
the course process. This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PS Y I 02 or PS Y 7 05
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
REL 330-A
lmtructoc Philip Quanbeck I1
This course will approach parts of the New Testament from
the perspective of the social world. It will examine the
world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change and
determine how that shaped the New Testament message
and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will
include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor
and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in
the Grawo-Roman world. Social status will be addressed in
the ways it affected women, men, free persons, and slaves.
Special attention will be paid to the relation between early
Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will
be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of Paul
(Romans and I Corinthians) and First Peter.
Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper.
Prerequisites: REL I 1 1 or REL 22 7
Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to
meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 2 1 3
REL 343-A
lnstructoc Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a
decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and
all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart,
whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase
your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy
in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian
teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular
attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied
to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family
secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource
persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper, and two tests. Two books will be required.
Prerequisites: REL 7 7 7 or REL 221 or permission of instructor
Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to
meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
REL 345-A
Instructoc Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it
is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th
century, its development over about 450 years, and its
cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several
monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used.
Some important readings will be done from the reserved
shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal
with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art,
music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements
include four exams.
Prerequisites: Religion 1 1 1 or 22 1
Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to
meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
REL 374-A
Instructors: john Benson, Mark Engebretson
For some in our society, science is the driving engine of a
better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life.
For others, science and its associated technologies, along
with its invitation to become a global world view, constitute
a grave threat. Some Christians particularly feel threatened
by science. This course will address these matters in two
ways. First, it will begin with a historical overview of the
relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the
development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the reevaluation of science and nature in the 20th
century. Second, it will study systematically the world
views of science and religion to see how they compare.
Class time will be divided among a variety of activities
including lectures, whole class discussions, small group
tutorials, and an extended simulation exercise in developing
a space colony, drawing from the ideas developed in the
course. Course evaluation will be based on two short exams,
participation in small group tutorials based on assigned
readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthe
sis paper based on the group project and course materials.
Prerequisites: One religion course, one science course, and
junior or senior standing
Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to
meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 60
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 7 8
REL 385-A
lnstructoc Lynne Lorenzen
This course is an introduction to process theology which is
based on the philosophy of A.N. Whitehead and is a critique
of "Classical Christianity." Issues such as theodicy,
christology, sin and salvation will be considered. An 8 to 10
page paper will be written and presented to the class. Class
sessions will include video and discussion.
Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1
Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to
meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 3 19
SWK 257-A
lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams
Experiential learning occurs as stydents volunteer 80 hours
(in a services agency or institution which students select).
The placement must be approved by course faculty and
supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer
experience students have opportunity to interact with
human service professionals, clients, and communities of
diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age,
socio-economic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical
abilities, gender, etc.).The course is designed to help
students learn about themselves in relation to a possible
major or future career in the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions
which assist students in integrating agency experiences and
readings which explore the historical development of social
welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of
social work as a profession. students will also examine and
critique the manner in which social, economic, and political
structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will
focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as
examine their personal value system in relation to special
concerns, such as poverty and the "isms."
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 7
S WK 4 66-A (full course)
SWK 4 6 6 4 (.5course)
Instructor Vincent Peters
This is a continuation of Field Work I1 -educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students
will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus
one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive
seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in
writing by the field instructor using previously developed
contract and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social work
students
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 2
SOC 232-A
lnstructoc Rita Weisbrod
In American culture, we have gone from nostalgia and
romanticism regarding children in the early decades of this
century to an increasingly widespread neglect of child
welfare. We will examine the social status of children in
Western society focusing on understanding problems in the
current social relationships of children in American society.
Students will develop a journal of their readings and
complete an individual project selected from several
options, including a child observation assignment or a
libray research assignment, and give an oral report to the
class followed by a written summary of their findings.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: 11
Room: Old Main 25
SOC 265-A
lnstructoc Jerry Cerasimo
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the
role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only)
Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 20
SPA 777-A
lnstructoc Cabriela Sweet
Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but
secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as
well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue
with Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and
grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify
those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation,
a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam.
Distribution: Modern Languages
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
SPC 348-A
lnstructoc Deb Bart
This course is an advanced television production course
which combines studio and field production with special
emphasis on post-production editing. Students work in
production teams to create and produce a one-hour
magazine format news program.
Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I or consent of instructor
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 175 (Media classroom)
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which
offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim.
Additional information about the following courses can be
obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs
Office, 620 2 n d Avenue S. (Tel. 33@1655)or from the
Interim Office (Tel. 330-1025). Registration for these Interims
ends October 29,1993.
These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally cany a lower division number.
Ancient Greece:Myth and Monuments
Art and Architecture of Ancient Egypt
China and Its Artistic Heritage
The Church in Brazil: Comforting the Afflicted, Afflicting the
Comfortable
contemporary European Business and Economic Systems
Coral Reefs in The Philippines and Hawaii
Cultural Conflict in Renaissance ltaly
English School and Family
Environmental Issues: East and West
Europe and The Rise of Modern Science
Hawaii: Cross Cultural Transmission and lntegration
Literary Ventures by Train: England and Scotland
Nairobi and Arusha: The Tale of the Church in Two Cities
The Natural History of the Galapagos Islands and an Ecuadorian
Rainforest
Post-Colonial Namibia: A land of Liberation and Peace Making
Readings of the Bible
ReJections in a Clouded Mirror: The Performing Arts and
Iapanese Culture
Russia, Ukrania and Poland after Communism
Social Work and Social Welfare in Sweden
Sounds and Sights of Europe
Spanish Art and Culture of the Siglo De Oro
Work Life in the Information Age: Action Research in Nonoay
and Sweden
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not
connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved
for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other
expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They
are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and
details for registering are available in the Interim Office.
SAILING IN THE VIRGINISLANDS
(JANUARY 4 - 20, 1994)
HPE 455-A
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat mising. The course
will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat
handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The
student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot fixed keel sailboat
with 5 to 6 other people and will function as an active crew
member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major
part of the course. Sailing will include mises to the various
islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional
basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving
for the Virgin Islands in January.
The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for
Augsburg day students and qualifying 41-4 students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to
receive academic credit.
Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and
Physical Education Department (6 12) 330- 1247.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit.
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
OUTWARD
BOUND
HPE 212-A
Check for information in thehterim Office on dog sledding
and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for
whitewater canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 27 through January 26 period.
There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound
organization has some scholarships available).
POL 398-A
POL 398-A
POL 398-A
Students are required to take the full three week program
(January 3-21). Segments I and I1 meet from January 3 to
January 14,1994. Segment I11 meets from January 17 to
January 21,1994.
Campus liaison is Professor Milda Hedblom. Applications
for financial assistance from the college are available i n
Memorial Hall 117A; telephone is 33B1197.
The following activities are available to students during interim
and students may register for these classes as well as for a
regular course. These activities do not carry course credit, but
do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation.
HPE 002-A
lnstructoc Wayne Niles
The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American
Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree M K A Black Belt
inshctor. Fee of $30.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited
Time: 12:OO-1:00 p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-A
lnstructoc Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: P I N only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I M, W/alternate Fridays (1/3, 1/Sf 1/lo, 1/12, 1 /14,
7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings)
Room: Melby, north court
HPE 002-A
lnstructoc Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of racquetball. Grading: P/N only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 8
Time: I T, Th/alternate Fridays (1/4, 1/6, 1/7,1/7 1,1/13,
1/78, 1/20, 1/2 1, 1/25 - 9 meetings)
Room: Melby, north court
HPE 002-A
lnstructoc leff Swenson
Grading: P/N only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I M, W,F - all term
Room: Melby, weight room
HPE 002-A
lnstructoc ]eff Swenson
Grading: PIN only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1 M, W,F -all term
Room: Melby, weight room
Show less
Introduction
Calendar
..................................................................
.........................................................................
2
4
........................................................
5
About This Catalog
Options ................................... Show more
Introduction
Calendar
..................................................................
.........................................................................
2
4
........................................................
5
About This Catalog
Options ...........................................................................
5
Visiting Students ..................................-......................
6
Interim Courses .............................................................. 7
UMAlE Courses .............................................................
47
Other Courses .............................................................. 49
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
,. ....,.,, ..
.".i,.iiiiiiiiii'-L.i.....i..
50
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall
and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty
to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible
during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class
and preparing for class as they would for a four-course
load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can
register for only one course credit during Interim. There
is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to
enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to
0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register
on a PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are
graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the
course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower
division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers
listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper
division credit should anticipate additional assignments
and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses,
especially courses with travel requirements, have
additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final costs.
To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the
Distribution requirements is required to complete three
Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts
Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are
required. For any student entering after January 1993 a
maximum of two Interim course credits may be counted
toward the 33 total credits required for graduation. The
number of required Interim courses is adjusted for
transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their
transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar.
Additional Interim credits which can count toward the 33
credits required may be taken by students who repeat a
credit for a course in which a grade below 2.0 was
earned, or who need to make up for a regular term in
which they failed or withdrew from a course.
Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33
credits required may be used to fulfill other degree
requirements. That is, no more than two Interim course
credits may be taken for credit toward 33, but additional
Interim experiences may be used to fulfill major, minor
or general education requirements.
Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can take
a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half credit
classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit).
The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are
full-time (Fall term). If less than full-time they will be
charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim
which is a Cross-Over, but will be charged Day School
prices ($1,270). They also can only then take 1.0 course
credits in Weekend College.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of
race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
Introduction
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton, 330-1025
November 14 to December 6 ...............Interim Registration
January 3 ................................................. First Day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day only)
Time 11-1:00 p.m.
January 4 .......................................Last Day for Cancel/Add
January 13 ..................................... Last Day for Determining
Grading System with Registrar
January 13 .......... Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 25 ............................................................ Interim Ends
January 30 ......................................... Spring Semester Begins
-c..,..... .-.,.....Interim Grades Due
February 3 ..........+...........
The time and number and length of meetings as well as
the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class.
The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks
of time:
-
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes
will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg
with a special convocation on Monday, Januay 16, at 1:00 p.m.
Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
Introduction
The catalog lists courses by department in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered
by Aupburg but recogruzed by the College for Interim
credit. Additional descriptions and information about these
courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230.
Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed
at the end of the catalog.
International Interim -Students are invited to be part of
one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the
Upper Midwest Association for International Education
(UMAIE).See page 48 for course listings.
Internships deadline - Friday, December 9. January
Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students
electing an internship must meet departmental require
ments and present a signed internship learning agreement
plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no
later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 9).
The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same
office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time
work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the
Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a
program of independent study (upper division 499) or
directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty
members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or
directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form. These
forms must be submitted by November 28. Appropriate
study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in
the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be
consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will
help students in applying for registration at other schools.
Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be
at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most
courses taught during Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are
accepted for credit by Augsburg, but might not meet
Augsburg's general education requirements. This qualification particularly affects religion courses.
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges
provided the student's home institution agrees not to
charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term.
The waiver of tuition does not include special fees,
housing or board costs. Other students will be charged
$1,270 for the Interim course. Students interested in
registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the
Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is
an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome
to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests
for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students
nor visiting students may register for 299 or 499 courses.
Introduction
ART 106-A
Calligraphy 11
ART 306-A
lnstructoc Philip Thompson
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills
with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to
the historical development of calligraphy and the elements
of design through readings and demonstrations. Class
time and assignments center on practice in calligraphic
concepts with special attention given to foundational,
italic, gothic and uncial styles. Three original projects are
required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus
participation and growth factors. Upper division students
are required to complete master sheets in three historical
writing styles plus an expanded project.
Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler and mat board
Distribution: Art/Music
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
ART 247-A
lnstructoc Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students. The figure will be depicted in various settings
with a variety of media for varying lengths of time.
Grades will be based upon quality and improvement.
There will be a fee of $37 to be paid on the first day of
class.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: 1
Room: Old Main 7 7
Art
I
ART 290-A
Instructor: Steve Chapman
Tribal Arts & Culture is a course designed to familiarize
students with American Indians and their art. American
Indian art is examined through regional areas in North
America, and an introduction to Meso-American art and
cultures is also provided. The course follows lecture,
video, and demonstrations by American Indian community artists. Students will have the opportunity to research
and design an object of art from an American Indian
perspective during the studio time after the lecture
presentation of course materials in each tribal area.
A result of this course should be to help establish a better
understanding of American Indians and their perspectives,
and to excite an interest in American Indian art by future
teachegand educators of Indian and non-Indian students.
Distribution: Art/Music
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 17
BIO 185-A
Instructor: Robert Herforth
With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in,
and research on, the biological basis of the aging process
has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier
more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional
changes which occur in the body with age and diseases
associated with aging, such as osteoporosis, Alzheimer's
disease, and cardiovascular disease. The major theories
that have been proposed to explain what causes aging
will be presented, including findings on the cellular and
genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on
the results of attempts to slow the aging process in
experimental animals and humans.
Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for
arriving at grades.
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 205
BUS 295-A
BUS 495-A
lnstructoc Amin Kader
This course is designed to demonstrate how economic
factors, management decisions, and accounting methods
affect the profitability of an enterprise. Students will
work in groups, each group competing with the others.
Students will make decisions as to all aspects of the
business of a company. As they enter such decisions, they
will be informed of the effect of their decisions on the
market value of the company's stock.
Evaluation will be based on an examination and each
group's performance in competing with the other groups.
Prerequisites: Lower Division: BUS 295 - No prerequisite
Upper Division: 495 - ACC 222, BUS 242, BUS 252, or
permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 2 1
BUS 295-8
Instructor: john Cerrito
The object of this class is to provide students who are not
majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for
Business
starting and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small
business management and will be required to prepare a
business plan for a "model" business. The student will be
evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and
performances on small business case studies.
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
BUS 368-A
Instructor Steve LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices
using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will
be employed involving film, television documentaries,
radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in
addition to text material. A seminar model will be used,
with substantial participation expected on the part of
students.
Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-term and final examination. This class
should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in
International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan.
Students who cannot attend the entire first week of
classes should not enroll for this course.
Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Business
1
BUS 49.54
Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp
The primary objective of this course is to enhance the
student's understanding of the new dimensions of EastWest trade relations in the 1990s. We will analyze the
past and present conditions for East-West trade cooperation and its patterns. The impact of the transformation of
Eastern Europe and Russia on world trade will be
discussed. The theoretical framework for international
trade will be presented. At the global level, the role of the
European Union, International Monetary Fund, World
Bank, and General Agreement for Tariffs and Trade
(GATT) in East-West trade relations will be examined.
Students will be evaluated based on their research paper
and final examination.
Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or ECO 1 13 or consent of Instructor
Maximum Enrollment: I S
Time: I
Room: Memorial Hall 323
CHM 100-A
lnstructoc Arlin Cyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the
popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a
science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and taught as needed for understanding the
various topics and implications. The course does assume
the student is interested in and concerned about the
relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education
for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be
philosophers and their societies were philosophical
societies. In recent decades the human seeking of
personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a
part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on
chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers,
plastics, "the Pill", food additives and processed foods,
vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on
other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and
on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to
chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy
feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a
complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning
appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a
"memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are
molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better
help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world,
and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular
look at the human condition.
This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format.
Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods.
Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does
not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 2
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Science 3 7 5
INTRODUCTION
TOCOBOL
CSC 27 7 -A
Instructoc Noel Petit
A study of the COBOL programming language for .
Computer Science
I
students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of
programming and programming languages through
presentation of the features of COBOL together with
programming techniques for using those features. This
course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course with a study of computer language
(e.g., CSC 170)
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I1
Room: Foss 43
ECO 4 95-A
lnstructoc leanne M . Boeh
A comparison of the United States system and other
countries' national health care systems. What are some of
the alternative models for both organization and delivery
of health care services? The class will focus on the models
used in Canada, Germany, Great Britain, Japan, and the
Scandinavian countries. The course will consider such
issues as aggregate spending, allocation of physicians,
nurses and other allied health personnel and the effect
health systems have on overall health outcomes. The
advantages and disadvantages of all the systems will be
explored. Evaluation is based on homework assignments,
short papers, and exams.
Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or equivalent
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I
Room: Foss 2 0
Economics
ECO 495-6
lnstructoc Satya Gupta
In recent decades the mutual funds industry has gained a
respectable place in the financial system of the United
States. More and more commercial banks are entering
into the mutual funds market. Increasing numbers of
employers are leaving it to their employees to manage
their pension funds in a given family of mutual funds. In
such a changing climate it is important that our students
are educated to make informed decisions about their
retirement funds. This course will emphasize the structure and functioning of mutual funds involving risks and
benefits.
Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or consent of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: Library 1
ED⬠375-A
lnstructoc Gretchen lrvine
The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy through the study and
utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for
teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten
classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic
assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student
evaluation. This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequisite: PPS T
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Library 17
EDU 388-A
Instructor: Mildred Mueller
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota
for the development of interpemnal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to
all. This is a onehalf credit course. P/N grading only.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays)
Room: Music 23
EDU 491-A
lnstructoc Susan O'Connor
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar.
Prerequisites: Completion of courses for Special Education
minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take
this course should consult with the Special Education
Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the
course.)
Maximum Enrollment: 9 (This course involves fieldwork
supen/ision for the faculty member.)
Time: I
Room: Library 4
ENC 282-A
Instructors: Ronald Palosaari/Bruce Reichenbach
In this course we will identify what virtue is, inquire
about how one becomes virtuous, and explore some of
the major virtues - like compassion, honesty, prudence,
justice, and love - through classical and contemporary
literature. The goal is to provide opportunity for you to
think about your character and its development, to
enable you to ask about the relation between character
and moral actions, and to probe your curiosity by
considering possible tensions between the virtues, as
found in life situations.
The course is built around the question of values, in
particular, the issue of virtue (qualities of moral character). A broad list of virtues will be considered, including
the classical Christian virtues of faith, hope, and love. We
will look at what these virtues are, at their relationship to
each other, evaluate possible conflicts between them, and
see how they play out in life situations, both in literature
and (through the journals) in students' lives.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
ENC 282-B/482-B
lnstructoc Joan Cn'ffin
Although generally relegated to separate sections in
bookstores or to children's bookshelves, fantasy, as J.R.R.
Tolkien argues, is "not a lower but a higher form of Art,
indeed the most nearly pure form, and so (when
achieved) the most potent."
This course will study 20th century examples of fantasy,
looking for their roots in folktale, myth, epic and romance. At times the course will pair medieval and
modern works of the fantastic imagination (for instance,
"The Mabinogion" and "Evangeline Walton" or
"Beowulf" and 'The Hobbit"). We will attempt to define
the genre of fantasy by discussing essays by C.S. Lewis,
Tolkien, Ursula LeGuin, and Madelein L'Engle, as well as
considering relevant theories of myth and folktale by
Joseph Campbell, Axel Olrik, Lord Raglan, and others.
Students taking the course for lower division credit will
be asked to write several short papers. In addition to
writing several microthemes, ENG 482 students should
be prepared to write a substantial paper on the works of
a writer with whom they already are familiar.
Prerequisites: 2 8 2 - none (ENG 1 1 1 recommended);
482 - ENC 245 required
Distribution: Literature
Maximum Enrollment: 2 5
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 100
FRE 111-A
lnstructoc Pary Pezechkian
This course is for students with no previous background
in French. It aims to develop basic skills in understanding, speaking, reading, and writing as tools for communication in French. Through conversations, classroom
practice and readings, this course focuses on the use of
language in everyday contexts and works toward the
discovery of a French culture and way of life. Five
meetings per week. Evaluation will be based on class
participation, daily assignments, quizzes and exams.
Distribution: Modern Languages
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 2 5
Time: I/
Room: Old Main 23
French
FRE 243-A
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature for the nonFrench reader? What major French writers have portrayed diverse non-Western cultures and social strata in
their literary works? What can we discover about
ourselves and other cultures in learning how to read,
analyze, and communicate our findings through literature? With these questions in mind we will read and
analyze 8-10 shorter French literary works available to us
in English translation.
What will we be studying? The legend of St. Julien
presented in Middle Ages style by Flaubert, examples of
the Renaissance search for new worlds found in Rabelais,
a bit of Descartes autobiography. We will travel the
world with Voltaire's "Candide," explore social themes
of a 19th century nouvelle, and read 20th century authors
like Gide, Malraux, Camus, St. Exupery, and Duras with
their multi-cultural connections. We will sample one
piece of francophone literature from West Africa,
reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western
culture. At mid-point you will choose another short work
for personal study, comparative analysis and presentation for the class.
Assessment in such a course will be ongoing, based on
individual and group response to the many activities in the
course. Timely reading of assigned texts, analyses, discussion preparations, short quizzes, and cultural discoveries
will enable you to undertake successfully your independent
study project and further enrich the whole class.
This literature course for the non-literature major is
intended to help you in further free reading, in your
critical thinking about other cultures, and in communica-
French
tion with people of cultural backgrounds other than your
own, including non-Western ones.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor
Distribution: Literature
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
HPE 1 16-A
lnstructoc Richard Borstad
This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their
role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on
the prevention of childhood health problems, and the
promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Melby Hall 202 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 7/3,
1/5, 1/70, 1/12, 1/73, 7/17, 7/79, 7/24)
HPE 232-A
lnstructoc Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority
of the course grade is based on participation in class
activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This
is a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 7 6
Time: I
Room: Melby Gym (T, Th & alternate Fridays - 7/3, 7/5,
7/10, 1/72, 1/73, 1/17, 1/79, 1/24)
Health and Physical Education
HPE 250-A
lnstructoc Lisa Broek
Making Connections is designed for students who are
interested in learning about contemporary health issues
and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and
the lives of their peers. This course provides a wellness
model foundation for educating self and others about
personal health issues. Course topics include wellness
programming issues (i.e. HIV/AIDS, substance use,
meditation), communication skills, multicultural issues,
and decision-making skills. Students will examine
strategies which promote a healthier campus environment.
The course utilizes many interactive experiences combined
with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities
allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught
during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess
their own personal level of health. Evaluations include an
objective test, journal entries, and a group project.
This course will be useful to students who are interested
in impacting their campus environment as well as those
who desire learning practical skills such as negotiation,
group facilitation, and program development. Opportunities exist for students who successfully complete this
course to work as Peer Helpers with The Center for
Counseling and Health Promotion.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main I 1
(lanuary 3- 1 9, 1 995)
HPE 455-A
Instructor: loyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor
interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The
course will take the participant to a competent level of
sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and
crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot
fixed keel sailboat with five to six other people and will
function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater
instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing
will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the
British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the
Virgin Islands in January.
The course cost is $2,700, which includes airfare, for
Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to
receive academic credit.
Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and
Physical Education Department (6 12) 3 30- 124 7.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit.
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
HPE 470-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on developing a philosophy
toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: procedures in umpire certification,rules of slow
pitch softball (Federation),rules of fast pitch softball
I
Health and Physical Education
I
(Federation), the mechanics of proper position in umpiring one and two umpire systems, and procedures in
securing assignments. Students will apply knowledge in
practical game type experiences. There will be a written
evaluation and quizzes on rules and mechanics of
umpiring softball. This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 1 19 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5,
1/70, 1/12, 1/13, 1/17, 1/19, 1/24)
HPE 475-A
lnstructor: Paul Kriegler
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of
common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping
and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit
course.
Prerequisite: BIO 103
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Melby Hall 119 (M, W & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6,
1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23 1/25 - 9 meetings)
HPE 477-A
lnstructor: Brian Ammann
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching
basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and
a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a one-half credit course.
Health and Physical Education
I
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby 202 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5,
1/6, 7/10, 1/12, 1/17, 1/19, 1/24)
HPE 483-A
lnstructoc Marilyn Florian
This course deals with the theory, technique, and
administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small
part of the grade will be based .on completed assignments; the major portion of the grade will be based on
tests. This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 119 (M, W, & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6,
1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23, 1/25)
HPE 487-A
Instructor /eff Swenson
The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for
individuals who aspire to become wrestling coaches at
the elementary, junior high, high school, or college level.
Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight
control, weight training, mental toughness training, and
complete organization of program will be covered. This is
a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 202 (M, W & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6,
1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23, 1/25)
nealrn ana mysrca~taucarron
I
I
HIS 244-A
lnstructoc Bill Green
Why did Minnesota territorial legislators extend civil
rights to one racial minority but not to other racial
minorities? How did anti-catholicism stratify the white
immigrant community? Why did Minnesota show
tolerance to its black residents, as the state experienced
ultra-nationalism, labor tension and xenophobia? These
questions, and others, will be addressed in this course.
Through lectures, class discussions, and field research, we
will examine civil rights in Minnesota from 1848-1920, as it
relates to race, class and ethnicity. Evaluations will come
from classroom discussion, a research paper, and a test.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
TOPICS
IN U.S. HISTORY:
THECML WARERA
HIS 33 1-A
lnstructoc Chris Kimball
Many people believe that the Civil War was the most
important event in the history of the United States, one
that transformed the nature of American society. Put
more broadly, the years between the mid-1840s and the
late 1870s saw questions about such fundamental
principles as slavery and freedom resolved; others,
however, continue to trouble us to this day. This course,
then, offers a survey of the causes, issues, and consequences of the nation's bloodiest conflict. Topics to be
considered include slavery and anti-slavery, Manifest
Destiny, the growing sectional conflict, the origins of the
Republican Party, the clash of arms, the changing role of
women, popular religion, the transition from slave to.free
History
labor in the South, and post-slavery race relations.
The course will include lectures, discussions, a variety of
primary and secondary readings, and films. Grading will
be based on participation, several short writing assignments, a mid-term, and a final.
Prerequisites: One history course or consent of instructor
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
HIS 495-A
Instructor: Don Gustafson
The seminar is meant to be a capstone for the history
major. Participants will be asked to utilize their historical
training in dealing with some of the philosophical
questions of the discipline of history, to develop and
expand certain research skills, and to contribute to the
historical development of each other by careful evaluation of oral and written presentations.
Prerequisites: Senior History Major
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking; Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
HON 40 1 -A
lnstructoc Larry Crockett
The focus of the course will be Southwestern Christian
history, with a special consideration of Hispanic Christianity, ranging from traditional Roman Catholicism to
evangelical and charismatic expressions. The course will
consider the Spanish roots of Latin Roman Catholicism
and the transplanting of those roots into Southwestern
North American soil. Next, we will consider Native
American influences which came to be ingredients in this
transplanted faith. Last, we will survey new expressions
of Hispanic Christian faith, notably the evangelical and
charismatic movements which have become important in
recent years. A highlight of the course will be a 12-day
trip to the southwest United States and northern Mexico.
ranging from San Antonio to northern Mexico to San
Diego. Estimated travel expense: $1,300
Evaluation: I) mid-term exam prior to departure; 2) journal
of experiences in southwest U.S. and northern Mexico;
3) final paper.
Prerequisites: Honors student or permission of instructor,
preference to seniors
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss 42
INS 21 1-A
Instructor loan Kunz
Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics,
but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen!
Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have
the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists,
improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of
formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare
visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science
topics and science policy from your fellow scientists.
Prerequisite: One year of an introductov science course
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Science 3 1 9
Interdisciplinary
INS 298-A
Instructors: Carry Hesser, Lois Olson, Mary True
Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn
about organizations, comrnunities, and yourself by
working/serving, observing, collaborating, and reflecting
on your own experiences.
The externship is a modified internship consisting of a
half-time placement and participation in a seminar that
meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the
process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can
explore the world of work and/or service, obtaining the
valuable experience you need for the future you want.
The course is designed to achieve two major objectives:
1) to give you first-hand experience in working with
professionals and making connections between your
experiences and your Augsburg education; and 2) to
increase your ability to learn about organizations, the
community, and yourself from your own experiences.
Each participant will observe and work approximately 20
hours per week in a placement which matches his or her
interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for two
hours (T, Th - 1:30-3:30 p.m.). Evaluation will be based
upon the overall quality of participation, completion of
learning exercises, supervisor assessment, journals, and
seminar participation.
The course is offered on a P/N basis only.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructors and placement
secured by lanuary 3, 7 995.
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Time: I1 (T, Th - 1:30-3:30 p.m.)
Room: MP 10 1
Interdisciplinary
LIN 290-A
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it
present from birth? What do all languages have in
common despite their obvious differences? How can
learning a foreign language be so frustrating for
adults, while young children learning their native
language seem to be having fun? Questions such as
these have fascinated people throughout history, and
recent developments in linguistics have begun to
provide some credible answers. The purpose of this
course is to survey the most remarkable findings in
this area and engage in some principled speculation as
to what they mean. This course is open to all students
with a healthy curiosity about language. No other
prerequisite.
There will be two tests and a short paper for class
presentation.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 7 1
MIS 376-A
lnstructoc Kathy Schwalbe
This course develops practical project management skills
by combining theories, techniques, work-group skills,
and computer tools. Students will participate in numerous in-class activities to determine projects to be done
during class, estimate required resources, motivate
people to successfully complete projects, use project
management software to track progress and develop
alternatives, etc. Evaluation will consist of individual and
linguistics/Management Information Sptemr
I
team presentations, participation, and a final exam.
Prerequisites: ACC 22 1, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 2 1
MAT 173-A
lnstructor: Ken Kaminsky
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a
house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking
away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how
annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 or higher
Distribution: Math/Physics
Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 2 7 3
MAT 253-A
lnstructor: Bev Durkee
Our objectives are the exploration of this new geometry of
fractals, its rules, its visuals,
how it reveals the beauty of
mathematics, how to create
images of such complex forms
and experience it as a form of
artistic expression via computer
graphics. The class will observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to
construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of
self-similarity regardless of the power of magnification
I
used in examining it. The class will also consider the well
known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in
threedimensional rendition.
Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with
the opportunity to construct their own visuals.
Students will be tested on the mathematics through a
midterm and final exam. Students will create a portfolio
of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the
Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical
character of those visuals. Finally students will keep a
journal noting their reflections on the interconnections
between mathematics and the artistic creations being
studied or created.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 or higher
Distribution: Math/Physics
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science I I2
SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE
(UMAIE COURSE)
MUS I 79-A
lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler
Much of American history and culture is derived from
that of England and continental Europe, particularly such
cities as London, Paris, and Amsterdam.
This course provides an opportunity to visit and experience important cultural centers that provided the impetus
for development of cultural life in the New World.
Students gain an appreciation for the role of art and music
in the history of England, France, and the Netherlands.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all course
Music
- -
related group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique
sheets, and exams over material covered. No prerequisites,
and no previous experience in art or music is required.
Fee: $2,945 includes all air and surface travel, hotel
accommodations, continental breakfast daily, four group
meals, and tickets to five cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before
November 10 at the International Programs Office, 620
22nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 3301655. Offered on a PIN basis only.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
SURVEYOF ROCKHISTORY
AND MUSICAL
STYLE 1951-1971
MUS 204-A
Instructor: 0.Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and
musicology as they occur within the context of rock's
inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This
course will examine the historical background, musical
content, and methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance
project. For non-music majors.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
NOR 1 I I-A
lnstructor: Frankie Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background
in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking,
listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary
and structures and the use of the language in everyday
contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily
assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Distribution: Modern Languages
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
PHI 295-A
lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer
The purpose of this course is to study the nature of selfdeception as it occurs in human behaviour. Self-deception, absurdity, bad judgment, etc., are some of the
concepts explored in the course. The procedure of the
course will consist of a close analysis of selected texts and
seminar style discussions of topics. Students will be
asked to take an objective mid-term and final in combination with several essay assignments. Grading will be
traditional and follow the college's guidelines. There are
no requirements for the course, but one prior course in
philosophy would be helpful.
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
PHY 151-A
lnstructoc Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively
in business for years. However, it is also possible to use
spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using
high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the
student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus
123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas
including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the
problems investigated might be in areas other than
physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects,
homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3
Distribution: Mathematics/Physics
Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I
Room: Science 3 0
PHY 325-A
lnstructoc Mark Engebretson
From the realm of subatomic particles to the manufacture
of recording tape and computer chips, the study and
manipulation of matter often demands the nearly total
absence of the atmosphere in which we live and breathe.
This is the realm of high vacuum, without which most of
what we know as modern high technology would be
impossible. This course will acquaint the student with the
tools and techniques employed to produce, control, and
monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students
to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces
under these conditions. Experiments will make use of a
variety of chambers, pumps, and gauges as well as a
quadrupole mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis
will be placed on laboratory experiences and scientific
communication; only one third of the class time will be
used for formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be
determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory
notebooks, oral and poster presentations, and two exams.
Prerequisites: PHY 12 1, 122, 245 (or equivalent), and MAT
124, 125, 224 (or 145, 146, 245)
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I1
Room: Science 3 0
POL 140-A
Instructor Andrew Aoki
This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will
develop and defend their own standards of social
justice, and use those standards to assess conditions
in urban America. To pass this course, students must
engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with fellow
classmates in class discussions.
The course has two goals: to develop student thinking
about social justice, including greater awareness of
conflicts between justice and other values; and to increase
student ability to understand urban problems as issues of
justice and other central values.
Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion
and other class activities, on two short ( 4 6 pp.) papers,
and on a final exam.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Political Science
AND
PUBLIC
POLICY
POL 220-A
POL 320-A
lnstructoc William Morris
This course will examine the impact of the American
plitical system upon public policy making in the United
Slnles. Thrw lopics of major plicy i m p r t a i l c ~will Lx.
sel~ttulfor examination in the. way they alp a d d r m d by
partiailar polilical practics and/or institutions. The class
will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light
tion available
of the scholarly literature and oll~erinf~~ma
on eiicli s1113jwl.I! will tIie11~SSC'SSthe interplay belwwn
these c h d c s and their hndling by the politicat system.
Close attention will be givm to a n ~xploralionof the elhical
sihiation and dilemmas of decision-makingin politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written
analyses and evaluations of the success and/or failure of
the policy-making process in acldressing thae problems.
'Thme, plus additional articles and portions of books from
the social sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The papers, a iust on the assigned readings outlining the policy-making process in the United States, and
class participation will detcnnine final grades.
Students taking the course for Lower Division credit will
bc expeckl lo complete p a p a on two of the tl~reepolicy
issui-3 a d d r e s d in [he course. Those taking the course for
upper division credit mttst complete an additional p p e r
on a policy issue of their choice covered in class.
Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one
lower division social science class.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss 20
a
POL 268-A
POL 468-A
lnstructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten
In these classes we will investigate the major political
issues facing citizens and policy-makers in Middle East
countries today.
We will analyze Islamic tradition as it has shaped social
values and provided a reservoir for political protest in
the 1990s. Country studies on Egypt, Iran, Syria, Israel/
Palestine, Lebanon, and Saudi Arabia will be used to study
how modernization has given rise to new conflict patterns
and today's Islamic political movements. We will consider
the prospects for improved human rights and democratic
participation. Several featurelength films dramatizing
political conflicts in the f id die East will be shown.
Two textbooks will be used for the course as well as a
variety of specialized country studies. Each student will
prepare comments on political themes, read and critique a
selection from the course booklist, and write a final essay
analyzing political aspects of two countries in the Middle
East. Students taking the 268 level will have fewer analytic
requirements in their presentations and essays.
Prerequisites: one lnlernational Relations course or permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
POL 342-A
lnstructoc Peter Przytula
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior;
the uses and control of mass media for political and social
purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking,
entertainment and public affairs programming.
Prerequisites: junior or senior standing or consent of the
instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
PSY 105-A
lnstructoc Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday
situations are emphasized.
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 11
Room: Murphy Place I I I
PSY 340-A
lnstructoc Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of
myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge
about how they function as representations of the "self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of
"self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and
historical influences. The content of the course will
Psychology
include topics such as: the impact of science on myth; the
mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the
process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological
transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of
assigned readings. Students will be expected to be
prepared for class by doing the readings and to be
actively involved in the class discussions. Students will
be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on class participation and
four or five short (600-900 word) papers.
Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105
Maximum Enrollment: 1 6
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 43
PSY 370-A
lnstructoc Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the
life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such
idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward
other persons and society will be the main focus.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high
level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will
include class discussion, frequent short papers, and
frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word
processing will be required.
As background for the course, students are required to
read "The Call of Service: A Witness to Idealism" by
Robert Coles before the start of the Interim. This book
will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore in early
October. An additional text will be required and library
Psychology
1
reference work will be a part of the course process. This
course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 102 or PSY I05
Maximum Enrollment: I5
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
REL 330-A
lnstructoc Philip Quanbeck I1
This course will approach parts of the New Testament
from the perspective of the social world. It will examine
the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and
change and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the
challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural
anthropology such as honor and shame, the social
structures of the family and the city in the Graeco-Roman
world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it
affected women, men, free persons and slaves.
Special attention will be paid to the relation between
early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament
there will be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of
Paul (Romans and 1Corinthians) and First Peter.
Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper.
Prerequisites: REL I I I or REL 22 1
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used
to meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith I
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Religion
REL 3 4 1-A
lnstructor: Brad Holt
The course will help students think knowledgeably and
critically about the intersections of health and religion.
The content will include a study of biblical roots, historical influences in church and medicine, and contemporary
trends. The relationship of scientific technology, alternative medicine, prayer and sacraments will be considered.
Evaluation will be on the basis of a class presentation and
paper, spot quizzes, and one test.
Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or 22 1
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used
to meet religion requirements)
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: /I
Room: Old Main 16
REL 343-A
lnstructor: Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a
decision that we often make with a portion of our brain
and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from
the heart, whether you are married or not. It will,
however, increase your certainty and the possibility for
meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the
context of Christian teachings, many theories will be
studied, with particular attention given to the work of
C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship
primarily, and to the family secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource
persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation,
one paper, and two tests.
Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 or permission of instructor
Distribution: Religion (only one lnterim course may be used
Religion
I
to meet religion requirements)
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
REL 345-A
lnstructoc Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in
the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church
as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the
16th century, its development over about 450 years, and its
cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several
monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used.
Some important readings will be done from the reserved
shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal
with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art,
music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams.
Prerequisites: Religion 1 7 1 or 22 1 .
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used
to meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
REL 386-A
lnstructoc Bev Stratton
How does the Bible talk about creation? How does the
Adam & Eve story affect our lives today? What were
families like in Bible times? Were ancient problems
similar to our own? What does the Bible say? What does
it mean? What values does it portray and promote? This
course addresses these and other questions by exploring
how scholars read and speak about the book of Genesis.
Evaluation is based on quizzes, three speaking assignments, and a project or short paper.
Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 221
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used
to meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith I or 3
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 2 12
S WK 23 0-A
lnstructoc Vincent Peters
This course, taught in January, is a three week intensive
course of study and travel that offers a transnational
perspective of non-violent social change and development.
It explores non-violent alternatives to the global arms
buildup, which contributes to the world-wide problems of
poverty, environmental depletion and oppression of
powerless and disenfranchised segments of society.
The overall cost of approximately $2,795 covers full
room, board, group travel to Norway and a trip to
Lillehammer. For more information call Kathy Lutfi,
Center for Global Education at 330-1655.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2
SWK 257-A
lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80
hours in a services agency or institution which students
select. The placement must be approved by course
Social Work
I
faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of
this volunteer experience students have opportunity to
interact with human service professionals, clients, and
communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and
special concerns (age, socio-economicstatus, lifestyles,
developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The
course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in
the human services.
The threehour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions
which assist students in integrating agency experiences and
readings which explore the historical development of social
welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of
social work as a profession. Students will also examine and
critique the manner in which social, economic, and political
structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will
focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as
examine their personal value system in relation to special
concerns, such as poverty and the "isms".
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1 1 7
SWK 3 1 5 - A
Instructor Blanca-Rosa Egas
This course will focus on health care, environmental
concerns, and peace issues. With visits to health facilities
in hospitals and clinics, interviews with professional and
folk (indigenous) health practitioners, and presentations
by personnel "outside the system" we learn about Costa
Rica's holistic health care and social services. Students
will gain an understanding of the attitudes, values, and
JOCIOI
Work
practices concerning health and population matters
within the society. The assessment of Costa Rica's historic
and current worth provides a creative perspective, a
positive attitude and a better understanding of Latinos in
the USA.
Evaluation: students are evaluated in course participation, several reflection papers and a final examination.
Grading: Letter grade or P/N. The fee of $2,995 includes
all air and surface travel, accommodations, breakfast
daily, and five group dinners.
This is a UMAIE course to be co-taught with Dr. Don
Irish, Hamline Professor Emeritus.
Prerequisites: Basic Spanish
Maximum Enrollment: 30
SWK 466-A (full course)
S WK 466-6 (0.5 course)
Instructor: Maria Brown
This is a continuation of Field Work I1 - educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 hours (one half course) or 30
hours (full course) per week in field placement, plus one
hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar
held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by
the field instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social
work students
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1 0 1
Social Work
I
SPA 2 4 8 - A
Instructor: Roman Soto
An introduction to the main cultural issues that characterize contemporary Spanish and Latin-American
societies as they have been portrayed in the work of such
filmmakers as Luis Bunuel, Carlos Saura, Miguel Littin
and Maria Luisa Bemberg, among others. Parallel to a
brief discussion on the aesthetic aspects raised by these
authors, the course advances in two directions: A
"horizontal" one, focused on the main themes - political
and social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion,
language, exile or immigration - explored in each film,
and a "vertical" one, attempting to describe the variations in the treahnent of these themes among the films
included in it. The films are in Spanish with English
subtitles and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on attendance and participation and a short
term paper.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
SPC 3 2 9 - A
lnstructoc David Lapakko
This course explores both the problems and the potential
of communication between persons of different cultural
groups. Students examine Western and non-Western
cultural rules, values, assumptions, and stereotypes and
how they affect the transmission of verbal and nonverbal messages. The course stresses both a general
theoretical understanding of the dynamics of cross-
Spani~h/Speech,Communication, Theatre
[
SOC 27 7-A
lnstructoc Cordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience of community is possible in the context of the
metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin
Cities Metropolitan Area, and a project in which each
member of the class does on-site observation in a
particular locale within the metropolitan area will be a
requirement of the course. Class participation and a final
examination will also be basis for evaluating performance
in the course.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 2 5
Time: I
Room: Music 2 3
SOC 265-A
Instructoc lerry Cerasimo
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and
the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only)
Distribution: Urban/Women/Minority Studies
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 2 9
Sociology
cultural interaction as well as specific knowledge of how
these principles relate to particular cultural groups.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 42
SPC 347-A
lnstructoc Deborah Bart
A video production course which integrates lecture and
criticism with hands-on video experience. This course
addresses non-fiction subject areas. Students will view
several documentaries in class and will work in production teams to produce short documentaries of their own.
Additional time will be required for editing.
Prerequisites: junior or senior standing
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Foss 175
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which
offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim.
Further information about the following courses can be
obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International
Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue S. (330-1655) or from
the Interim Office (330-1025).Registration for these
Interims ends November 11,1994. These courses are
offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower
division number.
Australia's Business Climate
British Women Writers: Writings, Lives and Contexts
Castles, Cathedrals, and Museums: Architecture of Eastern
Europe and Bavaria
Coral Reefs in the Philippines and Hawaii
Costa Rica: A Study of Holistic Health, Environment, and Peace
English School and Family: Focus on Literacy
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
German and Austrian Culture and Language: Vienna,
Munich, and Berlin
The Greek Experience
Hawaii: Multi-Ethnic Communication in Organizational
Settings
Heroes and Masterpieces
2000 Years in Trier: Intermediate German Language and
Culture in Germany
Ireland: Inside and Outside
From Istanbul to Athens: Theology and Art In Turkey and
Greece
Law in London
Museums, Music, and Monuments in the Great Cities of
Europe
Natural Histoy of Ecuador: Galapagos, Highlands, Amazon
The Natural History of Tanzania - East Africa
Sounds and Sights of Europe
South Africa: From White Domination to Majority Rule
Theatre in Britain
This is New Zealand
Women in Development: An African lnquiy
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not
connected with Augsburg College, but have been
approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition
cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of
the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in
the Interim Office.
OUTWARD
BOUND
HPE 2 12-A
Check for information in the Interim Office on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian
border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping
on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January
26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the
Outward Bound organization has some scholarships
available).
Academic Seminars
POL 3 98-A
GLOBAL
VILLAGE:
WORLD
POLITICS
AND
ECONOMICS
(JANUARY
2- 14, 1995)
POL 398-8
Other Courses
I
POL 398-C
The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during
the first two weeks of the seminar program. During the
last week one seminar is offered. Augsburg students
must register for all three weeks of the program in order
to receive academic credit and to receive a stipend from
the College covering registration and tuition costs.
Credit is available from the Political Science Department
for this program. The course is a passlfail course based
on participation in program activities including site
visits, small group seminars, and journals.
For information brochures and registration forms ask in
Memorial Hall 113 or call #1320. For further information
about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall
#I17 or call #1197. A limited number of stipends are
available to cover registration and tuition costs based on
priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office.
The following activities are available to students during
Interim and students may register for these classes as
well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry
course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports requirement
for graduation.
HPE 002-K
lnstructoc Wayne Niles
This class is designed to instruct students in the basic
techniques for self defense, using the hands and feet.
Other Courses/Lifetime Sports
I
Based on and taught by experienced instructors i n the art
of American style Tae Kwon Do. Fee of $60.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited
Time: 12:OO-2:00 p.m. MI W, F,
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-A (Section A)
lnstructor: Ed Saugestad
Grading: P/N only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I M, W, Fall term (8-1 0:00 a.m.)
Room: Melby, weight room
HPE 002-6 (Section 6)
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
Grading: P/N only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I M, W, Fall term (1 0- 12:OO p.m.)
Room: Melby, weight room
Show less
INTRODUCTION
....................2
OPTIONS ...................... 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
CALENDAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
ABOUT
THISCATALOGUE
.............7
..................8
INTERIM
COURSES
VISITING STUDENTS
..... ..... .......
i46
LIFETIME SPORTS
w
UMA... Show more
INTRODUCTION
....................2
OPTIONS ...................... 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
CALENDAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
ABOUT
THISCATALOGUE
.............7
..................8
INTERIM
COURSES
VISITING STUDENTS
..... ..... .......
i46
LIFETIME SPORTS
w
UMAl E COURSES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
ALSOON . . . . . . . .17.29.32.40. 44
OTHER
COURSES
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall
and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not
possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in
class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students
can register for only one course credit during Interim.
There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses
not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0
to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses
are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in
the course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers
listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments
and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses,
especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although
intended to be accurate, may change and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final
costs.
To graduate, a student under the 34-course Liberal Arts
Perspective requirements is required to complete two
Interim courses, but three Interim courses may count
toward graduation.
INTRODUCTION
For any student entering after January 1993, a maximum of two Interim course credits may be counted
toward the 33 total course credits required for graduation. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer
to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the
Registrar. Additional Interim credits which can count
toward the 33 course credits required may be taken by
students who repeat a course for credit in which a
grade below 2.0 was earned, or who need to make up
for a regular term in which they failed or withdrew
from a course.
Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33
course credits required may be used to fulfill other
degree requirements. That is, no more than two Interim
course credits may be taken for credit toward 33, but
additional Interim courses may be used to fulfill major,
minor or general education requirements.
Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can
take a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two
half credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport
(zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional
charge if they are full-time (Fall term). If less than fulltime they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim
as a cross registration, but will be charged Day School
tuition ($1,350.00) per course credit. If they do so they
may take only 1.0 additional course credits in Weekend
College for Winter Trimester.
It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX ofthe 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
International Interim - Students are invited to be part
of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by
the Upper Midwest Association for International
Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are
listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships deadline - Friday, December 8. January
Interim internships must be planned in advance.
Students electing an internship must meet departmental
requirements and present a signed internship learning
agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place,
Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday,
December 8). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your
internship is available in the Internship and
Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a
program of independent study (upper division 499) or
directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty
members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or
directed study must:
1.Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty
member and the directed/independent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by
December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
1 NTRODUCTION
Interims at Other Schools -Augsburg students may
enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim
programs can be consulted in the Interim Office. The
Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at
the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the
regular registration period. Most courses taught during
the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as
meeting Augsburg's general education requirements.
This qualification particularly affects religion courses .
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges
provided the student's home institution agrees not to
charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January
term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be
charged $1,350 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should
write to the Interim Director for application forms or
use the forms provided by the interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of
$10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are
not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing
should be made to the Interim Office.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299, or
499 courses.
Nov 13 to Dec 5
........................Interim Registration
Jan 3 ............................................First Day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day only)
Time 11-1:00 p.m.
Jan 4
.......................................Last Day to register or
Cancel/Add a class
Jan 12...................................... Last Day to Determine
Grading System with Registrar
Jan 12................Last Day to Withdraw from Courses
Jan 26 ...................................................... Interim Ends
Jan 30 .................................... Spring Semester Begins
Feb 2 ......................Interim Grades Due to Registrar
The time, number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged on the first day of
class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into
two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I
classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at
Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January
15, at 1:00 p.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical
order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses
not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College
for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim
Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one
of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog.
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton, 330-1025
ACC 424-A
Instructor: Stuart Stoller
Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using
techniques discussed in Accounting, Finance,
Management, Marketing & MIS, we examine a business' internal control systems and operating efficiency.
By stepping away from the traditional textbook
approach we incorporate creativity and discussion.
Major topics include: business valuation techniques,
Just in Time Philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing.
Prerequisites: ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252, 331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 43
ART 247-A
Instructor: Lynn Bollman
This course is designed for students with an interest in
drawing the human figure. In addition to drawing
from nude models, students will pursue a general study
of human anatomy (as it relates to art), and will become
more knowledgeable about the use of the nude as a
subject in art. Students will use various drawing
media, will study a variety of drawing approaches, and
will apply general design concepts to their figure drawings.
A fee of $35 will need to be paid to the instructor on the
first day of class.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
ART 360-A
Instructor: Philip Thompson
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental
techniques in transparent watercolor.
Requirements include a minimum of 20 watercolor projects plus an active and developing sketch book.
Evaluation will be based on quality of work, progress
over time, and participation.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 18
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
610 145-A
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
We will use a few historically, economically, and medically important plants to study some of the ways in
which humans and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not only at the bottom of our food
chain but also play a part in non-food aspects of our
lives, either directly (e.g. medicines, fibers, dyes, etc.) or
indirectly (e.g. food crises have influenced human
migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural
history, and classificationof several important plants.
Evaluation will be based on three or four 40-minute
exams, several quizzes, and an oral presentation.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
910 140-A
910 340-A
Instructors: William Capman and Dale Pederson
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of
natural history and ecology of marine, coastal and subtropical communities. This class will spend about 2 1/2
weeks in Florida based at the Newfound Harbor Marine
Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers
laboratory facilities, ocean-going research platforms,
housing and a dining hall. Field trips to coral reefs
(Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass flats,
mangrove islands and upland hammocks will be led by
professional naturalists from the Institute. Organisms
and communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after
arrival at the station in order to provide opportunity to
gather data over a period of several days. Visits to
Pennicamp State Park, Key West and the Everglades will
be included.
Evaluation will be based on:
BIO 140: (1)Field and laboratory records, (2) Personal
journal, (3) Quizzes at the Marine Institute, 4) Final exam.
Prerequisites for 810 140: Any one of the following courses or their equivalents .
BIO 101, 102, 103, 113, 114, or by permlsslon 01 lnslruclor.
BIO 340: (1)Field and laboratory records, (2) Personal
journal, (3) Quizzes at the Marine Institute, (4) Written
report of the research project, (5) Final exam.
Prerequisites for BIO 340: BIO 351 (Invertebrate Zoology) or BIO 481 (Ecology), or by
permlsslon 01 inslruclor.
Estimated cost of the course: $1500 plus air fare
(includes all ground transportation, housing, and meals
while at the Institute). Contact instructors for details.
Prerequisites: See above
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I1
Room: Science 225
BUS 295-A
Instructor: John C. Cerrito
The object of this class is to provide students who are
not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for
starting and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various asp~*cts small
business management and will he r ~ r l u i ~ . rlod ptnrparea
business plan for a "model" business. Thtl s turjcnt will
be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests,
and performance on small business case studies.
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 101
BUS 495-A
Instructor: Thomas Morgan
Can organizations learn? If so, how and what should
organizations learn? How can we as members of organizations help 'teach' them what they need to learn?
Searching for answers to these and other questions will
be the central focus of this Special Topics course.
Participants will dcvclop and rvfinc "systcms thinking"
skills and learn hclw lo apply tliem lo tqca1slrategic situations. Alteri~ativcyc~.spcctivcson thc 1iat111-e
and function of organizations in theory and in practice will be
explored through reading, seminar discussions and
field trips to local organizations. Working in collaborative teams, participants will develop a 'hands on' project based on actual organizations. Evaluation will be
based on two short critical essays and a group project
presentation.
Prerequisites: BUS 242 & ECO 113, or permission of instructor
Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: /I
Room: Foss 21
CHEMISTRYFOR CHANGINGTIMES
CHM 100-A
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This course is developed in the perspective of a person
living in a modern, high technology society such as the
United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a
moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at the
least must be able to understand the science involved.
Anything less is an impression rather than an informed
decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at
the same time relate them to an abundance of current
issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage,
food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the
debates about sources of energy, the greenhouse effect
and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering, and much more. Many of these problems are
chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry,
via lecture and in-class discussion, we can be helped to
understand ourselves, our society, our world, and even
some of the universe. The grade for the course is based
on a percentage of the total score for total points on the
daily quizzes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Science 315
1 NTRODUCT~ONTOCOMPUTINGAND
COMMUNICATIONS
CSC 160-A
Instructor: Larry Ragland
Use of the computer as an information accessing tool
through e-mail, Internet, newsgroups, and remote
access to the library; an introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, and theory. Grading
is based on homework and exams.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 20
CSC 272-A
Instructor: Charles Sheaffer
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a
knowledge of programming methods and has done
programming in some other language.
Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Library 20
ECO 110-A
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of the many problems
facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental
microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion
of various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not apply toward an
Economics, Business Administration or MIS major.
Does not apply towards an economics minor.
Three objective examinations.
Liberal Arts Perspective: City or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 11
Room: Old Main 29
EGO 113-A
Instructor: Satya Gupta
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to
market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or
112. Weekly tests.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Level 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Music 22
DISCOVERY
LEARNING IN THE
WORLD
OF KINDERGARTEN
(0.5
CREDIT)
EDE 375-A
Instructor: Gretchen lrvine
The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy through the study and
utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for
teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten
classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic
assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half credit course.
*Note: This course can be taken along with Human
Relations, EDU 388-A.
Prerequisite: PPST
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
EDS 495-A
Instructor: Mary Ann Bayless
Why are some things easy for a person to learn while
others seem harder? Why does the same task seem easier at one moment and more difficult just a few hours
later? Why do some children struggle with seemingly
simple assignments but then suddenly master them?
Why do more people suffer with learning disabilities
and weak short term memory than ever before? Each of
us wants to be an efficient and happy learner, but most
often, no one has shown us how to be our own life-long
learning coaches. In the last decade, work in neurophysiology has given us a whole new set of insights
about how the various parts of the brain actually work
to produce learning and high level functioning.
Educational kinesiologists have taken these insights and
produced simple but effective ways to increase the
learning comfort of each individual.
This course will provide both the theory for each participant to understand her/his own unique learning needs
and the practice for becoming an efficient and joyful
learner. We will study learning development,
braidmind function, and the nature of learning blocks.
We will discuss the misuse of brain dominance theory
and learn routines for overcoming learning blocks and
integrating hemisphere functions. There will be two
tests and two demonstrations required of each student,
and upper division students will have to do two
reviews of relevant research. The course uses two
paperback texts. Very useful for prospective teachers
and parents.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 112
EDU 353-A
Instructor: Rich Germundsen
This seminar-style course presents an examination and
comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian
and Central American models. The course also draws
attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the
emerging global society. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers.
Student evaluation will be based on class presentations
and investigative projects.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Library 17
EDU 388-A
Instructor: Joseph Erickson
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination,
and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, limited English speakers, and females. Topics
include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economic
issues. Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or
practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include
minority students, different religious backgrounds, the
less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and
complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota
Human Relations requirement for teachers and social
workers. This is a one-half credit course. It is offered
only on a P/N basis.
*Note: This course can be taken along with Discovery
Learning in the World of Kindergarten, EDE 375-A.
Prerequisite: None- Open to all
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Library 1
PRACTICUMAND SEMINAR
SPECIAL EDUCATION
IN
EDU 491-A
Instructor: Susan O'Connor
A supervised field placement in a school focusing on
how children with disabilities are included into the
classroom, plus on-campus seminar.
Students planning to take this course should consult
with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.
Students must complete designated hours of field-work
as well as written and reading assignments.
Prerequisite: Completion of courses for special education mino< or consent of instructos
Maximum Enrollment: 9
Time: I1
Room: Libraty 17
THEATRE
IN AND AROUND
LONDON
(UMAI E COURSE)
ENG 269-A
Instructors: Ron Palosaari/Douglas Green
A
A study of live theatre in London. Students see at least
ten performances and visit museums, galleries, historical sites, and other attractions of London and surrounding areas including Stratford and Oxford. Evaluation
will be based on attendance at required plays, participation in discussions, three short papers, and a short final
exam. Fee: $2,595 includes travel, accommodations,
breakfast daily, ten theatre performances, and four
group dinners.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
ARCHAEOLOGY,
MYTHOLOGY,
AND THIEVERY:
EXCAVATING THE MEMORY
OF THE MUSE
ENG 362-A
Instructor: Cass Dalglish
The ACTC writing workshop is an advanced-level creative writing course, open to three students from each
of the five ACTC colleges and held this year at
Augsburg College. This year's course is designed to
encourage student writers to use memories of the past
as they create their own new work. Writers will dig for
details of the past in urban ruins of old neighborhoods,
sifting through social history found in button jars and
stacks of 78 RPM records in antique stores; they will
harvest myth from diverse cultures; collect stories from
elders living in Minneapolis today; and investigate
cemeteries, churches, and even an occasional museum.
Student writers must have successfully completed at
least one creative writing course and must have the recommendation of a creative writing instructor at their
home campus, but they may choose to work in poetry,
fiction, literary nonfiction or to cross over among the
three during this interim workshop. Meeting times will
include: (1)expeditions into the city in search of the
past; (2) group sessions to talk about the old stories
gathered; (3) group sessions to discuss new work created during the Interim and to sort through layers of past
deposited in the new work: (4) individual conferences
and/or small workshop sessions.
Prerequisite: At least one creative writing course and written recommendation of ACTC
home campus creative writing instructor:
Maximum Enrollment: 3 students from each ACTC college
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
ENG 482-A
Instructor: Joan Griffin
Paradise Lost has been called "the story of all things."
Above all the poem is about relationships: Between
women and men; humans and the environment;
Christianity and pagan tradition; justice and mercy; service and servitude; rebellion and freedom, to name a
few. Although this course will survey Milton's major
works, it will emphasize his greatest poem. Evaluation:
papers, microthemes and class presentations.
Prerequisite: ENG 245
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
FRE 111-A
Instructor: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg
This course is for students with no previous background in French. It aims to develop basic skills in
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing as tools
for communication in French. Through conversations,
classroom practice and readings, this course focuses on
the use of language in everyday contexts and works
toward the discovery of a French culture and way of
life. Five meetings per week. Evaluation will be based
on class participation, daily assignments, quizzes and
exams.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Ire
sues
a rA
IPC
ues,
This course will be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as
those who desire learning practical skills such as negotiation, group facilitation, and program development.
Opportunities exist for students who successfully complete this course to work as Peer Helpers with The
Center for Counseling and Health Promotion.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby 202
prac
Gerr
n sin
partic
ire gi
HPE 390-A
Instructor: Patty Murphy
Principles: methods of instruction applied to health
education grades K-12. Emphasis upon teaching/learning strategies and student assessment. Evaluation and
development of materials included. This is a one-half
credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby 121 - (MWF)
HPE 410-A
Instructor: Patty Murphy
Historical background, legal basis, school health services and relationships to community health programs
and resources. This is a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby 121 - (TTH)
rrati
song:
g of t
ntext
nd/o
t corn
ns of
:ially
ir str
esthe
chan
td sot
itand
HPE 455-A
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor
interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.
The course will take the participant to a competent level
of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and
crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot
fixed keel sailboat with 5 to 6 other people and will
function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an
optional basis. Some classes will be held in December
prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. No
smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare, for
Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition to
receive academic credit. P/N ONLY.
Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce
Pfaff, Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be
turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before
final acceptance is given.
Prerequisite: Permission from Joyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education
Department (612) 330-1247; basic swimming skills
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Spoh also one course credit upper division
Maximum Enrollment: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled)
HPE 475-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of
common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping
and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit
course.
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Melby 119 (MNand alternate Fridays1/22, 1124- 9 meetings)
1/3, 1/5, 1/8, 1/10, 1/15, 1/17, 1/19,
HPE 481-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on developing a philosophy
toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a
knowledge of: Federation Rules (high school), mechanics of two person officiating, and procedures and steps
of beginning an officiating career. Students will apply
knowledge in practical game type experiences. There
will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and
mechanics of officiating basketball. This is a one-half
credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 119 (TTh and alternate Fridays1/23, 1/25)
114. 115. 1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/19,
HIS 162-A
HIS 462-A
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This interim experience is designed to look at the area
of South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth
of the people of our world. We'll use novels, films,
some standard historical writings and current South
Asia periodicals to consider the impacts that colonialism, nationalism and various phases of modernization
have had on this old, honored and traditional culture.
We'll read the marriage ads and talk about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya which has prompted
Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christ-likeness of a Gandhi and perhaps have time to note one or
two of the contemporary religious phenomena.
Looking at South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a
fuller perspective.
The course will include the usual pedagogical devices
of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers and
tests (including a final).
Students enrolling for upper division credit will be
expected to have had at least one prior college history
class, will complete a paper or project beyond the regular assignments, and will be tested apart from lower
division students.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 100
HIS 440-A
Instructor: Staff
This course is intended for History majors and others
who have an interest in upper division history. Please
see Richard Nelson, Department Chair, for actual topic
and other particulars.
Prerequisite: One college level history course.
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Science 205
HON 213-A
Instructors: Jeanne Boeh & Jacqueline deVries
Does history influence economic theory? Or does economic theory shape history? This course will explore
the history of western economic thought and how these
writings affected the development of various economic
systems. The course begins with the rise of mercantilism in the 16th century. Topics will include the industrial take-off and the creation of a waged labor force in
the 18th century, the rise of laissez-faire economic principles and "free-trade" imperialism in the 19th century,
and the subsequent challenges of communism and the
rise of the welfare state in the 20th century. We will
read substantial portions of the classic economic
thinkers, including Adam Smith, Thomas Malthus,
David Hume, Jeremy Bentham, David Ricardo, Sidney
and Beatrice Webb, Karl Marx, Max Weber, Alfred
Marshall, Thorstein Veblen, John Maynard Keynes,
William Beveridge and Milton Friedman. The course
will also address the long-standing issues of child labor,
poverty, and women's role in the workforce.
Students will be evaluated using class participation, discussion, and writing assignments including a short term
paper and a take-home final.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Science 213
SCIENCE AND RELIGION:
COMPLEXITYAND CREATIVITY
HON 401-A
Instructors: Larry Crockett and Bruce Reichenbach
We will explore the historical background of the contemporary debate regarding how religion relates to science, and then attend to contemporary developments,
especially in chaos and complexity theory, as they relate
to the doctrine of divine creativity and philosophical
naturalism. The goal will be to involve students in constructing for themselves a model for interpreting relations between the two areas. In addition to taking two
tests, students will be required to make a class presentation, conduct the discussion, and to write a significant
research paper.
Prerequisite: Participant in Honors prooram
Maximum Enrollment: 35
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 20
INS 120-A
Instructor: Ann Fleener
Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by
Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will
read selected readings which will then be discussed in
Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected
films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone
habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars
conducted in a St. Paul Public School; evaluate their
own behaviors during seminars and will lead seminars.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 319
INS 225-A
Instructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The
course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam,
its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah),
Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic
patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of
the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis,
Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to
deal with the similarities and differences between Islam
and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of
the mosques in the Twin Cities.
Evaluation - two tests and a paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Science 212
+-
ECUADOR:GALAPAGOS,
RAINFOREST
HIGHLANDS
A JOURNEY IN
HOLISTIC
HEALTH
6( ECOLOGY
AND
-
(UMAI E COURSE)
INS 3 15-A
Instructors: Blanca-Rosa Egas and Victoria Littlefield
With a focus on the recognition that humans must live in
harmony with the ecology that surrounds them, this
course will include a week-long cruise to the Galapagos
Islands and several visits to the capital city of Quito.
Both of these places have been declared Patrimonio de la
Humanidad (Heritage Areas of Humankind) by the
United Nations. We will also visit Vilcabamba, one of
three sanctuaries of longevity in the world. Our journey
then takes us to the Amazon rainforest, where we
explore the tropical ecosystem and see how this distinctive habitat has influenced the culture of the people who
live there.
Evaluation: Students are evaluated on two written
reports on interactions with Ecuadorians and critical
analysis related to course content, a reflection essay
paper, attendance, and group participation.
The comprehensive fee of $4,095 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations in Quito and
Vilcabamba, breakfast daily, one lunch, three dinners,
Galapagos Islands yacht cruise (all meals included), rain
forest stay (all meals included), and touring as indicated.
For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 3301713, or Vicki Littlefield at 330-1155.
Prerequisite: Basic Spanish
Maximum Enrollment: 30
MAT 173-A
Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a
house or car. Find out how much you need to save
now to be a millionaire when you retire. Learn how
annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and
more. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a
portfolio of five realistic problems that have been
worked out and explained, and a midterm and final
examination.
Prerequisite: Math placement group 3 or higher
Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
MAT 251-A
Instructor: Larry Copes
This course is a study of Book 1 of Euclid's Elements,
which is sometimes cited as the most-frequently published book ever other than the Bible. Book 1 of the
Elements ends with the Pythagorean Theorem,
Proposition 47. We'll first work backward from that
theorem, considering propositions Euclid cites in proving it (46,41, and 4), and then the propositions he cites
in proving those propositions, and so on, gaining familiarity with about 30 major propositions but especially
34,4, and 3, the ones most used. We'll consider other
logically-sound ways of arranging these propositions
and think about the aesthetic reasons Euclid made his
arrangement. After getting to Proposition 1, we'll consider the common notions, definitions, and postulates,
learn about how attempts to prove Euclid's fifth postulate led to non-Euclidean geometry in the nineteenth
century, and see more logically rigorous geometric
axiom systems of the twentieth century. Then we'll
read the book forward, seeing how the other propositions fit in and seeing how they lend insight into
Euclid's aesthetic choices.
Prerequisite: MAT 145,AUGMENT (Calculus I)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 213
MAT 481-A
Instructor: Steve Zheng
"During World War 11, British military leaders asked
scientists and engineers to analyze several military
problems: the deployment of radar and the management of convoy, bombing, antisubmarine, and mining
operations. The application of mathematics and the scientific method to military operations was called operations research. Today, the term Operations Research (or
often, management science) means a scientific approach
to decision making, which seeks to determine how best
to design and operate system, usually under conditions
requiring the allocation of scarce resources." - Wayne
L. Winston
The main objectives of this course are the discussion of
several mathematical models used in operations
research (OR) and the use of mathematics and the existing computer packages (such as LINDO) in solving
real-life problems in OR. Students in applied mathematics, economics, business and any management-related area are encouraged to take this course. The evaluation is based on homework assignments, two tests and
one final project.
Prerequisite: MAT 245,Calculus 111 and Linear Algebra, or equivalent, or consent of
instructors
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Science 1I2
MUS 179-A
Instructor: Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler
Much of American history and culture is derived from
that of European cities such as Munich, Prague, Vienna,
and Budapest. This course provides an opportunity to
visit some of the great Central and Eastern European
cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World.
Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen
in the museums. Students listen critically to concerts of
musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships
between the various art mediums come to life through
these experiences. There is also ample time for independent exploration.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all courserelated group activities, a daily professional journal,
art/music critique sheets, and exams over material covered.
Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel
accommodations, continental breakfast daily, four
group meals, and tickets to five cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before
November 10 at the International Programs Office, 620
22nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone:
330-1655. Offered on a P/N basis only. A meeting will
be held at St. Thomas on Saturday, November 18. For
more information you may call Roberta Metzler at 3301273.
Liberal Arfs Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
MUS 204-A
Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and
musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's
inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This
course will examine the historical background, musical
content, and methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance
project. For non-music majors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
TOPIC:HISTORY
OF CARIBBEAN
MUSIC
STUDIED IN MIAMI
AND JAMAICA
MUS 295-A
Instructor: Robert Stacke
Miami and Jamaica are considered the center of
Caribbean music where composition, recording, and
world distribution takes place. This course will explore
the world of Caribbean music through visits to recording studios, clubs where Caribbean music is performed,
and neighborhoods that brought about this music. Also
studied in depth will be social issues that have influenced music such as Reggae. Cities to be visited are
Miami; and in Jamaica, Montego Bay, Negrel, and
Kingston. This course will be done in conjunction with
the Center for Global Education.
Cost is $2,795 from Minneapolis/St. Paul, which
includes all travel, accommodations, meals and tuition
for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students.
Evaluation: Two tests will be given on readings and
lectures. Grading: 20% of the final grade will be based
on participation in discussions, 4O0/0 on the two tests,
and 40% on final project.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
MUS 394-A
Instructor: Sonja Thompson
Opera Workshop is a course designed to give singeractors an opportunity to perform staged scenes from
various music-theater genres, with piano accompaniment. It expands upon existing opportunities for
singers (i.e., choir, chamber music, recitals) by including
dramatic training, and addresses the unique combination of singing plus acting. It is also suitable for theater
students who are interested in increasing their musical
skills, and for student pianists who wish to gain experience working with singers and/or the music-theater
genre. Students will be auditioned by the instructor,
then assigned to appropriate ensembles from opera,
musical theater, operetta and new music-theater.
Sources will include as wide a variety as possible in
terms of musical style, ensemble size, genres. The
course will culminate with a public performance in
Sateren Auditorium at the end of Interim. Students will
be evaluated in areas of attendance, effort, participation, and attitude.
Activities will include both group and one-on-one
instruction in the following areas: Body/voice warmups; lecture/class discussion on topics of interest (i.e.,
vocal technique, acting technique, stage fright, auditions, etc.;) rehearsals and individual coachings; visit to
rehearsal of local opera company, if possible; mock
auditions; staged and costumed performance of scenes
studied.
Prerequisite: Audition by Instructor
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: /I
Room: Sateren Auditorium
NOR 11I-A
Instructor: Frankie Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in
speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for
communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation
of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based
on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final
exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: lnlercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 2 5
PHI 231-A
Instructor David Apolloni
We shall examine the historical and intellectual background of Socrates and what our sources allow us to
say about his person and teachings. We shall clarify
and critically examine Socrates' key teachings: that
virtue is a form of knowledge and that all virtues are
somehow one; that evil is ignorance; whether or not
virtue can be taught; that it is impossible for a wrongdoer to be happy; that being a citizen requires obedience to the state's laws, even if this means accepting
one's own death. There will be take-home written
assignments and weekly quizzes.
Liberal Ads Perspeclive: Weslern Herilage
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 2 3
TOPIC: MEISTER
ECKHART:
MYSTIC
AND PHILOSOPHER
PHI 295-A
lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer
An in-depth study of the mystical and philosophical
writings of the medieval mystic, Meister Eckhart. We
will carefully define mysticism and categorize its different types. Eckhart's mystical writings will be studied
and an attempt to relate his doctrine to his philosophical views on God, the soul, and the world. Students
will keep a journal and present papers on selections
from Eckhart's writings.
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy or permission of professor, ENG 11 1
Graduation Level Skill: Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
POL 295-A
lnstructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
Middle East conflicts and negotiation processes have
remained in the news for decades. To understand the
issues and political factors operating in the area we will
examine Palestinian-Israeli relations within a regional
framework, reviewing how conflict escalated from communal tensions to regional and international war.
Lectures and readings will highlight historical developments and describe how secret bilateral negotiations
and formal international agreements have been
achieved. Students will consider future prospects for
regional peace, emphasizing Israeli relations with Syria
and Lebanon, militant Islamic groups in the region and
tensions in the Persian Gulf.
Readings from texts and recent articles as well as films
from Middle Eastern film-makers will form the basis for
class discussions. This course fulfills the speaking component of the graduation skills requirement. Students
will present two short discussions and one 15-minute
oral critique.
Prerequisite: One course in political science or international relations
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
TOPICS:THETRANSFORMATION
OF
POLITICALSYSTEMS IN CENTRALAND
EASTERN EUROPE
POL 495-A
Instructor: J. Agnieszka Rybczynska
The course will consider developments in Eastern and
East Central Europe since the Fall of the Berlin Wall in
1989. Its focus is on the transformation of political systems in the Czech and Slovak Republics, Hungary and
Poland, with some attention to other countries in
Eastern Europe.
The course will discuss the theoretical aspects of system
transformation and the causes and consequences of the
events of the 1989 revolutions in East Central Europe.
Special attention will be paid to democratization, constitutional processes, institution building, and the
development of civil society after the break-up of communism. These developments will be treated in historical, geopolitical, and ethno-cultural context.
The course will include lecture and discussion.
Requirements: a short discussion paper, class participation, and a 10-15 page research paper.
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: % t h m ~ W ?
mus/.c 2 4
PSY 105-A
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used
in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday
situations are emphasized.
Evaluation: Tests and reports.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Music 23
PSY 340-A
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety
of myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about how they function as representations of the
"self ."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of
"self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and
historical influences. The content of the course will
include topics such as: the impact of science on myth;
the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the
process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of
assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively
involved in the class discussions. Students will be
given some of the responsibility for leading discus-
sions. Evaluation will be based on class participation
and four or five short (600-900 word) papers.
Prerequisite: PSY 102 or 105
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 43
PSY 370-A
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the
life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such
idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward
other persons and society will be the main focus.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high
level of student contribution and participation.
Attendance at each class session is required.
Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short
papers, and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or
equivalent word processing will be required.
Students are requested to read at least three articles by
Robert Coles before the start of the interim.
"Adolescents and Moral Development" by Coles is scheduled for publication and will likely be a text for the
course. Library reference work will be a part of the
course process.
Offered only on P/N basis.
Prerequisite: PSY 102 or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
MYSTICS,
MONKS,
AND MENTORS:
EXPLORING CHRISTIANSPIRITUALITIES
I N IRELAND
AND BRITAIN
(UMAI E COURSE)
REL 230-A
Instructor: Brad Holt
Explore ancient and recent spiritualities, especially Celtic and monastic types, along with Julian of Norwich,
John Wesley, C.S. Lewis and Evelyn Underhill.
Course requirements include attendance, participation
in class discussions (including leadership of one discussion), daily meditation, five brief quizzes, a journal, and
a concluding essay.
Fee: $2,795 includes all air and surface travel, hotel and
monastic accommodations, breakfast daily, one lunch,
twelve dinners, 7-day Travelcard for London, and touring as indicated.
For more information contact Kathy Lutfi at 330-1655.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
REL 343-A
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a
decision that we often make with a portion of our brain
and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from
the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for
meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In
the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be
studied, with particular attention given to the work of
C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource
persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests.
Prerequisite: REL 11 1 or REL 221 or permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
'Note: This course does not meet a Christian Faith Perspective
REL 345-A
Instructor: Mark Tranvik
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in
the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran
Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century, its development over 450 years,
and its cultural influence. Representative figures to be
studied include Luther, Bach, and Bonhoeffer. There
will be lectures, discussions and visiting resource persons. Requirements include class participation and
exams.
Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Science 213
~ S S U E S IN
SCIENCE
AND
RELIGION
REL 374-A
Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson
For some in our society science is the driving engine of
a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy
of life. For others, science and its associated technologies, along with its invitation to become a global world
view, constitute a grave threat. Some Christians particularly feel threatened by science. This course will
address these matters in two ways. First, it will begin
with a historical overview of the relations between sci-
ence and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods:
the origins of the Christian faith, the development of
"modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the
re-evaluation of science and nature in the 20th century.
Second, it will study systematically the world views of
science and religion to see how they compare.
Class time will be divided among a variety of activities
including lectures, whole class discussions, small group
tutorials, and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony, drawing from the ideas developed in the course. Course evaluation will be based on
two short exams, participation in small group tutorials
based on assigned readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthesis paper based on the group
project and course materials.
Prerequisite: One Christian Faith course and junior or senior standing
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 60
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
PROCESS
THEOLOGY
AND CHRISTIAN FAITH
REL 385-A
Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen
This course introduces students to the relational world
view of process philosophy and examines how it has
influenced Christian faith and ethical deliberations.
Special attention will be given to the writings of John B.
Cobb, Jr., as a representative of process theology.
Classes will include videos, small groups, and some
lecture to introduce topics. Ethical issues addressed in
the class include killing, abortion, human sexuality and
euthanasia. Grades will be based on the paper (10-15
pages), the presentation of the paper to the class and
class participation.
Prerequisite: REL 11 1 or REL 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
S WK 257-A
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80
hours in a service agency or institution which students
select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of
this volunteer experience students have opportunity to
interact with human service professionals, clients, and
communities of diverse culture/ethnic heritage and
special concerns (age, socio-economic status, lifestyles,
developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The
course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in
the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the
nature and value system of social work as a profession.
Students will also examine and critique the manner in
which social, economic, and political structures impact
diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their
own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their
personal value system in relation to special concerns,
such as poverty and the "isms".
Liberal Arts Perspective: The Cify
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1 11
ECUADOR: GALAPAGOS,
RAINFOREST
HIGHLANDS
- A JOURNEY IN
HOLISTIC
HEALTH
AND ECOLOGY
AND
(UMAI E COURSE)
SWK 315-A
Instructors: Blanca-Rosa Egas and Victoria Littlefield
With a focus on the recognition that humans must live
in harmony with the ecology that surrounds them, this
course will include a week-long cruise to the Galapagos
Islands and several visits to the capital city of Quito.
Both of these places have been declared Patrimonio de
la Humanidad (Heritage Areas of Humankind) by the
United Nations. We will also visit Vilcabamba, one of
three sanctuaries of longevity in the world. Our journey then takes us to the Amazon rainforest, where we
explore the tropical ecosystem and see how this distinctive habitat has influenced the culture of the people
who live there.
Evaluation: Students are evaluated on two written
reports on interactions with Ecuadorians and critical
analysis related to course content, a reflection essay
paper, attendance, and group participation.
The comprehensive fee of $4,095 includes all air and
surface travel, hotel accommodations in Quito and
Vilcabamba, breakfast daily, one lunch, three dinners,
Galapagos Islands yacht cruise (all meals included),
rain forest stay (all meals included), and touring as,
indicated.
For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 3301713, or Vicki Littlefield at 330-1155.
Prerequisite: Basic Spanish
Maximum Enrollment: 30
S WK 466-A (full course)
S WK 466-B (0.5 course)
Instructor: Glenda Rooney
This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 or
120 hours (0.5 course option during Interim).
Responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups
and communities in a social service agency. Supportive
weekly seminar. Students enrolled will be evaluated by
a series of mini-papers in which they are expected to
integrate the field experience with the course content;
the site supervisor for the field experience. Tentative
grading is 50 percent for each component of the course.
Prerequisite: Candidacy status
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 101
HUMANCOMMUNITIES AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
SOC 21 1-A
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience of community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin
Cities Metropolitan Area. Each member of the class
will be responsible for a class presentation which must
reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within
the metropolitan area. In addition, class participation
and a final examination will be the basis for evaluating
performance in the course.
Liberal A ~ t sPerspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss 21
SPC 347-A
Instructor: Deborah Bart
A video production course which integrates lecture and
criticism with hands-on video experience. This course
addresses non-fiction subject areas. Students will view
several documentary films in class and will work in
groups to produce short documentaries of their own.
Additional time will be required for editing. Grading
will be based upon the video project, the journal, the
final exam and class attendance.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Foss 175
The following activities are available to students during
interim and students may register for these classes as
well as for a regular course. These activities do not
carry course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports
requirement for graduation.
HPE 002-K
Instructor: Wayne Niles
This class is designed to instruct students in the basic
techniques for self defense, using the hands and feet.
Based on and taught by experienced instructors in the
art of American style Tae Kwon Do. Fee of $60.
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited
Time: 12:OO-2:00 p.m. Mondays. Wednesdays, and Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-G
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
Practice and playing of golf. Grading: P/N only
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: 12:OO - 1:00 p.m., M,TW;Th, F
Room: West side of Air Structure
HPE 002-F
Instructor: Marilyn Florian
Practice and playing of Ultimate Frisbee. Grading: P / N
only
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO. - 1:00 p.m., M, 7;W;Th, F
Room: East side of Air Structure
UMAI E
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which
offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim.
Additional information about the following courses can
be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International
Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue S. (330-1655) or from
the Interim Office (330-1025). Registration for these
Interims ends October 20,1995. These courses are
offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a
lower division number.
Ancient Italy: City, Town, and Country Life
Art, Architecture, and Arias: The History of
Central Europe
Art Treasures of Paris, Florence, Rome
and Amsterdam
British Isles: Museums, Monuments and
Prehistoric Sites
Communism to Capitalism: People, Places, and
Geography in the Baltic States
Costa Rica: Environment and Economics
Ecuador: Galapagos, Rainforest, and Highlands
A Journey in Holistic Health and Ecology
England: Literary Ventures by Train
The English School and Family
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
The European Economic Union:
Boundaries and Impact
Greek Odyssey: Art and Architecture of
Anci ent Greece
Hawaii: Multicultural Communication in
Organizational Settings
UMAIE
-
Hawaii2 Religious Experience: Migrants,
Multiculturalism, and Religion
Irish Culture, Irish Drama
Japan: Land of the Rising Sun
Law in London
Meeting People Needs: The Swedish Model
Mystics, Monks, and Mentors: Exploring Christian
Spiritualities in Ireland and Britain
Paris and London: Sculpture in Cities and Environs
Readings of the Bible
Sounds and Sights of Europe
Theatre In and Around London
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not
connected with Augsburg College, but have been
approved for credit by the College. Most carry a
tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N
basis. Full descriptions and details for registering are
available in the Interim Office.
OUTWARD
BOUND
HPE 212-A
Check for information in the Interim Office on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the ~ i n n e s o t a - ~ a n a d i a n
border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping
on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January
26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the
Outward Bound organization has some scholarships
available).
Show less
...................4
INTRODUCTION
......................6
VISITING STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
CALENDAR....................... 8
OPTIONS
..............9
...............- 1 0
.................45
................ 46
.....................33
..................46
OTHER
COURSES
A... Show more
...................4
INTRODUCTION
......................6
VISITING STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
CALENDAR....................... 8
OPTIONS
..............9
...............- 1 0
.................45
................ 46
.....................33
..................46
OTHER
COURSES
ABOUT
THISCATALOG
INTERIM
COURSES
LIFETIME SPORTS
UMAlE COURSES
ALSO O N
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the sanie amount of time in class and
preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only
one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund
for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
It is expected that students will attend every class period;
however, each instructor will establish the precise attendance
policy for hislher course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only
on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the
student must select which is most appropriate for their needs.
Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading
standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees,
although intended to be accurate, may change and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final costs.
To graduate, a student under the 34 course Liberal Arts
Perspective requirements is required to complete two
Interim courses, but three Interim courses may count
toward graduation.
For any student entering after January 1993, a maximum of
two Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33
total course credits required for graduation. The number of
required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students.
Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. Additional Interim credits
which can count toward the 33 course credits required may be
taken by students who repeat a course for credit in which a
grade below 2.0 was earned, or who need to make up for a
regular term in which they failed or withdrew from a course.
Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33 course
credits required may be used to fulfill other degree requirements. That is, no more than two Interim course credits may
be taken for credit toward 33, but additional Interim courses
may be used to fulfill major, minor or general education
requirements.
Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can take a
total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time (Fall
term). If less than full-time they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a
cross registration, but will be charged Day School tuition
($1,420.00) per course credit. If they do so they may take only
1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for Winter
Trimester.
It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
notional or etlirtic origin, age, niarital status, sex or handicap as required by
Title IX ofthe 1972 Educotiotial Atnetidmenis or Section 504 ofthe
Rehnbiliiation Act 011973, as otiietided, it1 its adn~issionspolicies, educotiotlol
programs, activities and eniploynietrt practices.
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of
one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the
Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education
(UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the
end of this catalog.
Internships deadline - Friday, December 13. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmental requirements and present
a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship
Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall
classes (Friday, December 13). The Learning Agreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent StudylResearch or Directed Study - Students
may elect a program of independent study (upper division
499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed
study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the
directedlindependent study registration form. These
forms must be submitted by December 1. Appropriate
study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in
the Registrar's Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Registrar's Office. Registration for Interims at the
other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular
registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at
other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but
may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education requirements. This qualification particularly
affects courses offered in religion.
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4- 1-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge
tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver
of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board
costs. Other students will be charged $1,420 for the Interim
course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg
Interim should write to the Registrar's Office for application
forms o r use the forms provided by the Interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of $10.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required
to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the
Residence Life Office.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor
visiting students may register for 199,299,399 or 499 courses.
INTERIM
CALENDAR
1997
November 18 to December 6 ..........Interim Registration
January 6
,.,. .........
dJar,rIY,Yd++,+
............First Day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day)
Time 11-1:00 p.m.
January 7......Last Day to Register or CancelIAdd a Class
January 17 ................................ Last Day for Determining
Grading System with Registrar
January 17........Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 29 ..................................................... Interim Ends
..................................Spring Semester Begins
Interim Grades Due to Registrar
February 7 ....................
February 3
The time, number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The
daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will
begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg
with a special convocation on Monday, January 20, at 1:OOp.m.
Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not
offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim
credit. Additional descriptions and information about these
courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230.
Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed
at the end of the catalog.
For more information contact the Office of the Registrar at
330-1036 or the Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton at 330-1024.
ACC 424-1
lnstructor: Stuart Stoller
Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in Accounting, Finance, Management,
Marketing and MIS, we examine a business' internal control
systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the
traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and
discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, Just in Time Philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing.
Prerequisites: ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379
Graduation Skill Requirements: Speaking, Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 43
LIFE DRAWING
ART 247-1
lnstructor: Norm Holen
A study of nude figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted with graphite pencils in various
settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based
upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $38 to
be paid on the first day of class.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
SCANDINAVIAN
ARTS
ART 382-1
Instructor: Kristin Anderson
Within this nineteen-day course, you will explore
Scandinavian culture through its art. Through lectures, discussions, and field visits, you will study the visual arts in
Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including
architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture and design. You will
live in a dormitory and study with Norwegian students. This
course will be taught in English. The course will be held at
Troderod, an 18th century historic mansion in Moss, a city of
25,000 people on the Oslo Fjord located on the island of Jeloy,
about one hour south of Oslo. The cost for the course is
$2,495 (includes airfare, room and board).
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Aesthelics
Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking
Maximum Enrollmenl: 15
BIO 145-1
Instructor Bill Capman
We will use a few historically, economically, and medically
important plants to study some of the ways in which humans
and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not
only at the bottom of our food chain but also play a part in
non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g. medicines,
fibers, dyes, etc.) or indirectly (e.g. how food crises have influenced human migrations). We will study the uses, biology,
natural history and classification of several important plants.
Evaluation will be based on three or four forty-minute exams,
several quizzes, and an oral presentation.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
RESPONDING
TO THE CHALLENGE
OF JAPAN
BUS 368-1
Instructor Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a
cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed
involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and
readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of the students.
Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute
sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and a final examination. This class should be of interest
to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or
any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every class should
not enroll in this course.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 22
BUS 495-1
Instructor: Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp
The transition from centrally-planned economies to market
systems currently taking place in Russia, Central and Eastern
Europe represents one of the most important changes of the
post-Cold War era. These changes carry major implications for
global trade and international business and certainly for U.S.
bilateral interest in this region. This course will provide an
understanding of these changes and will identify the opportunities and most effective ways of doing business and investing
in Russia, Central and Eastern Europe.
Prerequisite: ECO 112
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I - M, W Th
Room: Memorial 323
CHM 100-1
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This course is developed in the perspective of a person living in
a modern, high technology society such as the United States. It
assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue
of a scientific nature one at the least must be able to understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression
rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific
concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically
and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit
and illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the debates about
sources of energy, the greenhouse effect and nuclear waste
storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many
of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning
about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can be
helped to understand ourselves, our society, our world and
even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based
on a percentage of the total score for total points on the daily
quizzes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enroilment: 30
Time: I
Room: Science 315
FORTRAN
CSC 270-1
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming.
This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of
the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. Students are expected to know
how to do computer programming in some programming
language (such as Pascal) before entering this course.
This course will involve lectures and several programming
assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the
successful completion of assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course which includes programming
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 42
1
CSC 495-1
Instructor: Charles Sheaffer
This course is especially intended for students with no prior
exposure to programming in particular or Computer Science
in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course
using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce
an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of Computer Science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Students with knowledge of programming will benefit
from exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the
Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding
of how these important concepts are actually implemented in
real languages and machines.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center PO
ECO 110-1
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of the many problems facing
a metro-urban environment. Fundamental microeconomic
tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g.
health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not
apply toward an Economics, Business Administration or MIS
major and does not apply toward an economics minor.
Three objective examinations.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Cily or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enmllment 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
COMPUTER 5CIENCE/tCONOMICI
DISCOVERY
LEARN~NGIN THE
WORLD
OF KINDERGARTEN
(0.5 CREDIT)
EDE 375-1
Instructor: Gretchen lrvine
The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental
kindergarten philosophy through the study and utilization of
a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be
utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half
credit course.
*Note: This course can be taken along with Hunzan
Relations, EDU 388-1.
Prerequisite: PPST
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Library 1
EDS 495-1
Instructor: Mary Ann Bayless
Why are some things easy for a person to learn while others
seem harder? Why does the same task seem easier at one
moment and more difficult just a few hours later? Why do
some children struggle with seemingly simple assignments
but then suddenly master them? Why do more people suffer
with learning disabilities and weak short-term memory than
ever before? Each of us wants to be an efficient and happy
learner; but most often, no one has shown us how to be our
own lifelong learning coaches. In the last decade, work in
neuro-physiology has given us a whole new set of insights
about how the various parts of the brain actually work to produce learning and high-level functioning. Educational kinesiologists have taken these insights and produced simple but effective ways to increase the learning comfort of each individual.
This course will provide both the theory for each participant
to understand herlhis own unique learning needs and the
practice for becoming an efficient and joyful learner. We will
study learning development, brainlmind function, and the
nature of learning blocks. We will discuss the misuse of brain
dominance theory and learn routines for overcoming learning
blocks and integrating hemisphere functions. There will be
two tests and two demonstrations required of each student,
and upper-division students will have to do two reviews of
relevant research. The course uses two paperback texts. Very
useful for prospective teachers and parents.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 205
lNTERNATIONAL EDUCATION
EDU 353-1
Instructor: Rich Germundsen
This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central
American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the emerging global society. There
will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. International students
are especially welcome to enroll.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Library 17
EDU 388-1
lnstructoc Joseph Erickson
l'his course is thc study of prcjudicc, discrimination nnd
oplwcssion as i t alli.c~spcrsons of color, the hii~idiciippcci,
limited English speakers and females. Topics include racism,
sexism, homophobia and economic issues. Emphasis is placed
on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms,
which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films and
complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota
Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers.
This is a one-half credit course. It is offered only on a PIN
basis.
"Note: This course can be taken along with Discovery Learning
in the World of Kindergarten, EDE 375-1.
Prerequisite: Open to all
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
EDU 491-1
lnstructoc Susan O'Connor
A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar.
Students planning to take this course should consult with the
Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to
registering for the course.
Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well
as written and reading assignments.
Prerequisites: Completion of courses for special educalion minos or consent of instructor.
Maximum Enrollment 9 (This course involves iieldwork supenfision for the faculty member)
Time: l
Room: Library 4
EDUCATION
TOPICS:
CONTEMPORARYAMERICAN
POETRY
ENG 282-P/482-P
Instructor: John Mitchell
This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into
prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will
be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the
themes of their poems, especially those images and statements
that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will
be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected
poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given
and two interpretive papers about three to five pages in lengtk
will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student will als
read and give a written class report on a book that discusses
contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet; this choice,
based upon recommendations, must be approved by the
instructor.
Prerequisites: Intro. to Literature - for students enrolling for upper division credit
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
TOPICS:
THECITY/GARDENAND WILDERNESS
ENG 2824
I'nstructor: Joan Griffin
The city has the power either to nourish or corrupt the human
soul. As a garden, the city tames and shapes nature to provide
an environment congenial to humanity. As a wilderness, the
city suggests the lack of moral restraint and self-control. This
course explores these themes in (mostly modern American)
essays, short stories, plays, poetry and films. Taking its cue
from Alfred Kazin's A Walker in the City,the course will
include a service project and field trips in which we will
explore some of the "gardens" and "wildernesses" of the Twin
Cities. Course grades will be based on a journal, two short
papers, class attendance and contributions to discussion.
Preference given to freshmen.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
ENG 282-W/482-W
Instructor: Robert Cowgill
This course reassesses the work of the American cinema's
greatest genius, Orson Welles. From his early radio plays with
the Mercury Theater, through his groundbreaking seminal
1941 film, "Citizen Kane," to his later Shakespearean adaptations, students will encounter and study all of the Welles
extant canon. Welles' stylistic impact on other filmmakers will
be examined, as well as the aesthetic choices Welles made in
transferring other literary forms (such as novels and plays) to
cinema. The course will also explore Welles' re-reading of
developing Hollywood studio techniques and formulas (such
as his deepening of the archetypal psychology presented in
classic film noir), and the changing critical reception of his
work.
Students will be responsible for viewing all the films; many of
the screenings will take place outside of class time. A journal,
two short papers and a final video project are required.
' Students registering under ENG 482 will have to write a long
research paper as well.
Prerequisite: ENG 11 1 or equivalent
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthelics
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
QUANTITATIVE
JOURNALISM: COMPUTERASSISTED
REPORTINGAND RESEARCH
ENG 347-1
Instructors: Cass Dalglish and Boyd Koehler
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative
data in the writing of expository essays and news reports.
Such inquiries will employ contemporary computer-based
information searches coupled with data-driven quantitative
assessment of a public issue of current concern. Students will
prepare projects of publishable quality for presentation and
critique. The course is designed for persons wishing to
explore the use of computer-assisted research for their particular information development interests as well as those
preparing to enter the communication professions.
Prerequisites: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of instructors; MPG 3.
Graduation Skill Requirement: C)uantitativeReasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 11
Time: I1
Room: Library 20
FRE 11 1-1
Instructor: Francoise duRivage
This course is for students with no previous background in
French. It aims to develop basic skills in understanding,
speaking, reading and writing as tools for communication in
French. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course focuses on the use of language in everyday
contexts and works toward the discovery of a French culture
and way of life. Five meetings per week. Evaluation will be
based on class participation, daily assignments, quizzes and
exams.
Liberal Arts Perspective: lntercoltural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
GER 111-1
lnstructor: John Van Cleve
The course is for those poor souls who have never studied
German before. By its conclusion, they will be able to speak,
understand, read and write a surprising amount of elementary German. Classes will practice communication in the
European Economic Community's most-spoken language,
supplemented by discussions of German culture. The vocabulary and structures of everyday German will be emphasized.
Grades will be determined on the basis of class participation,
scheduled chapter tests and a f nal exam.
liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enmllment: 10
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS
~NTRODUCT~ON
TO
FRE/GER/NOR/SPA 350-1
lnstructor: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg
An introduction to the critical reading of narratives in a
broad range of forms (short stories, novels, songs, films and
comic strips) in English. We will discuss the texts through the
understanding of their structural properties as well as the
social contexts. Selected theoretical readings (in English) prepare students to analyze representative texts (in a second language of their choice). Both the aesthetic and social-historical
aspects of literary analysis will be explored. Class discussion is
a key feature of the course. Evaluation will be based o n classroom presentations, short papers and a final examination o r
paper. Lectures, class discussion and all written work will be
in English. Students may register under their particular
majorlminor language.
Prerequisite: FRE/GER/NOR/SPA 31 1
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 112
I
HPE 114-1
lnstructoc A1 Kloppen
Principles: Practice of safety education in school and community life. National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. This is a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enmllmenl: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 119
DANCE
(MEN ONLY)
(0.5 CREDIT)
HPE 232-M
lnstructoc Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on participation in class activities, a
teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half
credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I, (KTh & anernate Fridays - 1/7 1/9, 1/10, 1/13, 1/15, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28)
Room: Melby Gym - norlh court
H PE 232- W
Instructor Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on participation in class activities, a
teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half
credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I, (TTh & alternate Fridays - 1/7 1/9, 1/14 1/13, 1/15, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28)
Room: Melby Gym - north courl
HEALTH & PHYSICAL LDUCATION
I
HPE 250-1
Instructor: Staff
Making Connections is designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their
peers. This course provides a wellness-model foundation for
educating self and others about personal health issues. Course
topics include wellness programming issues (e.g. HIVIAIDS,
substance use, meditation), communication skills, multicultural issues and decision-making skills. Students will examine
strategies that promote a healthier campus environment.
The course utilizes many interactive experiences combined
with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow
students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the
course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations include an objective test,
journal entries and a group project.
This course will be useful to students who are interested in
impacting their campus environment as well as those who
have a desire to learn practical skills such as negotiation,
group facilitation and program development. Opportunities
exist for students who successfully complete this course to
work as Peer Helpers with The Center for Counseling and
Health Promotion.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 101
HPE 320-1
Instructor: Patty Murphy
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon
growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units
in nutrition and diseases. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisite: HPE 110
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I - M, Wand alternate F (1/6, 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 1/27, 1/29)
Room: Melby 202
ADMINISTRATION
AND SUPERVISION
SCHOOL HEALTH
PROGRAM
(0.5 COURSE)
OF
HPE 410-1
Instructor: Patty Murphy
Historical background, legal bases, school health services and
relationships to community health programs and resources.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisite: HPE 110
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I - T; Th andalternate F ( 1 , 1/9, 1/10, 1/14, 1/16, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28)
Room: Melby 202
(January 6 - 21, 1997)
HPE 455-1
lnstructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will
take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43' - 46' fixed keel sailboat with five to six other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual
on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes
will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands
in January.
The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare for Augsburg
day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to
pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in
order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY.
Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff,
Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with
deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is
given.
Prerequisite: Permission from Joyce Plan of the Health and Physical Education
Deparlment (612) 330- 1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills
Graduation Level Skill: Liletime Sporl; also one course credit upper division
Maxlmum Enrollment: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled)
HPE 475-1
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: El0 103, HPE 350
Maximum Enrollment: 24
Time: I - M, W andallernate F(1/6, 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 1/27, 1/29)
Room: Melby 119
HPE 477-1
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Theory and technique. Administrative aspects of coaching basketball. This is a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 24
Time: I1 - Tj Th andalternate F(1/7, 1/9, 1/10, 1/14, 1/16, 1/21, 1/23, 1/24, 1/28)
Room: Melby 202; Gym
HPE 483-1
Instructor: Marilyn Florian
Theory and technique. Administrative aspects of coaching
volleyball. This is a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 24
Time: I1 - M, W andallernale F ( 1 6 1/8, 1/13, 1/15, 1/17, 1/20, 1/22, 11/27, 1/29)
Room: Melby 202; Gym
~OTH-CENTURY
SOUTH ASIA
HIS 162-//HIS 462-1
lnstructor: Don Gustafson
This interim experience is designed to look at the area of
South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the
people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard
historical writings and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impact that colonialism, nationalism and various
phases of modernization have had on this old, honored and
traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk about
social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya that has
prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christlikeness of a Gandhi, and perhaps have time to note one or
two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at
South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective.
The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of
lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers and tests
(including a final).
Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected
to have at least one prior college history class, to complete a
paper or project beyond the regular assignments, and to be
tested apart from lower division students.
Liberal Ads Perspeclive: lnlercullural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 100
TOPICS
IN U.S. HISTORY:THECIVIL WARERA
HIS 331-1
Instructor: Chris Kimball
Many people believe that the Civil War was the most important event in the history of the United States, one that transformed the nature of American society. Put more broadly, the
years between the mid-1840s and the late 1870s saw questions
about such fundamental principles as slavery and freedom
resolved; others, however, continue to trouble us to this day.
This course, then, offers a survey of the causes, issues and
consequences of the nation's bloodiest conflict. Topics to be
considered include slavery and anti-slavery, Manifest Destiny,
the growing sectional conflict, the origins of the Republican
Party, the clash of arms, the changing role of women, popular
religion, the transition from slave to free labor in the South,
and post-slavery race relations.
The course will include lectures, discussions, a variety of primary and secondary readings, and films. Grading will be
based on participation, several short writing assignments, a
mid-term and a final.
Prerequisite: One history course or consent of inslructor
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
HON 213-1
Instructors: Jeanne Boeh & Jacqueline devries
Does history influence economic theory? Or does economic
theory shape history? This course will explore the history of
western economic thought and how these writings affected
the development of various economic systems. The course
begins with the rise of mercantilism in the 16th century.
Topics will include the industrial take-off and the creation of
a waged-labor force in the 18th century, the rise of laissez-
faire economic principles and "free-trade" imperialism in the
19th century, and the subsequent challenges of communism
and the rise of the welfare state in the 20th century. We will
read substantial portions of the classic economic thinkers,
including Adam Smith, Thomas Malthus, David Hume,
Jeremy Bentham, David Ricardo, Sidney and Beatrice Webb,
Karl Marx, Max Weber, Alfred Marshall, Thorstein Veblen,
John Maynard Keynes, William Beveridge and Milton
Friedman. The course will also address the long-standing issues
of child labor, poverty and women's roles in the work force.
Students will be evaluated using class participation, discussion
and writing assignments, including a short term paper and a
take-home final.
Prerequisite: Honors Program student or consent of Honors Program Director
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
SCIENCE AND RELIGION:COMPLEXITY
CREATIVITY
AND
HUN 401-I/HON 401-R
Instructors: Larry Crockett and Bruce Reichenbach
We will explore the historical background of the contemporary debate regarding how religion relates to science, and then
attend to contemporary developments, especially the new
integrationists. We will also look at the implications of the
chaos and complexity theory for the doctrine of divine creativity. The goal is to involve students in constructing for
themselves a model for understanding relations between the
two areas. Two tests, class presentations and a research paper
will be required.
Prerequisites: Parlicipant in Honors Program or permission of instructor
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 20 per section
Time: I
Rooms: Foss Center 20/Library 20
HONORS
I
INS 120-1
Instructor: Ann Fleener
Students will participate in a series of seminars following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings that
will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also
view selected films for seminar discussions; develop andlor
hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; and lead seminars.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 319
SERVICE-LEARNING TEAMINTERNSHIPS:
LEARNING TOGETHER
FROM WORKAND
SERVICE I N THE CITY
INS 199/399-1
Instructors: Garry Hesser/Lois Olson/Mary Laurel True
Interested in hands-on experience and making a difference?
In this Interim course you will work, learn and serve through
an interdisciplinary team internship approach. You will spend
approximately 20-30 hours per week at a local neighborhood
non-profit internship site working on a special project with
three or four other students. Your internship team will have
hands-on experience in an agency that strives to meet the
needs of the community, and you will develop a better understanding of organizations that are a part of the city and why
and how they function. Two mornings a week you will meet
in a seminar with all the internship teams to share experiences
and explore ideas and insights into the critical issues of urban
communities and organizations. Students will complete short
seminar exercises, set team internship goals, keep an individual journal and make a final group presentation of their
internship. Upper-division students will be expected to make
more advanced analysis, connecting theories of coursework
and concepts of their major and the liberal arts to the work
experience and seminar assignments. Grading: PIN only
Liberal Arls Perspective: City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 111
INS 210-1
Instructor: William D. Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first-year law students. We will examine the nature of
American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students
study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional
pressures that first-year students typically face, explore ways
to cope with these pressures, and develop legal reasoning and
writing skills.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
INS 21 1-1
Instructor: Sandra Olmsted
Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but
just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a
series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity
to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral
presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively
organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn
about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists.
Prerequisiles: One year of an introductory-level science course
Gradualion Skill Requirement Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
INTRODUCTION
TO ISLAM
INS 225-1
lnstructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to Non-Muslims. The course will cover the
ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on
the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis,
etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the similarities and
differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism.
Students will also visit one of the mosques in the Twin Cities.
Evaluation is based on two tests and a paper.
Liberal Ads Perspeclive: intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
AMERICAN
INDIANS
IN THE CINEMA
INS 264-1
Instructor: Eric Buffalohead
Various images of the North American Indian, created by
Hollywood and television, will be studied. Films from 1913 to
the present will be viewed in order to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century, and how
it is reflective of Western cultural ideologies.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Intercullural Awareness 1
Time: 6-10 p.m.
Room: Old Main 16
FINITE MATH
MAT 121-1
lnstructor: Su Doree
What does math have to do with the "real world"? Lots! In this
course we'll learn about finances, probability, statistics and
applied geometry. Class will be a mix of short lectures and
small group "hands-on" activities.
I
Evaluation is based on full participation, daily homework sets,
a "math matters" journal, and four brief projectslpapers.
There will not be any quizzes or exams.
This course is primarily intended for students in MPG 3 who
have not previously taken another Quantitative Reasoning
course.
Prerequisite: Math 3
Graduation Skill Requirement: Ouanlilalive Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 212
MAT 281/481-I
Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia
In this course, we will discuss and analyze mathematical models of biological phenomena. The mathematical techniques we
will use build on ideas from calculus. Many of the techniques
will involve a graphical approach, and we will make use of
technological tools (graphing calculators and Maple, for
example). Course evaluation will include homework, projects
and examinations. The course will be offered at both the 400
level (recommended prerequisite - MAT 245 or MAT 145, and
junior or senior level standing in a Division of Sciences
major), and at the 200 level (recommended prerequisite MAT 145). Non-mathematics majors who are interested are
strongly encouraged to find out more about the class by contacting the instructor.
Prerequisite: See course description
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 112
MATHEMATICS
SOUNDS AND SIGHTS
(UMAI E COURSE)
OF
EUROPE
MUS 179-1
lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Hoberta Metzler
4
Much of American history and culture is derived from that of
European cities such as London, Paris and Amsterdam. This
course provides an opportunity to visit some of the great
European cultural centers that provided the impetus for
development of cultural life in the New World.
Group discussions and assigned readings increase student
sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the
museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical
masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the
various art mediums come to life through these experiences.
There is also ample time for independent exploration.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related
group activities, a daily professional journal, arttmusic critique sheets, and exams over material covered.
Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, daily continental breakfast, four group meals and
tickets to five cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before November
10 at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue
South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 330-1655. Offered on
a PIN basis only. A meeting will be held at St. Thomas on
Saturday, November 18. For more information you may call
Roberta Metzler at 330-1273.
Liberal Arls Perspective:Aeslhelics
Maximum Enrollmenl: 32
SURVEY OF ROCK HISTORY
AND
MUSICAL
STYLE, 1951-1971
MUS 204-1
Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception
(1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will
examine the historical background, musical content and
methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For
non-music majors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics 1, 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 30
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
SEMINAR: PRINTING MUSIC
AT THE COMPUTER
MUS 295-1
Instructor Stephen "Gabe" Gabrielsen
The program "Finale" will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professional-level musical scores. Daily assignments will be given
with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music
at the computer.
Prerequisite: Note-reading ability
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I ( M N 10-12:OO; T/Th 8-1 1:30; F 8-1 1:OO)
Room: Music Library (1st floor Music Bldg.)
MUS 295- TflHR 295-T
Instructor: Sonja Thompson, Martha Johnson
This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by Music and
Theatre faculty. The goal will be to integrate training and per-
formance techniques from music and theatre to help students
gain knowledge, experience and skills in various genres of
Music Theatre (musicals, opera, plays involving singing and
music, and new music theatre). The course will also explore
the power of Music Theatre that links it with ritual, ceremony
and spiritual tradition, seen cross-culturally in ancient Greek
drama, Chinese Opera and Japanese Kabuki. Another goal of
the course is to give students the opportunity to increase their
level of comfort and skill on stage. The course will culminate
in a public performance of scenes from Music Theatre.
Grading will be based on student scenelrole research, class and
rehearsal commitment, and final performance. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate
material can be assigned to them. Students of all levels are welcome to take this course.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Sateren Auditorium
PHI 231-1
Instructor: David Apolloni
Course content includes the historical and intellectual background of Socrates and the question, "What d o we know of the
person and teachings of the historical Socrates?" Socrates' key
teachings will be studied: virtue is a form of knowledge and all
virtues are identical; evil is a form of ignorance; whether or
not virtue can be taught; it is impossible for wrongdoers to be
happy; and obeying the law and accepting the death penalty.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
MAKING LIGHT OF MATTER: AN
~NTRODUC~~ON
TO LASERSAND SPECTROSCOPY
PHY 337-1
Instructor Stuart Anderson
The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at
the heart of modern physics, and lasers are probably the most
ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will
begin with a short overview of optics needed for understanding imaging, beam control and dispersion, including the
nature of light, reflection, refraction and interference. The
stage is then set for treating super-radiant devices and lasers
and analyzing the effects of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to
the study of atoms and molecules via the emission, absorption and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be
placed on laboratory experiences and scientific communication; only one-third of the class time will be used for formal
lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on the
basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, oral and
poster presentations, and two examinations.
Prerequisites: PHY 121, 122, 245 (or equivalenl) and MAT 124, 125, 224 (or 145, 146,
245)
Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I1
Room: Science 30
POL 140-1
Instructor: Andrew Aoki
This course requires students to struggle with questions of
social justice in America. Students will develop and defend
their own standards of social justice and use those standards
to assess conditions in urban America. To pass this course,
students must engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with
fellow classmates in class discussions.
The course has two goals: to develop student thinking about
social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between
justice and other values and to increase student ability to
understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values.
Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and
other class activities, on two short (4-6 pp.) papers and on a
final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the
Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on
the first day of class, NO ONE WILL BE ADMITTED TO
THE CLASS WHO DOES NOT ATTEND THE FIRST DAY
OF CLASS, unless first receiving the permission of the
instructor.
Liberal Arfs Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
POL 295-//POL 495-1
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
During 1996, elections in Israel, Russia and the United
States-as well as political violence in Israel and Lebanoncreated a new context for the Middle East negotiation process.
This course will explore these changes and provide deeper
background for understanding the intractability of the ArabIsraeli conflict.
Drawing upon several theories of conflict and conflict resolution, we will study the historical development of the clash
between different nationalist claims to the land that Israelis
and Palestinians consider their home. How this conflict drew
in neighboring Arab states and superpower interests will be
reviewed. The strategic bargaining positions of the major participants will be analyzed as well as the roles of the United
States and United Nations in the conflict area, known as the
Arab Mashriq. Additional regional factors, such as radical
Islamic movements and tensions in the Persian Gulf, will be
analyzed for their impact on the longer-term negotiation
process. We will consider the potential for geo-political
expansion of the conflict into nearby regions.
Students will present two small oral presentations and one
major oral critique of analytic articles (for 295 credit) and
books (for 495 credit). A mid-term examination and class discussion will provide additional evaluations. Feature length
films from Middle East film producers will complement
course readings and lectures.
Graduation Skill Requirement Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
PSY 105-1
lnstructor: Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations
are emphasized. Evaluation is based on tests and reports.
Libenl Ads Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Music 23
PSYCHOLOGY
AND LAW
PSY 335-1
lnstructor: Nancy Steblay
The course will address psychological issues in law, with
specific emphasis on police procedures, eyewitness memory
and jury trials. Attention will also be given to issues of mental
illness and criminal justice. Grading will be based on tests,
written work and classroom participation.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 or 102
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
PSY 370-1
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of
the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will
be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and
society will be the main focus.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level
of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each
class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers and frequent oral reports.
Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required.
Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert
Coles before the start of the interim. "Adolescents and Moral
Develpment" by Coles is scheduled for publication and will
likely be a text for the course. Library reference work will be a
part of the course process. Offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 102 or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
CULTURE, FAMILY, SEX AND STATUS:
THENEW
TESTAMENT
SOCIAL WORLD
REL 330-1
Philip A. Quanbeck, I1
This course will approach parts of the New Testament from
the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world
of cultural conflict, accommodation and change, and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how
the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include
concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame,
the social structures of the family, and the city in the GrecoRoman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it
affected women, men, free persons and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity
and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular
focus on Luke through Acts, First Peter and aspects of the letters of Paul. Evaluation will be by exam, class
presentationlparticipation and a research paper.
Prerequisiles: REL 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Chrislian Faith 1 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
CHRISTIANVIEWS
OF HEALTH
AND HEALING
REL 341-1
lnstructor: Brad Holt
The course will help students think knowledgeably and critically about the intersections of health and religion. The content will include a study of biblical roots, historical influences
in church and medicine, and contemporary trends. The relationship of scientific technology, alternative medicine, prayer
and sacraments will be considered. Evaluation will be on the
basis of a class presentation and paper, spot quizzes and one
test.
Prerequisites: REL 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Failh 3
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
THEOLOGY
OF MARRIAGE
REL 343-1
lnstructor: Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision
that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our
heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether
you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your
life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings,
many theories will be studied, with particular attention given
to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital
relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper and two tests.
Prerequisites: REL 11 1 or REL 221 or permission of instructor
Liberal Ads Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 23
REL 345-1
lnstructor: Mark Tranvik
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will examine its roots in Luther and the
Reformation and trace its history in worship, music and theology to the present day. Questions such as the following will
be addressed: What does it mean to be a Lutheran today?
How might Lutherans relate their faith to political and social
problems? Lectures and discussions will be the format. Guest
speakers will be used. Requirements include class participation and exams.
Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221
Liberal Ads Perspeclive: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 213
PROCESS
THEOLOGY
AND CHRISTIAN FAITH
REL 385-1
Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen
This course introduces students to the relational world view
of process philosophy and examines how it has influenced
Christian faith and ethical deliberations. Special attention will
be given to the writings of John B. Cobb Jr., as a representative of process theology. Classes will include videos, small
groups and some lectures to introduce topics. Ethical issues
addressed in the class include killing, abortion, human sexual-
ity and euthanasia. Grades will be based on a paper (10-15
pages), a presentation of the paper to the class and class participation.
Prerequisites: REL 111 or REL 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
SWK 257-1
Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and staff
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in
a service agency or institution that students select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by
agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience, students have the opportunity to interact with human service
professionals, clients and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economic status,
lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The
course is designed to help students learn about themselves in
relation to a possible major or future career in the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that
assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings
which explore the historical development of social welfare as
an institution and the nature and value system of social work
as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the
manner in which social, economic and political structures
impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their
own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as
poverty and the "isms". Detailed information will be sent to
students at the close of Interim registration.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximlim Enrollment: 60
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 111
S WK 466-l(ful1 course)
SWK 466-H (0.5 course)
lnstructor: Maria Brown
This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 or 120
hours (.5 course option during Interim). Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with
individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students
will be evaluated by: 1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating course content with work setting; 2) attendancelparticipation, and 3) field site supervisor's evaluation.
Prerequisile: SWK 462
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a lime lor purpose of room
size)
Room: Old Main 11
HUMAN
COMMUNITIES AND
THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
SOC 21 1-1
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience of
community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan
area. Each member of the class will be responsible for a class
presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition, class
participation and a final examination will be the basis for
evaluating performance in the course.
Liberal Ads Perspeclive: The City
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss 21
THR 295-T/MUS 295- T
Instructor: Sonja Thompson, Martha Johnson
See course information listed under MUS 295-T.
MOVEMENT
FOR THEATRE
THR 226-1
Instructor: Staff
In this course students will explore the principles and styles
of movement. The goal will be to increase the student's ability
to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, freedom, clarity, timing, concentration
and rhythm. Masks and improvisation will be introduced as
tools for corporeal expression. All different aspects of movement will be explored: body stance, facial expression, gesture,
walking, etc. Movement exercises will be built around short
scenes and improvisation. There will be an intense dance
warm-up each session.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Theatre- south court
The following activities are available to students during Interim
and studerlts may register for these classes as well as for a
regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but
do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation.
LIFETIME SPORT: AEROBIC
DANCE
HPE 002-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
Participation and practice in aerobic dance activities.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 45
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, 7; U: TH, F
Room: Gym - center court
LIFETIME SPORT: PICKLEBALL
HPE 002-P
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of pickleball. Grading: PIN only.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spoti
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:OOM, 7; U: TH, F
Room: Gym - nortWsouth courts
LIFETIME SPORT: ULTIMATE
FRISBEE
HPE 002-F
Instructor Marilyn Florian
Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Liletime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: 12:OO-1:00M, b U: TH, F
Room: Air Structure
UMAI E
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following courses can be obtained
from Kathleen Lutfi at the Center for Global Education, 620
22nd Avenue S. (330- 1655). These courses are offered on a
PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
SPP 201-1
Astronomy Down Under (New Zealand)
AustraliaS Business Climate
Caring for Others: The Swedish Model
Drawing a Literary Map of Norway
The English School and Family
Exploring British Democracy Through Literature and Culture
Innovation and Organization in Scandinavia
Intermediate Spanish Language and Culture in Southern Spain
Luther, B ~ c hand Bonhoefier: Three Influential Lutherans in
Germany
Roman Germany: The Impact and Legacy of Empire
The Trojan War: Myth and Legend
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a PIN basis.
UMAI E
THEWASHINGTON
CENTER1997
Academic Seminars
LEADERSHIP2 0 0 0 : A GLOBALPERSPECTIVE
(DECEMBER
30-JANUARY
10,1997)
POL 398-A
WOMENAs LEADERS
(DECEMBER
30-JANUARY
10,1997)
POL 398-8
THE~NDEPENDENT
SECTOR:
ISSUES
AND CAUSES
(DECEMBER
30-JANUARY10,1997)
POL 3984
CAMPAIGN96: THEINAUGURATION
(JANUARY
14-20,1997)
POL 398-0
The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during the
first two weeks of the seminar program. During the last week,
one seminar is offered. Augsburg students must register for all
three weeks of the program (December 30-January 20) in
order to receive academic credit and to receive a scholarship
from the College covering registration and tuition costs.
Credit is available from the Political Science Department for
this program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group
seminars and journals.
For information brochures and registration forms ask in
Memorial Hall 11lA or call 330-1320. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall
117 or call 330-1 197. There are five scholarships available to
cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office.
Show less
..................... - 4
..................... - 6
Visiting Students ................ 7
Calendar ........................8
About This Catalog.................9
Interim Courses .................. 10
Lifetime Sports ................... 44
UMAlE Courses.................. - 4 6
Also On .......... Show more
..................... - 4
..................... - 6
Visiting Students ................ 7
Calendar ........................8
About This Catalog.................9
Interim Courses .................. 10
Lifetime Sports ................... 44
UMAlE Courses.................. - 4 6
Also On ..................... 33
Other Courses ...................47
Introduction
Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and
spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term.
Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a
single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of
time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should
be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and
should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of
study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3'12
weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. It is expected
that students will attend every class period; however, each
instructor will establish the precise attendance policy for
hislher course. Students can register for only one course
credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only
on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered for either Upper or Lower Division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
students must select which is most appropriate for their needs.
Students registering for Upper Division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading
standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees,
although intended to be accurate, may change and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final costs.
Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for
graduation. This course total must include two Interims for
students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. A maximum
of four Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33
course credits required for graduation. Transfer students
should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or consult
the Registrar for the number of Interim courses required.
Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a
total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half-credit
classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The
lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time
(fall term). If less than full-time they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a
cross registration but will be charged Day School tuition
($1,497) per course credit. If they do so they may take only
1.0 additional course credits in Weekend College for winter
trimester.
It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by
Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational
programs, activities and employment practices.
Options
International Interim-Students are invited to be part of
one of the 25 international Interim courses offered by the
Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education
(UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the
end of this catalog.
Internships deadline-Friday, December 12. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmental requirements and present
a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship
Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of fall
classes (Friday, December 12). The learning agreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education'Office.
Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students
may elect a program of independent study (Upper Division
499) or directed study (Lower Division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed
study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements
2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form.
These forms must be submitted by December 1.
Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can
be obtained in the Registrar's Office.
Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Registrar's Office. Registration for Interims at the
other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular
registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at
other 4- 1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but
may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's genera1 education requirements.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge
tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver
of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board
costs. Other students will be charged $1,497 for the Interim
course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg
Interim should write to the Registrar's Office for application
forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of $10.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required
to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the
Residence Life Office.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor
visiting students may register for 199,299,399 or 499 courses.
Interim Calendar 1998
November 17 to December 5 . ......... Interim registration
First day of Interim
January 5 . . ........................
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day)
Time 11-1:00 p.m.
January 6
............Last day to register or add a class or
cancel a class without a notation
January 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Last day for determining
grading option with Registrar
January 16 .........Last day for withdrawing from courses
.............................. Interim ends
February 2 . .....................Spring semester begins
February 6 ...............Interim grades due to Registrar
January 28
The time, number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The
daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1: 8:00 a.m. to noon (Note: on the first day, Time I
classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m.-5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg
with a special convocation on Monday, January 19, at 1:OOp.m.
Afternoon classes begin following the convocation.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not
offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim
credit. Additional descriptions and information about these
courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 226.
Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed
at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are
marked with an airplane.
+
For More Information
For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the
Interim Office at 330- 1150.
Internal & Operational Audit
ACC 424-1
Instructor: Stuart Stoller
Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using
techniques discussed in accounting, finance, management,
marketing and MIS, we examine a business' internal control
systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the
traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and
discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, "just-in-time" philosophy, efficiency improvement
techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing.
Students will be evaluated by classroom quizzes, a project
and final examination.
Prerequisiles:ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379
GradualionSkill Requirements: Speaking, Writing
Maximum Enrollment 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 43
Life Drawing
ART 247-1
Instructor: Norm Holen
A study of nude figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted with graphite pencils in various
settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based
upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $40 to
be paid on the first day of class.
Liberal Arts Perspective:Aesthelics
Maximum Enrollment 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
Tribal Arts And Culture
ART 290-1
Instructor: Steve Chapman
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through
the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other
content includes poetry, dance, mythology, ritual, religion and
drama of many American Indian tribes. Students will produce
various art projects in weaving, basket making, pottery, sculpture or prints.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 4
Calligraphy I & I1
ART 106-1
ART 306-1
Instructor: Philip Thompson
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with
emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design
through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on proactive calligraphic concepts with special
attention given to foundation, italic, gothic and uncial styles.
Three original projects are required and evaluation is based
on quality of work plus participation and growth factors.
Upper Division students are required to complete examples in
three historical writing styles plus an expanded project.
Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler and mat board
Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthelics
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
Seeds of Change
BIO 145-1
lnstructoc Esther McLaughlin
We will use a few historically, economically, and medically
important plants to study some of the ways in which humans
and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not
only at the bottom of our food chain but also play a part in
non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g., medicines,
fibers, dyes) or indirectly (e.g., how food crises have influenced
human migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural
history and classification of several important plants.
Evaluation will be based on three or four 40-minute exams,
several quizzes and an oral presentation.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Nalural World 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Florida Keys Marine
Biology Studies
BIO 140-1
BIO 340-1
Instructors: William Capman and Dale Pederson
1\,1
1;
--
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural
history and ecology of marine, coastal and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about 2'12 weeks in Florida at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine
Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going
research platforms, housing and a dining hall. Field trips to
coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass
flats, mangrove islands and upland hammocks will be led by
professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and
communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory.
Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the
station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a
period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key
West and the Everglades will be included.
Evaluation will be based on:
BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, and (4) a final exam.
Prerequisite for 810 140: Any one of the follow in^ courses or their equivalents810 101, 102, 103, 113, 114, or consent of the instructor.
BIO 340: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) written report of the
research project, and (5) a final exam.
Prerequisite for 810 340: 810 351 or 810 481 or consent of the instructor.
Estimated cost of the course: $2,500 (includes airfare, all
ground transportation, housing and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructors for details.
Prerequisite: See Above
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
BUS 368-1
Instructor: Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a
cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed
involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches and
readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students.
Evaluation will be based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions
of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-term and
final examination. This class should be of interest to anyone
majoring or minoring in international business or any field of
business administration as well as anyone interested in Japan.
Students who cannot attend every class should not enroll in
this course.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Contemporary International
Business and Trade Issues
BUS 495-1
Instructor: Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp
The practical applications of the commercial policies of the
major trading nations such as the U.S., Japan and Pacific Rim
countries will be explained. The impact of the institutional
and systematic changes in China, Russia, Central and Eastern
Europe on the volume and structure of the international
investment and business will be examined. Newest developments regarding the European Union, NAFTA and Central
European Free Trade Agreement will be discussed and
analyzed. A seminar model will be used with a multimedia
approach and guest speakers. Class will meet three times a
week. Evaluation will be based on a research paper, an oral
presentation of the research paper and class participation.
This seminar should be of special interest to anyone majoring
or minoring in international business or any field of business
administration, as well as anyone interested in current international issues.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or BUS 362 or consent of the instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I - M, kt! Th
Room: Old Main 22
The Individual and the Organization
BUS 495-0
SPC 495-0
Instructors: Deb Bart and Tom Morgan
How do you maintain your personal identity in the workplace? Must you sacrifice your identity to be successful in corporate America? This course explores these questions by
focusing on the roles the individual plays within both forprofit and not-for-profit organizations. Emphasis will be
placed on the individual's interpersonal, group and organizational relationships. Several assessment instruments will be
used to help participants better understand themselves and
others in their attempts to become more effective communicators. Journals, projects and class participation will be used
to evaluate performance. This course is designed for students
majoring or minoring in business or in communication.
Prerequisite: Junior or senior business or communication majors/minors
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHM 100-1
lnstructoc Arlin Gyberg
This course is developed from the perspective of a person living in a modern, high-technology society such as the United
States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able to
understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific
concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance
of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers,
plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage,
food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and
non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and
illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the debates about sources of
energy, the greenhouse effect and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many of these
problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about
chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can begin to
understand ourselves, our society, our world and even some
of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the total score of total points on the daily quizzes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group I1
Liberal A ~ l sPerspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Computer Science
and Communications
CSC 160-1
Instructor Larry Ragland
This course introduces the major areas of computer science
and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms,
algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical
circuit design, computer organization, software and operating
systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory
of computation, mathematical foundations of computer
science, Turing machines, computer communications and the
Internet, packet switching, Internet services and operation.
This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with
frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading
will be based on examinations, labs and homework. This
is not a course in computer applications or how to use
computers, although we may touch on these topics.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 111
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 42
UNIX and C
CSC 272-1
Instructor Noel Petit
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming
language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of
programming methods and has done programming in some
other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming
assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading
is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments
and quizzes.
Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Library 20
Topics: Computer Science: An
Alternative Scheme One and Two
CSC 273-1/373-1
Instructor: Charles Sheaffer
This course is especially intended for students with no prior
exposure to programming in particular or computer science
in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course
using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce
an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming,
procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation.
Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from
exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the
Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding of
how these important concepts are actually implemented in
real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated on
the basis of a series of programming projects. CSC 373 is a
continuation of CSC 273.
Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking
Prerequisite: CSC 273, none: lor CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 20
Economics of Urban Issues
ECO 110-1
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of the many problems facing
a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination, education,
etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be developed in
class. This is a basic course designed for those students who do
not plan to major in economics, business administration,
accounting or MIS. Three objective examinations.
Liberal Arts Perspective: City or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Introduction to Economic Development
EGO 295-A1495-A
Instructor: Jeanne Boeh
This class will focus on market-driven local development.
Topics will include regional growth and development, metropolitan government and finance, economic development
strategies and neighborhood development.
Prerequisite: ECO 112 or ECO 113 preferred
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
Personal Economics
EGO 495-1
Instructor: Satya Gupta
This course will examine, understand and analyze three
aspects of quality life-worldly assets, physical health and the
self. Quality life is defined by many people in terms of the
amount of money one has. The more money one has, the
more command on commodities one can enjoy. We work hard
most of our lives to fulfill our dreams of having a large home,
fancy car, boat, vacation home, education for our children and
enjoyable retirement. We plan a great deal for all these dreams.
It is surprising that we plan 30 or 40 years from now. It is also
true that at some point in life one asks oneself "Who am I
really?" and "What am I here for?" In this third component of
the course we shall critically reflect on our values, ethics and
self-understanding. Knowledge of the self leads us to a higher
plane of thinking and behaving. Thus, we shall try to construct
a well-balanced portfolio of quality life. Students will find the
course very interesting, thought provoking and challenging.
Grades will be based on three quizzes, one paper and discussions in class.
Prerequisile: S O 112 or 113 or consenl of instructor:
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
Media Technolo y
(0.5 course cre at)
8
EDU 34 1-1
Instructor Linda Dyer
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production and evaluation of effective audiovisual materials for teachingllearning situations. Computer
training will be included in the course.
Note: This course can be taken along with Human Relations,
EDU 388-1
Prerequisites: PPST and admission lo Teacher Education Program
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Library 17
International Education
EDU 353-1
lnstructoc Rich Germundsen
This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central
American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the emerging global society. There
will be lectures, discussions and presentations by students and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 15
Time: I
Room: Library 17
Human Relations
(0.5 course credit)
EDU 388-1
lnstructoc Joseph Erickson
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination and
oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, limited English speakers and women. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia and economic issues. Emphasis is placed on
preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms that
will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films and
complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota Human
Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a
one-half credit course. It is offered only on a PIN basis.
Note: This course can be taken along with Media Technology,
EDU 341 -1.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Topics: Theatrical Performance in the
Twin Cities: Exploring Live Theater
ENG 282-1/482-1
Instructor Ronald Palosaari
The Twin Cities are widely known as a center for good live
drama. This course will study the variety and the quality of
live theater in the Twin Cities. We will attend at least a dozen
plays and a few films based on plays. Student who take this
course must be free evenings and weekends to attend performances. Class discussion will be on the plays we have seen
and on the art of drama. The grade will be based on the
course journal. Regular class attendance is required. Students
registering for ENG 482 will have an additional paper to write
and a class presentation.
Prerequisile: for ENG 282, ENG 111: for ENG 482, ENG 111 and a theater or lilerature course
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthelics
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 208
Topics: Writing About the Arts
in the Twin Cities
ENG 282-U482-Z
Instructor: Bob Cowgill
This course is predicated on the assumption that immersion
in all the arts benefits a writer's investigation of any specific
art; or, in other words, that before you become a specialist, it
helps to become a passionate generalist. The class will balance
two related goals: first, to experience and talk about as many
contemporary Twin Cities cultural happenings as is practicable (we will search out and encounter the most exciting, controversial and significant programs in theater, dance, gallery
exhibition, music and film); second, to examine critical methods of observation and reception of art and consider ways in
which writers can enhance the public's understanding and
interaction with artistic culture. Students will keep a critic's
journal, write four short papers and take a final exam.
Students registering under English 482 will have to develop a
10 page critical project in conjunction with one art event that
occurs during the course's span. To register, students must
have successfully completed English 111, must have the willingness, the money and the time to attend events and to
transport themselves to various cultural locations throughout
the Twin Cities.
Prerequisile: ENG 1 1 1
Graduation Skill Requirement Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 2 2
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Topics: Contemporary American Poetry
ENG 282-P/482-P
Instructor: John Mitchell
This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into
prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis
will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to
the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological
and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations
of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries
in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will
be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages
in length will be assigned. For Upper Division credit, the student will also read and give a written class report on a book
that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet;
this choice, based upon recommendations, must be approved
by the instructor.
Prerequisite: for 482-F) Intro. to Literature
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
Beginning German I
GER 111-1
Instructor: John Van CIeve
As long as you have to take a foreign language, why not take
the one with the most native speakers in the European
Economic Community? It's the language of Europe's
strongest national economy. It's also the language of Albert
Einstein, Werner Heisenberg and Wernher von Braun. The
language of Martin Luther, Karl Marx and Friedrich
Nietzsche. Of Bach, Beethoven and Mozart. Start German
during Interim and by the end of January, you'll be on your
way to reading and speaking the language of a nation that
has played a dominant role in Western civilization. The
vocabulary and structures of everyday German will be
emphasized. Grades will be determined on the basis of class
participation, scheduled chapter tests and a final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: lnlercullural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Dance (men
(0.5 course
HPE 232-M
lnstructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on participation in class activities, a
teaching assignment and a written test.
Maximum Enrollmenl: 12
Time: I - T; Th, & alternate F (1/6, 118, 1/9, 1/13, 1/15, 1/20, 1/22, 1/23, 1/27)
Room: Melby Gym - north court
Dance (women only)
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 232- W
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on participation in class activities, a
teaching assignment and a written test.
Maximum Enrollmenl: 12
Time: I - 6 Th, & alternale F (1/6, 1/8, 119, 1/13, 1/15, 1/20, 1/22, 1/23, 1/27)
Room: Melby Gym -north court
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 275-1
Instructor Paul Kriegler
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room
procedures.
Prerequisites: 810 103, HPE 350
Maximum Enrollmenl: 24
Time: I - M, Wandalternate F ( M , 1/7, 1/12, 1/14, 1/16, 1/19, 1/21, 1/26, 1/28)
Room: Melby 119
Instructional Methods: Materials in
Health Education (0.5 course credit)
HPE 390-1
lnstructoc Patty Murphy
Principles: methods of instruction applied to health education
grades K- 12. Emphasis upon teachingllearning strategies and
student assessment. Evaluation: development of materials
included.
Prerequisites:HPE 101, 110 and 320
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 1 - M, kt! & F
Room: Melby 202
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
(January 1998)
HPE 455-1
Instructor Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take
the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing).The student will
live aboard a 43'- 46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing
will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British
and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind surfing will be
available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in
December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January.
The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare for Augsburg
day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to
pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in
order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY.
Applications may M picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff,
Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with
deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given.
Prerequisites:Permission from Joyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education
Department, (612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills
Graduation Skill Requiremenl: Lifelime Sport; also one course credit Upper Division
Maximum Enrolimenl: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled)
Topics in U.S. World History:
History by HoIIAyood
HIS 195-1
lnstmtoc Rick Nelson
\ L \ ~
\
&
,
,L~
How accurate is our understanding of the past? How do we
attempt to secure that understanding? Why is history biased?
Can there be history without bias? Should history have entertainment as a goal? These questions, and others, form the basis
for an inquiry into the writing of history and the portrayal of
historical characters, events and themes depicted in the cinema. Filmmakers have presented history in ways ranging from
the mundane to the sublime. In this course we will view selected films and through readings, lectures and discussions examine some of the successes and failures of "History by
Hollywood." This course is intended for first-year students.
Others may enroll with permission.
Prerequisile: One history course or consent of instructor
Maxlmum Enrollment: 2 5
Time: I
Room: Lindell16
I . '
, .W
.I
Science and Religion
HON 401-1
lnstructor: Mark Engebretson
For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life. For
others, science and its associated technologies, along with its
invitation to become a global world view, constitute a grave
threat. This course will address these matters in two ways.
First, it will begin with a historical overview of the relations
between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three
periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of
"modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the reevaluation of science and nature in the twentieth century.
Second, it will study systematically the world views of science
and religion to see how they compare.
Class time will be divided among lectures, discussions, small
group tutorials and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony. Course evaluation will be based on two short
exams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned
readings, a group project presentation and a major synthesis
paper based on the group project and course materials.
Prerequisites: One CF course, one NW course, and junior or senior standing
Liberal Atis Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Literacy in the City:
Service-Learning Externship
INS 298-1
lnstructor: Garry Hesser
The course, taught by the Experiential Education staff, will
explore literacy in the city. Students will work in groups at
least two days a week at one of the four literacy centers close
to campus. A twice-weekly seminar will focus on current
issues in literacy through readings, guest speakers, films and
reflection exercises. Students will complete short seminar
exercises, set team externship goals, keep individual journals
and make a final group presentation.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The Cify
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss 43
Paideia Seminars
INS 120-1
Instructor: Ann Fleener
Students will participate in a series of seminars following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings that will
then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view
selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone
habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted
in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during
seminars and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and self-evaluations as well as a final summary paper.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Topics: An introduction to Law School
INS 210-1
lnstructoc William 0.Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first-year law students. We will examine the nature of American
jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their
first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that
first-year students typically face, explore ways to cope with
these pressures, and develop legal reasoning and writing skills.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
Introduction to Islam
INS 225-1
Instructor Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover
the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political
systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis,
Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the
similarities and differences between Islam and both
Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the
mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests
and a paper.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Inlercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Universals of Language
LIN 290-1
Instructor: John Schmit
Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it present from birth? What do all languages have in common
despite their obvious differences? How can learning a foreign
language be so frustrating for adults, while young children
learning their native language seem to be having fun?
Questions such as these have fascinated people throughout
history, and recent developments in linguistics have begun to
provide some credible answers. The purpose of this course is
to survey the most remarkable findings in this area and
engage in some principled speculation as to what they mean.
This course is open to all students with a healthy curiosity
about language. No other prerequisite. There will be two tests
and a short paper for class presentation.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
Math of Interest
MAT 173-1
Instructor: Ken Kaminsky
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or
car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to
have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be
based on classroom participation, quizzes and a final examination.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 111 or IV or consent of instructor
Graduation Skill Requirement: QuantitativeReasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Topics/Discrete Mathematics
MAT 481-1
Instructor: Su Doree
Explore the discrete side of mathematics as we consider questions such as ....How many phone numbers start with the 612
area code? What's the shortest route between two cities using
scheduled flights? The term "discrete" refers to separate, distinct
objects such as the whole numbers. Kenneth Rosen, a mathematician at Bell Labs, in the introduction to his text Discrete
Mathematics and Its Applications, explains that ... discrete
mathematics is used whenever objects are counted, when relationships between finite sets are studied and when processes
involving a finite number of steps are analyzed. A key reason
for the growth in the importance of discrete mathematics is
that information is stored and manipulated by computing
machines in a discrete fashion. The course is a rigorous introduction to discrete mathematics including topics such as sets,
logic,,functions, recursions, combinatorics, elementary probability theory and graph theory (as in networks). Algorithmic
thinking and mathematical reasoning is emphasized throughout the course. This course will be a useful and interesting
complement to calculus and continuous mathematics. The
course is intended for students pursuing a mathematics major
or a computer science major with a mathematics minor.
Students are expected to be at least a little familiar with theoretical mathematics and proof. No specific computer experience is expected. Evaluation is based on three examinations
and a small portfolio of homework problems. Please contact
Su Dorke for further information.
Prerequisite: MAT 245
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 112
Advanced Computing for Business
MIS 370-1
lnstructoc Kathy Schwalbe
Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web
pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of
relational databases for advanced queries, forms and reports.
Basics of event-driven programming for solving business
related problems. Students will complete three major projects
and a few minor assignments. The course requires significant
effort on projects and constant access to a computer.
Cooperation with fellow students in learning to apply concepts
is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the
willingness to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool.
Prerequisites: MIS 175 or CSC 170 or consent of the insf~ctor,Math Placement Group 111
Maximum Enrollment 20
Time: I1
Room: Lindell 16
Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS 179-1
Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Kagin
I1
-e
Much of American history and culture is derived from that of
European cities such as London, Paris and Amsterdam. This
course provides an opportunity to visit some of the great
European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World.
Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the various art
mediums come to life through these experiences. There is also
ample time for independent exploration.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related
group activities, a daily professional journal, artlmusic critique
sheets and exams over material covered.
Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, daily continental breakfast, four group meals and tickets to five cultural performances.
Registration for this Interim course must be made before
November 10 at the International Programs Office, CB 307,
Augsburg College, 22 11 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN
55454. Phone: 330-1655. Offered on a PIN basis only. A meeting
will be held at Augsburg College on Saturday, November 15. For
more information you may call Roberta Kagin at 330- 1273.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Aeslhelics
Maximum Enrollmenl: 15
Survey of Rock History and
Musical Style, 195 1 197 1
-
MUS 204-1
Instructor 0.Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception
(1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will
examine the historical background, musical content and
methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For
non-music majors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
Seminar: Printing Music
at the Computer
MUS 295-1
lnstructoc Stephen "Gabe" Gabrielsen
The program Finale will be explored. This computer program
makes it possible for music students to generate professionallevel musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the
end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the
computer.
Prerequisite: Note-reading ability
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I (M, W 10-12:OO; b Th 8-1 1:30; F8-1l:OO)
Room: Music Library (first floor Music Bldg.)
Topics: Introduction to Music Theatre
MUS 295- TnHR 295-T
Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Martha Johnson
This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by music and
theatre faculty. The goal will be to integrate training and performance techniques from music and theatre to help students
gain knowledge, experience and skills in various genres of
music theatre (musicals, opera, plays involving singing and
music, and new music theatre). The course will also explore
the power of music theatre that links it with ritual, ceremony
and spiritual tradition. Another goal of the course is to give
students the opportunity to increase their level of comfort
and skill on stage. The course will culminate in a public performance of scenes from music theatre. Grading will be based
on student scenelrole research, class and rehearsal commitment, and final performance. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be
assigned to them. Students of all levels are welcome to take
this course.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Topic: History of Caribbean Music
Studied in Miami and Jamaica
(UMAIE Course)
MUS 295-H
Instructor Robert Stacke
Miami and Jamaica are considered the center of Caribbean
music, where composition, recording and world distribution
takes place. This course will explore the world of Caribbean
music through visits to recording studios, clubs where
Caribbean music is performed and neighborhoods that
brought about this music. Also studied in depth will be social
issues that have influenced music such as Reggae. Cities to be
visited are Miami and in Jamaica, Montego Bay, Negrel and
Kingston. Cost is $2,460, which includes all travel, accommodations, breakfast and tuition. Evaluation will be done on
attendance at all sessions, keeping a journal and a final project
with an explanation paper. This is open to all students, not
just music majors.
liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Beginning Norwegian I
NOR 111-1
Instructor: Frankie Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses
on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the
use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be
based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes and a final
exam.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: lnlercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
Philosophy of the Emotions
and Passion
PHI 215-1
lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer
An examination of several classical and contemporary philosophical essays on the nature of human emotion and passion
with the intentions of discovering the nature of the role of
this aspect of human nature in the life of a human being.
Students will read, discuss and then write about various
aspects and problems concerned with human emotional life.
We shall explore the impact of emotions upon language,
music, art, interpersonal relations and even religion. The goal
is to provide students with an occasion to think deeply about
this aspect of their humanity. Evaluation will be by written
reports on assigned material and a mid-term and final essay
examination.
Liberal Arts Perspective; Human ldenlily
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Philosophy and the Arts
PHI 260-1
Instructor David Apolloni
We will discuss the nature of art, artistic expression, aesthetic
experience, as well as questions peculiar to the individual arts.
Does the literary artwork exist independently of its author's
intention? Does music have meaning? What is the relationship
between theater and film? Students will be evaluated on the
basis of weekly quizzes, group work, short written assignments
and possibly a project (extra credit) on the Internet.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Aeslhetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 1
Room: Old Main 18
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 151-1
Instructor: Jeffrey Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123, Excel) have been used extensively
in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using high-powered
mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an
expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Excel to solve problems in a wide variety
of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion.
This is also a fun way to learn spreadsheets, which have
become very useful in the home. Grading will be based on
spreadsheet projects, homework and a final exam.
Prerequisile: Math Placement Group 111
Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Social Justice in America
POL 140-1
lnstructor: Andrew Aoki
This course requires students to struggle with questions of
social justice in America. Students will develop and defend
their own standards of social justice and use those standards
to assess conditions in urban America. To pass this course,
students must engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with
fellow classmates in class discussions.
The course has two goals: to develop student thinking about
social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between
justice and other values and to increase student ability to
understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values.
Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and
other class activities, on two short (4-6 page) papers and on a
final exam. Because of the compressed time frame of the
Interim schedule and the importance of material covered on
the first day of class, no one will be admitted to the class who
does not attend the first day of class, unless first receiving the
permission of the instructor.
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: The Cily
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 24
Gender, Race and Class in
the Mass Media
POL 295-1
Instructor: Susan Riley
How do the mass media intersect with American ideals and
stereotypes in regard to gender, race and class? This course
will explore the images, underlying values and assumptions,
and the impact of U.S. media practices and patterns in rela-
tion to sex and gender, race and ethnicity, and social and economic class status. How are women, racial and ethnic minorities, and working class people portrayed in the mass media in TV dramas and sitcoms, music videos, children's programming, the news, advertising, movies and talk radio?
At the heart of the course will be case studies designed and
conducted by the students (individually or in groups) which
explore in detail some aspect of gender, race and class in the
mass media. Students will present their case study results in a
written paper and in a brief oral report to the class.
Additional course requirements include active class participation and a midterm examination.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-1
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of
the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will
be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and
society will be the main focus.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level
of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each
class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers and frequent oral reports.
Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required.
Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert
Coles before the start of the Interim. Library reference work
will be a part of the course process. Offered only on PIN
basis.
Prerequisite: PSY 101 or PSY 102 or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Science 205
w
Theology of Death and Dying
REL 490-1
Instructor: John Benson
This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from
biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions and
Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since
some of our theological material will come from Roman
Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions
regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various
ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will
become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the
hospice movement in the United States and current medical
practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes and written assignments will be the format.
Grades will be based on class participation, two tests and oral
presentation of a research project.
Prerequisile: REL 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Culture, Family, Sex and Status:
The New Testament Social World
REL 330-1
Instructor: Philip A. Quanbeck I1
This course will approach parts of the New Testament from
the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world
of cultural conflict, accommodation and change, and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how
the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include
concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame,
the social structures of the family and the city in the GrecoRoman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it
affected women, men, free persons and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity
and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular
focus on Luke through Acts, First Peter and aspects of the letters of Paul. Evaluation will be by exam, class
presentationlparticipation and a research paper.
Prerequisile: REL 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-1
Instructor: Mark Tranvik
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will examine its roots in Luther and the
Reformation and trace its history in worship, music and theology to the present day. Questions such as the following will
be addressed: what does it mean to be a Lutheran today and
how might Lutherans relate their faith to political and social
problems? Lectures and discussions will be the format. Guest
speakers will be used. Requirements include class participation and exams.
Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Chrislian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 213
Varieties of Christian Spirituality
REL 440-1
lnstructoc Janelle Bussert
11
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition
and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological and non-Western Christian spiritualities.
An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality, especially
prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include quizzes,
experiential journals, class presentation and a final paper.
Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221 or 331
Liberal Ads Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I/
Room: Science 112
Sociological Studies of Childhood
SOC 232-1
lnstructoc Rita Weisbrod
In American culture, we have gone from nostalgia and
romanticism regarding children in the early decades of this
century to an increasingly widespread neglect of child welfare. We will examine the social status of children in Western
society focusing on understanding problems in the current
social relationships of children in American society. Students
will develop a journal of their readings and complete an individual project selected from several options.
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
Spanish and Latin-American
Culture Through Film
SPA 248-1
lnstructoc Roman Soto
An introduction to the main cultural and political issues
(social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language,
exile or immigration) that characterized contemporary
Spanish and Latin-America societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the
viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented with brief reading and audio-visual materials on the
historic, literary and social aspects that contribute to the
background of these films. Most of the films are in Spanish
with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The
evaluation is based on class participation, brief weekly written
assignments and a short term paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: lntercullural Awareness I
Maximum Enmllment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Exploring Human Services
S WK 257-1
Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in
a service agency or institution that students select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by
agency staff. The course is designed to help students learn
about themselves in relation to a possible major or future
career in the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that
assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings
which explore the historical development of social welfare as
an institution and the nature and value system of social work
as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the
manner in which social, economic and political structures
impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their
own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as
poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to
students at the close of Interim registration.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The Cily
Maximum Enmllment: 60
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 11 1
Field Work Ill
SWK 466-1 (full course)
SWK 466-H (0.5 course)
Instructor: Maria Dinis
This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the
0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service
agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will
be evaluated by: 1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating
course content with work setting, 2) attendancelparticipation
and 3) field site supervisor's evaluation.
Prerequisile: SWK 462
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a lime)
Room: Foss 21
Topics: Introduction to Music Theatre
THR 295-T/MUS 295- T
Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Martha Johnson
See course information listed under MUS 295-T.
Introduction to Lesbian and Gay Studies
WST 205-1/405-1
Instructors: Doug Green and Beverly Stratton
This course will be offered at both the 200- and the 400-level.
Both levels of the course are designed to introduce students to
basic issues surrounding sexual orientation in contemporary
U.S. culture: sexual identity, life experiences of
gayllesbianlbisexualltransgender(GLBT) persons, homophobia, heterosexism, etc. In addition, we will explore some GLBT
literature, film andlor theater, history, religionlspirituality and
theory. The course will include guest speakers and a servicelearning component at local GLBTIsupporting agencies. Some
travel and experiences in the city, including an immersion
event outside of class time, are expected. There will be a fee of
up to $50, depending on the size of the class, to cover the cost
of the immersion experience; some speakers' fees; and other
expenses. Both the upper- and lower-level versions of the
course meet the Human Identity or Intercultural Awareness I
perspectives as well as Women's Studies credit. The upperlevel course requires that students act as discussion leaders, do
some additional readings that lead to presentations and a projectlpaper in an area of GLBT studies of interest to them, and
meet separately with instructors for some additional discussion. 205 evaluation: PIN grading only-attendancelparticipation, journal. 405 evaluation: traditional or PlN-attendancelparticipation, journal, presentations, projectlpaper.
Prerequisites: lor 205, none; lor 405, WST 201 or permission of inslructors
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity or Inlercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 2 5
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during
Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as
for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation.
Lifetime Sport: Pickleball
HPE 002-P
lnstructor: Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of pickleball. Grading: PIN only.
Graduation Skill Requiremenl: Lifetime Sporf
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T# Mi Th, F
Room: Melby Gym-norfh/south courts
Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee
HPE 002-F
lnstructor: Carol Enke
Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifelime Sporf
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T# M! Th, F
Room: Air Slructure
Lifetime Sport: Badminton
HPE 002-8
Instructor Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: PIN only.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spod
Maximum Enrollment:20
Time: 11:OO- 12:OO M, I; W Th, F
Room: Melby Gym-nodhhouth couiis
Lifetime Sport: Golf
HPE 002-6
lnstructoc Brian Ammann
Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf.
Grading: PIN only
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spod
Maxlmum Enrollment: 16
Time: 1:OO-2:OO M, T; W Th, F
Room: Air Structure
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following courses can be obtained
from Kathleen Lutfi at the Center for Global Education,
CB 307, Augsburg College, 22 11 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis,
MN 55454 (330-1655). These courses are offered on a PIN
basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
SPP 20 1-1
Art and Music in the Capitals of Europe
Britain and Ireland: Museums, Monuments and Prehistoric Sites
Egypt in Transition
English School and Family
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
The European Economic Union
Explore Peru's Past and Present
From Auschwitz to Jerusalem
The Greek Experience
Hawaii: Multicultural Communication in Organizational Settings
History of Caribbean Music
Hope and Glory: Christianity in England, France and Germany
Malta: Knights and Crusaders
Many Faces of Japan
New Zealand: Natural History and Development
Paris, Florence, Rome: Art and Aesthetics
Peopling Paradise: Migrants, Missionaries and Money in Hawaii
Roman Italy: City, Town and Country Life
Paris and London: Sculpture in Cities and Environs
Serving Special Needs: A British Perspective
Theater in Britain
Ireland: Understanding Christian Celtic Spirituality
Other Interim Abroad Courses:
Peace and Conflict Studies in Northern Ireland (ACTC Program)
Sounds and Sights of Europe (Augsburg Program)
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a PIN basis.
The Washington Center 1998
Academic Seminars
Leadership 2000:
A Global Perspective on the Environment
January 4- 16, 1998
POL 398-A
Women as Leaders
January 4- 16, 1998
POL 398-8
Inside Washington: Politics and the Media
January 18-23, 1998
POL 3984
The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during the
first two weeks of the seminar program. During the last week,
one seminar is offered. Augsburg students must register for all
three weeks of the program (January 4-23) in order to receive
academic credit and to receive a scholarship from the College
covering registration and tuition costs.
Credit is available from the Political Science Department for
this program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group
seminars and journals.
For information brochures and registration forms ask in
Memorial Hall 1 1 l A or call 330-1320. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall
117 or call 330-1197. There are five scholarships available to
cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office.
Show less
.................... . 2
Options ..................... . 4
Visiting Students. ............... 5
Calendar. ....................... 6
About This Catalog. ................ 7
Interim Courses ...................8
Lifetime Sports. ................. . 4 4
Interim Abroad .................. 4 5
Othe... Show more
.................... . 2
Options ..................... . 4
Visiting Students. ............... 5
Calendar. ....................... 6
About This Catalog. ................ 7
Interim Courses ...................8
Lifetime Sports. ................. . 4 4
Interim Abroad .................. 4 5
Other Courses .................. . 4 7
Introduction.
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and
spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term.
Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a
single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of
time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should
be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and
should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of
study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 '12
weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is
expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their
courses. Students can register for only one course
credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on
the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
students must select which is most appropriate for their
needs. Students registering for upper division credit should
anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel
requirements, have additional fees associated with them.
These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change
and students should check with the instructor to verify the
final costs.
Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits
for graduation. This course total must include two Interims
for students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Freshmen
are required to take an Interim course their first year. A
maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted
toward the 33 course credits required for graduation.
Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit
evaluation form or consult the registrar for the number
of Interim courses required.
Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a
total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full-time, they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a
cross registration but will be charged day school tuition ($1,564)
per course credit. If they do so they may take only 1.0 additional
course credits in Weekend College for winter trimester.
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis
of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its
education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic
and/or school administered programs, except in those instances where religion is
a bonafide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is conimitted to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
Any questions concerningAugsburgs compliance with fideral or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Lora Steil,
affirmative action coordinator, Ofice of Human Resources, CB 79,Augsburg
College, 2211 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454. She can be reached by
telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail, ateil@augsburg.edu>.
Options
International Interim-Students are invited to participate in
the international Interim courses offered by the Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE)
and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on
page 45. Some courses have early registration deadlines.
Internships deadline-Friday, December 11. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmental requirements and present
a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first
day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are
available in the same office. Internships during Interim must
involve full-time work placements for approximately four
weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students
may elect a program of independent study (upper division
499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed
study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form.
These forms must be submitted by December 1.
Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can
be obtained in the Office of the Registrar.
Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4- 1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available
in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other
ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other
4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may
not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general
education requirements.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge
tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver
of tuition does not include special fees, housing, or board
costs. Other students will be charged $1,564 for the Interim
course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg
Interim should write to the Office of the Registrar for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at
their own school. There is an application processing fee of
$10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not
required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be
made to the Office of Residence Life.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor
visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses.
Interim Calendar 1999
November 16 to December 4 . .........Interim registration
January 4 . ......................... First day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day)
Time 11-1:15 p.m.
January 5
............ Last day to register or add a class or
cancel a class without a notation
January 15. .................... Last day for determining
grading option with registrar
January 15 ......... Last day for withdrawing from courses
.............................. Interim ends
February 1 ......................Spring semester begins
February 5 ............... Interim grades due to registrar
January 27
The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The
daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 (Note: on the first day, Time I
classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:15 p.m.-5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg
with a special convocation on Monday, January 18, at 1:00 p.m.
Afternoon classes begin following the convocation.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not
offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim
credit. Additional descriptions and information about these
courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 226.
Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed
at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are
marked with an airplane.
+
For More Information
For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the
Interim Office at (612) 330-1 150.
Accounting
See listing under Business, pg. 9.
Introduction to Drawing in Architecture
ART 100-J
lnstructor: Staff
This course develops basic skills involved ,in perceiving and
representing the material environment. Sketching and drawing conventions are employed to study visual phenomena
and forms.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: Ii
Room: Old Main 17
Tribal Arts And Culture
ART 290-J
Instructor: Steve Chapman
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through
the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other
content includes poetry, dance, mythology, ritual, religion,
and drama of many American Indian tribes. Students will
produce various art projects in weaving, basket making, pottery, sculpture, or prints.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: Ii
Room: Old Main 4
Seeds of Change
BIO 145-J
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
We will use a few historically, economically, and medically
important plants to study some of the ways in which humans
and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not
only at the b0tto.m of our food chain but also play a part in
non-food aspects of our lives, either directly (e.g., medicines,
fibers, dyes) or indirectly (e.g., how food crises have influenced human migrations). We will study the uses, biology,
natural history, and classification of several important plants.
Evaluation will be based on three or four 40-minute exams,
several quizzes, and an oral presentation.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Internal Audit and
Management Consulting
ACC 424-J
Instructor: Stuart Stoller
Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using
techniques discussed in accounting, finance, management,
marketing, and MIS, we examine a business' internal control
systems and operating efficiency. By stepping away from the
traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and
discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques, "just-in-time" philosophy, efficiency improvement
techniques, disaster recovery planning, and report writing.
Students will be evaluated by classroom quizzes, a project,
and final examination.
Prerequisites: ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379
Graduation Skill Requirements: Speaking, Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
Advanced Computing for Business
MIS 370-J
Instructor: Wayne Olhoft
Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web
pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of
relational databases for advanced queries, forms, and reports.
Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a
few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort
on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooperation
with fellow students in learning to apply concepts is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the willingness
to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool.
Prerequisite: MIS 175, CSC 170, consent of the inslructo~or Math Placemenl Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Lindell I6
International Business in French
and English
BUS 295/495-J
FRE 295/495-J
Instructors: Magda Paleczny-Zapp and Paty Pezechkian- Weinberg
This course focuses on opportunities and challenges of doing
business in the enlarged European Union and is designed to
give you the skills and the cultural insights needed to do business in French and with the members of the European community. Through the study of governmental agencies, management, marketing, and media, we will discuss and analyze some
of the hottest issues of the European business world today. This
course provides the appreciation of cultural differences and
world-view perspectives and offers the opportunities to discover professional vocabulary usually not covered in a language
class. It will help you gain a better comprehension of the sociocultural, economic and political structures of France as com-
pared to those in the U.S.Students are required to read and
prepare assigned articles (in French and English) at home for
class discussions. You will be required to prepare two presentations (one in French) of 10 minutes each on a related subject. You will be assigned translations and case studies to be
performed in class and at home, and to write commentary (in
French and English) on articles. No final exam.
Prerequisites: Business 362 and French 21 1 or consent of the instructors.
Maximum enrollmenl: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
BUS 368-J
Instructor: Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a
cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed
involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and
readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Evaluation will be
based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and mid-term and final examinations. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or
minoring in international business or any field of business
administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students
who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this
course.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consenl of the instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: IntercuNural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Introduction to Polymer Chemistry
and American Plastic
CHM 104-J
Instructor: Ron Fedie
Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze Age.
Now we live in the Age of Plastics. Without this innovative
technology, life as we know it would be much different. The
variety of polymer molecules and their properties make up
various plastics. Through chemistry the variations are endless.
Many items and materials such as coatings, adhesives,
leisure/sports equipment, construction supplies, automobile
parts, clothes, medical supplies, cosmetics, and others used
every day come from different polymer molecules. In this
course we will explore and discuss the world of polymer
chemistry with a special focus on plastic. There are both synthetic and natural polymers. Most plastics come from synthesized polymers found in "plastic" wrap and trash bags. A
common natural polymer, polyisoprene, is collected from the
sap of rubber tree-golf balls and latex gloves are just two of
its popular uses. The class will also focus on the book
American Plastic: A Cultural History by Jeffrey Meikle.
Themes from the book, the different types of polymers used,
and recent themes such as the recycling of plastics will be
discussed. There will be supplemental handouts on some of
the important natural polymers not covered in the book.
There will be labs in which some polymer molecules will be
made and the various properties will be explored. This will
help to give a hands-on experience with the seemingly unlimited possibilities of properties in these long chain molecules.
Prerequisite:Malh Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspeclive: Natural World 1 or 2
Maximum Enmllmenl: 25
Time: I1
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communications
CSC 160-J
Instructor: Larry Ragland
This course introduces the major areas of computer science
and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms,
algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating
systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory
of computation, mathematical foundations of computer
science, Turing machines, computer communications and the
Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation.
This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will
be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a
course in computer applications or how to use computers,
although we may touch on these topics.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 212
Economics of Urban Issues
ECO 110-J
Instructor: Satya Gupta
Study of economic implications of the many problems facing
a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination,
education, etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be
developed in class. This is a basic course designed for those
students who do not plan to major in economics, business
administration, accounting, or MIS. Three objective examinations.
Liberal Arts Perspective: City or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
Contemporary Economic Issues
EGO 195-J
lnstructor: Jeanne Boeh
This course will focus on using the basic tools of economic
analysis to analyze current policy questions. The course will
emphasize the skills of critical thinking and speaking.
Students will read articles presenting at least two sides of an
issue. Classroom and out-of-classroom assignments will be
geared toward developing thinking skills necessary to evaluate
policy positions. This course does not serve as a substitute for
either Economics 112 or 113. Course grade will be based on
two in-class tests, assignments, and participation.
Prerequisite: Student must have passed Critical Thinking assessment or have
successfully completed GST 100.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
International Education
EDU 353-J
lnstructor: Rich Germundsen
This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian and Central
American models. The course also draws attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves so that we can
understand and participate in the emerging global society.
There will be lectures, discussions, and presentations by students and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on
class presentations and investigative projects.
Liberal Arls Perspective: Social World 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 17
Practicum and Seminar in Special
Education
EDU 491-J
Instructor: Susan OJConnor
A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take
this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.
Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well
as written and reading assignments.
Prerequisite: EOU 282, completion of courses for special education minor,
or consent of instructo~
Maximum Enrollmenf: 9 (This course involves fieldworksupe~isionfor the faculty member)
Time: 11
Room: Sverdrup 4
American Dialects: Differences and
Attitudes
ENG 219-J
Instructor: John Schmit
Language plays an important role in our socialization and
acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and
tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social
and economical standing and our cultural background. For
this reason we should expect women to speak differently from
men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone
from a different background to have differences of language.
Even more importantly, we must understand these differences
in order to make sure that we understand speakers from different language communitites. This course will examine the
dialects of various English-speaking communities and attempt
to describe and understand their rules of speech: their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and their rules on discourse.
It will include lectures, student presentations, and student-led
discussions. Besides presenting a topic, students will write a
paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Topics: Introduction to Asian
American Literature
ENG 282/382-1
Instructor: Joan Thompson
In an essay about multicultural American literature, Walter J.
Ong writes that "literature is organized experience and consciousness. Since cultures organize experience and consciousness variously, the study of the literature of another culture
opens new vistas both into the exterior world and into the
human heart." This course will explore some of these vistas
through readings and discussions of nonfiction works, poetry,
short stories, a play, and a novel by Asian American authors.
Some ideas the writers take as subjects through their art
include definitions of an Asian American voice, explorations of
cultural and individual identity, visions of community, and
coming of age. Class sessions will include discussion of the
historical and social contexts that influence the writers studied.
In addition to the reading, students will view at least one Asian
American film and possibly attend a relevant performance or
reading. Course grades will be based on reading journal, a
short paper, a final exam, class attendance, and participation.
Upper division students will read an additional novel and
write a research-based paper on it.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maxium Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
Topics: The Heroic Journey
ENG 282-J
Instructor: Joan Griffin
"The hero:' says Joseph Campbell, "is the man or woman who
has been able to battle past his personal and local historical
limitations to the generally valid, normally human forms."
This struggle, the heroic journey, is a quest for wholeness, for
harmony with oneself, one's society, and even the universe.
The journey may be physical, moral, psychological, or spiritual, but it always concludes with the regeneration of the hero
and/or the redemption of the hero's society. This course will
study archetypal patterns of the heroic journey as well as specific examples of such journeys, emphasizing the work of
Joseph Campbell, but also citing studies of the hero by Lord
Ragland, Carol Pearson, and Richard Slotkin, among others.
We will note that major heroic genres in western traditionthe epic and romance-almost always assume that the hero is
usually a warrior and aristocrat. Thus we will analyze typical
elements of the heroic warrior myth as depicted in ancient
and medieval epics and romances, but will also pay particular
attention to its appearance in contemporary American popular narratives. We will consider the implications of the enduring popularity of this rendition of the heroic journey. The
heroic journey, however, is a human journey, and thus the
course will also emphasize the heroic journeys of women as
well as of men who may be neither aristocratic nor warriors.
As a lower division literature course, ENG 282 does not
assume that the student is proficient in literary analysis.
Rather the course will help students develop analytic and critical reading, thinking, and writing abilities. Course requirements: There will be 15 class meetings, each lasting three to
four hours. Course grades are based on class attendance and
participation as well as on daily writing and formal papers. If
you must miss more than one or two classes or frequently
leave class early, you should not take this course.
Prerequisite: ENG 111 recommended but not required
Liberal Ads Perspective: Western Heritage 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 213
School Health Curriculum
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 320-J
lnstructor: John Rohwer
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon
growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units
in nutrition and diseases. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisile: HPE 110
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I -M, bl! and alternale F (1/4, 1/6, 1111, 1/13, 1/15, 1/18, 1/20, 1/25, 1/27)
Room: Melby 202
Administration and Supervision of
School Health Program
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 410-J
Instructor: John Rohwer
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and
relationships to community health programs and resources.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisite: HPE 110
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: 1-6Th, and allernate F (1/5, 1/7, 118, 1/12, 1/14, 1/19, 1/21, 1/22, 1/26)
Room: Melby 202
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-J
lnstructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will
take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student
will live aboard a 43'46' f~ed-keelsailboat with five to six
other people and will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the
course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling
and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin
Islands in January.
The course cost is $2,950, which includes airfare for Augsburg
day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to
pay regular Interim tuition in addition to this course cost in
order to receive academic credit. PIN ONLY.
Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce Pfaff,
Melby Hall 12 1, Augsburg College. They must be turned in with
deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given.
Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department,
(612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper division
Maximum Enrollment: 10 (a wailing list will be kept after the original 10 spols are filled)
Topics in World Histo :
History by Hollywoo
IT
HIS 195-J
Instructor: Rick Nelson
How accurate is our understanding of the past? How do we
attempt to secure that understanding? Why is history biased?
Can there be history without bias? Should history have entertainment as a goal? These questions, and others, form the basis
for an inquiry into the writing of history and the portrayal of
historical characters, events, and themes depicted in the cinema. Filmmakers have presented history in ways ranging from
the mundane to the sublime. In this course we will view
selected films and through readings, lectures, and discussions
examine some of the successes and failures of "History by
Hollywood." This course is intended for first-year students.
Others may enroll with permission.
Prerequisite: One history course or consent of instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Lindelll6
Shaping Human Reality:
Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things
INS 240-J/440-J
Instructor Jose Bourget
This course offers an open, fun, and adventurous environment for exploring how culture shapes human reality.
Intercultural principles are studied in the context of personal,
national, and global differences. Students identify the factors
that shape their ways of seeing the world and, through experiential activities, discover how similar factors help shape distinctive ways of seeing the world among those who are culturally different. Specific cross-cultural competencies are then
presented to help students embrace a diverse and complex
world. In addition to required readings, students will be evaluated on the basis of a journal (15 percent), completion and
analysis of a self-assessment questionnaire (15 percent),
writing of critical incidents (20 percent) and culture-specific
reports (20 percent), and daily quizzes (30 percent).
Liberal Arts Perspectives: Intercultural Awareness 1 or Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 20
Literacy in the City:
Service-Learning Externship
INS 298-J
Instructor: Garry Hesser
The course, taught by the experiential education staff, will
explore literacy in the city. Students will work in groups at
least two days a week at one of the four literacy centers close
to campus. A twice-weekly seminar will focus on current
issues in literacy through readings, guest speakers, films, and
reflection exercises. Students will complete short seminar
exercises, set team externship goals, keep individual journals,
and make a final group presentation.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Work in the City:
Career Exploration Externship
INS 298-K
Instructors: Lois Olson and Lynda Olson
Discover the world of work in the city. This course introduces
students to the nature of work, its role and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will focus on work as
viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed
both now and in the future. Special emphasis will be on selfdiscovery learning activities, visits to Twin Cities businesses
and community organizations, and panels of professionals.
Students will keep an individual journal, write a 2-3 page
integrative paper and give a final class presentation.
This course is intended to help students make the connections
between their interests and abilities, their education, and the
work world. If you are an Augsburg freshman, you won't want
to miss this hands-on experience for understanding organizations that are part of the city and why and how they function.
Liberal Ads Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Native American Storytelling
INS 495-J
Instructor: Staff
The objective of the course is to study Native American storytelling from a cultural perspective. An appreciation of oral
traditions will be emphasized and studied within the broader
context of world mythologies. Students will learn how the art
of storytelling is an integral component of the story content.
Students will be expected to perform storytelling and to
research the various tribal storytelling traditions. Students will
be evaluated on their knowledge of Native American storytelling and their ability to demonstrate the art of storytelling.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Management Information Systems (MIS)
See listing under Business, pg. 10
Finite Mathematics
MAT 121-J
Instructor: Anthony Dunlop
How were the resources effectively allocated to the battlefields
in Europe during World War II? Did you know that one of the
first applications, other than gambling, of probability theory
was in genetics-n
the questions of whether the recessive
genotypes would eventually die out? How do we build the most
cost-effective telecommunication network of satellites given the
cost factors between pairs of satellites? The above questions are
from the main topics to be discussed in this course: linear programming, counting and probability, and graph theory. The
format of each session will be a combination of small-group
activities and lecture. You will be evaluated by methods such as
class participation, quizzes, and exams. Finite Mathematics is
intended for students in Math Placement Group 3 or higher
who need a course in Quantitative Reasoning or who are interested in MIS and lor computer science.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Graduation Skill Requirement: QuantitativeReasoning
Elective foc MIS major, economics major
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 208
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
MAT 131-J
Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia
An examination of the interaction between the development
of mathematics and that of civilization. Course activities will
include a balance of doing mathematics and exploring historical and cultural aspects of mathematics. Evaluation will
include projects, essays, homework, and exams.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage 1 or 2
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 18
Time: I
Room: Science 108
Math of Interest
MAT 173-J
Instructor: Ken Kaminsky
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or
car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to
have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be
based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or 4 or consent of instructor
Graduation Skill Requirement: OuantilativeReasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 212
International Business in French
and English
FRE 295/495-J
BUS 295/495-J
Instructors: Magda Paleczny-Zapp and Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg
See course information listed under BUS 2951495-J, pg.10.
Beginning Norwegian I
NOR I l l - J
Instructor Staff
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening,
reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses
on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use
of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based
on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 213
Beginning Russian
RUS I l l - J
lnstructoc John Van Cleve
So where else in this booklet are you going to find a course
that spends a third of Interim on the alphabet? It's got four
more letters than ours, but some of the letters are the same.
There is just one new sound-the same "r" that's in Spanish.
The alphabet that features a backwards "R" and an "H"that
morphs into an "0"gets a lot of use in international business,
in science, and in the arts. More Europeans speak Russian
natively than any other language: 170 million native speakers.
The course will hit vocabulary, sentence structure, communication, and culture-like any other foreign-language course
on campus. And that alphabet means you'll be giggling all the
time.
Liberal Ads Perspective: lnlercullural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollmenl: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Spanish and Latin-American
Culture Through Film
SPA 248-J
lnstructoc Romin Soto
An introduction to the main cultural and political issues
(social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language,
exile, or immigration) that characterized contemporary
Spanish and Latin-American societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the
viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented with brief readings and audio-visual materials on the
historic, literary, and social aspects that contribute to the
background of these films. Most of the films are in Spanish
with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The
evaluation is based on class participation; brief weekly, writting assignments; and a short term paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: lnlercullural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 23
*
Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS 179-1
See page 48.
Topics: Sounds and Sights of China
MUS 2954
Instructor: Robert Karlen
Music, art, and architecture, as expressions of Chinese culture
over its 5,000-year history, will be examined, studied, and
experienced in four of the most important cities of China.
While lectures and required readings will provide basic factual
material, students will be able to experience Chinese music in
concerts and opera performances, examine many forms of art
works in museums, and observe Chinese principles of architecture expressed in palaces, temples, pagodas, gateways, and public builidings. There will be opportunities to informally meet
English-speaking musicians and artists.
Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen in the museums. Students will listen critically to concerts of musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships among the various
art mediums come to life through these experiences. There is
also ample time for independent exploration. Evaluation is
based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily professional journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and
exams over material covered.
Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, daily continental breakfast, four group meals, and
tickets to five cultural performances.
Registration for this Interim course must be made before
November 10 at the International Programs Office, CB 307,
Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN
55454. Offered on a PIN basis only. A meeting will be held at
Augsburg College on Saturday, November 21. For more information you may call Cynthia Truitt Lynch, (612) 330-1650.
Maximum Enrollment: 20-25
Survey of Rock History and
Musical Style, 195 1 1971
-
MUS 204-J
Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s)
and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the
historical background, musical content, and methods of
selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on
class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a
group performance project. For non-music majors.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
Seminar: Printing Music
at the Computer
MUS 295-J
Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen
The program Finale will be explored. This computer program
makes it possible for music students to generate professionallevel musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the
end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the
computer.
Prerequisite: Note-reading abilily
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss Mac Classroom
Introduction to Music Theatre
Performance
MUS 235-J/THR 235-J
Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Martha Johnson
This interdisciplinary course will be co-taught by music and
theatre faculty. The goal will be to integrate training and performance techniques from music and theatre to help students
gain knowledge, experience, and skills in various genres of
music theatre (musicals, opera, plays involving singing and
music, and new music theatre). The course will also explore
the power of music theatre that links it with ritual, ceremony,
and spiritual tradition. Another goal of the course is to give
students the opportunity to increase their level of comfort
and skill on stage. The course will culminate in a public performance of scenes from music theatre. Grading will be based
on student scenelrole research, class and rehearsal commitment, and final performance. Interested students will be auditioned in December so that appropriate material can be
assigned to them. Students of all levels are welcome to take
this course.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollmenl: 25
Time: I1
Room: Saleren Auditorium
f
Topic: History of Caribbean Music
Studied in Miami and Jamaica
(UMAIE Course)
MUS 295-K
Instructor: Robert Stacke
Miami and Jamaica are considered the centers of Caribbean
music, where composition, recording, and world distribution
take place. The goal of this 19-day seminar is to examine and
reflect on historical, socio-political, and religious aspects of
Caribbean music. Caribbean musical forms, such as reggae
and salsa, have long been popular and effective means of
expressing cultural difference and social discontent, particularly for those with African heritage. This course will explore
the world of Caribbean music through visits to recording studios, clubs where Caribbean music is performed, and neighborhoods that brought about this music. Also studied in
depth will be social issues that have influenced music like reggae. Cities to be visited are Miami; and Montego Bay, Negrel,
and Kingston in Jamaica.
Cost is $2,460, which includes all travel, accommodations,
breakfast, and tuition. Evaluation will be done on attendance
at all sessions, keeping a journal, and a final project with
an explanation paper. This is open to all students, not just
music majors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
The Philosophy of Socrates
PHI 231-J
Instructor: David Appolloni
We shall examine the historical and intellectual background
of Socrates and what our sources allow us to say about his
person and teachings. We shall clari@and critically examine
Socrates' key teachings: that virtue is a form of knowledge and
that all virtues are somehow one; that evil is ignorance;
whether or not virtue can be taught; that it is impossible for a
wrong doer to be happy; and that being a citizen requires
obedience to the state's laws, even if this means accepting
one's own death. There will be take-home written assignments and weekly quizzes.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
Meister Eckhart: Mystic and
Philosopher
PHI 295-J
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
An in-depth study of the mystical writings of the medieval
mystic and philosopher, Meister Eckhart. His writings will be
studied with an attempt made to relate his ideas on God to
the soul and the world. The last week of the course we will
spend in retreat in a lodge on Lake Superior where evening
sessions will be devoted to students presenting their meditations on the topics covered in the course.
Prerequisite: Wrilten permission of professor
Graduation Skill Requirement: Wriling
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sclence 319
Topics: Ethical Issues in Medicine and
Biology
PHI 4 10-J
Instructor Bruce Reichenbach
Conducted as a seminar, the course will focus on the relation
of science and ethics and on diverse ethical structures. Using
ethical models, it will address such topics as the environment
and species preservation, artificial reproduction, genetic engineering and cloning, technology, and mindlbrain identity.
Students will be evaluated with tests, papers, and a presentation.
Prerequisite: Preferably a course in philosophy
GraduationSkill Requirement: Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Anderson Seminar Room
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 151-J
Instructor Jeffrey Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123, Excel) have been used extensively
in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using high-powered
mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an
expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Excel to solve problems in a wide variety
of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion.
This is also a fun way to learn spreadsheets, which have
become very useful in the home. Grading will be based on
spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisile: Malh Placemenl Gmup 3
Gradualion Skill Requiremenl: (luantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss 42
Social Justice in America
POL 140-J
Instructor Andrew Aoki
Students develop and defend their own standards of social
justice, using those standards to assess conditions in urban
America. Substantial participation in class discussions
required. Course has two goals: developing student thinking
about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts
between justice and other values; and increasing student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other
central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in
discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6 page)
papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed time
frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of material
covered on the first day of class, no one will be admitted to
the class who does not attend the first day of class, unless
receiving prior permission of the instructor.
Liberal Ads Perspective: The Cily
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Topics: Constitutional Ideals
and Legal Realities
POL 195-J
Instructor Andrew Kurvers Spalding
What are the principles of freedom and justice embedded in
the American political system? And how have those principles
been realized in modern constitutional law? In the course, we
will begin by studying the ideas of human nature, liberty, and
good government that informed the framing of the U.S.
Constitution. We will then consider certain important and
controversial cases of the U.S. Supreme Court. Touching on
issues such as free speech, separation of powers, and racial
equality, we will discuss the extent to which the United States
has succeeded in protecting the rights of all citizens.
Requirements will include class participation, two very short
papers, and a final exam.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Science 315
International Negotiations
POL 295-J
Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady
The course will examine the dynamics and challeges of resolving international disputes through negotiation and diplomacy. It will involve extensive use of role playing and simulation
and prepare students for participation in the national Model
United Nations conference. Students will be evaluated on the
basis of their performance, on participation, midterm and
final exam, and "position papers" they will complete in preparation for participation in the Model UN conference.
Prerequisite: POL 160 or permission of instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 208
Principles of Psychology
PSY 105-J
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations
are emphasized. Evaluation will be based on means of two
tests and two lab reports.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
Psychology and Law
PSY 335-J
Instructor: Nancy Steblay
Application of psychological principles and research methodology to legal processes and issues. The course emphasizes
three content areas: eyewitness issues (such as lineup and
interview procedures), courtroom procedures (jury selection,
jury decision-making, pretrial publicity), and psychological
profiles of offenders and victims. Grades will be based on
exams and one paper.
Prerequisite: PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: 11
Room: Old Main 25
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-J
Instructor Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of
the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will
be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and
society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted
as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and
participation. Attendance at each class session is required.
Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short
papers, and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent
word processing will be required.
Students are requested to read at least three articles by Robert
Coles before the start of the Interim. Library reference work
will be a part of the course process. Offered only on P/N basis.
Prerequisite: PSY 101, PSY 102, or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Basics in Youth and Family Ministry
REL 235-J
Instructor: Richard Hardel
This course will provide students with the history and development of youth and family ministry in the U.S. It will provide
students with basic skills and understanding for designing an
effective youth and family ministry in a congregation. Students
will study the latest research on children, youth, and families
from Search Institute and learn the new paradigm of home and
congregation in partnership for teaching and nurturing faith.
They will learn the latest conceptual model of a holistic
approach to youth and family ministry.
Prerequisite: REL 111 or 221
Maximum Enrollmenl: 40
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 100
Religions of China and Japan
REL 373-J
Instructor: John Benson
This course will study the historical development of the chief religions of China and Japan: Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and
Shinto. The approach will be both cultural and literary, paying
attention to texts, rituals, and the various arts of these two traditions. Some attention will also be given to the those East Asian
religions that have migrated to the United States and are present
today in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. Class meetings will include
lectures, audio-visuals, and some organized group discussions.
There will be a guest lecture by a practitioner of Zen Buddhist
meditation, one by a representative of the Nichiren Shoshu group
in St. Paul, and a trip to the Minneapolis Museum of Art. Assigned
work will include daily textbook readings, two short (1-2 page)
papers, and preparation of a book review to be written and presented to the class at the end of the Interim. In addition, there will
be two one-hour tests of the short-answer type, using review questions, one at the mid-point of course, and one at the end.
Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Ads Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollmenl: 30
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
Varieties of Christian Spirituality
REL 440-J
Instructor Janelle Bussert
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition
and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological, and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality,
especially prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include
quizzes, experiential journals, class presentation, and a final
paper.
Prerequisite: Religion 1 11, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 111
The Bible: Language and
Interpretation
REL 445-J
Instructor Phil Ouanbeck I1
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The
importance of recognizing the varied character of language
for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on
class participation, two presentations to the class, and an
examination.
Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
Exploring Human Services
SWK 257-1
SWK 257-J
Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in
a service agency or institution that they select. The placement
must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency
staff. The course is designed to help students learn about
themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in
the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that
assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings
that explore the historical development of social welfare as an
institution and the nature and value system of social work as
a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact
diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own
responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal
value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty
and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students
at the close of Interim registration.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections
Time: I
Room: Foss 21 A and B
Field Work I: Integrative Seminar
S WK 307-J
Instructor: Mike Schock
Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of
supervised professional experience in a social work agency.
This small group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this
placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves
as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course
provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing
on generalist practice with individuals.
Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306
Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Murphy 111
Field Work Ill
SWK 466-1 (variable 1.0 credit or 0.5 credit)
Instructor Maria Dinis
This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the
0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups and communities in a social service
agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will
be evaluated by: (1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating
course content with work setting, (2) attendancelparticipation, and (3) field site supervisor's evaluation.
Prerequisite: S WK 462
Maximum Enrollment: open
Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a time)
Room: Old Main 21
Human Community and
the Modern Metropolis
soc 21 1-J
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience
of the community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for
a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in
a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition,
class participation and a final examination will be bases for
evaluating performance in the course.
Liberal Ads Perspective: The Cify
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: 1
Room: Music 24
Topics: Cultures of Violence
SOC 295-J
Instructor: James Vela-McConnell
Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide.
Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics underlying these and other forms of violence? What do they have in
common? How do they differ? This course takes violence in its
many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes
with an examination of non-violent alternatives. With this in
mind, we will compare different theoretical perspectives on
violence, such as psychological, social psychological, and
socio-cultural perspectives. The course will involve a combination of lecture and discussion based on readings and videos,
debate of current issues in the field, and guest speakers from
and field trips to local organizations dealing with problems of
violence. Students will be expected to research, write about,
and present on the sociological dimensions of a particular
form of violence. In addition, there will be short reaction
papers based on the readings, and classroom participation will
be an important part of grading.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
The Fun and Challenge of Advanced
Public Speaking
SPC 295-J
Instructor: Robeit C. Groven
Are you tired of courses where you listen to lecture and read
volumes day after day? Did you just start to get good at public
speaking when your class ended? This class will focus on
sharpening your public speaking skills by using intensive
practice techniques and participating in extracurricular
speech tournaments. These tournaments are a fun and exciting opportunity to learn public speaking by doing. Students
will write, perform, and compete in a variety of speech events.
Most class time will focus on the nuts and bolts of assembling
speeches for competition. This class will rapidly enhance the
Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during
Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as
for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but d o meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation.
Lifetime Sport: Pickleball
HPE 002-P
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of pickleball. Grading: PIN only.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:OO M, 7; M! Th, F
Room: Melby Gym-norlWsouth courts
Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee
HPE 002-F
Instructor: Marilyn Florian
Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:OO M, b Th, F
Room: Air Structure
Lifetime Sport: Badminton
HPE 002-6
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: PIN only.
Gradualion Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 11:OO-12:OOM, 7; M! Th, F
Room: Melby Gym-north/south courts
Lifetime Sport: Golf
HPE 002-6
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf.
Grading: PIN only
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: 1:OO-2:00 M, 7; M! Th, F
Room: Air Structure
Interim Abroad
UMAIE
SPP 201-1
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following courses can be obtained
from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global
Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave.,
Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1650. These courses are
offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower
division number.
African Philosophy Through Kenyan Material Culture
Americans in Paris: The Lost Generation
Anglican Way
Art, Arias, and Architecture:
Central Europe from the Alps to the Adriatic
Australia's Business Climate
Bcrlin nnd Prog~rc:C!ritrirnl,Pnlitirnl, u?ld
E a l ~ o m i cIlynottlics o l Qlrl Cnpitnl5 in n New Erdropu
Coral I(qJs in the I'lrilippil~~s
R P ~ I Il-ln,\nii:
lllr rttntr Itnpcicts or1 Ili.npicnl RL'PJ~
TItc EtlgliFl~SC!I001 C I I I I I Flrttzily
Eurapu ntrri ;lie Rise of M n ~ l u rScict~ce
i~
Explrrre I'rnr: Lniltl of Arivcnhln
The Greek Experience
Hawaii: Multicultural Communication in Organizational Settings
History of C~ribhcunMusic (see pg. 31)
History of tftc Oiyr?rpics
History and ??rr~ctict
of Medicine and Science in China:
A C o r ~ i p n r i s oWith
~ ~ the Wfit
lrrnovnfinris r r r ~ r fOrgntrizarion itt Scnt~dittnvirj
ftltermeriintc SpanisI1 l , n 1 1 ~ 1 r nrind
g C14lttlrein Sor~ther~r
Spnin
Irclttncl: tlttrlerstnnrii~pl:Clrrislin)~Crllic Spirit~rnrify
Li~~~rlsnlprs
oj' F~ditlt:Cntlrc,rlrrrls, Ahbi:ys, nncl I'nnslrcr
Law in London and Dublin
Ma rry Fcices of Jtdpnrr
Nn~rrml History $Xtnzania-East
Africa
ihris nncl Landon-Sculptors in Cities and Environs
Performing Arts in Russian
Rnlr q r t l ~ Artist
e
in Contempi~rflryEgypt
Socinl Corlflict and Recor~cilrntiotrit1 Jrdnnd
Sorrvrls n ~ wSights
i
of Eurnpc (scc~~g.
48)
Theater in and Around London
This is New Zealand
Sounds and Sights of Europe
(UMAIE Course)
MUS 179-1
Instructor: Roberta Kagin
Much of American history and culture is derived from that of
European cities such as Paris, Vienna, and Prague. This course
provides an opportunity to visit some of the great European
cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of
cultural life in the New World.
Group discussions and assigned readings increase student
sensitivity to architecture and other visual arts seen in the
museums. Students listen critically to concerts of musical
masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships between the
various art mediums come to life through these experiences.
There is also ample time for independent exploration.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related
group activities, a daily professional journal, art-music
sheets, and exams over material covered.
For information about this course, call Prof. Roberta Kagin,
(612) 330-1273.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Show less
SUMMER
SCHOOL
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL p e r m i t s s t u d e n t s t o e a r n up t o
t e n Term C r e d i t s d u r i n g a six-weeks s e s s i o n b e g i n n i n g
Monday, June 24.
( F i r s t - and second-year German courses
b e g i n one week e a r l i e r , June 17, and conclude l a ... Show more
SUMMER
SCHOOL
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL p e r m i t s s t u d e n t s t o e a r n up t o
t e n Term C r e d i t s d u r i n g a six-weeks s e s s i o n b e g i n n i n g
Monday, June 24.
( F i r s t - and second-year German courses
b e g i n one week e a r l i e r , June 17, and conclude l a t e r . )
PERSONS PLANNING t o a t t e n d Summer School a r e a d v i s e d t o
a p p l y w e l l i n advance, i f p o s s i b l e , e s p e c i a l l y i f t h e y w i s h
t o r e g i s t e r f o r "demand" courses (see page 7 ) .
ADDRESS SPECIFIC INQUIRIES t o Dr. M. C . Stenshoel, D i r e c t o r
o f Summer School, Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55404.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AUCSBURG is a four-year liberal arts college in an
urban setting.
With a 12-block campus in the heart of
Minneapolis, it is oriented both physically a nd philosophically toward the pulse and excitement, the problems
and opportunities, of contemporary metropolis.
INTO THIS URBAN environment Augsburg College brings a
century of concern for scholarship, a reputation for
great teaching, and a student body committed t o the
values of education in a Christian community.
FULLY ACCREDITED by the North Central Association and
other agencies, Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
The college
Arts degree in 29 major fields of study.
is associated with The American Lutheran Church.
IN
MINNEAPOLIS
THE METROPOLITAN area of Minneapolis-St. Paul provides
Augsburg students the stimulation and challenge that is
urban America today. The City provides a laboratory for
social and political inquiry. It is focal point for
the cultural explosion in art, drama, and music.
It
provides innumerable opportunities in sports and recreation. In short, the City adds a unique and significant
dimension to the Augsburg educational experience.
THE WORLD-FAMED TYRONE GUTHRIE Theater, the pennantchasing Minnesota Twins, the Summer Symphony, the
Minneapolis Institute and the Walker Art Center these are but the beginning of opportunities for the
student attending Augsburg Summer School.
CLASSES:
STUDENTS INTENDING t o t a k e c o u r s e s o n b o t h campuses
should plan t h e i r schedules t o allow about 20 minutes'
commuting t i m e b e t w e e n campuses. W h i l e s t u d e n t s a r e
r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e i r own t r a n s p o r t a t i o n , t h e Summer
S c h o o l w i l l a s s i s t i n t h e making o f commuting a r r a n g e m e n t s when n e c e s s a r y .
MORNING
MOST COURSES a r e s c h e d u l e d f o r t h e m o r n i n g h o u r s
Monday t h r o u g h F r i d a y ,
Four-credit c o u r s e s meet f o r
p e r i o d s o f 65 m i n u t e s , f i v e - c r e d i t c o u r s e s f o r 8 0 minu t e s . S e m i n a r s and I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y c o u r s e s w i l l m e e t
a t t i m e s m u t u a l l y a g r e e d upon by s t u d e n t s and i n s t r u c tors.
EVENING
TO ACCOMMODATE s t u d e n t s whose summer employment p r e c l u d e s morning c l a s s e s , and t o i n c r e a s e f l e x i b i l i t y o f
scheduling, s e v e r a l courses w i l l be taught during the
evening hours.
M e e t i n g t w i c e a week (Monday and Wedn e s d a y , o r T u e s d a y and T h u r s d a y ) , e v e n i n g c l a s s e s w i l l
r u n from s e v e n t o t e n o ' c l o c k , w i t h a 1 5 - m i n u t e b r e a k .
For s p e c i f i c l i s t i n g s , c o n s u l t t h e schedule.
Eligibility
PERSONS I N good s t a n d i n g a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d
c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , a s w e l l a s g r a d u a t e s o f s u c h
i n s t i t u t i o n s , a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg Summer
School.
"Good s t a n d i n g " i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h a s
b e e n a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y b e e n
d r o p p e d by t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n .
I N ST. PAUL
ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t d o e s n o t i m p l y a d m i s s i o n
a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t o f Augsburg C o l l e g e ; p e r s o n s w i s h i n g t o c o m p l e t e a d e g r e e program a t t h e c o l l e g e s h o u l d
apply f o r admission through t h e O f f i c e of Admissions.
TO INCREASE c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s ,
Augsburg C o l l e g e i s c o o p e r a t i n g w i t h C o n c o r d i a C o l l e g e ,
S t u d e n t s may
S t . P a u l , i n i t s Summer S c h o o l program.
r e g i s t e r f o r c o u r s e s t a u g h t o n t h e C o n c o r d i a campus, a s
w e l l a s f o r t h o s e o f f e r e d a t Augsburg, u s i n g 3 s i n g l e
form.
For s t u d e n t s t a k i n g advantage of t h i s opportun i t y , t u i t i o n and f e e s a r e p a y a b l e t o Augsburg, and a l l
g r a d e s and c r e d i t s w i l l b e e n t e r e d d i r e c t l y upon t h e i r
Augsburg t r a n s c r i p t s .
4
COURSES TAUGHT o n t h e C o n c o r d i a campus a r e d e s i g n a t e d
i n t h e accompanying s c h e d u l e by t h e u s e o f i t a l i c s .
W h i l e most o f t h e C o n c o r d i a o f f e r i n g s c a r r y a v a l u e o f
t h r e e c r e d i t s , some ( i d e n t i f i e d b y a c r e d i t v a l u e o f
1@3-411) may b e t a k e n f o r e i t h e r t h r e e o r f o u r c r e d i t s ;
s t u d e n t s e l e c t i n g t o take such courses f o r f o u r c r e d i t s
w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e a s s o c i a t e d work i n i n d e pendent study under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r of
the course.
STUDENTS ADMITTED t o Augsburg C o l l e g e f o r t h e F a l l Term
o f 1968 a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Summer S c h o o l , a s a r e
p e r s o n s a d m i t t e d by o t h e r c o l l e g e s f o r t h e F a l l t e r m .
STUDENTS OF OTHER i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e r e q u i r e d t o p r o v i d e
t h e D i r e c t o r o f Summer S c h o o l w i t h a s t a t e m e n t from a n
a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l ( e . g . , R e g i s t r a r o r Dean) o f h i s
c o l l e g e t h a t h e i s i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o
e a r n c r e d i t s i n t h e summer s e s s i o n .
C r e d i t s earned a t
Augsburg w i l l b e t r a n s f e r r e d o n l y i f t h i s r e q u i r e m e n t
h a s been f u l f i l l e d .
5
OTHER PERSONS w i s h i n g t o t a k e summer s c h o o l work s h o u l d
c o n t a c t t h e D i r e c t o r o f Summer S c h o o l t o a s c e r t a i n
e l i g i b i l i t y under s p e c i a l circumstances.
I
I
I
I
I
Tuition
FULL SUMMER TUITION for not more than 1 0 credits
is $220.
For a single four-credit course, tuition is
$115; for a five-credit course, $140.
For fewer than
four credits, the charge is $30 per credit.
In some cases, such as private lessons i n applied
music, special additional fees are charged. A Registration Fee o f $5 is added for registrations completed
later than June 15.
A TUITION DEPOSIT of $25 is required at t h e time of
registration f o r students taking six or more credits.
For five credits or less the required deposit is $15.
Checks should be made out to "Augsburg College".
The tuition deposit i s refundable only if the courses
selected, including alternate choices, should be withdrawn because of inadequate demand.
Housing
DORMITORY HOUSING for unmarried students is available
at a charge of $40 for the six-week session. Cottage
housing, with cooking privileges, is available for the
same period for $50.
Occupancy is from June 2 3 to
August3. Those rlesiring housing for an additional
period will be charged at the rate of $1.00 per day for
dormitory housing,or $1.35 per day for cottage housing.
STUDENTS WILL PROVIDE their own pillows, blankets, and
bed linens.
Course
Information
COURSE VALUES at Augsburg College are measured in Term
Credits.
The number of credits assigned normally corresponds to the number of 50-minute periods the course
meets each week during a ten-week term o f the regular
academic year.
Term Credits are directly interchangeable with Quarter Credits.
AUGSBURG COURSES numbered 50 and above are considered
upper-division offerings and are intended primarily for
juniors and seniors. (Concordia offerings numbered 300
and above may be considered upper division.)
INDEPENDENT STUDY courses are available in a number of
departments and carry upper division credit, thus
permitting qualified students to earn such credit when
regular upper-division classes are not available. Work
in Independent Study is to be done under the direction
of a specific faculty member who will serve as guide
and evaluator.
Before registering for Independent Study a student
should obtain the approvalof the responsible department
and faculty member; approval forms are available from
the Summer School Office.
COURSES MARKED with a n asterisk (*) are offered subject to adequate demand. When registering f o r such a
course, a student should, if possible, list other
courses as alternate choices. Courses without the
asterisk are definitely scheduled a n d are, therefore,
particularly appropriate as alternates.
A ROOM DEPOSIT OF $10 should accompany the applications
of students intending to live in college housing.
FAMILY ACCOMMODATIONS may be available. Persons interested should communicate directly with Mr. Richard
Berg, Business Manager, Augsburg College.
Board
6
CAMPUS FACILITIES for meals include a coffee shopsand
automated services.
A regular board plan will n o t be
in operation during the summer session.
Resident students wishing to prepare their own meals should arrange
for cottage housing.
ART
ART 1 . INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS.
4 Cr.
Historical and topical studies.
Participation in the cultural life of the
community, leading toward appreciation and
criticism. 7-10 p.m., Mondays and Wednesdays. M r . Thompson.
&
ART: STUDIO COURSES.* 4 C r . Select not
Art 7,
more than one of the following:
Drawing; 18, P a i n t i n g I ; 21, S c u l p t u r e I;
78, S c u l p t u r e 11; 50, Ceramics I; 51,
Ceramics 11.
7:30-10:05 a.m. M r . H o l e n .
BIOLOGY
BIOLOGY 1 .* EINCIP_LES OF BIOLOGY. 5 C r .
b a s i c c o l l e g e course i n biology, not
i n t e n d e d f o r majors i n b i o l o g y . $ 5 - l a b o r 8:45-10:05 a.m. M r . U r d a h l .
atory fee.
COMPUTER
SCI ENCE
COMPUTER SCIENCE 45.*
INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTER SCIENCE. 4 C r . T h e o r y m o d e r n
A p a r t i c u l a r computer
d i g i t a l computers.
language i s i n t r o d u c e d .
Includes a survey
o f computer a p p l i c a t i o n s , p r o b l e m s .
7-10
p.m., Tuesdays, T h u r s d a y s . M r . S t e r n .
ECONOMICS
ECONOMICS 22.* PPINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I.
4 Cr.
An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o l l e g e c o u r s e i n
economics.
7-10 p.m., Mondays, Wednesd a y s . Mr. S a b e l l a .
EDUCATION
G ER MAN
II
GREEK,
I
PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING.
EDUCATION C-416.
3 Ch.
An e d u c a t i o n a l psychology c o u r s e :
motivation; r a t e s of learning, f o r g e t t i n g ;
communicati.ng a t t i t u d e s , s k i l l s , unders t a n d i n g ; r e a s o n i n g and problem s o l v i n g .
ST. PAUL: 10:55-11:50 a.m. M r . Heideman.
EDUCATION 8 9 . THE TEACHING OF FOREIGN
LANGUAGE TO ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PUPILS.
5ParC r e d i t Workshop, June 2 4 - J u l v 26.
t i c i p a n t s w i l l t e a c h German oE French t o
area children.
For more i n f o r m a t i o n , s e e
V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r : M r . Edener.
p. 12.
ENGLISH
ENGLISH 91.
SEMINAR on a m a j o r American
T h i s summer's
o r B r i t i s h w r i t e r . 3 Cr.
seminar w i l l consider M e l v i l l e . Evenings,
as a r r a n g e d . Mr. N i c h o l l .
A
L AT I N
HISTOR
ENGLISH 1 1 . COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE.
4 C r . An i n t r o d u c t o r y Freshman c o u r s e .
Two s e c t i o n s : 7:30-8:35 o r 8:45-9:55 a.m.
Mr. B e r g s t r o m , Mr. N i c h o l l ,
I
I
ENGLISH 99.
C r . See p.
INDEPENDENT
-
STUDY.
Variable
7. Mr. B e r q s t r o m , &. N i c h o l l .
GERMAN B-131-132.
BEGINNING GERMAN I , 11.
9
:
m i s compliii f i r s f - y e a r
c o l l e g e German c o u r s e i s n i n e weeks i n
l e n g t h , from J u n e 17 t h r o u g h August 1 6 . ,*
ST. PAUL: 9:30-10:25 and 10:55-11:25 a.m.
Mr. Engel h a r d t .
a.
GERMAN 3 - 4 . SECOND YEAR COLLEGE GERMAN.
Note: T h i s complete s e c o n d - y e a r
8 Cr. c o u r s e meets 8 weeks, J u n e 17 t o August 9 .
8:45-10:05
10:45-11:55.
Mrs. B a l t i n a .
CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY.
V a r i a b l e C r See p 7. M r . C o l a t c i .
HISTORY A-331.
U. S. H I S T O R Y .
3-4 Ch.
The p e r i o d from t h e American R e v o l u t i o n
t h r o u g h p o s t - C i v i l War R e c o n s t r u c t i o n i s
s t u d i e d . I f taken f o r f o u r c r e d i t s , an
a d d i t i o n a l p r o j e c t i s r e q u i r e d . ST. PAUL:
9:30-10:25 a.m. Mr. B a r t l i n g .
19th C_EflURY EUROPE. 3-4
HISTORY A-353.
P o l i t i c a l , .$decs$ogical, economic, and
7:30s o c i a l developments. - ST.. PAUL:
8:25 a.m. Mr. B a r t l i n g .
Ch.
ENGLISH 45.* MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS. 5
Works o f s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from ColoCr.
n i a l times t o t h e p r e s e n t ; t h e i r contribut i o n s t o t h e development o f American l i t erature.
8:45-10:05 a.m. Mr. B e r g s t r o m .
ENGLISH 8-364.
MASTERS OE E N G L I S H L Z T ERATURE. 3 C h . Major a u t h o r s , i n c l u d i n g ,
among o t h e r s , Chaucer, S h a k e s p e a r e , S w i f t .
M i l t o n , C a r l y l e , Shaw, ~ e a t s ; and ~ l i o t ;
ST. PAUL:
8:30-9:25 a.m.
Mr. Lange.
.m.
HISTORY 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY.
C r . See p . 7 . Mr. C h r i s l o c k .
9
MUSI
Variable
*-
MUSIC 1.* THEORY I. 4 C r . P r i n c i p l e s of
n o t a t i o n , major and minor s c a l e s ;
interv a l s , t r i a d s , ' rhythms -- t h e i r a p p l i c a t i o n
i n w r i t t e n e x e r c i s e s . Aural s k i l l s , s i g h t
reading, dictation, part-singing.
A fundamental c o u r s e f o r music s t u d e n t s .
Prer e q u i s i t e : Passing a theory entrance t e s t .
10:45-12:05.
Mr. Johnson.
RELIGION
I
RELIGION A-202.
HZ$TOR,Y AND LITERATURE OF
T - ~ - N & W . T E ~ T ~ A ~EU-~ ~ ~ J
+ the
kQy T e s t a m e n t , i n c l u d i n g t h e l i f e and
t e a c h i n g s o f J e s u s , t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t and
growth o f t h e c h u r c h .
ST. PAUL:
11:5512:45. Mr. Sohn.
APPLIED MUSIC. P r i v a t e i n s t r u c t i o n may b e
a v a i l a b l e i n v o i c e ; s t r i n g , keyboard, and
wind i n s t r u m e n t s . 1 C r . f o r 10 l e s s o n s .
Note: An a d d i t i o n a l c h a r g e o f $40 i s made
f o r e a c h 10-lesson s e r i e s .
For informat i o n c o n t a c t t h e Department o f Music.
RELIGION A-404.
LUTHERAN CONFESSIONAL
WRITINGS.
3 Ch. A n a T y s i s - o f p o r t i o n s o f
t h e Book o f Concord i n h i s t o r i c a l p e r s p e c tive.
ST. PAUL: 11:55 a.m.-12:45
p.m.
Mr. R u d n i c k .
PHILOSOPHY 21.
PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY.
Introduction t o t h e nature, n i ~ r ~ s .
4 Cr.
c e n t r a l problems, and t e r m i n o l o g y o f p h i losophy.
7:30-8:35
a.m.
Mr. S a n d i n .
RELIGION 8 2 . CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY. 4 C r . Trends o f Roman C a t h o l i c
t h e o l o g y and r e l a t i o n o f t h e o l o g i c a l and
b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e c h u r c h . 7-10 p.m., Tuesdays,
Thursdays. Mr. C o l a c c i .
.
\
PHILOSOPHY
PHILOSOPHY 9 9 . INDEPENDENT STUDY.
b l e C r . See p . 7. M r . S a n d i n .
VariaI
PHYSICS
POLITICAL
SCIENCE
4 Cr.
The s o l a r
PHYSICS 1. ASTRONOMY.
system, s t a r s , g a l a x i e s .
The u s e o f
o p t i c a l i n s t r u m e n t s ; v i e w i n g w i t h a 12"
7-10 p.m.,
Tuesr e f l e c t i n g telescope.
days, T h u r s d a y s . Mr. Hanwick.
SOCIOLOGY
I
SOCIOLOGY 57.
SUMMER WORK I N CORRECTIONS
Note: T h i s i s
AND.-SOCIAL SERVICE. 5 Cr. a s p e c i a l summer program n o t i n t e g r a t e d
w i t h o t h e r Summer School o f f e r i n g s . F o r
information w r i t e Dr. Joel Torstenson,
Auqsburg C o l l e g e
POLITICAL SCIENCE 92. POWER AND COMMUNITY
InterdisciI N MODERN METROPOLIS. 5 C r .
p l i n a r y s t u d y , p o l i t i c a l and s o c i o l o g i c a l ,
b f t h e changing- i n s t i t u t i o n s and p r o c e s s e s
o f community and government i n t h e contemporary u r b a n s e t t i n g . C l a s s e s meet o f f
campus.
8:45-10:05 a.m. Mr. T o r s t e n s o n .
I
'
POLITICAL SCIENCE 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY.
V a r i a b l e Cr.
See p . 7 .
Mr. Stenshoel.
PSYCHOLOGY
PSYCHOLOGY 5.* W R A L PSYCHOLOGY. 5 C r .
The b a s i c p r o c e s s e s u n d e r l y i n g b e h a v i o r .
~ x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods,
and a r e a s o f s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n p s y c h o l o g y .
10:45-12:05.
M r s . Andereqq,
PSYCHOLOGY 99.
b l e Cr.
See
INDEPENDELIT STUDY. V a r i a M r s . Anderegg.
p. 7.
SOCIOLOGY A-221.
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY.
3-4 Ch.
An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e emphasizi n g human group l i f e and man's s o c i a l
environment.
ST.PAUL:
8:30-9:25
a.m.
Mr. Dannehl.
SOCIOLOGY 61 .*
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL
STATISTIC_S. 5 C r . M e t l i o X s - i T c o l l e c t i n g ,
comparing, and i n t e r p r e t i n g d a t a i n t h e
s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . Graphs, t a b l e s , measures
of c e n t r a l t e n d e n c y ; t h e t e s t i n g o f hypot h e s e s . 10:45-12:05.
Mr. F!ordl i e .
SOCIOLOGY 92.
POWER AND COMMUNITY I N
MODERN METROPOLIS;
5 Cr. (See P o l i t i c a l
S c i e n c e 92 . ) 8:45-10:05.
Mr. ~ o r s t e ' s o n .
11
SPEECH
11.
BEGINNING SPEECH.
4
Cr.
B a s i c problems o f k f f e c t i v e s p e a k i n g and
c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g . 8:45-10:05. M i s s C o l e .
'G
*..
Associated
Programs
THIS FIVE-WEEK WORKSHOP ( E d u c a t i o n 89) i s o f f e r e d through
t h e c o o p e r a t i o n of f i v e Twin C i t y c o l l e g e s : Augsburg, Haml i n e , M a c a l e s t e r , S t . C a t h e r i n e and S t . Thomas.
Dates a r e
June 24 t h r o u g h J u l y 26.
Guided by D r . W i l f r i e d Edener, a
s p e c i a l i s t from Germany now s e r v i n g a s F o r e i g n Language
C o n s u l t a n t t o t h e f i v e i n s t i t u t i o n s , p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l work
w i t h f i f t h - and s i x t h - g r a d e r s , i n t r o d u c i n g them t o e i t h e r
German o r French over a four-week p e r i o d .
CARRYING a f i v e - c r e d i t c o u r s e v a l u e , t h e Workshop i s open
t o t e a c h e r s now i n s e r v i c e , a s w e l l a s t o u n d e r g r a d u a t e s
competent i n e i t h e r language.
T u i t i o n i s $100. Because
t h e number of p a r t i c i p a n t s i s l i m i t e d , p e r s o n s p l a n n i n g t o
a t t e n d should submit a p p l i c a t i o n s t o Augsburg Summer School
a s soon a s p o s s i b l e , s p e c i f y i n g t h e p r e f e r r e d language.
SUMMER SCHOOL APPLICATION
PLEASE PRINT LEGIBLY OR TYPEWRITE. M a i l completed form,
t o g e t h e r w i t h r e q u i r e d d e p o s i t s ( s e e page 6 ) , t o Summer
S c h o o l , Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , Minnesota 55404.
L a s t , F i r s t , Middle
BORN:
19
.,
ADDRESS :
PRESENT
C ig
-
-
-
.
--
-
_
--
EDUCATIONAL STATUS:
STIPENDS c o v e r i n g b o a r d , room and c o l l e g e t u i t i o n a r e
a v a i l a b l e f o r s t u d e n t s who a r e a c c e p t e d .
Majors i n A r t ,
E d u c a t i o n , Music, N u r s i n g , P o l i t i c a l ( o r S o c i a l ) S c i e n c e
a r e e s p e c i a l l y encouraged t o a p p l y ; p r e f e r e n c e i s g i v e n
upper-classmen.
R e q u e s t s f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms should be
d i r e c t e d t o : Youth D i v i s i o n , The American L u t h e r a n Church,
422 South F i f t h S t r e e t , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55414. I n c l u d e
your name, a d d r e s s , and z i p code.
2.
-
-
-.
\
Female
.State
.
-
MARRIED?
-
- -
- ..
--
.
---
Zip
-
.-
S t a t e -_
-
..
- -.
Zip
-
-
--
-
- -
H i g h e s t l e v e l o f e d u c a t i o n completed a s o f J u n e , 1968:
- High School g r a d u a t e
- Freshman y e a r of c o l l e g e
- Sophomore y e a r o f c o l l e g e
- Junior
- Senior
- Other:
year of c o l l e g e
y e a r of c o l l e g e
Are you now working toward a c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y d e g r e e ?
- Yes
- No
THIS PROGRAM combines i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y and a p a i d work
experience i n s o c i a l s e r v i c e f o r undergraduate s t u d e n t s .
A p p l i c a n t s need n o t be s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e .
Since
t h e number of o p e n i n g s i s l i m i t e d , e a r l y a p p l i c a t i o n s a r e
suggested.
For i n f o r m a t i o n w r i t e Chairman, Department of
S o c i o l o g y , Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , Minnesota 55404.
Male
Street
TWENTY STUDENTS from a l l p a r t s of t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s w i l l
p a r t i c i p a t e i n a u n i q u e e d u c a t i o n a l e x p e r i e n c e a s members
of a " l i v e - i n " g r o u p , spending e i g h t wesks ( J u n e 17 t h r o u g h
August 9) i n t h e North S i d e c r i s i s a r e a of M i n n e a p o l i s .
Earning academic c r e d i t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e , p a r t i c i p a n t s
w i l l pursue i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s , a s w e l l a s t h e f i v e - c r e d i t
c o u r s e , S o c i o l o g y ( o r P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e ) 92: See page 10.
1.
-
Street
PERMANENT ADDRESS:
CiRjr
12
SEX:
( I f "yes",
p l e a s e complete i t e m s a , b , and c , below.)
a.
At what c o l l e g e ?
b.
What d e g r e e do you e x p e c t t o e a r n ?
c,.
W i l l you want c r e d i t s e a r n e d a t Augsburg C o l l e g e
No
t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h i s c o l l e g e ? - Yes
( I f "no", p l e a s e u s e t h e s p a c e below t o
b r i e f l y your e d u c a t i o n a l p l a n s and g o a l s . )
-
indicate
.
ES.
From t h e l i s t e d c o u r s e s on pages 7-11, p l e a s e e n t e r
t h o s e which c o n s t i t u t e f i r s t
c h o i c e f o r y o u r Summer
School program. T o t a l c r e d i t s may n o t exceed t e n .
I
T o t a l Number o f C r e d i t s :
ALTERNATES.
HOUSING.
P l e a s e l i s t below o t h e r c o u r s e s you a r e w i l l i n g
t o s u b s t i t u t e , s h o u l d l a c k o f demand r e q u i r e c a n c e l l a t i o n o f a c o u r s e l i s t e d above.
Do you wish t o r e s e r v e c o l l e g e h o u s i n g ?
Yes
( I f "yes",
specify:
(See
- Dormitory
page
6.)
- Cottage)
- No
DEPOSIT.
I e n c l o s e a check o r money
o r d e r , payable
C o l l e g e , i n t h e amount o f $
a s follows:
-
,
to
to
Augsburg
be c r e d i t e d
Tuition Deposit, $
Housing D e p o s i t , $
I submit t h i s A p p l i c a t i o n s u b j e c t t o t h e c o n d i t i o n s o f t h e 1968
Augsburg Summer School b u l l e t i n , which I have r e a d and u n d e r s t a n d .
e
-.
Date
s.igna-eurt
Show less
JULY
AUGUST
COURSE VALUES a t Augsburg College a r e measured i n Term C r e d i t s , and a r e d i r e c t l y i n t e r changeable w i t h Q u a r t e r C r e d i t s , t h e u n i t used f o r t h e i t a l i c i z e d courses l i s t e d below,
which a r e t a u g h t a t Concordia C... Show more
JULY
AUGUST
COURSE VALUES a t Augsburg College a r e measured i n Term C r e d i t s , and a r e d i r e c t l y i n t e r changeable w i t h Q u a r t e r C r e d i t s , t h e u n i t used f o r t h e i t a l i c i z e d courses l i s t e d below,
which a r e t a u g h t a t Concordia College, St. Paul.
Augsburg courses numbered 50 and above
a r e intended p r i m a r i l y f o r j u n i o r s and s e n i o r s , as a r e Concordia o f f e r i n g s 300 o r l a r g e r .
STUDENTS PLANNING t o t a k e Independent Study courses must o b t a i n p r i o r permission of t h e
Approval forms a r e a v a i l a b l e from
department and i n s t r u c t o r w i t h whom work i s t o be done.
t h e Sumner School O f f i c e .
COURSES ARE OFFERED SUBJECT t o adequate demand. Because some may be c a n c e l l e d , students
may wish t o l i s t a l t e r n a t e courses when making a p p l i c a t i o n .
STUDIO ART and INDEPENDENT STUDY-.
Credit
may be earned in drawing, painting, composition, printmaking, or art history -CA~,~,P.
7
10
55, 6 7 , 83, 84,
. , -, 1 9 7 7 --,
85. 99. Variable
credits.
First and/or
------ second terms.
Thompson.
--"Lob"
.
SUMMER STUDENTS may e a r n up t o t e n t e r m c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e
F i r s t Session ( s i x weeks), and an a d d i t i o n a l f i v e c r e d i t s i n
t h e Second Session ( t h r e e weeks).
Term c r e d i t s a r e d i r e c t l y
interchangqable w i t h quarter c r e d i t s .
AUGSBURG i s c o o p e r a t i n g w i t h Concordia C o l l e g e , S t . Paul, i n
i t s Summer School program. Because t h e Second Session a t
Concordia l a s t s f o u r weeks, s t u d e n t s may r e g i s t e r f o r as many
as s i x c r e d i t s i n Second Session courses t a u g h t on t h e S t .
Paul campus.
TUITION CHARGES depend upon t h e number o f c r e d i t s f o r w h i c h a
person i s r e g i s t e r e d , w i t h a d e c r e a s i n g c o s t p e r c r e d i t when
t o t a l c r e d i t s a r e i n c r e a s e d . The t a b l e below i n d i c a t e s t o t a l
t u i t i o n f o r varying c r e d i t levels.*
--
-
*persons submitting a p p l i c a t i o n s
a n a d d i t i o n a l f e e o f $5.00.
some s c i e n c e c o u r s e s .
Students
s h o u l d c o n s u l t t h e Summer S c h o o l
a f t e r May 1 4 w i l l be c h a r g e d
Laboratory f e e s a r e added i n
taking private music lessons
office for rates.
A-,
EDUCATION 65.
METHODS AND MATERIALS:
SOCIAL STUDIES. 2 Cr. Includes objectives,
principles, and techniques in elementary
social studies; unit development.
(Prereq.: 55, 56.)
Second Term.
TTh. 7-10
~
EDUCATION C-221.
BIOLOGY 6.
HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.
5 Cr. Structure and function of the human
body. For non-majors.
First and Second
Terms. TTh. 7-10 p.m. Mickelberg.
CHEMISTRY 5.
PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY.
6 Cr.
Concepts and laws underlying chemistrv: examnles from inoroanic and organic
chemistry.
For non-malors.
Lab fee:
$5.00. Flrst Term. 10:35-11:55 a.m. plus
two afternoon labs per week. Gyberg.
EDUCATION C-357.
First Term.
St. Paul.
TEACHING OF ART. 2 Cr.
10:lO-11-00 a.m.
Rickels.
EDUCATION C-420.
HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY
OF EDUCATION. 3 Cr. Second Term. 10:5012:05 p.m. Poehler, Otte. St. Paul.
EDUCATION C-451.
TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC.
2 Cr.
Second Term.
10:lO-11:OO a.m.
Warnke.
St. Paul.
EDUCATION C-480.
3 Cr. First Term.
St. Paul.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 45.
INTRODUCTION
TO
COMPUTER SCIENCE. 4 Cr. Theory of modern
digital computers. A particular computer
language is introduced. Includes a survey
of computer applications, problems. Second
Term. 8-11 a.m. Gulden.
ECONOMICS 22.
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I.
4 Cr. An introductory college course
in
economics.
7-10 p.m., MW. Sabella.
ECONOMICS 51. INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS.
5 Cr. Theory of demand, of the firm; price
and output determination, factor price determination. First Term.
MW 7-10 p.m.
Sabella.
INTRODUCTION TO EDUCA;
11:lO a.m.-
TION.
3 Cr.
First Term.
12:15 p.m. St. Paul.
CHILDREN'S
LITERATURE.
9:lO-10:00 a.m. Meyer.
EDUCATION C-490.
TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS.
3 Cr. Second Term. 9:05-10:ZO a.m. Kaden.
St. Paul.
ENGLISH 45. MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS. 5 Cr.
Works of selected writers
from Colonial
times to the present; their contrsutions
to the development of American literature.
First Term. 8:45-10:05 a.m. Davis.
ENGLISH 52.
THE ANTEBELLUM SOUTH:
ITS
4 Cr.
Thematic
HISMRY AND LITERATURE.
examinationofpre-Civil War Southern life:
for each 10-lesson series.
For information contact the Department of Music.
PHILOSOPHY 2 1 .
PROBLEMS OF PHIWSOPHY.
4 Cr. Introduction to the nature, aims,
central problems, and terminology of philosophy.
First Term.
10:35-11:40 a. rn.
Reichenbach.
CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN. 4 CK.
The Christian doctrine of man and salvation.
Its uniquenees and relevance to
certain other contemporary views of the
nature and destiny of man.
First Term.
10:35-11:40 a.m. Benson.
PERSONS IN good standing at regionally accredited colleges
and universities, as well as graduates of such institutions,
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing
implies that the student has been admitted to a college and
has not subsequently been dropped by that institution.
R E l I B I O M R-210.
ACCEPTANCE as a summer student does not imply admission as a
regular student of Augsburg College; persons wishing to
complete a degree program at the college should apply for
admission through the Office of Admissions.
RELIGION 84.
9:05-10:20 a.m.
R E L t ~ l o nR-211.
r ~ urr
z
PHILOSOPHY 6 1 .
PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION.
5 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith, experience, and language.
First Term.
8:45-9:50 a.m. Reichenbach.
rfrsrmcwuAKD
THA' OWI Y'~~11'hHKNT. 3 i r .
Wlfall.
HTSToRY W # IJWrUTIJRZ
~ ~ P T A K E ~ . ,~ .
9:05-10:20
a.m.
.
Wffall.
RELIGION R-330.
Cr.
First Term.
Sohn. St. Paul.
PHILOSOPHY 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. var. Cr.
First Term. Time Arranged.
michenbach.
L I T ~ A N R GOF
S e n d 'l'rml.
St. Paul.
W
sc~onrl T-.
STUDENTS ADMITTED to Augsburg College for the Fall Term of
1969 are eligible to attend Summer School, as are persons
admitted by other colleges for the fall of this year.
St. Paul.
CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE. 4
11:lO a.m.-12:15 p.m.
IF REGULARLY ATTENDING another institution, a student must
provide the Director of Summer School with a statement from
an appropriate official (e.g., Registrar or Dean) sf his
college that he is in good standing and eligible to earn
credits in the summer session. Credits earned at Augsburg
will be transferred only if this requirement has been met.
RELIGION R-430.
LUTHERAN CONFESSIONAL
WRITINGS.
3 Cr. Second Term. 7:40-8:55
a.m. Stach. St. Paul.
RELIGION R-460.
PHYSICS 1 .
INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY.
4 Cr.
The solar system, stars, galaxies.
The use of optical instruments; viewing
with a 12" reflecting telescope.
7-10
p.m., TPh. Hanwick.
TERS. 1 Cr.
TTh. Stach.
SEMINAR IN PASTORAL LETSecond Term. 1:OO-2:15 p.m.
St. Paul.
OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
SOCIOLOGY 1 1 .
P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 2 1 . AMERICAN GOVERNMEW
11
NATIONAL.
5 Cr.
Emphasis on the
Presidency, Congress, ard the
Supreme
Court; conflict, consensus, economics, and
ideological factors.
Second Term. 8:4510:05 and 10:35-11:55 a.m. Stenshoal.
P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 51. CONTEMPOR~RYCOMMU4 Cr.
The political
NIST GOVERNMENTS.
~rocesses'of the Soviet Union and other
communist states analyzed in ideological,
party, and institutional terms.
First
Term. ITh. 7-10 p.m. Noonan.
P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 99.
INDEPENDENT STUDY.
Variable credit. First Term.
Time arranged. Noonan.
MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY.
4 Cr.
A sociological perspective of the
cultural and structural dynamics of the
western world.
First Term.
8:45-10:05
a.m. Torstenson.
SOCIOLfiGY 57.
5l.lMQ:R W K 111 C C ; ? r ! E C T ? s
z-XLAI. GERVICR. 5 ( 5 . N U ~ O I n b t h r a
a special summer program not integrated
with other Summer School offerings. For
information w i t e
Dr. Joel Torstenson,
Augsburg College.
btlll
SOCIOLOGY 6 1 .
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL
5 Cr. Methods of collecting,
and intermeting data in the
social sciences. Graphs. tables, measures
of central tendency; the testing oP hypotheses. First & Second Terms. 5:306:20 p.m. M-F. (9 weeks) Nordlie.
STATISTICS.
cnmnarino.
. r----.=.
I
di
. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY.
First Term. 10:lO-11:OO a.m. Maneks.
PSYCHOLOGY C - 2 1 1
3
Cr.
St. Paul.
PSYCHOLOGY 99.
RESEARCH PROBLPIS.
SPEECH
11.
BEGINNING SPEECH.
4 Cr.
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critical listening. 8:45-10:05.
Olson.
SPEECH 99.
INDEPENDENT STUDY. Variable
Credit. Arranged. First Term. Olson.
I
I
LIMITED food 1 service w i l l be a v a i l a b l e d u r i n g the summer
sessions.
I f housing i s r e q u i r e d , arrangements should b e
J a m e s L a n c a s t e r , Manager o f H o u s i n g .
made w i t h M r
.
WORKSHOP
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
-
June 16 20,1969
g:OO a.m. 10:30 a.m.. . . . . . . . . . . ..Knut Nystedt
-
The discussion will center on "Music in Europe
i n the Atomic Age" and "New Sounds in Choral
Music." Many taped examples, as well as the
actual scores, brought from Europe by Mr.
Nystedt will be used.
-
10:45 a.m. 12:15 p.m.. . . . . . . . .Leland B. Sateren
I
DR. LELAND B. SATEREN, a
1935 graduate of Augsburg College,
received his master's degree from
the University of Minnesota i n
1943. He returned to Augsburg in
1946 and has directed the Augsburg Choir and served as chairman
of the Department of Music since
1950.In 1965 he was honored with
a Doctor of Humane Letters degree
from Gettysburg College, Gettysburg, Pa., and a Doctor of Music
degree from Lakeland College, Sheboygan, Wis. With many published
choral works to his credit, Dr.
Sateren has also written several
books and numerous articles on
choral music and its performance.
Wide interest i n the field of
music is evidenced by his professional memberships in the Music
Educators Association, the Hymn
Society of America, and his work
as a member of the Inter-Lutheran
Commission on Worship. The Augsburg Choir, under Dr. Sateren's
direction, has premiered several
contemporary pieces which emphasize t h e "new sound" i n choral
music. In December the choir sang
the premiere of Christobal Halffter's "Yes Speak Out Yes" i n the
General Assembly of the United
Nations in New York City with the
Minnesota Orchestra.
Choral Topics I
"Graphing the Vowel," "Suspensions and Other
Organic Expressive Elements" a n d "Part
Dynamics" are included in the topics for discussion and demonstration.
-
1:30 p.m. 3:30 p.m.
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Dale Warland
This study of larger-than-anthem choral works
will include Penderecki's "Stabat Mater,"
Stravinsky's "Symphony of Psalms," Nicolas
Roussakis' "Night Speech," Britten's "Rejoice
in the Lamp," Poulenc's "Gloria," a_nd others.
I
Recreation Period
KNUT NYSTEDT, a graduate of
the Oslo Conservatory of Music, is
conductor of the Norwegian Soloist
Choir and professor of choral conducting at the University of Oslo.
He is ;currently composer in residence at Augsburg College. In the
United States he has studied composition with Aaron Copland, conducting with Robert Shaw, a n d
organ with Ernest White. His compositions, both choral and instrumental. have been premiered i n
Norway by both the Oslo Philharmonic Orchestra and the Norske
Solistkor and in this country by several orchestral and choral groups
including the Augsburg Choir. Mr.
Nystedt recently received the
St. Olaf Veda1 from the King of
Norway for his contributions to the
musical life of his country. In the
year of its birth, Nystedt's setting
of "De Profundis" won the coveted
Norwegian prize as the best composition of the year, all categories
considered, and it was subsequently
performed a t t h e International
Society for Contemporary Music.
Given its U. S. premiere by the
Augsburg Choir, the revolutionary
character of the piece opened new
paths in choral composition and
performance in this country. His
later "Praise to God" continued the
exploration of new sounds. This
work was given its world premiere
by the Augsburg Choir.
DR. DALE WARLAND has been
at Macalester College since 1967.
A native of Fort Dodge, Iowa, Dr.
Warland is a graduate of St. Olaf
College and has attended the University of Minnesota (M.A.) and
the University of Southern California (D.M.A.). His professional
career has included positions at
Humboldt State College (Calif.),
and Keuka College (New York) before joining Macalester. He has prepared several major choral works
for performance with the Minnesota Orchestra. During the past
season, the Macalester choirs participated q i t h the symphony i n
Penderecki's "St. Luke's Passion"
premiere in New York City and in
a local performance of "Missa
Solemnis" by Beethoven.
Minneapolis, the City of Lakes, offers a full
and varied program of recreation opportunities
to complement the facilities a t Augsburg
College. Swimming i n one of the many lakes,
golfing at the municipal courses and other
activities are easily accessible to participants.
-
6:30 p.m. 7:30 p.m.. . . . . . . . . .Leland B. Sateren
Choral Topics I1
"Color and Concept," "Directing Mixed Meter
Music," "Line" and "Functional Choral Music"
are some of the topics to be considered.
-
7:30 p.m. 9:30 p.m.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Knut Nystedt
"The Interpretation ?nd Performance of
Music by Knut Nystedt.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
ABOUT THE WORKSHOP
Music is never static. It is constantly alive speaking - expressing. As music continues to develop
new avenues and vehicles of expression, the director
must seek the understanding and techniques of
bringing this expression to his audience.
Leland B. Sateren and the Augsburg Choir have
long been associated with the presentation of "new"
choral music. Each year they have premiered important new works such as Nystedt's "Praise to God."
Knut Nystedt, Norway's leading composer of
choral music, is active in the "new" sounds in choral
composition. Mr. Nystedt is extending his stay as
composer in residence at Augsburg College to take
part in this workshop.
Dale Warland, director of choral organizations at
Macalester College, has been associated with the
preparation and performance of a number of larger
contemporary works including the New York City
premiere of Penderecki's "St. Luke's Passion" with
the Minnesota Orchestra.
Augsburg College has chosen this, its Centennial
Year, to enter the field of choral workshops. The
importance of this new music, the music of the
future, will be the primary focus of the Sateren
Choral Workshop in its first year.
TUITION
Without Credit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $~o.oo*
This includes mimeographed materials and attendance ?t 911 sessions. Participants will be given the
opportunity of purchasing the music used in the
workshop.
Partial Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $25.00~
Partial registration is available for those unable to
attend the complete workshop but wishing to take
part as their schedules permit.
Undergraduate Credit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $20.00
One or two undergraduate credits may be earned
through Augsburg College upon examination and
payment of the special $20.00fee. This fee is leveled
by the college and has nothing to do with the $50.00
fee listed above.
*A 10% discount will be granted to applications received b y
May 30.
ROOM AND BOARD
Single Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $55.00
Double Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ .
. . . . $45.00
Participants .will be housed in the new high-rise
dormitory, Urness Tower. Meals will be served in the
College Center Commons. Accommodations for
wives or husbands are available.
AUGSBURG
STUDENT NO.
-Mr.
NAME: - Miss
Mrs.
COLLEGENOW
ATTENDING, i f o t h e r t h a n Augsburg:
PRESENT ADDRESS:
ZIP:
PHONE :
PERMANENT ADDRESS:
ZIP:
PHONE:
CLASSIFICATION AS OF JUNE, 1969 [ P l e a s e c i r c l e ] : F r . SO. J r . S r . O t h e r :
I p l a n t o attend:
*
- F i r s t Term (June 9 - J u l y 18)
Second Term ( J u l y 21-Auaust 9 ) *
T h e Second Term a t C o n c o r d i a , S t . P a u l , l a s t s a n a d d i t i o n a l w e e k , i . e . , t h r u A u g u s t 16
FROM THE LIST OF p r o j e c t e d Summer School o f f e r i n g s , p l e a s e e n t e r below your FIRST and
ALTERNATE c h o i c e s . Actual o f f e r i n g s w i l l be determined by demand. A normal maximum of
15 c r e d i t s may be earned d u r i n g t h e two terms [16 c r e d i t s i f t h e Second Term work i s
taken a t Concordia C o l l e g e ] .
FIRST CHOICES
Dept.
No.
Title
Term [ s l
Credits
1
ALTERNATES
I ENCLOSE A TUITION DEPOSIT OF $
. A t u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $25.00 i s r e q u i r e d f o r
p e r s o n s p r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r f i v e o r more c r e d i t s ; t h e d e p o s i t f o r f o u r o r f e w e r c r e d i t s
i s $15.00.
Payment i n f u l l o f Summer S c h o o l c h a r g e s i s r e q u i r e d when f i n a l r e g i s t r a t i o n
i s c o m p l e t e d o n t h e d a t e c l a s s e s a r e s c h e d u l e d t o b e g i n . Make c h e c k t o Augsburg C o l l e g e
I submit t h i s A p p l i c a t i o n and P r e r e g i s t r a t i o n s u b j e c t t o t h e c o n d i t i o n s o f t h e 1969
Augsburg Summer School B u l l e t i n , which I have read and agree t o .
Date :
.
Signature:
.
-
-
. .. .
R e t u r n c o m p l e t e d f o r m , t o g e t h e r w i t h d e p o s i t , t o Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e , Augsburg C o l l e g e ,
M i n q e a p o l j s , MN 55404.
Or b r i n g t o t h e Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e , Memorial H a l l , Room 1 1 1 .
"
c
~
~
-
-
~
~
'
X
~
L
~
,
,
,
~
,
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
"
C
C
C
- .
b MtZd w*
REGISTRATION
FORM
E n c l o s e d i s $20.00 r e s e r v a t i o n f e e f o r t h e S a t e r e n C h o r a l Workshop. ( T h i s f e e may be
r e f u n d e d i f t h e Manager i s n o t i f i e d o f c a n c e l l a t i o n b e f o r e s e s s i o n s b e g i n o n J u n e 1 6 . )
Please check a s applicable:
- I d e s i r e a s i n g l e room.
- My w i f e o r husband w i l l
-I do n o t d e s i r e c o l l e g e
accompany me,
housing.
- I am r e g i s t e r i n g f o r c o l l e g e c r e d i t .
Name:
,
- . . -. -
. . . ...
Address : - .
. .
Date:
,
. ..-.
...
,
-.
-
-
R e g i s t r a t i o n s f o r t h e Sateren Choral Workshop should be m a i l e d t o :
Workshop, Augsburg College, M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55404.
. .
.
-
ZIP:
Manauer, Choral
-
C
C
C
C
1
Show less
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with
The Evangelical Lutheran Church of America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis
and St. Paul, the small college environment, about 2,700 students during the academic
year, is enriched by the many cultural... Show more
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with
The Evangelical Lutheran Church of America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis
and St. Paul, the small college environment, about 2,700 students during the academic
year, is enriched by the many cultural, sport and recreational activities in this vibrant
metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and metropolitan events is a
lelightful and broadening experience.
4ugsburg in the Summer
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses,
internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs
from May 29 -June 22, Term I1 runs from June 25 -August 3. This brochure presents
the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication.
!
.mer 1990
Term I
Term I1
April 23
April 23
May 29-30
June 25-26
May 31
June 27
b
Beginning of
Preregistration
b
Confirmation-of Registration
Classes Begin
Balance of T u p n Due
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
-
Holiday
-
None
July 4
Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W)
June 12
July 16
Classes End
June 22
August 3
Grades Due in Registrar's Office
June 27
August 8
,
Y ~ Q UN E E D
T
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term
11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the
equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2,
lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the
Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer
offering, please contact the Summer School Office.
Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience
related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the
Summer School Office for information.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing.
I
Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as
possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped.
I
The College Reserves the right to cancel listed courses.
I
T
Information and Forms
Eligibility
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from the
Summer School Office. Write or call:
Persons in Good Standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that institution.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1786
Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Director
Jay Dixen, Secretary
Financial Aid
Financial Aid is limited to the GuaranteedStudentLoan.An~studenttaking
one course is regarded as a half-time
student for the summer and is eligible to
apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan.
&tact the Financial Aid Office to make
loan arrangements (330-1046).
Other Persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does
not imply admission as a regular student
Augsburg College. Tllose wishing to
beginadegreeprogramatthecollege
should apply for admission through the
Officeof Admission,
P
erm I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on
May 29 or 30. Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 25 and 26. This
procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to intc
ships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses.
b
Confirmation of Registration will taKe place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science
Hall, between 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on May 29 and 30, and June 25 and 26.
The Balance uwed for tuition must be paid before registration
~nfirmed.
Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg accou~~r
from previni~q
rm/s must be paid in full before confirmation of registration.
'
.-Late Fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 31.
A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 27.
Registrations will not be accepted after these dates.
To Change Your Registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's
Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after the first day of each
term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 31 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m.
on June 27 for Term I1 courses. his procedure applies to internships and-independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the Tuition Refund Policy.
Fees
L
The Tuition Charge for 1989 Summe
School courses is as follows. ,$540.00
full-credit courses, $320.00 for halfcredit courses, and $160.00 for fourth,edit courses. Audits are charged at
tl~itionrat-= lict-d above.
tuition and is non-refundable and nontransferable except when a course is
cancelled due to low enrollment. When
this happens, you may elect to receive a
deposit refund or substitute anoth
Starting April 23 you may preregister
for Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during
regular office hours. Each course
preregistration must be accompanied
by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This
deposit is applied to designated course
To
)id Disappointment in course
selection, preregistration is recommended. Many courses with limited
enrollment fill early. Conversely,
courses with low preregistration
enrollment may be cancelled before tl
first day of the term.
1-
Tuition Refund Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining
fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the
Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 100%of the refundable portion of the fee.
Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 75% of the refundable portion of the fee.
Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting - 50% of the refundable portion of the fee.
Note: Collrses with fewer that1 12 scheduled class sessions will use a prorated version of the schedr~leofrefi~nds
Campus Location
35W from the North -
Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left on Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside,
right at 21st Avenue S.
1-94 East from Minneapolis -
Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left
at 21st Avenue S.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside,
turn left at 21st Avenue S.
35W from the South -
Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right
lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st
Avenue S.
Nondiscrimination Pol icy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or
ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the
1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,
as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
I
mourn
mma
May
29 - June 22,1990
ART 107-8100
DRAWING
Bollman
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjectsinclude
still-life,figures, building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:00 p.111 M,T, W,TIi
OM17
ART 118-8101
ART 335-8102
Bollman
PAINTING I AND Il
Watercolor - Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts, developing personal cxpression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:00 p.111 M,T,W,TIt
OM17
k
HUMAN BIOLUC
Mickelberg
Basic biologicalconcepts from an anthropocenhicpoint of
view. An attempt to answ-sfi~h questions as: What
makes man just another member of the biotic foldlDoes
man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does
man have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment, have on
man? (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and
1 3. Dist.: Yes.
: G-in.m. M,T,W,Th,F
SC1205
BUS 221-8104
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTIN
!k
Introduction to business activities
S drtd
ic concepn
fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and
preparation of financial statements. Dist.: N
8:30-l0:50 0.111. M,T, W,TIt,F
OM22
BUS 222-8105
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Herzog
A continuation of BUS 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and
fundamentalsofmanagerialaccounting,planningandconbolling processes, decision-making and behavioral considera tions. (Prereq.: BUS 221)
OM13
6:OO-9:00 p.ttt. M,T, W,Th
BUS 252-8106
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Meziou
Basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological
factorsas they affectproduct, promotion,marketingchannel and pricing decisions. Dist.: No.
5:00-8:00 p.ttr. M,T, W,Th
OM11
BUS 279-8107
QUANTITATIVE METHODS
Morgan
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive
measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference,
and estimationwithemphasison their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group 111or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104.)
OM11
9:30-11:50 a.rn M,T,W,Th,F
BUS 322-8108
ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I Kader
Analysisof accounting theorypertaining tofinancialstatements, income concepts, current and non-current assets.
Dist.: No. Prerequisites: BUS 221, ECO 113.
6:OO-9:00 p.ni. M,T,W,Th
Oh
BUSIECO 199-8109
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arranged with individual faculty in the nonartment of
Business Administration & Economicc
Ifi
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
~abella
~ e c ~ n o m i c i r n ~ l i c a t i o nproblemsfacingametrosof
urban environment Ry independent study nist.: Yes.
Arranged
ECO 112-8111
Gupta
PRINCIPLES OF MACKueCONOMICS
Introduction to macro-economics;na tional income analvsis, monetary and fiscal policy,
nomic growth. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-ll:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F
OM13
ECO 292-8112
EAST-WEST TRADE
ZaPP
An analysis of the conditions for East-West economic cooperation. A focus on recent developments in joint economic and industrial cooperation. An identification of
trends and alternatives in the 1990s.
9:30-11:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F
OM16
allocation, analysis of consumer
nomics. Prerequisite: ECO 113
6:00-9:00 p.111, M,T, W,Th
'--
d
SCI.
EDE 253-8114
EDS 264-8115
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN
URBAN SETTING
Gerrnundsen
Study and investigation of variousaspectsof the teaching
profession. Dist.: Yes, wlicn combined with EDE 363 ur
EDS 052. (1/ 2 course)
6:OO-9:00 11 111.M, W
OM25
EDE 341-8116
EDS 341-8117
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
I'sycliological n ~ i dpliilosopli~caldiniensic~nsof coininu~iicntiontliroi~glithe use of instructional tcclinology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of cffcctiveaudio-visual niateriaIsf~~rteacliing/Icarniugsih~ations.
Dist.: No (1/2 course)
72:OO-3:00 )1 111 T,Ur
TOSS175
EDE 375-8118
rIISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
CINDERGARTEN
~ n d e r ~ a r t ccurricu~uni,niatcria~s,
li
Lab. arr. Prcrcquisitc to studen t teaching at kindergarten
level and to obtaining a license fur teaching at that level.
Dist.: No. (1/2 cuursc) Prcrcq : Consent of instructor
1.7
930-71:50 0.111 M, W
EDE 382-8119
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
MATHEMATICS
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Dist.: No. (1 / E
.5:30-8:30 /l.rrr. T,TIr
OM22
EDE 383-8120
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH
Lindow
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for pliysical education and healtli at tlie kindergarten and
elenientaryle\,els. 1.ab.experiences. Dist.: No. (1 /2coursc)
5:OO-8:OO J!.III. T,Tlr
EDE 388-8121
EDS 388-8122
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
tccliEmphasis on tlie study of values, 11f cc~~~imunicatioii
niqucs,a~idof tlie majr1rminc1rity groupsiii Minnesota for
'lie develc~pniciitof interpersonal relations skills appliable to tccicliingand other prolcssional vocations. Open
to all Dist : NO (1 /2 course) Ilrquired for all Elcmcntary
and Secondary I<ducatioii ~najors
OMIO
5:.?0-5:30 11 III M, W
ENG 111-8123
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Swanson
limplinsis is on exposition, including Icariiing research
tccliniqucsand writiligcriticalrcvicws Atlcastonc work
of literature is assigned Attentic)n is given to increasing
sti~deiits'cffcctivcncss in choosing, organizing, and dcvcloping topics, tliiiiki~igcritically,and rcvisingforclarity
and style The ~ i i i n ~ n i upassing
~n
gr,idc for this course
is 2 U Dist: Yes
9:30-1 1:501i 111.M,T, W,111,F
OM27
ENG 282-8124
SPECIAL TOPICS: INTRODUCTION T O
AFRICANLITERATURE
Bodziok
Tlicsh~dyofthecmerin 'Iiterat~~reofAfricaanditsstn~ggle
g.h
to find its own cultural ~deiititywithin tlie uneasy co-existenccof Western c u l t ~ ~ r e a ncenturies-old
d
traditions Also
included in the coursc are some African-American writers
who have tried to discover the sigiiificaiicc of their lost
African licritagc.
12:OO-.3:00 11.111M,T, W.TI1
OM13
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Steinmel
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and r e a d i ~ l ~
basic German for students with iio previous backgruuiid
in German Dist : Yes
8:30-70:50 n.111 M,T, W,7'11,F
OM72
SPA 111-8126
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
SPA 111-8127
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11)
Kingsle
Aims to develop four basic skills: Uiidc
ding, speaning, reading and writing of elementary S1
h. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world uist.: Yes
8:.30-70:50 n.111.M,T, W,Tlr,F fSectii1111)
OM78
11)
5:30-7:50 }'.III. M,T, W,Tlr,F (S~~ctioli
OM7
HPE 410-8128
Borstad
u,
and relationsliGs to cornm:n~ty health program
and re:
sources. Dist.: No. ~ r c r e ~ z s i tHPE
e : 3%
5:30-8:30 J I . I ~ I . M,T, W,TII
O M
HIS 341-8129
TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY:
WWII
Zehnder
Bcgiiis with a study of Llic failule of liberalism, the rise of
Fasclsni, and the power ( ~ natic,iialism
f
in the pre-war era,
followed by an cxani~natio~i
of the coursc of the war itself
Concludes with an nltempt to understand post-war Europe including the state of Eastern Europe, the success of
the Ixft, and tlicatte~npttodcvclopo new Europcan unity
(Students wlio earned crcdit for Topics in European History offered in Suiiiiiicr Sessioii I, 1988, niay not takc tliis
coursc for crcdit ) T.ourcr division students may takc this
course with the permission of tlic History Dcpart~iicnt.
Dist : Ycs Additional work required for u u u c r
division crcdi t
12:00-3:OO 11I I I M,T, W,llr,
',
,I
?
MAT 173-8130
MATH OF INTEREST
Kaminsky
Have you ever wondered why womenl~avebemcliarged
more than men for annuities and receive lower pension
benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than
men for life insurancc? Or how life insurancc premiums
are calculated? Or how installment loan payments arc
figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to
accumulate a certain lump sun1 or annual payment at a
certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant
for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in
the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered.
This course should be useful for students in business and
economics or for any s t u d c ~ ~i~ltcrested
ts
in careers in finance-related fields Dist.: Ycs
6:00-900 11111 M,T, W.Tlr
OM27
1
PHI 130-8131 {
LOGIC
Apolloni
Suppose
someone gives
you reasons, and then says
you
..
..
.
. .
must accept a particular conclusion Must you? When
does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we
examine therulcswhicligovcrli valid argumentsand work
to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. Dist : Ycs
OM23
X:30-70:50 fl 111 M,T, W,TII,F
-
r
-
PHY 103-8132
PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
Arge
An introductory course in which the applications, problcnis, and experiments arc selected not only to illustrate
fundamental principles, but also to demonshate the relevance of pliys~csto the life sciences. Tlie course is de~ ; ,to~
serve
~students
~ ~ in
~
biology,
. i
psychology, physical
ion (therapy programs), medical technology and
lealth science programs. The course is also a very
r~tao~eelectiveordistributionrequirementfor
theliberal
arts student. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup I11
Dist.: Yes.
POL 453-8133
THE FRAMEWORK OF GERMAN
UNIFICATION
Hedblom
'~liiscoursewillanalyze thepolitics,economics,and social
changeofGerman reunification in relation toEurope,botli
Wcst and East Close analysis of West German reunification initiatives, East German reform initiatives and West
European reactions, all key elements in the creation of
single Europe. Dist.: Yes (Also satisfies either comparative politics or international relations areas for political
science major.) Independent Seminar in Tern1 [with fuur
?ssions, independent assignments, short papers Scniiardates: June 1,8,15, and 20.
,1111-11 :lJO 11 III
1
POL 455-8134
ANATOMY OF THE USSR
Noonan
The course will analyze the politics, economics and social
cha~igcoftheconteniporary Soviet Union. Closecxami~iation of glasnost, perestroika, new thinking and democratization as political processes of tlie Gorbachev era. Dist.:
Yes. Independent seminar, seminar-discussio~i/lccturc
sessions, ~ n d e p e n d c writtc~i
~~t
assignments, short papers.
Seminar dates: May 30, June 6 , 11, 18, and 22, (Students
must attend all seminars.)
SC1319
10:00- 12:00 IIOOII.
POL 199-8135
POL 399-8136
INTERNSHIPS
Arrnrr~cd
Hedblom
POL 499-8137
INDEPENDENT STUDY
1
REL 445-8138
THE BIBLE: LANGUAGE AND
INTERPRETATION
Quanbeck
A study of the use and fuiictio~iof language in the Bible.
Tlie importance of recognizing the varied character of
language for understanding tlie Bibhcal text. Grades will
be based on class participation, a presentation to the class
and an examination. Dist.: No. I'rereq.: Re1 111 or 221, or
consent of instructor.
R:30-10:51111.1rr. M,T,W,TIi,F
OM25
SWK 399-8
INTERNSHIPS
AlVrnr~gcri
M. Brown
SWK 499-8140
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Armrlged
M. Brown
329-8141
~NTERCULTURAL
OMMUNICATION
Lapakko
his coursc will cxplorc bc~tlithe prc)blems and the potcntial of communication between persons of diffcrcnt cultural groups. Factorssucli asetlinocc~itrism,stereotyping,
prejudice, role expectations, values, and nou-verbal synibols will be examined.
9:.?0-11:511 fl.111.M,T, W,Tlr,F
OM10
k
r
ugsburg
college
~urnmek 1
June 25 - August 3,1990
-
ART 132-8150
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION D
~ ~ i ~
ART 132-8151
Friederichsen
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Thecamera used as a tool for visual creativib and cxpression; black and white, color and photographic processcs.
Need access to a 35mmcamera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost
of film, etc.: $125.00-$150.00. (Class size limited.)
1:30-5300 }?.IJI. M, W (Sectio~rI)
6:00-9:30 y.rrr. M, W (Sectio~i11)
0 ~ 4
BUS 175-8152
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS AND
ECONOMICS
Her2
Introduction to computerized data processing: BAS
LOTUS, DBASE,word processing, computerized business
graphics. Dist.: No Prerequisite: Hi h school algebra.
G:00-9:30 p.rrr. M, W
FOSS20
A
BUS 222-8153
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting, plaiiiling and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: BUS 221
8330-9:55n.r11.
M,T, W,TIi,F
- ON'BUS 242-8154
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (SECTION I)
BUS 242-8155
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
(SECTION 11)
Cemto
rm I L : , ~ I I . I I ! . . I I I I ~ I I : , organization,
Developmentof the I;II.II[
staffing, planning al:, I t I I ; I I I . 'I 1 1 1 , I ~ , ! i l i rof
~ ~ authority,
accountability and I - W I.I I; .il~~i::
~ ~ l , . .In,\i;,..l!. of the role of
the professional manager. Dist : No
6:00-9:30 p.111.T,TIi (Sectiurl I )
6:00-9:30 y.rrr. M, W (Sectiorr 11)
OM11
b
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
Sabella
Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the housed hold,
~ firm,
~ market
i ~ structures
h ~ ~and ~income distribution.
Applicationof elementary c----7mic theory tomarketpolicy. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30p'n1'
OM22
'
-^
ECO 315-81
MONEY A. .- JANKING (SECTION I)
ECO 315-8161
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11)
Gupta
Monetaw and bank in^ svstems, varticularlv commercial
hanks .II\L~ the ~ e d e r a ~ ~ < e s e~ryvset e n monetary
~;
theory
.lnJ volicv. Ilist: No. Prereu.: Fco 112.113
6:00-930 ;.In. M,W (Sectiolt 1)'
:00-9:30p.111.T,Th (Section 11)
EDE 376-8162
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
SOCIAL SCIENCES
Endorf
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for social studies at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab. experiences. Dist.: No. (1/4 cou
9:30-11:15n.1n. M,W (lurie 25-luly 9)
EDE 386-8163
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
V. Olsen
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab experiences Dist.: No (1/2 course)
9:30-11:15 n rr~.T,Th
L4
EDE 387-8164
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
1- ..1111111,111011 ~11:~
1 I ~ I L ~ ~ . I I - , I I II L~~ materials
II
and resources
t h 9 1 I Iil1yu.r):~:
.lrl.. ,,! 1111, 1 ~ 1 1 ~!:,irtenand
~1v:
elementarylev~ 1 , I . . L I ~ \ . \ I iIi ~t m ~ a ~ b mI ~m' ?>O , I I . I I EdE255orEdS265.)
1 1 10 1 ' > / 8 J t l 1 I!?
L4
EDE 388-8165
BUS 323-8156
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I1 Kader
I 1,11~11,1~.i*.
O H t l ! , ~ : , 1 1 1 ~ 1-I~ 1.1l114"., I ~mmunication
twh~ \ I I , I I I , I ~ V ~ , <111111!11;
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ :~It;~11i~(~~~1taiiungtoinvestmcnts,
L ~ ~ ~
I I I L I I I L . ...
. I I L I I ('1 I I I V I I I . L ~ I .I ~ I I IIIV
~ ~ ~:r-jl~p;in
I
Mlnnesatafor
l . ~ ~ ~ ; ,, 1r1i1~~ 11l1~1 1 ~ r ~ : ! , i l b : ~ , II.,,,~I..WI ..l:abilitiesand reserved,
.I<
111.11 1.11 lh11111 ? ~ I ~ 1 1 ~ 1 ~ ~ 1 ~ , ~ 1 ~ ~ 1 1 ~ ~ ~ I 1 . 1 ~ ~ i ~ o:I;,,
i ~ i n c o1m1 IeIdIeI t~1'1e. IrI::II.:I
mIi - 1*1:r-,wn.llr ~ k t i o n sskills apyli.
t , 1 1 ~ I l( #~ I~t , . ~ ( l u r i ! .,111~1
IIIIIC.I
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ t ~ % m n a l v w uOpen
kionti
I
I
I
I
1I
I I ~ n g e(Prerequisite:
1 , ~ . ~ 1I 1I I . . ~ :m-lh$ ( 1 I '. L ~ ~ I I - . , , I;,) quiradf~~rallElrmu~~t~
BUS 322) Dist.: No.
and Secondary Education majors.
6:00-9:30 p.111.M,W
OM22
8:30-10:15n.rrr. M,W
OM10
BUS 199-8157
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of
E,, -82-8166
Business Administration and Ecoiiomics
INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL
EDUCATION
Metcalf
Introduction to the field of special education Examines
the nature, causes, and educational interventions for
ECO 110-8158
such V.I I . ~ > ~ I ~ I I I . L ~ ,hi.
I I ~mental
L,,>
retardation, physical disECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
abililv, I : L . . ~ 11::: .411,I k 1v.1onimnsirment, learninl 'isabiliStudy ofeconomicimplicatioiisofproblemsfaciilgametrotie, I I I I I
.a
edness. Dist.: I .
urbanenvironment. By independentstudy only. Dist.: Yes.
Arrn~iged
f j t
ENG 241-8167
INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ARTS
Mitchell
An investigation of the artlstlc qualities and tlie historical
development of tlicfil~nmedium l'liccoirrscincl~rdcsthe
viewing and discussing of both feature length and short
fil~ns Some class periods will be cxtc~idcdto view films.
6:00-9:.30 / ~ , I I I Tr7l'1r
FOSS775
ENG 282-8168
ENG 482-8169
ENCHANTMENT OF EVIL
Griffin
Evil, tliouglit tlie poet Edmund Spcnser, is a sort of encliant~ncnt In literature, evil is often interesting, charming, witty, and cvcn admirable Evil is also a liar Behind
the magical facade lies cniptincss and despair. Wlicrc
evil is the most self-import'int, it is likely to be the most
ridiculousor trivial Thcco~irsewillbegin witha s t ~ ~ of
dy
Rcna~ssanccwritcrs like Sliakcspcarc, Marlowc and
Milton and conclude with works of 20th Century writers
IikeC S Lewis, Tolkien, and Iris Murdoch Dist : yes.
6:OO-9:30 y.rrr M, W
OM23
GER 112-8170
BEGINNING GERMAN 11
Steinmet;
Classroom practicein speaking, understanding and rcading basicGerman. Lab. Dist.: Yes.
OM1 1
8:70-95.5 n 111. M,T, W,Tlr
SPA 112-8171
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
SPA 112-8172
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of cleinmtary Spanish.
Introduction to culture of the Spiinish-speaklll- world.
Dist.: Yes
8:10-9:55n r r r M,T, W,TII (Si,cliur~I)
5:30-7: 15 11 111. M.T, W,Tlr (S~ctiorr11)
OM18
HPE 320-8173
SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUIVI
D(
Techniques for developing a course o f ' k . I y based
growth and development for grades ! ? f 2 Special worl
units in nutrition and diseases. Dist.: No. Prcrcquisitc
Consent of instructor,
Ar'rnrr~cd.
A
HIS 341-8174
TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY: EASTERN
EUROPE UNDER THE HABSBURGS
Zehnder
This course will focus on three themes: 1)Thebackground
of the pcoplcsof East Central Eurupe and tlie Balkans and
tlieir current condition, 2) The ingenious institutions of
the Habsburgs that successfully met tlie challenge of Rcf'ormation, Libcral~sm,and Nationalism, 3) Tlie great cultural co~itributionof the Habsburgs at the meeting point
of Latin, Gcrman, and Slavic societies, c g Mozart,
Freud ctc Luwer division students may take this coursc
with per~iiissionof the History Department Dist : Yes
10:OS-1 1:.30n 111 M,T, W,Tlr,F
OM1 1
INS 225-8175
AN INTRODUCTION T O ISLAM
Kader
This coursc wrll examine the ideological foundations of
Islam, its b a s ~ cconcepts and tcnets, Islamic law, economic and political systems and Islamic patterns of life
Tliere will also be a considcratio~iof tlic diffcre~iccs
betweell the Islamic sects and some cffort to deal with
tlie similarities and differences between l s l a ~ nand
both Christianity a ~ i dJ~ldaism Dist : Yes
6:00-9:30 11 J I I . 1',Tlr
OM25
MUS 130-8176
INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC IN THE
DunhaFINE ARTS
Kelationsliip between music of each period and the 0th
fine arts. For non-music majors Dist.: Yes
70:05-7 1:30 n 111 M,T, W,Tlr
PHI 120-8177
ETHICS
Apolloni
Somcti~iicsyou say tha r t a i n action is right or condcln~iit as wrong. Why d o you thinkit is riglit? Because
you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look
at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at
the moral judgenients about personal and social issuresulting from them Dist.: Yes.
8:30-9:55 n 111 M.T, W,Tlr,F
OM16
-
EEE
PHY 101-8178
ASTRONOMY
Arge
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical instruments; use 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron,
3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Matli Placement
Group I1
6:lJO-9:30 }I.III. T,TIi
OM10
POL 160-8179
WORLD POLITICS
Cmz
Introduction to tlie processes and lssucs of international
politics, including the dynamics of the international
tem. theories of international relatio~is.and a focus
recent problems. Dist.: Yes.
p.1~.M,T, W,Tlr
OM23
I
POL 475-8180
THE LEGAL PROCESS
Fishman
Tlie coursc seeks to provide the undergraduate student
with an introductory understanding of tlie fu~ictioning
of our legal system. As such, it will explore: the law's
interdependence with tlie social environment; tlic law's
social junctions; the social and moral limits of tlie law;
and, tlic lawnsa system, describing tlie aspectsand problems of each of tlie law's agencies - courts, legislative,
administrative, and executiveagencies. (No class June25
and 27. Additional classes July 6 and 13.)
OM25
6:00-930 p 111. M, W
POL 199-8181
POL 399-8182
INTERNSHIPS
Arrnrrgc-d
Hedblom
.
:IOLOGY
:265-8192
ItACIAL AND MINORITY GROI -RELATIONS
*
Bloom
Tlie dimeiisi~~iis
of racial and minority group relations.
Majoratteiitir)~iisfocuscdLlponprejudice,racisni,alid the
roleofself-understandi~ig.(I'/N gradiugoiily.)Dist.: Yes.
05-8184
;ENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Leitschuh
OM16
M,W
i n introduction to the methods and approaches u s e d h 6:00-9:30/1.111.
~sycliologyfor the purpose of understanding behavThe shucture of tlie field of psychology, including its
SOC 356-8193
najor sub-areas, is emphasized. Dist.: Yes.
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
:30-955 0.111. M,7, W,TII,F
OM12
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult corrcct~onalprograms and processes.
.'SY 362-8185
Lectures, discussion, and site visits tocorrectioiial instituABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
Leitschuh
tions and government offices. D ~ s t ,No.
:
An intruductioii to maladaptive human behaviors
1:30-5:00v.rr1;T,Thr
"' " 6
from the social, organicand psychological poi~itsofview.
.
- -- -Visitation to a variety of community service agencies
COMM
will accompany classroom learning.
Dist.: No.
THEATREARTS
--I'rereq : 15Y 105
10:05-~~1:.30n.111
M,T, W,TII,F
SPC 226-8194
-MOVEMENT FOR THE
F
THEATER
Students will explore principles and styles of niovemci*
REL 366-8186
used in tlie art of acting. Tlie goal will be to illcrease tliCHRISTIANITY IN MODERN AFRICA
Halt
student's ability to communicate through movemciit, b
This coursc will focus on two regions of Africa: the
examining the principles of discipline, freedom, c'--"West a n d tlie South. Studelits will be introduced to
timing, concentration, and rhythm. Masks and iml
traditional African culture and religion, tlie iiitroduction
sa tion will beintroduced as tools forcorporealexpressio~
of Christianity, and the present develop~lleiitof indigcAll different aspects of movement will be explored: body
nous clii~rchesin West Africa. The newer "Independent
stance, facial expression, gesture, walking,etc. Movement
African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to
exercises will be built around short scenes, poems, and
formulate "African Christian Theology." A major section
play excerpts. Some principlesofOrieiital movement will
of tlie course will focus on contempor
wpunses
also be introduced.
of churches in South Africa to tlie apart1
system of
10:05-21:3
. M,T,W,TIi,F
THEATER
racial segrcgation. Dist.: Yes
1:30-3:1511 111. M,T, W.711
SPC 345-8195
ORGANIZATIONAL
REL 441-8187
COMMUNICATION
Lapakko
INS 495-8188
An examinatioii of the c,,
of c~nirnu~iication
ill
FEMINISM AND CHRISTIANITY
Strattonl
organizational settings Focuses 011such topics as supeThe objectives of this course include gaining knowleage
rior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal con1about feminism and Christianity: the history of women,
~nunicationnetworks, management styles, power and
feminist theory and history, the impact of the Christian
authority, motivatio~iof employees, organizational cultradition on societal roles of women and men, contempoture, perforinaiiccappraisal, effective useof meetings, and
rary feminist views of Christianity, and about the Bible,
sources of commuiiicatio~iproblc~ns111 the workplace
women in the Christian tradition, feminist theology and
Designed to enliance comniunication skills of both manethics, women in the church, worship and spirituality.
agersand subordinates Studentsboth investigate thelit90th women and men are welcome. Dist.: Yes
eraturc on orgaiiizatio~~al
communication and attempt to
:00-9:30 p 111 M,W
OM13
apply it to tlieir own experiences in organizations.
5:3O-9:W p.m. M,W
OM10
..r...,LLr
SWK 260-8189
HUMANS DEVELOPING
Peters
Provides knowledge of Iiuman growth through tlie life
cycle,and of theinterplay ofsociocultural, biologica1,and
psychological factors wliicli influence tlic growtli of individuals and families in contemporary American families.
Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity. Dist.: No.
10:05-11:30n III M,T, W,TII,F
SWK 399-8190
INTERNSHIPS
A rmlr ~<yed
SWK 499-8191
INDEPENDENT STUDY
AI I . ~ I I , ~ L ~
OM16
Brown
Brown
-
SPC 414 -8196
INS 414 -8197
Nilsson
FEMINIST RHETORIC
.ican fe~nin~sts
will be nnaThe rhetoric of selected
lyzed to develop a rlietc
perspective on American
feminism, and to develol skill in rhetorical criticism
.-...
c.20
o.nn
.. ...r r ! .
OM23
Show less
1
TUITION REFUND POLICY
The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Rcfund of all or part of the remaining
fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the
Registra~'s Office.
Schcdtrle of Reft~llr~ds:
1'1 ior to tlie second sclicdulcd class meeting... Show more
1
TUITION REFUND POLICY
The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Rcfund of all or part of the remaining
fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the
Registra~'s Office.
Schcdtrle of Reft~llr~ds:
1'1 ior to tlie second sclicdulcd class meeting - 100'%>
of tlic rcf~lndablrportion of the fcc
11f the rclundablc p111 tion of the fee
I'rior to the follrtli schcdulcd class mcrting 75'%,
PI ior t11 the sixth schcd~~lcd
class ~iic~tirig
- 500<,of tlic refundable poutic~nof the fcc.
-
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated wit11
The Eva~igelicalLutheran Cl~urcliof America. Located in tlie heart of Minneapolis,
the small collcge environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is
enriched by t11c many cultural, sport and recreatiol~alactivities found in this vibrant
~netropolitanarea. An active summer combining classes and participation in
metropolitan events is a delightf~~l
and broadening experience.
Campus Location
C
ugsburg in the Summer
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses,
internships and independent studies. Term I runs from May 28 -June 21, Term I1 runs
2. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and
from June 24 - A u
? of publication.
was correct at bh-
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
\
\
\
\
\
\
nmer 1991
Beginnii~gof Scheduling
Registratioi
Classes Beg
Balance of Tuition Due
Term I
Term I1
April 24
April 24
May 28-29
35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn
lcft on Washington (turns right o ~ i t o
Cedar A v e ~ ~ u cTurli
) , left at Riverside,
right at 21st A v e ~ ~ S.
ue
June 24-25
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date'
May 30
June 26
Holiday
None
July 4
\
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, ~ L I ~ left
I I at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left
at 21st Avenue S.
I
Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W)
June 11
July 15
Classes End
June 21
August 2
I
Grades Due in Registrar's
June 26
.
August 7
I
1
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside,
turn left at 21st Avenue S.
35W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane
after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue
exit and turn left at Riverside, t ~ ~ left
r n at 21st
Avenue S.
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by
Title IX of the 1972 Educational Aineildments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational
.. ...
I
Summer Students may take one coursc during Term I and two courses during Term
11. Unlcss otherwise indicated, all courses carry a valuc of one coursc credit, the
equivalent of four semester crcdits or six quartcr credits. Courses fulfilling Augsb ~ ~ distribution
rg
requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2,
lower division, primarily for freshmcn and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division,
primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in thc
Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer
offering,please contact the Summer Scliool Officc.
Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry.
Consult the Summcr School Office for information
Students needing housing may obtain information from the Dircctor of Resident Life
The College Reserves the Right to cancel listed courses.
Information and Forms
Eligibility
Additio~ialinformation and registration
forms may be obtained from the Surnmcr
School Officc
Persons in Good Standing at
regionally accrcdited colleges and
universities, graduates of such
institutions, and students admitted for
tlie next Pall Term arc clieiblc to
attend Augsburg Sumrncr School.
Good standing implies that thc
st~~dcnt
has bcc~iadmitted and not
s ~ ~ b s ~ q ~droppcd
~ e ~ i t l by
y that
institution.
Write or call:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFlCE
Murphy Place
731 21st Aven~~e
South
Miluieapolis, M N 55454
6121330-1786
Elizabeth VanderScliaaf, Dirccto~
Jay Dixen, Secretary
Financial Aid
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed
Student Loan Any st~ldenttaking one
course is regarded as a half-time student
for tlie summer and is eligible to apply for
a G~laralitcedStudent Loan. Contact the
Financial Aid Officc to make loan
arrangements (330-1046) The dcadli~icfor
applying for Financial Aid for Sumrncr
School is April 15, 1991. You must have a
complete filc in the Financial Aid Officc
by April 15 in order to rcccivc an award
Other persons wishing to takc
sulnmcr school w o ~k shoi~ldcontact
the Dircctor of Summer Scliool to
ascel tain eligibility under special
circ~~mstanccs.
Acceptance as a sulnlncr student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of A~lgsburgCollege.Those
wishing to bcgin a degree program at
tlic College should apply for
admission tlirougli tlie Office of
Admission.
itarting April 24 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Regist.-. _
lffice on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each cours'e scheduled must
,e accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is appliedlo dc>SI'bmated
Jourse tuition and is non-refundable except when a course is cancelled. When this
happens, you may elect to receivc a deposit refund or substitute another course. To
avoid disappointment in course selection, schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before the first day of the term
Term I Summer School students are required to finalize their registrations on May
28 or 29. Term I1 registrations must be finalized on June 24 or 25. This proccdurc
applies to all courses, including internships and independent studies. Finalizing
registration will takc place at the Business Office, 114 Science Hall, between the
lours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on May 28 and 29, and June 24 and 25. T11c balance
)wing for tuition must be paid before registration is finalized.
Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous
term/s must be paid in full before you can finalize registration. A late fee of $50.00
will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 30. A late fee of $50.00
will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 26. Registrations will
not be accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course
and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office.
There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after tlie second day of each
term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 30 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m
In June 26 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. A]-., -?fund or adjustment of fees is
"
determined accnrdino the "Tuition Refunc
1;-11
I
The tuition charge for 1991 Summer Schc
cs is as follows. $595.00 for full
credit courses, $320.00 for half-credit courses, and $160.00 for fourth-credit courses.
Audits are charged at the tuition ratcs listed above.
1,
EDE382-8142
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for lnatlielnatics instruction at the kindergarten and clelncntary levcls. Dist : No. (1/2 coursc)
6:00-9:00 }I 111
T,TII
OM11
a]
ART 107-8100
DRAWING
BOl'lnall
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects
include slill-life, figures, building interiors, cxtcrio~s,
cupcrimcntal work Dist : Yes
6:f-Of I
M,T,W,'lI
OM 17
ART 118-8101
ART 335-8102
PAINTING I AND I1
Bollman
Watcrcolcr~-acrylic; translating thc visual world of
n a t ~ ~ rlandscapes,
c,
still-life, sing design concepts,
developing personal cxplcssion and cxplo~ing variety
of Lcchnicli~cs.Weekly critiques Dist : Yes.
6:OO-9:OO / I 111
M,'l',W,.l'l~
OM1 7
BUS 322-8108
ACCOUNTING THEORY
AND PRACTICE I
Kader
Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, illcome concepts, current and non-c~~rrcnt
oist: N~ prerca,: BUS 221, ECO 113,
IM1.3
BUS 331-8109
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Solnick
Theory of acq~~isiticln,
allocation, and management of
funds wilhin the firm. Sources and uses of long and
s h o ~t term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting,
lcvcmgc, dividend policy, and related topics Prereq.:
BUS 222, ECO 113
OM12
S:30-1U:J'O n.111. M,T, W,TII,F
-
ART 352-8103
WOMEN'S ART HISTORY
Anderson
A s t ~ ~ of
d ythe placc of women in the history of the visual
~ ~ t ~ - artists,
~ . :
as subjects, and as patrons
M,T, W,T/I
Foss 4.3
B10101-8104
HUMAN BIOLOGY
Mickelbere
.'.biological concepts from an anthropocentric "
ahlc
point of view. An ,Ittempt to answer silcli questions
as: What makes Inan just another member of the biotic
fold? Docs man have a niche in the ecosystem? What
inllucnce does man have on tlie environment? What
influcncc docs the cn\,ironmcnt, especially tlie urban
environment, have on man? (A s t ~ ~ d emay
n t not
~rcccivccredit for both 101 and 103.) Dist.: Yes.
BUS 221-8105
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Int~udicctionto business activities, basic concepts and
lundamcntals of accounting, the a c c o ~ ~ n t i ncycle
g and
preparation of financial statements. Dist . No.
S:30-10:51J 11 I I I
M,T,W,T/l,F
OM23
BUS 242-8106
PRINCIPLES OF
MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of tlie tlicory of managc~ucnt,organi~ation,staffing, planning and control.'Slic n a t u ~ cof
a~~tliority,
accountability and responsibility, analysis
of tlic role or Lhc professional Inanagcr Dist : No.
6:fJO-9:00 JI.III,
M,T, W,Tlr
OM2.Z
BUS 252-8107
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Meziou
Basic policy and strategy issi~csin
ma1 keting. I>cgal,cthical, competitive, beliavio~al,
economic and technological factors as they affect
prc~di~ct,
prc~motion,ma1 kcting channel and p~icing
decisions. Dist.: No
8:.?0-J 0:50 11 111
M,T, W,'~/I,/-'
OM 13
ENG 225-8113
INTERMEDIATE
EXPOSITORY WRITING
Schmidt
The development of essays in a val icty 01 lrletorical
I ~ a r t i c ~ ~attmtin~i
lar
will Lx given to stylistic
and organizational mattels througl~the course's
workshclp format
Prercq : ENG 111
6:00-9:OU p.111
M,'I,W,Tlr
OM29
w
ENG 351-8115
AMERICAN LITERATURE
SINCE 1920
Palosaari
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and
literary mo\,ements.Attention is given to the dynamics
of American society and its intricate relationship to
the literature. Special emphasis is ~ i v e nto the city as
settintr and svmbol in modern
:an literature.
kcs
w.
BUS 301-8110
MORALITY OF CAPITALISM
Schield
Is there a mural fclilndatio~ito Capitalism? As a social
system bascd on a malkct monomy, Capitalism may be
practical,but ~~nlc?;s
it ismoral it lacks humanity And
givcn the many forms of Capitalism, whid~ofthesc,are
moral? This coulsc f t r u s c ~on contcmporaly authors who
argue that unde~certain conditions Capitalism can bemord.
Emplwsis is ~ 1 1 a1 n i ~ d c p t hvc~baland writtmanalysis of the
pcr;itio~isadvanccd by tllcsc vcly asscrtivc authors.
6:UO-9:OO
M,T, W,'1'11
OM27
EDU 388-8143
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on the study 11f values, of commu~iication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for Ihe development of interpersonal relations
skills applicable to teaching and other professional
vclcations. Open to all Dis t : No (1Rco~11sc).
Rcq~~ired
for all Elc~nentaryalld Secondary Education majors.
5:30-8:30 {I 111
M, W
lM25
I
N O M I C S
ECO 110-8111
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUFC
Study of economic implications of
metro-urban en\,ironment. By indl
Dist.: Yes.
Ar~nr~gcd
,.bells
facing a
.,..A,.
-
ECO 112-8112
PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS
Gupta
I~itroductionto macro-economics; national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:00 p.111.
M,T, W,Tlr,F
EDU 264-8140
ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION
IN AN URBAN SETTING
Germundsen
Stildv and investi~ationof various aspects of the
tcacl;ing plofessi;.
Dist.: Yes, when combuied wi
EDE 363 or EDS 352. (1/ 2 course)
C
6:OO-9:00 /I.III
M,W
EDS 282-8141
INTRODUCTION T O
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Introduction to tlie field of special education Examines
tlic nat~lrc,causes, and educational interventions for
such cxccptionalities as mental retardation, physical
disability, hearing and vision impairnient, learning
disabilities, behavior disorders
and giftedness Dist.:..No.
- . -.
...
GER 111-8116
BEGINNING GERMAN 1
Quanbeck
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for students with no pre\lious
background in German. Dist.: Yes.
S:30-10:50 n 111
M,T,W,T/!,F
SPA 111-8117
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
Kingsley
SPA 111-8118
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
Kineslev
" ,
to develop four basic skills: Understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of clemc~ltarySpanish
Introduction to culti~rcof Spanish-speaking world.
Dist.: Yes
S:30-10:50 n
111
M,T.W,Tlr.F(Scctiolr I)
HPE 114-8120
SAFETY EDUCATION
Enos
Principles and practices of safety cducation in school
and co~nmunitylifc. Includes information about
school health programs and prevalent health needs
and problems of school age children, and American
Red Cross First Aid course Dist.: No (1/2 coursc )
5:UU - S:00 p 111
T,Tlr
OM25
HIS 341-811~
TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY:
20THCENTURY BRITAIN
Zehnder
This course examines Britain during a cent~lryof
glorious decline I'olitics and culture from thc
Edwardian era a1 the tr~p,the World Wars and
Depression, postwar adji~strncnts,and Thatcher's
efforts to give Britain a second wind and a placc in the
new European commi~nity.
12:UO-3:UO p 111.
M,T, W,TII
OM12
I
INS 199-8138
INS 399-8139
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
-1
MAT 173-8122
MATH OF INTEREST
Kaminsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been
charged more than men for annuities and received
lower pension benefits than men? Or why women
have paid less than men for lifc insurance? Or how
life insurance p r e n i i ~ l ~ are
n s calculated? Or how
installment loan payments arc f i g ~ ~ r eout?
d Or how
much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain
lump sum or iumual payment at a certain date in the
future? Then this coursc may be meant for you
These and other interesting and usefill topics in the
mathematics of financial transactions will be covered.
This course shoitld bc useful for s t ~ ~ d e nint sbusiness
and economics or for any s t ~ ~ d e ninterested
ts
in
careers in finance-related fields. Dist.: Yes Math
Placement Group I11
6:.?0-9:30 p.111.
M,
SC1 I12
MUS 218-8138
CREATIVE ARTS FOR
CPECIAL NEEDS
Metzler
or students and professionals interested in learning
LLI develop recreational music activities for people
with special needs Basic Music Therapy techniqucs;
also Orff Schulweik and non-traditional guitar
Dist : No (1/2 course)
30-1 1 5 0 ~ . I I I . M,W
^
PHI 110-8123
INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY
Appoloni
This coursc provides the student with some experience
in examining ideas and thereby sharpening the critical
and analytical skills required to evaluate and
construct a system of ideas and beliefs
S:30-10:5U n 111.
M,T,W,T/i,F
OM1 6
PHY 106-8124
INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY
Jasperson
The course provides a workuig knowledge of the basic
science principles required for understanding weather
and chnatc. Attcntiun will be givcn to the overall
weather patterns of the earth and to many varied aspects
of tlie weather Dist.: Yes Math Placc~nentGroup 11.
1:004:00 p III.
M,T,W,TIl
OM13
I
I
POL 121-8125
INTRODUCTION T O AMERICAN
GOVERNMENT
Morris
The politics of A~nr.rlcangc~vc?-n~~~t!nl
Including thc
forms of political ~cl~v~is;
lht' Ix!ll~'rnoi ~ltirticipation;
the dynamics of ctrri~n?;s~r~n,rl,
~~~'t.hidcnlial
and
bureaucratic policy t~i~lklnj;;
~trclc~lrrcnlissues in
American society Dist.: Ycs.
9:30-71:50 17.rrr.
M,T,W,TI!,F
OM25
POL 342-8126
SPC 342-8145
MASS COMMUNICATIONS
IN SOCIETY
Hedblom
Effects of mass comm~~nications
on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media for
political and social purposes including a study of
censorship, newsmaking, cntertainmcnt and public
affairs pr~gr~amming.
Dist.: Yes.
2:00-5:00 ~ . I J J . M, 7', W, Tlr, F
OM27
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice,
racism, and the rolc of self-understanding.
( P / N grading only.) Dist.: Yes.
OM10
5:00-8:OU p.111.
M,T,W,TIi
SOC 375-8133
Gerasimo
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
An cxarnination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis
of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part
thcy play in ~~nderstanding
intcrpcrsonal relations
and human behavior. Prcreq.: SOC 121
S:3U-10:50 n.111. M,T,W,Tlr,F
OM29
SOC 399-8134
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Hesser
SPC 329-8135
INTERCULTURAL
COMMUNICATION
Lapakko
POL 459-8127
Thisrrjrlrw will cxlrlo1.c brhllr lhr' probll~tllhll~ldIhc
THE FRAMEWORK OF EUROPEAN
pott-~~liill
trl'n~~n~nnnirstir~~r
Ix,lrvo:rt IWIWIIS rrfrliffi6~.c.rrl
COMMUNlTY FORMATION
Hedblom
nllltlr,lt ~::T"UI~!%l'rl~~41~s
s11cll ;ti t ' I ~ ~ l l l . ~ . ~ r l I ~ / ~ t ~ \ .
This course will analyze the formation of the
~ I r r i * r ~ t y l ~pr~judicr.,
~ng,
f*i<Ir
~.xperbli~rrl:~,
v;,~lue,,irnrl
Furn(-c~n
C't)m~~ulnily
i r ~ c l ~ ~ Llrc
t l i ~I:r~ropi!an
r~
l : c o ~ i t > ~C.-c)~iirri~~~~ity,
~~it~
~ I I L i- ~ ~ c ~ , ~ a si ~i nn}p: t ~ r l ~ of
l ~ ~ c i -1ic111-vr-rbnlqrrnhol:, will hr rh,irnirlcll.
l?:olt-3:(~1~ I , I I I ,
M,T,w,'~.~I
()~IIs
tlit. E u r t j l ~ ~ ei ~nr n r r r ~ r u ~ini i Erlrrlpcalt
y
d l i ~ lwurltl
n r dIrrrlr!)~c~l~lt!nl
.
5,rninar
pvelils wlll lhr c ~ ~ . ~ t r ~ iAn
SPC 347-8136
with four sessions: May 31, June 7, 14 and 21.
DOCUMENTARY VIDEO
Bart
9:30-11:50 n.111
F
SC1319
A video production course which integrates lecture
and criticism with hands-on expericnce dealing with
non-fiction subjects. Sh~dcntswill work in production
teams, gaining experience in ficld production and editing.
PSY 105-8128
9:30-11:50n.rr!.
M,T,W.Tlr,F
FOSS A V Se~rririflr~
GENERAL PSI L ~ v L ~ G Y
Dyrud
t
An introduction to the methods and approaches used
in psychology for the purpose of understanding
behavior. The structure of the field of psychology is
r
' isized, including its major sub-areas. Dist.: Yes.
0 0I .
M, T, W, 7'11
OM16
REL 369-8129
RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION IN
MODERN LITERATURE
Skibbe
Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism
and world view. Reading and discussion of nine
works (novels, poetry, etc.). Dist.: Yes.
9:30-11:50 n.111.
M,T,W,TI?
OM27
SWK 260-8131
HUMANS DEVELOPING
SPC 354-8137
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
White
A study dlprap d y m k s wd batfcrsldp with
emphas~son lndon d ~ t u d
to docision makink s y k s
of leadership, n~ul
conflict man~%emmt."niiuC O W
comblnes IW~UI'C with pnutical e x p u h c e !u he$ the
student become a more effect~veand product~ve
member of a task-orlcnted small group
9 30-1 1 50 n.111
M,T, W,Tlr,F
SC1112
Peters
PtuvId~b w t e d p dhuaan pwth thpygh hUfr
cyE6C,*fuidkt inlqiay 01 ~
l
~bialoatal.
i nnd,
psyUI-1
fmw$ w M Innu~vmtheigrurnthcd
Tndlvldunlsmdf n r d h ihumt~npotd~y
American
f c ~ e Growth
s
related to populahons and groups whtch
represent e t h c and/or Lf-tyle ~ I V P K Ih~n ~ c t\In
I2 00-3 00 p 111
M,T,W,TIi
lM25
SOC 265-8132
RACIAL AND MINORITY
Gerasimo
GROUP RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority g r o u ~
A~gsburg
College
Summer S_chool
I
I
I
OOHmOma
I'
EDE 387-8236
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for l a n g ~ ~ a garts
c at the kindergarten and
elemental y Icvcls. Laborato~y expcl.icnces
Prcrcq.: EDE 255 or EDS 265. (1R course)
: ( - 2 I I
T,Tlr
L4
June 24 -August 2
- - ---
1
I
ART 132-820G
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ART 132-8201
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
The camera ~ ~ s as
c da tool for vist~alcreativity and
expression: using black and white photograpl~ic
processes Need access to a 351nni calilcra Dist : Yes.
Estimated cost of lilm, ctc : $150 00-$175.00.
(Class size limited )
1 : - J i I
M, W ( S L ' C ~ 1)
~OII
5 : - 9 : I
M,W (Sectio~r11)
BUS 222-8202
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 11
Solnick
Illt~oductionto bus~ncssactivities, accounting for
corporalions Basic ct)nccpts and fundamentals of
Ilianag" ial acco~~nting,
planning and controlling
prtrcssc3, decision-niaking and bchaviord considerations.
Dist : No.
I'rercq : BUS 221
10:-I 3 I I
M,T, W.Tlr,F
OM11
BUS 242-8203
PRINCIPLES OF
MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory uf management, organization, staffing, planning and control.The nature of
authority, accc~i~ntability
and responsibility, 'inalysis
of the role of the professional m~inagerDist : No.
6:OO-900 11 111
M,T,W,Tlr
OM23
BUS 323-8204
ACCOUNTING THEORY
AND PRACTICE I1
Kader
An analysis of accoi~ntingtlicol-y pertaining to
invcstnlcnts, Langiblc and intangible fixed assets,
liabilities and ~ c s ved,
e ~ acti~nrialtopics. Additional
cmpliasis on income dctcrmination, considering p~ice
Icvcl changes Dist: No. I'rcrcq : BUS 322
6:UlJ-9:30 p 111,
M, W
OM12
BUS 340-8205
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Cerri to
l'ersonncl function in business, acquisition and
utilization of h u ~ n a nresources; dcsirablc working
relationships; effective integration of the worker with
tlie g o d s of the firm and society Prcreq.: BUS 242
6:00-9:30 }i.~rr.
T,Tlr
OM11
ECO 110-8206
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
S t ~ ~ of
d y~ C O I I O I I I ~ Cin~plicatio~ls
of p ~ ~ b l e m
facing
s
a
metro-urban environment. By independent s t ~ ~ only
dy
Dist : Yes.
AI 1n11pi
EDE388-8237
HUMAN RELATIONS
Cle~nnions
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
tcchniq~~cs,
a i d of the major minority groLlps in
Minncwta for the developnient of interpc~sonalrelations
skills~~pplicablc
to tFdiing and other profcssk)~ialvocations
Open to all Dist : No (1/2 course) Required for all
Elenientary and Secondary Education majors
1:512:I
I
M, W
OM25
ECO 113-8207
PRINCIPLES OF MICRO-ECONOMICS
Sabella
hitroduct~onto micro-economics, the theory of the
liouscliold, firm, market structi~rcsand income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes
OM29
ECO 315-8208
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I)
Gupta
ECO 315-8209
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11)
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and Lhc Federal Reserve System; monetary
lieory and policy Dist.: No I'rereq.: Eco 112, 113
:I-9: I
M.W (Sectiorr I)
5:OU-9:30 p 111.
T,TII (Scctiu~~
11)
L7
INTRODUCTION T O
CINEMA ARTS
Mitchell
An investigationof the a~tisticqi~alitieand the liistorical
drvelo~mentof the film niedium. Tlie coulse includes the
HIS 115-8213
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
Zehnder
This is a survey of Lhc volatile Middle East from the rise
ol nationalism and tlic dcclu~eof the Turkish Ottoman
Empile in tlie 19th Century to tlic current crisis hot
spots in the I'ersian Gulf and the Levant The goal is a
better ~~ndcrstanduig
of how the Middle East readled its
conteniporaly co~nplexity,its role in the wider world
10:OlJ-17:30 n.111 M,T,W,TIl,F
OM13
PHI 130-8216
LOGIC
Apolloni
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says
you 111ilstaccept a particular concli~sion.Must you?
When docs a conclusion validly follow from premisc
I-lcre we examine tlie rules which govern valid
argi~mcntsand work to develop your ability to
rccog~~izc
and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-955 n 111
M,T,W,Tlr,F
OM16
THY
EDU 341-8231
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Strandberg
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production, and
evaluation of effective ai~dio-\,isual materials c-teaching/learning sit~~ations.
Dist.: No. (1 / 2 c
10:05-12:10 }I.III.
T,Th
t
ENG 282-8211
THE HEROIC JOURNEY
Griffin
This course will study archetypal patterns of the
heroic journey, as well as specific examples of such
journeys. It will emphasize thc ideas of Joseph
Canipbell, but will also consider other interpretations
of heroic journeys. Since western civilization usually
assumes that the hero is a man, usually a white man
belonging to a warrior class, we will analyze the
heroic warrior myth both as it is depicted in ancient and
medieval epics and myths, but also as it appears in
contemporary American popular narratives. But tlie
heroic journey is a human journey, and thus the
course will also emphasize the lleroic journcys of
women a i d men who may be neither white nor warriors
as they are depicted in folktales a i d novels. Dist.: Yes.
A' "'
6:00-9:30 p.111,
W25
EDE375-8232
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Graves
<inderprtcn curl i c i ~ l ~ ~materials,
ni,
teaching approaches
Lab. a1 r. Prerequisite to student teaching at kuidc~garten
lcvcl a i d h) obtaining a license for tcaching at that level.
Dist.: No. (1 /2 course) IJrerecl : Consent of instructor
EDE377-8233
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and preparation of niatelials and
resou~cesfor science at the kindergarten -*.-'
elementary lcvcl (1/4 course)
11:40-1:25 p ni.
M,W /111y15-AIIS.
v~vdl2
EDE383-8234
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: PHYSICAL
EDUCATION, HEALTH
Bayless
Examina tion and !reparation of rnater~alsand
resources for phys~caleducation and health at tlie
kindergarten and elementary levels Lab experiences
Dist : No (1/2 course)
1:5-2:l I I
M , ,I
FI
5
2
L4
EDE 386-8235
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at the kindergarten and
clcmentary levels Lab exp','i"nr"' Dist.: No (1/2course)
6:01J-9:30 p.111.
M
L4
EER
112-8212
.
E
EGINNING GERMAN [I
Quanbeck
lassroom practice in speaking, understanding and
eading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes.
OM10
:lo-955 n.111
M,T,W,Tlr
PA 112-8213
EGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
'
Kingsley
%PA 112-8214
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
i i m s to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
;peaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish.
~ntroductionto culture of Spanish-speaking world.
Dist.:Ycs.
8:10-955 n 111.
M,T, W,'r11 (Sectic111I)
5:30-7:15 p.111
M,T, W,TII (Sectiorr 11)
OM18
Irl-
ASTRONOMY
Stenstrom
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical
instruments; usel2-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch
Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prereq.: Math
Placement Group 11
l.30-3:15 p.m.
M,T,W,T"
OM16
POL 475-8220
THE LEGAL PROCESS
Fishman
The course seeks to provide the undergraduate
student with an introductory understanding of the
functioning of our legal system. As such, it will explore:
the law's interdependence with the social environment; the law's social junctions; the social and ~noral
limits of the law; and, the law as a system, describin:
the aspects and problems of each of the law's agenci
(courts, legislative, administrative,w d er-, ~~~,~
<,";
5:30-9:0U p.111.
T,TIi
jY 362-8218
ZHAVIORAL DISORDERS
Leitschuh
. ..i uih.duction to maladaptive human behaviors from
tlie social, organic <mdpsychological points of view.
Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will
accompany classroom le'aming. Dist.: No. Prcreq.: FSY 105
OM1 1
1 : - 5 I
M,T,W,TIi
PSY 373-8219
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Leitschuh
Theoretical conceptualizations of orjianizational
bcliavior Factors and practices such as management
styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. Prereq.: PSY 105
10:05-I 1:30 n.111. M,T, W,Tfi,F
OM10
--
-SOC
- - 121--PRINCIF
OF SOCIOLOGY
Pike
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
malyzed in order 1)to develop a rhetorical perspective
a American feminism, and 2) to develop skidl in
#ogt;ym.
T,Th
OM10
&
SOC265-8224
RACIAL AND MINORITY
SOC 3568225
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Analvsis of adult correctionalw o ~ r a m and
s processes.
~ect;res, discussion, and sitetiszs to correc'tional
institutions and government offices. Dist.: No.
1:30-5:00 p.m.
T,Th
OM25
SOC 399-8226
INTERNSHIPS
SPC 414-8228
INS 414-8229
FEMINIST RHETORIC
Hesser
\
1
-4
Show less
Starting April 22 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a... Show more
Starting April 22 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a course
is cancelled. When this happens, you
may elect to receive a deposit refund or
substitute another course. To avoid
disappointment in course selection,
schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill
early. Conversely, courses with low
preregistration enrollment may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm registration in
person at the Business Office or they will
be dropped from the course.
Term I Summer School students are
required to finalize their registrations on
May 26 or 27. Term I1 registrations must
be finalized on June 22 or 23. This
procedure applies to all courses,
including internships and independent
studies. Finalizing registration will take
place at the Business Office, 114 Science
Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
6:00 p.m. on May 26 and 27, and June 22
and 23. The balance owing for tuition
must be paid before registration is
finalized.
Augsburg students please note: Balance
due on Augsburg account from
previous term/s must be paid in full
before you can finalize registration. A
late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for
Term I registrations completed on May
28. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed
for Term I1 registrations completed on
June 24. Registrations will not be
accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your
registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill
out a Cancel/Add form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of
$50.00 for changing a registration after
the second day of each term. This must
be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 28 for
Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June
24 for Term I1 courses. This procedure
applies to internships and independent
studies as well as scheduled courses.
Any refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the "Tuition
Refund Policy."
Summer 1992
Term I
Term I1
Beginning of scheduling
Registration
(must be confirmed in person
at the Business Office)
April 22
May 26-27
April 22
June 22-23
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
May 26
May 26-27
June 22
June 22
May 28
May 28
May 28
June 24
June 24
June 24
None
July 4
June 12
June 19
June 24
July 17
July 31
August 5
Last day to:
*Change grading option
*Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
Holiday
(Saturday)
Last day to withdraw from class (W)
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's office
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status,
sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
FEES
The tuition charge for 1992 Summer
School courses is as follows: $650.00 for
full-credit courses, $350.00 for half-credit
courses, and $175.00 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
Tuition Refund
Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial A i d
Financial aid is limited to the
Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student
taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is
eligible to apply for a Guaranteed
Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid
Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for
Financial Aid for Summer School is
April'l5,1992. You must have a
complete file in the Financial Aid Office
by April 15 in order to receive an award
for Summer. Please pick up a Summer
School Financial Aid Application from
the Financial Aid Officer or from the
Summer School Office.
1 , . Admissions House
2, George Sverdrup Library
3 , . Science Hall
.
Mortensen Tower
, Urness Tower
Christensen Center
22:
A.
Partnership
Center for Global Education
Admissions Parking
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left of Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
Campus Location
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25t
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue Sc
"
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
1
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers).
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
II
1''
I
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with The Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational
activities found in this vibrant
metropolitan area. An active summer
combining classes and
participation in metropolitan
events is a delightful
- and
broadening experience.
Augsburgin
the Summer
Augsburg College provides a
diverse summer curriculum including
regular courses, internships and
independent studies. Term I runs from
- June 19, Term I1 runs from June
~ay-26
22 - July 31. This brochure presents the
Summer School Program and was
correct at the time of publication.
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
I
7
F
l
Course levels are indicated by the first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
need more information about a special
summer offering, please contact the
S u m 1 1 . School
~~
Office.
Independent study and internships, in
addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of
departments. Internships involve work
experience related to the academic
program in an agency, government or
industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
Students who need housing may obtain
information from the Director of
Residence Life.
The College Reserves the Right to cancel
listed courses
,d
kformation
and Forms
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 6121330-1786 or call toll-free
1-8001788-5678
Elizabeth Bruch, Director
Barbara Pappenfus, Secretary
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Those m.
wishing to begin a degree program at
the College should apply for admission
though the Office of Admissions.
1
1
4
ART
ART 107-8100
DRAWING
Bollman
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects
include still-life, figures, building interiors, exteriors,
experimental work. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics.
M,T, W,Th
OM 17
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
ART 352-8101
WOMEN AND ART
Anderson
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts,
including the fine arts, the work of Native American
women. Dist.: Art/Music, Minority Studies; Persp.:
None
M,T, W,Tli
Foss 43
1:00-4:OO p.111.
BUSINESS AUMIKISTRATIC
HUS 175-8102
COMl'Uf ERS FOR BUSINESS,
ECONOMICS AND MIS
Schwalbe
An introduction to microcompu ter-based information
systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems,
languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123 (graphics, database and logical
functions) dBase I I I t and Minitab. May study other
applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). (Prereq.:
MPG I1 or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course)
Dist.: None; Persp.: None
M,T, W,TIi
Foss 20
6:OO-9:OO p.m.
BUS 221-8103
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and
fundamentals of accounting, the accou~itingcycle and
preparation of financial statements. Dist.: None; Persp.:
None
8:30-10:50 a.rrl.
M,T, W,Th
OM 10
BUS 242-8104
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature
of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis
of the role of the professional manager. Dist.: None;
Persp.: None
M,T, W,Th
OM11
6:OO-9:OO p.~tl.
-
.
I
I
5
-
I
w
I
BUS 322-8105
ACCOUNTING THEORY
ANDPRACTICEI
Kader
An analysis of financid accounting with emphasis on
accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements
and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.:
BUS 222 and EC0 113)
M,T, W,Th
MII.7?(
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
BUS 331-8106
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
LaFave
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of
funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long an short
term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,
ECO 113) Dist.: None; Persp.: None
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 11
8:30-10:50 n.111.
ECO 110-8107
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problclns facing a
nlctro-urban environment. By ~ndepcndcntstudy. Dist :
Urban Collccrns; Pcrsp : None
AI ~.nrl~ed
ECO 112-8108
PRINCIPLES OF MACRO ECONOMICS
Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade,
economic growth. Dist.: Economics/ Polttical Science;
Pcrsp.: Western Heritagc
6:00-9:00 p.l!r
M,T, W,TIi,F
M 24
EDU 264-8109
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION
IN AN URBAN SETTING
Germundsen
Study and investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession Dist.: Yes, when combined with
EDE 363 or ED5 352 (1 12 course); Persp : Thc City
6:OU-9:00 p.rrr
M,W
1. 1
EDS 282-8110
INTRODUCTION TO
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Metcalf
Introduction to the field of special education Examines
the nature, causes, and educational intcrventiol~sfor
such exceptionalitics as mental retardation, physical
disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning
disabilities, behavior disorders and gtftcdness. Dist.:
Nonc
1:OiJ-4:00 p.111.
M,T, W,TII
OM 13
EDU 341-8111
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Hackney
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the ~ l s of
c instructional
technology. Selection, prcparation, production and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
tcaching/leaming situation Computer training will be
included in this course Dist.: None; Pcrsp.: None
9:30-11:50 n ! I ! .
T,T11
I-.~JSS
175
,
EDE 382-8112
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Drelow
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Dist.: None (112 course); Pcrsp.. None
6:00-9:00 p.trl
T,TII
1. 4
EDU 388-8113
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professional vocations Open to all. Required for all
Elementary and Secortdary Education majors. Dist :
Nonc. (112 course)
5:30-8:30 p.111.
M,W
OM 13
ENG 225-8114
INTERMEDIATE
EXPOSITORY WRITING
Schmit
The dcvclopment of essays in a variety of rhetorical
modes. Particular attmtion will be given to stylistic and
organizational matters through the course's workshop
format. (Prcreq.: ENG 111)
G:O0-9:fJO p.r!r.
M,T, W,TII
SC1212
ENG 245-8115
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
Miskowiec
111 this course studcnts arc initiated into the for~nalstudy
of narrative, drama and poetry in order to appreciate
morc fully the plcas~~rcs
of 1iterature.Thc course alms to
expand students' cxposurc to literature and thcrcforc
draws on works from several periods, from different
cultures and races, f m ~ nmale and fcmalc writers. As the
prerequisite for all upper courses in literature,
Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop
students' critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: ILitcrature; Pcrsp.: Aesthetics
9:30-11:50 n.111.
M,7', W,TII,F
OM 18
GER 111-8116
BEGINNING GERMAN 1
Quanbeck
Classroqm practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for studcnts with no previous background in German. Dist.: Foreign Language; Persp.:
Intcrculh~ralAwarc~,essI1
8:30-10:50 ~ . I I I .
M,T, W,Tlr,F
OM 27
SPA 111-8117
Kiugsley
BEGINNING SPANISH 1 (Section 1)
SPA 111-8118
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elelnc~itary
Spanish. Introduction to cul turc of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.:.Foreign Language; Persp.:
Intercultural A w a r c ~ l c s I1
s
8:30-20:50 n.lrr.
M,T,W,Tlr,F (Ssctiorr 1)
5:30-7350 p.rlr.
M,T, W,TIi,F fS~.ctiorr11) OM 25
H P E 320-8119
S C H O O L HEALTH C U R R I C U L U M
Murphy
Techniques for developing a course of s t u d y based
u p o n g r o w t h a n d development for g r a d e s K-12.
Special w o r k units in nulrition and diseases.
(Prcreq: All courses in t h e major sequence
numbered in the 100 and 200 series a n d consent of
instructor)
5:30-9:30 p , ~ ! ,
W
O M 22
HIS 348-8120
RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET
Kimball
UNION IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Tlic coursc offers an introductory historical survey
of Llic Sovict Union. It begins with a brief
examination of Russian history before turning to
the Russiaii Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and
Lenin's consolidation of power. Idatcr topics
include: tlic rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World
War 11, the Cold War and the slow rejcctio~iof
Stalinisin culminating in an examination of recent
cvciits since L11c emergence of Gorbacliev. The
coursc will emphasizc political, diplomatic,
cconomic and cultural liistory by focusing on
Sovict political practices and institutions
9:30-11:50 0
M,T, W,T/I,F
111
O M 23
INS 1991399-8121
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in wliich a
student designs a learning agreement (witli a
faculty member) which links the ideas and
methods of their major to the opportunities found
in the placement. Participation in a weekly
seminar is expected. Persp.: The City
PHI 110-8124
INTRODUCTION T O
PHILOSOPHY
Apolloni
This course provides tlic student with some
experience in examining ideas and thereby
sliarpcniiig the critical and analytical skills
required to evaluate and construct a system of
ideas and beliefs. Dist.: I-listory/Philosopl~y;
Pcrsp.: I-[unian Identity
8:30-10:50 n.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
SCl712
PHYSICS
PHY 101-8125
ASTRONOMY
Stenstrom
A descriptive course covering our solar system,
stars and galaxies. In addition the coursc traces the
development of scientific t h o ~ ~ g lfrom
l t early
civilizatioli to the present day, The necessary
optical instrun~eiitsarc cxplai~lcdand use is made
of 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-incli
Cclcstron and a tlircc-inch Qucstar. Night vicwiilg
and laboratory sessions are important components
of the coursc. (Three one-hour lccturcs) (Prcrcq:
Matliematics Placement Group 11) Dist.:
MatIi/Physics; Pcrsp.: Natural World I1
5:30-8:30 / ~ . r i r .
M , T , W,TIi
SC1205
Arrnnged
INS 225-8122
INTRODUCTION T O ISLAM
Kader
This coursc is designed by a practicing Muslim Lo
present his perception of Islam to non-M~~slims.
Thc coursc will cover the ideological foundations
of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of lifc. Tlierc will also be a
consideration of the differences between tlic
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Slii'its, Sufis, etc.); some
effort to deal witli the similarities and differences
bctwccii Islam and both Christianity and Judaism;
and a visit to one of the mosques in tlic T w'~ n
Cities. Dist.: Mii~ority-UrbanStudie?
R:30-10:50 f l . r r r .
MATHEMATIC
M , T , W,Tlr,F
-
MATH O F INTEREST
Foss
Have you ever wondered why women liave been
charged more than men for annuities and received
lower pension benefits than men? Or why women
liave paid less than men for life insurance? Or how
lifc pay~neiitsare figured out? Or liow muc11
money to invest in order to accumulate a certain
lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in
the future? Tlicn this coursc may bc meant for you.
These and otlicr interesting and useful topics in the
~iiatlicmaticsof financial transactions will be
covered. This coursc should be uscf~ilfor students
in business and economics or for any students
interested in careers in finance-related fields. Math
Placement Group I11 Dist : MatIi/Physics
M,T, W,UI
POL 342-8126
SPC 342-8127
MASS COMMUrJICATIONS
IN SOCIETY
Rueter
Effects of mass cominunications on iildividual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media for
political and social purposes including a study of
censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public
affairs programming Dist.: Urban Concerns
5:30-8:30 u.111
M,T,W,Th,F
MP 3
PSYCHOLOGY
M H 323
MAT 173-8123
12:OO-3:00 p.111.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
SC1772
PSY 325-8128
SOCIAL BEHAVIOR
Attridge
Social factors wliicli influei~ccindividual and
group behavior in naturalistic and cxperimcntal
settings, Topics include: cooperation, competition,
affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102
or 1 0 )
1:OO-4:00p.111
M,7', W,Tlr,F
O M 16
RELIGION
REL 472-8129
THEOLOGY O F PAUL
Quanbeck
A study of the Apostle Paul including his liistorical
background, his relationship to the early cliurcli
and some of the tl~eincsfound in his writings.
Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith
8:30-10:50 fl.111.
M,T, W,Tlr,F
SC1273
REL 483-8130
CHRISTIAN ETHICS
Olson
The bases of Cliristian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action. Uist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2, 3
M,T, W,TIi
OM 78
SOC 1991399-8131
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning cxpcriencc in wliicli a
student designs a leariiiiig agrccmcnt (with a
faculty member) wliicli links the ideas and
methods of sociology to tlie opportunities found in
tlie placcinciit. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. Persp.: The City
Arrnrrgccl
SOC 265-8132
CULTURE, ETHNICITY,
GENDER AND RACE
Gerasimo
The dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice,
racism, and the role of self-understanding. (l'/N
grading only) Dist.: Minority Studies; I'crsp.:
lntcrcultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:OO ~ I . I I I .
M,T, W,TII,F
MP 4
SOC 375-8133
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasimo
An examination of the idea of "group," its
.elationship to individual behavior and society. An
111alysisof the ideas of "self" and "identity" and
what part they play in ~~iidcrstailding
interpersonal relations and h u ~ n a nbehavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A look at tlic
major assumptions and processes underlying our
everyday life-a look at the trivial, the ordinary
and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction,"
an important orientation in social psychology, will
be used as a way of dealing with the major issucs
in tlic course. (Prcrccl.: 121, junior or senior
students 011ly)
8:30-11:OO o.111
M,T, W,Tlr
OM 29
-
-
COMMUNICATI~GTI~
SPEECH,
THEATRE ARTS
SPC 347-8134
DOCUMENTARY VIDEO
Bart
A video production coursc wliicli intcgra tcs
lccture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing will1 non-fiction subjects. Students will
work in production tcams, gainiilg cxpcricncc in
field production and editing.
9:30-11:50 ~ . I I I .
M,T, W,TIi,F
Fuss 170
SPC 351-8135
ARGUMENTATION
Hayes
Application of standards for sound cvidencc and
reasoning in public speaking, discussion and
debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in
analyzing argumentative claims, being able to
distinguish between strong and weak arguments,
understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning and learning to apply pri~lciplcsof
argu~neiltationto contemporary public issucs.
Students have tlic opportunity to enhance their
skills in debate and discussion and also learn to
analyze and critique argi~~nciits
they encounter in
their daily lives
12:00-3:00 )J.III.
M,T, W,Tlr,F
O M 10
SPC 352-8136
PERSUASION
Lapakko
Theory of how people are influenced to change
attitudes and bcliavior. Tlie course deals with a
broad range of topics, iiicluding obstacles to
persuasion; the usc of logical and psycl~ological
appeals; empirical rcscarcli in pcrsuasion; how
pcrsuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising,
and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass
movemcnts and campaigns; the impact of tlie mass
media on persuasion, and ethical issues related to
pcrsi~asion.Students analyze persuasive messages
in contemporary society, with practical work in
speech and promotional projects.
9:30-11:50 0.111,
M,T, W,TIi,F
M 22
.
JUNE
22
ART 132-8200
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ART 132-8201
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics. Estimated cost of film,
etc.: $150.00-$175.00. (Class size limited.)
M,W (Section I)
1:30-5:00 p.m.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
M,W (Section 11)
BUSINESS
MIS 175-8202
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS,
ECON AND MIS
Schwalbe
An introduction to microcomputer-based information
systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems,
languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123 (graphics, database and logical
functions) dBase IIIt and Minitab. May study other
applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). The
completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will serve as
a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1 or else a Pass
in MAT 103, a self-paced course).
M,W
Foss 20
5:30-9:00 p.m.
BUS 222-8203
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accountina for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundament& of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221) Dist.: None
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 10
BUS 323-8204
ACCOUNTING THEORY
AND PRACTICE 11
Kader
A continuation of 322. An analysis of financial
accounting with emphasis on accounting theory
pertaining to financial sta tements, income concepts,
valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant
issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity.
(Prereq.: BUS 322)
M, W
MH 323
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
BUS 340-8205
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Personnel functions in business, acauisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective intearation of the worker with
the goals o'f the firm and society.
(Prereq: BUS 242)
M,W
OM 10
6:00-9:00 p.m.
BUS 440-8206
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management of
operating functions. Examples from service industries,
non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught
from a managerial point of view. Topics include an
overview of operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting,
concepts of quality, inventory management, principles
of scheduling and operational control information
systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
T,Th
OM I1
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
ECO 110-8207
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
metro-urban environment. By independent study only.
Dist.: Urban Concerns
Arrat~ged
ECO 113-8208
PRINCIPLES OF
MICRO-ECONOMICS
Sabella
Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy. Dist.: Economics/Political Science;
Persp.: Social World
M,W
Foss 43
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
ECO 315-8209
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I)
Gupta
ECO 315-8210
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11)
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and the Federal Reserve System; monetary theory
and policy. (Prereq.: Eco 112,113) Dist.: None
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, W (Section I)
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th (Section 11)
Foss 42
INDIVIDUAL LEARNER
Metcalf,
A class for Elementarv and Secondarv students designed
to address the educational needs of ;diverse studen?
body. Includes strategies for teaching special education
students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the
student at risk. Students are encouraged to take
introduction to Special Education (282) prior to . registering for this course.
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,T, W,Th
EDE 375-8212
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD
OF KINDERGARTEN
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Lab arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at
kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching
at that level. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Dist.: None.
(1/ 2 course)
1:301:30 p
Dntes: J I I I I23,24,25,30,
~
L1
J~rly1,2,7,8,9,10
EDU 377-8213
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for science at the cindergarten and elementary level.
(114 course)
10:OO-12 p.tn. M,W Dntes: J~rly6,8,13,15,20,22
OM 4
EDE 386-8214
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURR1CULUM:CHILDREN'S
LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Lab experiences. Dist.: None. (1/2
course)
L4
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T
EDE 387-8215
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: EDE 255 or EDS
265) (1/2 course)
11:30-1:30 p.tn.
Dotes: 1u11e23,24,25,30
OM 11
July 1,2,7,8,9,10
EDE 388-8216
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professional vocations. Required for all Elementary and
Secondary Education majors. Open to all. Dist.: None.
(1/2 course)
OM 18
10:05-12:lO p.ti~.
M, W
Miskowiec
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research
techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one
work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to
increasing students' effectiveness in choosing,
organizing and developing topics, thinking critically,
and revising for clarity and style. The minimum passing
grade for this course 2.0. Dist.: Writing-entry level skill
10:05-11:30 ~ . I I I .
M,T, W,TIi,F
OM 13
ENG 2401342-8218
THE SHORT STORYELEMENTS OF FICTION
Swanson
In this course, students will read a variety of fictional
works and learn to better understand fiction by writing
their own story. The course will involve practice in ways
of approaching literature and will include study of tlie
basic critical terminology. Students are expected to read
the assigned stories and novel, participate in class
discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short
story, write an original short story, and take several
quizzes and a final exam. Students taking this course for
upper division credit will write an additional critical
analysis essay and will read an additional novel and
prepare a substantial paper/class presentation on it. All
students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing
and distribution of selected original fiction from class.
(Prereq.: Completion of Effective Writing) Dist.:
English/Speech; Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
OM 13
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
ENG 241-8219
INTRODUCTION TO
CINEMA ART
Mitchell
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical
principles and historical evolution of the film medium.
The emphasis is on film as an audiovisual language. The
course includes the viewing and analysis of both
features length and short films illustrating the
international development of film form and selected
aesthetic movements such as the American Studio Film
and its Genres, German Expressionism, Soviet Montage,
Italian Neorealism and the French New Wave. Dist.:
None: Persp.: Aesthetics
6:00-9:30 p.111.
T,TIi
OM 27
ENG 282-8220
TOPICS: LATIN AMERICAN
LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Miskowiec
Examining the political, religious, and geographical
factors behind the literature of "magic realism," we will
read short stories and novels by authors such as
Carpentier, Fuentes, Garcia Marquez and Allende. We
will also compare the written text with contemporary
Latin American painting and sculpture.
OM 13
11:40-1:25 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
ENG 282-8221
TOPICS: THE HEROIC JOURNEY
Griffin
This course will study archetypal patterns of tlie heroic
journey, as well as specific examples of such journeys. It
will emphasize the ideas of Joseph Campbell, but will
also consider other interpretations of heroic journeys.
Since Western civilization usually assumes that the hero
is a man, usually a white man belonging to a warrior
class, we will analyze the heroic warrior myth both as it
is depicted in ancient and medieval epics and myths, but
also as it appears in contemporary American popular
narratives. But the heroic journey is a human journey,
and thus the course will also emphasize the heroic
journeys of women and men who may be neither white
nor warriors as they are depicted in folktales and novels.
Dist.: En~lish/Sueech
GER 112-8222
BEGINNING GERMAN 11
Quanbeck
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and
reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Foreign Language;
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I11
M,T, W,TIi
OM 27
8:lO-955
I
1
1
SPA 112-8223
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
Kingsley
SPA 112-8224
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish.
Iiitroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.:
Foreign Language; Persp.: I~~tercultural
Awareness 111
M,T, W,TIi (Sectio~i1)
M,T, W,TIi (Sectioii JJ)
PHI 175-8228
PHILOSOPHY OF
LOVE AND SEX
Appolloni
What is the nature of romantic love, sexual desire and
friendship, both healthy and dysfunctional? We will
consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a)
Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? (b) Is
promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does
the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c) Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are
homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are
they merely alternative sexual preferences? Dist.:
History/Pliilosophy; Persp.: Human Identity
M,W
6:OO-9:30 prrr.
HPE 410-822ADMINISTRATION AND
SUPERVISION OF THE
SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health
services and relationships to community health program
and resources. Methods and materials in health
education with laboratory experience in classroom and
community. (Prereq.: 320)
Arrnrlged
PHY 106-8229
INTRODUCTORY
METEOROLOGY
Jasperson
A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere.
The course is designed to provide a working knowledge
of the basic science principles required for
understanding weather and climate. Laboratory
exercises are included as an integral part of the course.
The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the
distribution/general education requirement for the
liberal arts student. (Five 1 1/2 hour lectures) (Prereq.:
Mathematics Placement Group 11) Dist.: Math/Physics;
Persp.: Natural World I or I1
M,T, W,TIi,F
SCJ 205
10:05-11:30 n.1i1.
HISTORY
POLITICAL SCIENCl
/-
HIS115-8226
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
Zehnder
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from the rise
of nationalism and the decline of the Turkish Ottoman
Empire in the 19th Century to the current crisis hot spots
in the Persian Gulf and the Levant. The goal is a better
understanding of how the Middle East reached its
contemporary complexity, its role in the wider world.
T,Th
OM 13
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
TERDISCIPLI
INS 199/32;7?~
INTERNS P... -.Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a student
designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member)
which links the ideas and methods of their major to the
opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a
weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: The City
Arrnnged
POL 121-8230
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT
AND POLITICS
Rueter
The politics of American government including the
forms of political ideas, the pattern of participation, the
dynamics of congressional, presidential and
bureaucratic policy making, and current issues in
American society. Dist: Economics/Political Science;
Persp.: Social World I
6:OO-9:30 ~ . I I I .
M ,W
OM 23
POL 475-8231
THE LEGAL PROCESS
Fishman
The course seeks to provide the undergraduate student
with an introductory understanding of the functioning
of our legal system. As such, it will explore: the law's
interdependence with the social environment; the law's
social junctions; the social and moral limits of the law;
and, the law as a system, describing the aspects and
problems of each of the law's agencies (courts,
legislative, administrative, and executive agencies).
Dist.: Economics/Political Science; Persp.: None
T,TIi
Foss 2 l A
5:30-9:30 y.rrr.
POL 499-8232
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Noonan
Topics defined through consultation between instructor
and student. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Arrniigtd
PSY 362-8233
BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS
Leitschuh
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from
the social, organic and psychological points of view
Visitation to a variety of community service agencies
will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
Dist.: None; Persp.: None
8:30-10:OO 17.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
Foss 42
PSY 373-8234
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Leitschuh
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational
behavior. Factors and practices such as management
styles, evaluation and maintenance of work
effectiveness, and social influences. (Prereq.:PSY 105)
Persp: None
M,T, W,TII,F
OM 23
10:05-11:30n.m.
RELIGION
REL 440-8235
VARIETIES OF CHRISTIAN SPIRITUALITY
Holt
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian
tradition and of contemporary developments, including
12-Step Spirituality, Feminist, Ecological, and NonWestern Christian Spiritualities. An introduction to the
basic practices of spiritualities, especially prayer and
meditation. (Prereq.: REL 111 or 221) Dist: Religion;
Persp.: None
6:OO-9:30 p.rrr.
T,Th
OM 18
REL 441-8236
Holt & Stratton
FEMINISM AND CHRISTIANITY
This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity
and feminism and how they might be compatible.
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal
roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of the
Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology,
especially in terms of language and metaphor.
"Minorities and men are especially urged to enroll."
Dist.: Religion or Women's Studies; Persp.: Christian
Faith I, 11, or 111
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
M,W
M 22
SOCIOL
SWK 257-8239
EXPLORING FAMILY HEALTH
& SOCIAL SERVICES IN THE 901S,
US-UK COMPARISONS
Link
This course identifies different approaches to family
health and social services in both theory and practice in
the USA and UK. Through inter-disciplinary dialogue
and a blend of classroom and field encounters, strategies
for preventive, community-based service are analyzed
and evaluated. A unique feature of this course is the
opportunity to prepare with an intensive first week's
orientation in the USA and to work with British
professionals and students in family health and social
services and debrief with USA- based faculty. All
students will have a personal British tutor in addition to
group leaders, to help focus on their particular interest
and to facilitate connections with resources needed to
achieve their objectives. Dist.: None; Persp.: The City
Arrnrlgcd
OM 25
SPEECH, COT
THEATRE AI
SPC 24-8240,
INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION
Lapakko
This course explores both the problems and the potential
of communication between persons of different cultural
groups. Students examine Western and non-Western
cultural rules, values, assumptions and stereotypes and
how they affect the transmission of verbal and nonverbal messages. The course stresses both a general
theoretical understanding of the dynamics of crosscultural interaction as well as specific knowledge of how
these principles relate to particular cultural groups.
Dist.: None; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness
M,W
Foss 21 B
6:OO-9:30 p.nr.
SPC 414-8241
INS 414-8242
FEMINIST RHETORIC
Nilsson
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical perspective
on American feminism, and 2) to develop skill in
rhetorical criticism. Dist.: Women's Studies; Persp.:
None
T,TII
530-9:00 p.m.
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement (with a
faculty member) which links the ideas a n d
methods of sociology to the opportunities found in
the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. Persp.: The City
Arranged
SOC 356-8238
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes.
Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional
institutions and the government offices. Dist.: None
1:30-5:00 p.rrr.
T,TIi
OM 23
Augsburg,
College
Summer Schoo
I
Non-Profit Org.
U.S. Postage
PAID
Minneapolis, MN
Permit No. 2031
L
I
Show less
Starting April 19 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a... Show more
Starting April 19 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a course
is cancelled. When this happens, you
may elect to receive a deposit refund or
substitute another course. To avoid
disappointment in course selection,
schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill
early. Conversely, courses with low
preregistration enrollment may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm registration in
person at the Business Office or they
will be dropped from the course.
Term I Summer School students are
required to finalize their registrations on
June 1 or 2. Term I1 registrations must
be finalized on June 28 or 29. This
procedure applies to all courses,
including internships and independent
studies. Finalizing registration will take
place at the Business Office, 114 Science
Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
6:00 p.m. on June 1 or 2, and June 28 and
29. The balance owing for tuition must
be paid before registration is finalized.
Augsburg students please note:
(Balance due on Augsburg account
from previous termls must be paid in
full before you can finalize
registration.) A late fee of $50.00 will be
assessed for Term I registrations
completed on June 3. A late fee of $50.00
will be assessed for Term I1 registrations
completed on June 30. Registrations will
not be accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your
registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill
out a Cancel/Add form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of
$50.00 for changing a registration after
the second day of each term. This must
be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 3 for Term
I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 30 for
Term I1 courses. This procedure applies
to internships and independent studies
as well as scheduled courses. Any
refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the "Tuition
Refund Policy."
@ Printed on recycled paper
Summer 1993
Term I
Beginning of scheduling
Registration
(must be confirmed in person
at the Business Office)
April 19
June 1-2
April 19
June 28-29
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
June 1
June 1-2
June 28
June 28
June 14
June 3
June 3
July 16
June 30
June 30
May 31
June 18
June 25
June 30
July 5
July 23
August 6
August 11
Last day to:
*Change grading option
*Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class (W)
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's office
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status,
sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices
The tuition charge for 1993 Summer
School courses is as follows: $725.00 for
full-credit courses, $362.50 for half-credit
courses, and $181.25 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
Tuition Refund
Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
.Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial Aid
Financial aid is limited to the
Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student
taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is
eligible to apply for a Guaranteed
Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid
Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for
Financial Aid for Summer School is
April 15,1993. You must have a
complete file in the Financial Aid Office
by April 15 in order to receive an award
for Summer. Please pick up a Financial
Aid Application from the Financial Aid
Officer.
13 Ice Arena
K. Student/Cornrnuter Parking
Accessible Entrance
Campus Location
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left of Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers).
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
I
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with The Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational
activities found in this vibrant
metropolitan area. An active summer
combining classes and
participation in metropolitan
events is a delightful and
broadening experience.
Augsburg in
the Summer-
fi
Augsburg College provides
a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships
and independent studies. Term I runs
from June 1 -June 25, Term I1 runs from
June 28 - August 6. This brochure
presents the Summer School Program
and was correct at the time of
publication.
L
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, tlie equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
v
Course levels are indicated by the first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sopliomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
need more information about a special
summer offering, please contact the
Summer Scl~oolOffice.
Independent study and internships, i,,
addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of
departments. Internships iiivolve work
experience related to the academic
program in an agency, government or
industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
Students who need liousing may obtain
information from tlie Director of
the Right to cancel
listed courses.
Information
and For-ulzs
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murpliy Place
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 6121330-1786 or call toll-free
1-8001788-5678
Elizabeth Bruch, Director
Barbara Pappenfus, Secretary
Eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities.
graduates of sucli institutions, anc
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies tlia t the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact tlie Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
,
Acceptance as a summer student c'
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Tliosc
wisliing to begin a degree program at
the College should 'ipplv tor acl~nission
tl~ouglitlie Office of Aclmissions or
Weekend Collcgc.
mw
-
ART 389-A
AMERICAN ART
Anderson
A study of early Colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture, and folk arts.
M,T, W,TH
Foss 43
1:OO-4:OO p.m.
BIOLOGY
- -
BIO 101-A
HUMAN BIOLOGY
Mickelberg
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric
point of view. An attempt to answer such
questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence d o humans
have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment,
have on humans? (Three-hour lectures. A student
may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does
not apply to the major or minor.) Persp: Natural
World 1 or 2; Dist.: Biology/Chemistry
M,T, W,TII,F
Sci 205
8:30-11:30 a.rt1.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 221-A
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.:
None
M,T, W,TII
OM 10
8:30-10:50 fl.111.
BUS 242-A
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accountability and
responsibility; analysis of the role of the
professional manager. Dist.: None
M,T, W,TII
6:OO-9:OO p.111.
MIS 279-A
QUANTITATIVE METHODS
Morgan
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, samplillg
distribution, inference and estimation. Emphasis
on their use in applied problems in business and
economics. Students will use a computer-based
statistics program to analyze data as part of a
required statistical analysis project. (Prereq.: MIS
175 and either Math Placement Group 111or a
grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104).
9:30-11:50 a.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
Foss 43
I
1
BUS 322-A
ACCOUNTING THEORY
Kader
AND PRACTICE 1
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222 and ECO 113)
M,T, W,Th
OM 23
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
BUS 331-A
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
LaFave
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and mauagcment
of funds within thc firm. Sources and uses of long
and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
budgeting, levcrage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prcreq.: BUS 222, ECO 113)Dist.: None
8:30-I 0:50 n.rt~.
M , T ,W,TIr,F
O M 11
ECONOMICS
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problcms facing
a metro-urban environment. This course will be
taught on an arranged basis. Contact with students
will be mutually arranged. By independent study.
Students nccd signature of instructor beforc Term
One begins (call 330-1152). P / N only. Dist.:
Urban/Minority/ Women's Studies, Persp.: Social
World 1 or 2, or City
Arrnr~gcd
ECO 112-A
PRINCIPLES OF MACRO-ECONOMICS Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, inter~iatio~lal
tradc, eco~lomicgrowth. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp: Western Heritage 1 or 2
6:OO-9:00 y.rn.
M,T, W,Th
O M 17
EDUCATION
EDU 282-A
INTRODUCTION TO
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Metcalf
Introduction to the field of special education.
Examines the nature, causes, and educational
interventions for such exceptionalities as mcntal
retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision
impairment, learning disabilities, behavior
disorders and giftedness. Dist.: None.
12:OO-3:OO p.rrr.
M,T, W,Tlr
O M 25
EDE 382-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
Drewlow
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Examination and preparation of materials and
rcsources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and clemcntary levels. Dist.: None
(1/ 2 course)
6:OO-9:00 p,~rr.
T,Tlr
1. 4
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on thc study of values, of communication
techniques, and of tlie major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
rclations skills applicable to teaching and othcr
professional vocations. Required for all Elcmentary
and Secondarv Education maiors. Owen to all. P / N
only. Dist.: None (1/2 course)
5:30-8:30 y.rtr.
M ,W
O M 78
1
L
ENGLISH
ENG 245-A
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Swanson
In this course students are initiated into the formal
study of narrative, drama and poetry in order to
appreciate more fully thc pleasures of literature.
The course aims to expand students' exposure to
literature and therefore draws on works from
several periods, from different cultures and raccs,
from male and female writers. As tlie prerequisite
for all upper courscs in literature, Introduction to
Literature aims in particular to devclop studcnts'
critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics
9:30-71:50 o.111,
M,T, W,TIr,F
O M 18
ENG 282-A
TOPICS IN LITERATURE: FILM
ADAPTATIONS OF FICTION
Schmit
This course is designed to consider narrative
fiction as a genre and tlic novel as a literary form.
To do this we will look at what happens whcn
novels arc recast in the strict thrce-act form of a
scrccnplay and translated into thc medium of film.
By focusing on differcnces with respect to point of
view, narrative time, and modes of representatiml
(linguistic vs. physical representation, for
example), we will see what a novel does and llow
it does it. We will read four novels as a class and
view a film adapted from each. In addition, cnch
studcnt will read a novel and view a film, then
make a presentation to the class about tllc
adaptation. In addition to thc prcsentatiou, there
will be a six to cight page paper and a final exam.
6:OO-9:00 p.rrl.
M,T, W,TIr
MP 3
ENG 282-8
Griffin
TOPICS IN LITERATURE: THE CITY
In tlic city, remarks Alexis de Tocquevillc,
"humanity attains its most complete development
and its most brutish; herc civilization works its
miracles, and civilized man is turned back almost
into a savage." The powcr of the city to nourish or
corrupt the human soul is a persistent theme in
western tradition. This course will study primarily
American novels, pocms, essays and films that
explorc this theme. Texts will be supplemented by
the resourccs of thc Twin Citics. Course work will
i~lvolvediscussion of texts, papers, exams, and an
out-of-class cxpcric~~tial
component.
6:00-9:OO ~ . I I I .
A4,T, W,TIr
O M 29
ENG 265-A1365-A
UNDERSTANDING AMERICA
THROUGH LITERATURE AND FILM Palosaari
Introduction to significant works of American
litcraturc and film. Selections will be studied as
cultural documents as wcll as works of art. Dist.:
Literature (Prereq.: ENG 111)
8:30-10:50 fl.111.
M,T, W,TIi
O M 17
MODERN LANGUAGES
GER I l l - A
Quanbeck
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for studcnts witli no
previous background in German. Dist.: Language
Lcvel 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2 Language Level 1
8:30-10:50 n.111.
M , T , W,Tlr,F
SPA I l l - A
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
O M 27
Kingsley
SPA I l l - P
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11) Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.: Language Lcvcl 1; Persp.:
Intcrcultural Awareness 2 - Language Level 1
8:30-10:50 n.11i.
5:30-750 p.111.
M , T , W,Tlr,F (Sectioli 1)
M,T, W,TIr,F (Sectioii 11) O M 25
INS 225-A
Kader
INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM
This course is designcd by a practicing Muslim to
present his perception of Islam to uon-Muslims.
The course will cover the ideological foundations
of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Sliari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also bc a
consideration of tlie diffcrcnces between tlie
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will
also be some effort to deal with tlie similarities and
differenccs between Islam and both Christianity
and Judaism, and a visit to one of tlie mosques in
the Twin Cities. Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women's
Studies; Persp,: Intercultural Awareness 1
8:30 - 10:50 n.111.
M , T , W,Th,F
1. 4
INS 264-A
AMERICAN INDIANS
Allery
IN THE CINEMA
This coursc will bc an historical survey of
Hollywood movies that created and continue to
foster images of the North American Indian in
Amcrica~isociety. Movies will include: Dr~rlris
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Alorig tlle Molmruk; Shndoru Cntclier; Broke11Arrow;
Little Big Mnrr; nlid Pozu-zuozu Highruny. Issues to bc
HPE 499-A
Staff
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study for Upper Division credit.
discussed will be authenticity, misreprcscntation,
stereotypes and the usc of Indian and uon-Indian
actors.
Arraiiged
8:30-10:50 o.111.
M , T , W,TII
OM 29
HISTORY
HIS 348-A
RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET
Kimball
UNION IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Tlic course offers an introductory historical survey
of tlie Soviet Union. It begins with a brief
examination of Russian liistory before t ~ ~ r n i ntog
tlie Russian Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and
Lcnin's consolidation of power. Latcr topics
include: tlie rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World
War 11, the Cold War and tlie slow rcjection of
Stalinism culminating in an examination of recent
events since the emergence of Gorbacllev. Tlie
coursc will empliasize political, diplomatic,
economic and cultural liistory by focusing on
Soviet political practices and institutions.
9:30-17 :50 n.1r1.
M , T , W,Tlr,F
O M 23
PHI 120-A
Apolloni
ETHICS
Ethics studies our moral beliefs and lielps students
considcr the basis for making moral judgments.
Tlie course explores the major philosopliical
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then
applies these approaches to contemporary
personal and social moral issucs. This enablcs
stude~itsto be aware of tlie nature of value
disputcs, the different perspcctives taken and tlie
reasoning used to resolve them. Throughout the
course Christian ethics will inform our
considerations. Students taking PHI 120 may not
take PI-I1 125. Dist.: History/Pliilosopliy, Persp.:
Christian Faitli 3
8:30-70:50 n.111.
M , T , W,TII,F
L1
INTERDISCIPLINARY
PHYSICS
INS 1991399-A
Hesser
INTERNSHIP
A work-based lcarning experience in wliich a
student designs a learning agreement witli a
faculty member wliich links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunitics found in the
placement, Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. Persp.: City
PHY 106-A
INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY Jasperson
A study of the science and wonders of the
atmosphcre. The course is designed to provide a
working knowledge of the basic science principles
required for understanding weather and climate.
Laboratory exercises arc included as an integral
part of the course. The course is designed to be an
elective or to satisfy the distribution/gcncral
education requirement for the liberal arts student.
Plcase contact Bill Jasperson for schcdulc of
additional lab sessions. (Prercq.: Mathematics
Placement Group 11) Dist.: Matli/Pliysics; Pcrsp.:
Natural World 1 or 2
Arrnlrgcd
1.00-4:00 p.111.
M , T , W,Th
SC1205
PSY 325-A
SOCIAL BEHAVIOR
Attridge
Social factors which influence individual and
group bchavior in naturalistic and experimental
settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition,
affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102
or 105)
1:00-4:00 p.111.
M,T, W,TIi,F
OM 18
REL 369-A
THE RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION
IN MODERN LITERATURE
Skibbe
"Particillarities of religious discerliment,
symbolism, and world view. Reading and
discussion of nine novels." Students who take this
course must do work of 2.0 or better to get credit.
Dist,: Religion, Persp.: Christian Faith 3
8:00-10:15 n.!n.
M,T, W,TIi,F
MP 1
SOC 199-Al399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement (with a
faculty member) wliicli links the ideas and
methods of sociology to the opportunities found in
the placement. Participation in a weekly scminar is
expected. Persp.: City
Arrnrrged
SWK 260-A
HUMANS DEVELOPING
Brennan
This course provides tlie knowledge basic to an
understanding of liun~angrowth through the life
cyclc and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors wliicli
influence the growth of iiidividuals and families in
contemporary American society. Emphasized is
tlie role of the "nurturing environment" in relation
to liuman growtli, the impact of "sustaining
environment" and other special stresses rclevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups
which represent racial, disability and sexual
minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through usc of their own
experiences. Persp.: Human Identity
9:3il-11:SO ~ . I I I ,
M,T, W,TIi,F
L 17
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arrn~~ged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and consent
of instructor).
Arrnllged
SPC 323-A
EFFECTIVE BUSINESS SPEAKING
Olson
The course is designed to increase studcnts'
understanding of communication, theory and
principles, and to improve presentation skills as
they pertain to an organizational setting. Format of
the class will include: text reading, lecture,
individual and group presentation, and class
participation. (Prereq.: SPC 111)
5:30-8:00 p.111.
M,T, W,TII
MP 1
SPC 347-A
DOCUMENTARY VIDEO
Bart
A video production course which integrates
lecture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will
work in production teams, gaining experience in
field production and editing.
9:30-11:50 n.~!!.
M,T, W,TII,F
Foss 170
1
JUNE 28
TO
AUGUST 6
w :4 4:,a,.:-â¢
ART 107-A
DRAWING
Bollman
An introduction to and definition of drawing
methods and media. Drawing is presented as a
diverse art form which can be experienced in a
variety of ways. Traditional and non-traditional
media are used. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
OM 17
ART 118-A1355-A
PAINTING
Bollman
Painting in opaque and transparent color. A
variety of subjects and approaches illustrate the
versatility of paint as an expressive medium. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
OM l 7
ART 132-AISPC 132-A
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ARTl32-PISPC 132-P
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION11) Fciederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single
iens reflex camera. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp:
Aesthetics. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $175-$200.
(Class size limited to 14.)
1:30-5:00 p.ln.
M,W (Section I)
OM 6
M,W (Section 11)
OM 6
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
BUSINESS
MIS 175-A
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS,
ECONOMICS AND MIS
Schwalbe
An introduction to computing concepts and
microcomputer-based information systems. Study
features of hardware, operating systems, languages
and current applications. Learn to use MS-DOS,
Word Perfect, Lotus 123, and dBase III+. May study
other applications (Microsoft Word, Excel). The
completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will
serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1
or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course).
530-9:OO p.ln.
M ,W
Foss 20
BUS 222-A
PRINCIPLES or ACCOUNTING 11
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations.
Dist.: None (Prereq.: BUS 221)
10:05-ll:30a.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
OM 10
BUS 340-A
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker with
the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242)
6:OO-9:30 p.irr.
M,W
OM 10
BUS 440-A
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management
of operating functions. Examples from service
industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view.
Topics include an overview of operations, planning
operation processes, productivity measurement,
standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory
management, principles of scheduling and
operational control information systems. (Prereq.:
BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
T,TII
OM 10
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term Two begins (call 330-1152).P/N only. Dist.:
Urban/ Minority/Women's Studies; Persp.: City
and Social World 1 or 2
Arrflnged
ECO 113-A
PRINCIPLES OF MICRO-ECONOMICS Sabella
Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the
household, lirm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/ Political
Science; Persp.: City and Social World 1 or 2
6:OO-9:30 p.t!l.
M ,W
OM 29
ECO 315-A
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I)
Gupta
ECO 315-P
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11) Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System; monetary theory and policy. Dist.: None
(Prereq.: Eco 112,113)
M , W (Sectioll I)
6:OO-9:30 p.nr.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,TIi (Sectio~i11)
Foss 42
EDU 341-A
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Hackney
Psycliological and philosopliical dimensions of
com~nunicationthrough the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
teacIiing/lear~~ing
situation. Computer training will
be included in this course. Dist.: None; Persp.: None
(L2 course)
5:30-9:OO ~ . I I I .
T,TIi
Foss 175
EDE 364-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for integration specific skill
developments througli various subjects at tlie
kindergarten and elementary levels, (V4 course)
530-7:30 ~ . I I I ,
M , T , W,Th
MP-1
Dntes: [ I J I I C28 - / r ~ l y8
EDE 375-A
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student
teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level. Dist.: None ( l / 2
course) (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
11:30-1:30 p.111.
I. 1
Dotes:/rr~le28,29,30;/11ly1 , 6, 7 , 8, 13, 14, 15
EDE 377-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and .preparation of materials and
rcsources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (1 /4 course)
1:30-3:30 p.111.
M,W
OM4
Dotes: 1111y7,12,14,19,21,26
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
Emphasis on the study of values, communication
tecliniques, and the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professions. Required for all elementary and
secondary education majors. Ope11 to all. P / N only.
Dist.: None (1/2course)
70:05-11:30 n.111.
M ,W
L 77
EDS 390-A
COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN THE
ENGLISH CLASSROOM
LaDuca
This course is for English-Education majors who
plan to teach high scliool Englisl~.It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group
discussion as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in tlie high
school English curriculum.
6:00-9% p.r11,,
T,TII
1. 17
EDS 391-A
TEACHING MASS MEDIA
LaDuca
This course is for English-Education majors who plan
to teach lug11 school English. Students will explore tlie
nature of tlie niedia as "consciousncss uid~~shies,"
examining the whys of teaching tlie media, how to
effectively go about it, what kind of assuniptions
mcdia education has been based on in the past, and
liow to i~icorpratemcdia education into the English
curriculum. The students will become familiar with
all forms of mass media and will understand the
impact of media 011 their lives. Students will learn
how to be discriminating users of Inass media and
liow to teach others to be the same. (1R course)
6:fJU-9:30 ~ . I I I .
M
L 17
A
EDE 386-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for cliildren's literature at tlie
kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab
experiences. Dist.: None (1 /2 course)
530-9:00 p.~rl.
T
EDE 387-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Labora torv cxoeriences.
Graduate > ~ c v eSkill:
l
writink (P;ereq.: EDE 255 or
EDS 265) (1/2 course)
17:30-1:30 P,III.
1. 4
Dntes: / I I J I ~28,29,.30; Jlrly 1,6,7,8,13,14,15
'GLISH
ENG I l l - A
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Castor
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning
research techniques and writing critical reviews. At
least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is
givcn to increasing students' effectiveness in
choosing, organizing and developing topics,
thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style.
Minimum passing grade for credit is 2.0. Dist.:
Entry level skill: Writing (separate)
6:OO-9:00~ , I I I .
T,TII
O M 27
ENG 241-AISPC 241-A
INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART Mitchell
An investigation of the cinematic qualities,
theoretical principles and historical evolution of
tlie film medium. The cmphasis is on film as an
audiovisual language. The course includes the
viewing and analysis of both feature length and
short films illustrating the i~lternational
development of film form and selected aesthetic
movements such as tlie American studio film and
its genres, German cxprcssionism, Soviet ~nontagc,
Italian neorealism and the French new wave.
Bccausc of film lcngtlis, some classes will go to 10
p.m. Dist.: None,: Persp.: Acstlietics
6:OO-9:30y.111.
T ,7h
L4
ENG 361-A
Miskowiec
STUDIES IN MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers of the
20th century, chiefly Europcan and non-Wcstcm.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Foss 20
9:00 rr.111.-12:00y.111. M,W
ODERN LANGUAGES
GER 112-A
Quanbeck
BEGINNING GERMAN I1
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Dist.: Language Lcvel
2; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3, Language
Level2
8:10-955 a.rlr.
M,T, W,TIi
Foss 42
SPA 112-A
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
Kingsley
SPA 112-P
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11) Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking
world. Dist.: Language Level 2; Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness 3, Language Level 2
8:10-955 n 111.
M,T,W,Tli fSrctio11I ) OM 25
5:30-7:15 p.111.
M,T,W,TIi (Sectior~!I) OM 25
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 410-A
ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF
THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health
services and relationships to community health
programs and resources. Methods and materials in
health education with laboratory experience in
classroom and community. (Prereq.: HPE 320)
CI. ROOIII
711
530-8:30 y.~n,,,
T, W,TIi
HIS 115-A
Zehnder
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from
the rise of ~~ationalism
and the decline of the
Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th Century to
the current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and
the Levant. The goal is a better understanding of
how the Middle East reached its contemporary
complexity, its role in the wider world.
M,W
OM 13
6:00-9:30 ~ . I I I .
MAT 173-A
Kaminsky
MATH OF INTEREST
Ever wondered why women have been charged more
than men for annuities and received lower pension
benefits? Or why women pay less for life insurance?
Or how life insurance premiums and installment loan
payments are calculated? Or how much money to
invest to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual
payment at a future date? Tl~eseand other interesting
and useful topics in the mathematics of financial
transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based
on classroom participation and quizzes. This course is
useful for students in business and economics or
those students interested in careers in finance-related
fields. Course will satisfies the General Education
quantitative reasoning requirement. Math
Placement Group 111. Dist.: Math/Physics
6:00-9:30 p.nr.
M, W
HILOSOPHY
-
PHI 175-A
PHILOSOPHY OF LOVE AND SEX
Apolloni
What is thc nature of romantic love, sexual desire
and friendship, both healthy and dysfunctional? This
course, will consider the following ethical sexual
issues: Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? Is
promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery
immoral? Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are
homosexuality and 1.esbianism sexual perversions? Or
are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Language intensive. Discussion and term paper required.
Dist.: History/Philosophy; Persp.: Human Identity
M,T,W,TIl,F
L1
8:30-10:50 O.III.
PHY 101-A
ASTRONOMY
Stenstrom
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars
and galaxies. The course also traces the development
of scientific thought from early civilization to the
present day. The necessary optical instruments are
explained and use is made of 12 inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron and a three-inch
Questar Night viewing and lab sessions are important
components. Students need to contact instructor at
330-1039 to schedule additional viewing and lab
sessions. (Prereq.: Mathcma tics Placement Group 11)
Dist.: MatIilPhysics; Persp.: Natural World 2
6:00-9:30 y.1~.
M,W
SC1205
'ICAL SCIENCE
INS 199-A1399-A
Hesser
INTERNSHIP
A work-bascd learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement (with a
faculty member) which links the ideas and
methods of their major to the opportunities found
in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar
is expected. Persp.: City
A rro~iged
POL 329-A
Walcott
PUBLIC POLICY
This coutse will introduce the student to both substantive
public policy and policy analysis by simulating of a
congressional committee where stude~ltswill play roles
of both legislative policy makers and administrators
defending their programs. Students will not only read
about public policy, but will also apply their knowledge
of policy issues and the governmental proccss.
6:00-9:30 p.111.
T,Tlr
OM 23
SOCIAL WORK
PSY 373-A/ SPC 373-A
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Attridge
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational
behavior. Factors and practices such as
management styles, evaluation and maintenance of
work effectivencss, and social influences. (Prereq.:
PSY 105) Persp: None
6:00-9:30 p.111.
M, W
Foss 43
REL 373-A
Bensan
RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN
A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan
that are usually associated with religion, i~lcl~iding
the popular religious traditions of China,
Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Japanese
Shintoism. Dist.: Yes
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
T,TII
OM 29
REL 483-A
CHRISTIAN ETHICS
Olson
The bases of Christian social respmsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics,
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action. Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
11 :40-1:25 p.111,
M,T, W,TIi
OM 10
SOC 199-AI399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a student
designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member)
which links the ideas and methods of sociology to the
opportunities found in the placement. Participation
in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: City
Arm~lged
SOC 265-A
CULTURE ETHNICITY, GENDER
AND RACE
Bloom
Some dime~lsionsof gender, race and other intergroup relations. Major attention is focused upon
the role of society's values.and self-understanding.
(P/N only) Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women
Studies; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
M,W
OM 27
SOC 356-A
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and
processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, half-way houses, courts, etc. Dist.: None
1:30-590 p.111.
T,TIi
Foss 20
-
SWK 257-E/399-E1599-E
EXPLORING FAMILY HEALTH & SOCIAL
SERVICES IN THE '90s, U.S.A.-U.K.
COMPARISONS
Egas
Identifies, analyzes and evaluates different
approaches in the U.S.A. and U.K. through interdisciplinary dialogue, classroom and field
cncounters. First week - Orientation at Augsburg
(6/21-24); Second and third weeks -Work with
British professionals and students at Bristol
University, England (6/25-7/9). British tutors and
group leaders. Cost: $3,500 (approx.) includes air
fare, ground travel, accommodations, most meals.
Call Blanca Rosa Egas at 330-1713 for information.
Dist.: None; Persp.: City.
Arrairged
Foss 43
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Arm~rged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
Department guidelines. (Prereq.:SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Armrrged
-
SPEECHXMN
THEATRE A nTC
SPC 352-A
PERSUASION
Holmquest
Theory of how people arc influenced to change
attitudes and behavior. Topics include obstacles to
persuasion; logical and psychological appeals;
empirical research; persuasion in politics, sales,
advertising and interpersonal contexts; mass
movements and campaigns; impact of the mass
media; and ethical issues. Includes speech and
promotional projects.
M,T, W,Th
Foss 42
2:30-4:15 p 111.
SPC 414-A/INS 414-A
FEMINIST RHETORIC
Nilsson
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical
perspective on American feminism, and 2) to
develop skill in rhetorical criticism. Dist.:
Urban/Minority/Women's Studies.
5:30-9:30 p.~tr.
T,Th
OM 18
Augsburt
College
Summer School
Show less
Starting April 18 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a... Show more
Starting April 18 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a course
is cancelled. When this happens, you
may elect to receive a deposit refund or
substitute another course. To avoid
disappointment in course selection,
schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill
early. Conversely, courses with low
preregistration enrollment may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm registration in
person at the Business Office or they
will be dropped from the course.
Term I Summer School students are
required to finalize their registrations on
May 31 or June 1. Term I1 registrations
must be finalized on June 27 or 28. This
procedure applies to all courses,
including internships and independent
studies. Finalizing registration will take
place at the Business Office, 114 Science
Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
6:00 p.m. on May 31 or June 1, and June
27 - 28. The balance owing for tuition
must be paid before registration is
finalized.
Augsburg students please note:
(Balance due on Augsburg account
from previous termls must be paid in
full before you can finalize
registration.)A late fee of $50.00 will be
assessed for Term I registrations
completed on June 2. A late fee of $50.00
will be assessed for Term I1 registrations
completed on June 29. Registrations will
not be accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your
registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill
out a Cancel/Add form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of
$50.00 for changing a registration after
the second day of each term. This must
be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 2 for Term
I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 29 for
Term I1 courses. This procedure applies
to internships and independent studies
as well as scheduled courses. Any
refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the "Tuition
Refund Policy."
@ Printed on recycled W e r
I
---
'~o@mg-L
-2
&edultnne
&*-&.*
April 18
April 18
May 31 -June 1 June 27-2f
(must be confirmed in person
at the Business Office)
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
May 31
May 31-June 1
Last day to:
I Change grading option
*Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
June 27
June 27-21
I
.
June 13
June 2
June 2
1
July 15
June 29
June 29
(noregistrations will be
I accepted after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class (W)
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's office
-
May 30
June 17
June 24
July 1
--
July 4
July 22
August 5
August 12
-
NONDlSCRlMINATION POLICY
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sexual or
affectioml preference, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or status wlth regard to pubhc
assistance, or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, education programs, activities and
employment practices.
The tuition charge for 1994 Summer
School courses is as follows: $776.00 for
full-credit courses, $390.00 for half-credit
courses, and $195.00 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
Tuition Refund
Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial Aid
Financial aid is limited to the
Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student
taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is
eligible to apply for a Guaranteed
Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid
Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for
Financial Aid for Summer School is
April 15,1994. You must have a
complete file in the Financial Aid Office
by April 15 in order to receive an award
for Summer. Please pick up a Financial
Aid Application from the Financial Aid
Officer.
I
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdrup Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. Quad
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. SverdrupOftedal Memorial I3all
10. Music Hall
11. 2222 Murphy Place
12. Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. S t m I1 Theatre
-
15. College Relations
16. Nordic Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama and
Communication
18. Center for Global Education
19.. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
20. Youth and Family Institute
21. American IndianSupport and
Black Student Affairs
22. Oscar Anderson Hall
23. East Hall
24. Murphy Square
25. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
.
-- - -
Campus Location
26. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
A. Admissions Parking
-
B. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/
Residence Parkine
E.
F.
G.
H.
Parking
Commuter - Sheet Parking
Resident Parking
Visitor Parking
Fairview/%. Marv's Parkine
..
rn rn 35W from the North -
I
rn
Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left of washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
I
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue South.
.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
1
F '
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers). .
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
I
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with The Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational
activities found in this vibrant
metropolitan area. $n active summer
combining classes and
participation in metropolitan
events is a delightful and
broadening experience.
Augsburg College provides
a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships
and independent studies. Term I runs
I
. l f r o m May 31 -June 24, Term II runs
from June 27 - August 5. This brochure
presents the Summer School Program
and was correct at the time of
publication.
1
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
r
Course levels are inaicated by tne first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
n the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
leed more information about a special
-ummer offering, please contact the
Summer School Office.
Independent study and internships, in
addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of
departments. Internships involve work
experience related to the academic
program in an agency, government or
industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
Students who need housing may obtain
information from the Director of
I
Residence Life. Call 330-1109.
..
b
The College reserves the right to cancel
listed courses.
I.
Y
Information
and Forms
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 61W330-1786 or call toll-free
1-8OOff88-5678
Ryan LaHurd, Director
Barbara Pappenfus, Coordinator
Eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Coordinator of Summer School to ascertain
eligibility under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Those
wishing to begin a degree program at
the College should apply for admission
though the Office of Admissions or
Weekend College.
..
.
ART
ART 389-A
AMERICAN ART
Anderson
A study of early Colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture, and folk arts. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
1:00-4:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
Foss 43
B10 101-A
Mickelberg
HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric
point of view. An attempt to answer such
questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans
have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment,
have on humans? (A student may not receive
credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor.) Dist.: Biology /Chemistry; Persp.:
Na tural World 2
12:00-3:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
SC1205
ACC 221-A
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Inkoduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle and preparation of financial statements.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 10
ACC 322-A
ACCOUNTING THEORY & PRACTICE I Kader
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222, ECO 113)
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
OM 23
BUS 242-A
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accountability and responsibility;
analysis of the role of the professional manager.
6:00-9:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th . .
OM 10
BUS 301-A
BUSINESS LAW
Schield
An introduction to law and a survey of different
areas of law as they relate to the conduct of
business. Topics covered include contracts, torts,
employment discrimination, and labor law.
(Prereq.: BUS 221,222,252; ECO 112,113
recommended)
6:00-9:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
0~-29
BUS 331-A
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
LaFave
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management
of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long
and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prereq.: Bus 222, ECO 113)
M,T,W,Th, F
OM I1
8:30-10:50 a.m.
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term One begins (call 330-1152). P/N only. Dist.:
Urban/Women's/Minority Studies or
Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1
or 2, or the City
Arranged
ECO 112-A
PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Western Heritage 1 or 2
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 16
9:30-11:50 a.m.
EDUCATION
EDE 382-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: P E T )
(1/2 course)
T,Th
L1
6:00-9:00 p.m.
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professional vocations. Required for all elementary
and secondary education majors. Open to all. P/N
only. (1/2 course)
M ,W
OM 18
6:00-9:00 p.m.
ENG 219-A
AMERICAN DIALECTS:
DIFFERENCES AND ATTITUDES
Schrnit
This course will examine the dialeck of various
English-speaking communities and attempt to
describe and understand their rules of speech:
their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and
their rules of discourse. Dist.: Urban/Women/
Minority; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
M,T,W,Th
OM 27
6:00-9:00 p.m.
ENG 245-A
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Swanson
In this course students are initiated into the formal
study of narrative, drama, and poetry in order to
appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature.
The course aims to expand students' exposure to
literature and therefore draws on works from
several periods, from different cultures and races,
from male and female writers. As the prerequisite
for all upper courses in literature, Introduction to
Literature aims in particular to develop students'
critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics
M , T , W , Th,F
OM 18
9:30-11:OO a.m.
HPE 499-A
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Staff
Independent study for Upper Division credit.
Arranged.
HISTORY
HIS 348-A
RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET UNION
IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Kimball
The course offers an introductory historical survey
of the Soviet Union. It begins with a brief
examination of Russian history before turning to
the Russian Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and
Lenin's consolidation of power. Later topics
include: the rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World
War 11, the Cold War and the slow rejection of
Stalinism culminating in an examination of recent
even$ since the emergence of Gorbachev. The
course will emphasize political, diploma tic,
economic and cultural history by focusing on
Soviet political practices and institutions.
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 13
9:30-11:50 a.m.
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 199-A1399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult
instructor for clarification.
Arranged
-
MODERN LANGUAGE
GER Ill-A
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Quanbeck
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and - reading basic German for students with no
previous background in German. Dist.: Language
Level 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2
M,T, W,Th
OM 23
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
SPA I l l - A (Section I)
SPA I l l - P (Section 11)
BEGINNING SPANISH I
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.: Language Level 1; Persp.:
Intercultural Awareness 2
8:30-10:50 a.ni.
M,T,W,Th,F (Section 1) OM 25
5:30-7:50 p.nr.
M,T,W,Th,F (Section 11) OM 25
MUSIC
MUS 271-A
MUSIC THERAPY TECHNIQUES AND
MATERIALS
Metzler
Study of non-symphonic instruments, OrffSchulwerk, applications of recreational music
activities to clinical settings. (1/2 course)
6:OO-9:OO p.nl.
T,Th
Music 3
PSY 105-A
PRINCIPLES OF PSYCHOLOGY
Hanson
An introduction to the methods and approaches
used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. Application of
psychological concepts to everyday situations is
emphasized. Dist.: Psychology/Sociology; Persp.:
Human Identity
REL 385-A
PROCESS THEOLOGY
AND CHRISTIANITY
Lorenzen
This course is an introduction to process theology
which is based on the philosophy of A.N.
Whitehead and is a critique of "Classical
Christianity." Issues such as theodicy, christology,
sin and salvation will be considered. An 8 to 10 page
paper will be written and presented to the class.
Class sessions will include video and discussion.
(Prereq.: REL 111,221, or consent of instructor.)
Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:OO p.m.
M,T, W,Th
Music 23
SWK 260-A
HUMANS DEVELOPING
Staff
This course provides the knowledge basic to an
understanding of human growth through the life
cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which
influence the growth of individuals and families in
contemporary American society. Emphasized is
the role of the "nurturi,ng environment" in relation
to human growth, the impact of "sustaining
environment" and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups
which represent racial, disability and sexual
minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through use of their own
experiences. Persp.: Human Identity
9:30-11:50 n.in.
M,T,W,Th,F
Foss 2 l A
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arrnnged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Arranged
SOC 199-Al399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult
instructor for clarification.
Arranged
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND
THEATRE . A D'"S
SPC 352-A
PERSUASION
Holmquest
Theory of how people are influenced to change
attitudes and behavior. Topics include obstacles to
persuasion; logical and psychological appeals;
empirical research; persuasion in politics, sales,
advertising and interpersonal contexts; mass
movements and campaigns; impact of the mass
media; and ethical issues. Includes speech and
promotional projects.
5:OO-8:OO p.m.
M,T,W,Th
Music 22
(These courses are available only to graduate level students.)
EDU 510
ETHICS AND LEADERSHIP: ISSUES AND
VALUES FOR TODAY'S SCHOOLS
Study of leadership withb thc cantext afpawnal
and professional ethics and velum, Introductpt-y
mrse for MEL pro$rarri. Offered a t dtscounM
.ition. Available to special students and fully
enrolled MEL students. 1.0 graduate course credits
(equivalent to 4 semester fledits or 6 quarter credits)
EDU 513
DIVERSITY AND EDUCATION
World concerns and cultural diversity as they
impact the field of education. Approval pending.
linnesota Human Relations licensure
.-.quirement. Open to special students and fully
enrolled MEL students. 1.0 graduate course credits
'2quivalent to 4 semester credits or 6 quarter
.edits). For informa tion on dates, times, tuition,
~structors,please call the Graduate Program
Iffice at 330-1786.
EDU 599
SPECIAL TOPICS: DEVELOPING A
MULTICULTURAL PERSPECTIVE:
LEADERSHIP IN A LATIN AMERICAN
CONTEXT
A graduate course for educators sponsored and
coordinated by the Center for Global Education,
and held on site in Cucrnavaca and Medco City,
Mexico, June10- 21,1994.?hts mme C daigncd
to developan appkatlon hmltuml di&rek@
and to assist in broadening your world view
through face-to-faceencounter with the people of
the third world. 1.0 graduate course (equivalent to
4 semester or 6 quarter credits). For more
informa tion, call Center for Global Education at
612/330-1159.
-
!
tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and
reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on
income determination considering price level
changes. (Prereq.: BUS 322)
M,T,W,Th,F
OM 23
10:05-11:30 a.m.
BUS 340-A
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the
of the firm and society. (Prereq.:
BUS 242)
BUS 440-A
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Concepts and principles related to the
Cerrito
mimagemen! of apemlng hhcftons. b m p l m
horn swim bdwrries. no-gofit orpnimtions
,
ART107-A
DRAWING
Bollman
An intrahction to and d e 6 r i h of drawing
methods and media. h w i n g h piwentdas a
diverseartformwMchmnbeeqwknceclina
wkty of wya. TradIbml and WR-tradttrml
media are used. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
OM 17
5:30-9.00 p.m.
I
1
I
,
ART 118-A
PAINTING I
Bollman
Painting in opaque and transparent color. A
variety of subjects and approaches illustra te the
versatility of paint as an expressive medium. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
OM 17
5:30-9:00 p.m.
ART 132-A (SECTION I)
ART 132-P (SECTION 11)
PHOTOGRAPHY
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single
lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.:
$175-$200. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
M , W (Section 1)
OM 4
1:30-5:00 p.m.
5:30-990 p.m.
M,W (Section 11)
OM 4
ADMlNlSTRATIONNIS
.BUSINESS
ACC 222-A
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221)
M,T, W,Th,F
Music 23
10:05-11:30 a.m.
ACC 323-A
ACCOUNTING THEORY
AND PRACTICE I1
~~d~~
A continuation of BUS 322. An analysis of
accounting theory pertaining to investments,
and rnanuItlctwrhg.Taught ma managerla1
poht of v l w . Topi- indudean overview of
knceptsof quality, invcntury management,
prlncfplesofscfr&uling and operations1control
[&anation system. ( P r e q . :BU5242 or m w n t
of instrrrctor)
PRINCIPLES OF COMPUTING
FOR BUSINESS
Schwalbe
An InWducKon to mmpu!jq mnrepts and
mlcrocumpucer-bsed inhmtltmsystem Study
k;l$aes of W w a r e , operahg g.stems,
Ianguages and m n t a p p h l W . Ltmm k,use
MSDOS, Word Perfect, Lotus 123, and dBase HI+.
May study other applications (M~crosoftWord,
Excel). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing
grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175.
(Prereq.: MPG 11 or a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced
Foss 20
gOMPUTER SCIENCE
CSC 160-A
INTRO T O COMPUTING AND
COMMUNICATIONS
Staff
Basic computer applications using word
processing, spreadsheets, and databases; files and
disks; simple programming; use of e-mail, Internet,
news, and information services. (Prereq.: MAT 114
or MAT 122 or MIS 379 or Math Placement Group
IV)
Foss 20
ECONOMICS -
3- -F- -
--
-
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
/
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term Two begins (call 330-1152).P/N only. Dist.:
Urban/Women's/Minority Studies or
Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1
or 2, or the City
Arrnnged
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
Graduate Level Skill: Writing (Prereq.:PFST, EDU
265) (1/2 course)
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T,Tli
LI
Dntes: June 28,30; July 5,7,12,14
ECO 113-A
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS SabeIIa
Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Social World 1 or 2
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M,W
OM 29
EDS 390-A
COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN
THE ENGLISH CLASSROOM
LaDuca
This course is for English-Education majors who
plan to teach high school English. It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group
discussion as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum.
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T ,TI1
L 17
ECO 315-M (SECTION I)
ECO 315-T (SECTION 11)
MONEY AND BANKING
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System; monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO
112,113)
6:OO-9:30p.nr.
M,W(Section 1)
Foss 42
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T,Th (Section 11)
Foss 42
EDE 375-A
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Prerequisite to student teaching at
kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for
teaching at that level. Lab arranged. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor and PPST) (1/2 course)
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
L 20
Dotes: June 28,30; July 5,7,12,14
EDE 377-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and pre~aration
of materials and
*
resources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (Prereq.:PPST) (1/4 course)
IO:05-12:OO p.m.
T,Th
OM 4
&
July 19,21;luly 26,28; Aug~rst2,4
EDE 386-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for children's literature at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab
experiences. (Prereq.:PFST) (1/2 course)
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T
EDE 387-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
LANGUAGE ARTS
Themes
Examination and preparation of materials and
EDS 391-A
TEACHING MASS MEDIA
LaDuca
This course is for English-educa tion majors who
plan to teach high school English. Students will
explore the nature of the media as "consciousness
industries," examining the whys of teaching the
media, how to effectively go about it, what kind of
assumptions media education has been based on in
the past, and how to incorporate media education
into the English curriculum. The students will
become familiar with all forms of mass media and
will understand the impact of media on their lives.
Students will learn how to be discriminating users
of mass media and how to teach others to be the
same. (Prereq.:PPST) (1/2 course)
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M
L 17
EDU 341-A
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Hackney
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
teaching/learning situation. Computer training
will be included in this course. ( Prereq.:PPST) (1/2
course)
6:OO-9:30p.m.
W
Foss 175
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
Emphasis on the study of values, of
communication techniques, and of the major
minority groups in Minnesota for the development
of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations.
Required for all elementary and secondary
education majors. Open to all. P/N only. (1/2
course)
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,W
L 17
ENGLISH
ENG I l l - A
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Castor
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning
research techniques and writing critical reviews.
At least one work of literature is assigned.
Attention is givcn to increasing students'
effectiveness in choosing, organizing and
developing topics, thinking critically, and revising
for clarity and style. Minimum passing grade for
credit is 2.0. Entry level skill: Writing
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T,Th
OM 18
ENG 241-A
INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART Mitchell
An investigation of the citl~mmticqualities,
theoretical principles~lsdb t o f i c d evo!ubllm of
the film medium. fi*! empbals Is on film A6 an
audiovisual language. The course includes the
viewing and analysis of both feature length and
short films illustrating the international
development of film form and selected aesthetic
movements such as the American studio film and
its gcnres, German expressionism, Soviet montage,
Italian neorealism and the French New Wave.
Because of film lengths, some classes will go to 10
p.m. Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
M,W
Foss 175
I
I
1
ENG 282-Al482-A
TOPICS IN LITERATURE: THE CITY:
GARDEN AND WILDERNESS
Griffin
In the city, remarks A h h dt! T o c q u ~ v i k
"humanity attains ils most mmplete development
and its most brutish here dvihtion works its
miracles, and civilized man is turned back almost
or
into a savage." The power of thP dty to &b
corrupt the human d is a persistmt heme in
western tradiliom milmune viu s a d y primarily
Amerimn mvcls, p m s , essays and films that
explorc th& theme. Tab will be supplemented by
&e rnewrcesof the Twin Cities. Course work will
involve discussion of texts, papers, exams, and an
out-of-class experiential component. Dist.: Literature
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M,W
OM 16
HIS 115-A
Zehnder
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from
the rise of nationalism and the decline of the
Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th century to the
current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and the
Levant. The goal is a better understanding of how
the Middle East reached its contemporary
complexity, and its role in the wider world.
6:OO-9:30 p.nr.
M ,W
INS 199-Al399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student deslgns a Iearing a p m e n t with a
hrutty member which links the idmsand methods
of theL major to t h ~ - n p p o r found
~ L ~ in the
p~amm~nr.
hrtrdpation in a weHy geminsr Is
ertpfftrd, May Idfill the City Pmpective. Consult
instructor for clarification.
Arranged
INS 225A
Kader
INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to
present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims.
The course will cover the ideological foundations of
Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari' ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a
consideration of the differences between the Islamic
sects (Sunnis, Shi'ites, Sufis, etc.). There will also be
some effort to deal with the similarities and
differences between Islam and both Christianity
and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in
the Twin Cities. Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women's
Studies; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
11:40-1:25 p . ~ n .
M,T, W,Th
OM 16
MAT 163-A
INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS
Kaminsky
FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
The course includes treatments of some or all of the
following: descriptive statistics, elements of
probability, basic probability distributions, point
and interval estirna tion, test in^ of hypothesis,
regression, amlysb -of-uadance, cohiingcncy tables
and nonparamctric methods with appli,-atiom
chosen prhdP~l~y
from pmblems in-the life
scknms: biology, mcdiclnr. anthropology, ecology
and agriculture. Students will learn to use a
statistical computer package to solve problems.
(Prereq.: Math Placement Group 111) Dist.:
Ma th/Physics; Grad Skill: Quanhta tive Reasoning
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M,W
SC1112
-
-
GER 112-A
Quanbeck
BEGINNING GERMAN I1
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and
reading basic German. Dist.: Language Level 2;
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3
6:OO-9:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
OM 27
SPA 112-A (SECTION I)
SPA 112-P (SECTION 11)
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH I1
Aims to dEvelup the four b s i c skills:
undetsbnding,spmking, reading, and wr~tingof
elementary Spanish. Inimductlon b culture of
Spnishdspeirking world. &it.: Language Level 2;
Persp.. Intercultural Awareness 3
M,T, W,Th
OM 25
8.10-9.55 a.m.
5.30-735 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
OM 25
PHYSICS
---:
-
-
PHY 101-A
ASTRONOMY
Staff
A descriptive course covering our solar system,
stars and galaxies. The course also traces the ,development of scientific thought from early
civilization to the present day. The necessary
optical instruments are explained and use is made
of 12 inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch
Celestron and a three-inch Questar. Night viewing
and lab sessions are important components.
Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are
required. (Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group
11) Dist.: Math/Physics; Persp.: Natural World 2
6:00-9:30 p.m.
M,W
SC1123
REL221-A
,
BIBLICAL STUDIES
Quanbeck 11
The origin, literary character and transmission of
the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 1 or 3
1:30-3:15 p.?rr.
M,T, W,Th
OM 10
REL 373-A
RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN
Benson
A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan
that are usually associated with religion, including
the popular religious traditions of China,
Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Japanese
Shintoism. (Prereq,: REL 111,221, or consent of
instructor) Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 3
5:30-9:00 p.nr.
T,Th
OM 29
1
I
REL 440-A
VARIETIES OF
CHRISTIAN SPIRITUALITY
Holt
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian
tradition and of contemporary developments,
including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological,
and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An
introduction to the basic practices of spiritualities,
especially prayer and meditation.
(Prereq.: REL 111,221, or consent of instructor)
Dirt.: Religion; Persp: Christian Faith 2 or 3
5:30-9:00 p.nl.
M,W
OM 10
SOCIOLOGY
SOC 199-A1399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult
instructor for clarification.
Arranged
SOC 356-A
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and
processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, half-way houses, courts, etc.
1:30-5:00 p.m.
T,Th
OM I1
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arranged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Armnged
I
EATRE ARTS
SPC 351-A
ARGUMENTATION
Lapakko
Application of standards for sound evidence and
reasoning in public speaking, discussion and
debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in
analyzing argumenta tive claims, being able to
distinguish between strong and weak arguments,
understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning and learning to apply principles of
argumenta tion to contemporary public issues.
Students have the opportunity to enhance their
skills in debate and discussion and also learn to
analyze and critique arguments they encounter in
their daily lives. Grad. Skill: Critical Thinking
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T,Th
Foss 42
SPC 355-A
SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION Gaetano
A study of group dynamics and leadership with
emphasis on factors related to decision-making,
styles of leadership and conflict management. This
course combines lecture with practical experience
to help the student become a more effective and
productive member of a small, task oriented
group. (Prereq.: SPC 354)
5:30-9:00 p.m.
M,W
Murphy Ploce 1
SPC 414-AIINS 414-A
FEMINIST RHETORIC
NilssonlStratton
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical
perspective on American feminism, and 2) to
develop skill in rhetorical criticism. Dist.:
Urban/Women's/Minority Studies
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T,Th
OM 10
Augsburg
,r
-itas=
.I
Show less
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many opportunities f... Show more
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many opportunities found in this
vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's
setting allows its students to participate
in a host of cultural and
recreational activities, ranging
from the Guthrie Theatre and the
Minnesota History Center to
the Minneapolis
Aquatennial.
Augs burg in
the Summer
Augsburg College offers a varied
summer curriculum that includes over
70 courses in more than 25 academic
disciplines, as well as internships and
independent studies.
rerm I runs from May 30 to June 21.
Term I1 runs from June 26 to August 4.
For a detailed listing of courses, look
inside this brochure.
-
-
+'
"i
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
Course levels are indicated by the first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
need more information about a special
summer offering, please contact the
Summer School Office.
Independent study courses, in addition
to those listed, are arranged through an
individual faculty member in the
department of study.
II
m
a
Internships, in addition to those listed,
may be pursued during the summer in
most majors. Internships for credit
involve approved work experience
related to the academic program in an
agency, government or industry.
Consult the Internships Program Office
at (612) 330-1148 for information.
Students who need housing may obtain
information from the Residence Life
Offic; Call (612) 330-1109.
L-right to cancel
Ihe College reservese!t
listed courses.
Information
and Forms
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place, Campus Box #68
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 6121330-1795or call toll-free
1-800/788-5678
John Schmit, Director
Rachel Anderson, Assistant
Eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Director of
Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Those
wishing to begin a degree program at
the College should apply for admissicn
through the Office of Admissions or
Veekend College Admissions Office.
Map of
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdrup Library
I
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. Quad
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8, Christensen Center
9. SverdrupOftedal Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11. 2222 Murphy Place
12. Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Husby-StrommenTr--'-
6.
College Relations
K.Nordic Center
.
17 Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama and
Communication
18. Center for Global Education
19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
20. Youthand Family Institute
21. American Indian Support and
Blackstudent Affairs
22. Oscar Anderson Hall
23. East Hall
24. Murphy Square
25. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Fie
Campus Location
- arkina Lot..
,
A. Admissions Parking
B. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/
Residence Parking
C. Faculty/Staff Parking
D. FacuIty/Staff/Commuter
Parking
E. Commuter - Sheet Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. Visitor Parking
H. Fairview/St. Mary'
Ramp
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left on Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
d
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers).
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
Beginning April 18, you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrais Office between 8:00 a.m. and
4:30 p.m. A $50.00 tuition deposit must
be paid at that time for each course
scheduled.'This deposit will be applied
to your Summer School tuition and is
not refundable unless the course is
cancelled. If a course that you have
scheduled is cancelled, you may elect to
receive a refund or apply the deposit to
the tuition for another course. To insure
that you reserve a place in the courses
that you desire, we recommend that you
schedule your courses as early as
possible. Many courses fill early, and
courses with low enrollments may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm their registration
in person at the Business Office on the
dates specified below or they will be
dropped from the course.
Students taking courses during Term I
must confirm their registration on May
30 or 31. Term I1 confirmation must be
made on June 26 or 27. This procedure
applies to all summer registrations,
including internships and independent
studies. The Business Office is located in
the Science Hall, Room 114, and it is
open between 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on
the dates listed above. Tuition must be
paid in full in order for your registration
to be confirmed. (Augsburg students
who have unpaid balances from
previous terms must pay these balances
before they may confirm their Summer
School registrations.)
A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for
students who do not confirm on time.
No Term I registrations will be accepted
after June 2, and Term I1 registrations
will not be accepted after June 30.
To change your registration you will
need to fill out an Add/Drop form at
the Registrar's Office. There is a charge
of $50.00 for changing a course after 3:30
p.m. on the second scheduled day of
each term. This procedure applies to
internships and independent studies as
well as scheduled courses. Refunds and
adjustments to fees are outlined in the
"Tuition Refund Policy" section of this
brochure.
@ Printed on recycled paper.
Term I
Term I1
NONDlSCRlMINATION POLICY
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sexual or
affectional preference, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or status with regard to public
assistance, or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, education programs, activities and
employment practices.
1
1
The tuition charge for 1995 Summer
School courses is as follows: $815.00 for
full-credit courses, $410.00 for half-credit
courses, and $205.00 for quarter-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
30 days long and does not meet the
federal definition of a term.
Students enrolled in one or more full
courses during Summer Terms I and I1
combined are eligible to apply for the
Federal Stafford Loan.
Tuition Refund
Students enrolled in 1.5 courses or more
(one-half of the minimum full-time
requirement during the regular school
year) through a combination of Term I
and I1 enrollments can be eligible for a
Pell Grant if they will not attend the
entire 1995-'96 academic year and qualify
guidelines.
Under the ~
~pell G~~~~
d
~
~
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
prtioriof the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial Aid
Financial Aid Eligibility
For Summer Session Attendees
WEC Program
No aid is given for Summer Term I as it
runs concurrently with Spring trimester
of the preceding academic year.
Students are eligible for Federal Stafford
Loans if they are enrolled in one full
course or more during Summer Term 11.
Students are eligible for a Federal Pell
Grant if they are enrolled in one full
course (one-half of the minimum fulltime requirement during the regular
school year) during Summer Term I1
and will not attend the entire 1995-'96
academic year and qualify under the
Federal Pell Grant guidelines.
To Apply
The deadline for applying for financial
aid for Summer Session is April 1,1995.
Contact the Office of Student Financial
assistance.
~
ART 224A
Publication Design
Christopherson
Introduction to Publication Design explores
theory, practice and critique of a variety of
publication forms using traditional as well as
electronic tools. Dist.: Art/Music
1:W-3:20 pm
M,T, W,Th,F Foss Colnputcr
Lab Classroon~
ART 389A
American Art
Anderson
A study of early Colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture, and folk arts. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics; Grad Skill: Speaking
9:W-11:20 ant
M,T, W,Th,F
Foss 43
L
L
BIO lOlA
Human Biology
Pederson
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric
point of view. An attempt to answer such
questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans
have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment,
have on humans? (A student may not receive
credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor.) Dist.: Biology/Chemistry; Persp.:
Natural World 2
1:00-3:20 pm
M,T,W,Th,F Science Hall 205
0
ACC 221A
Kader
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle and preparation of financial statements.
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Moin 10
ACC 322A
Kader
Accounting Theory & Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222, ECO 113)
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 23
BUS 242A
Cerrito
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accounhbility and responsibility;
analysis of the role of the professional manager.
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 10
BUS 252A
Principles of Marketing
Lohman
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues iii
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral,
economic and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and
pricing decisions.
9:00-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Music 24
BUS 368A
Responding to the Challenge
of Japan
LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business
practices using a cultural perspective. A
multimedia approach will be employed, involving
film, television documentaries, and readings from
current periodicals in addition to text materials. A
seminar model will be used with substantial
participation expected on the part of students.
(Prereq: junior standing or consent of instructor)
Persp.: lntercultural Awareness I
9:OO-11:20am
M,T, W,Th,F
Music 23
BUS 399A
Internship
Kader
A student may receive course credits through an
internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunity to spend one
full term working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his/her
activities. (Prereq: consent of instructor)
Arranged
ECONOMICS
ECO llOA
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term One begins (call 330-1152). P/N only. Dist.:
Urban/Women's/Minority Studies or
Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1
or 2, or the City
Arranged
ECO 112A
Principles of MacroEconomics
Gupta
lntroduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Western Heritage 1or 2
9:00-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 16
EDUCATION
EDE 382A
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Mathematics (.5 credit)
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST)
6:OO-9:00 pm
T,Th
Libray 1
EDE 386A
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Children's Literature (.5 credit)
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for children's literature at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab
experiences. (Prereq.:PPST)
Libra y I
6:OO-9:00pm
M,W
EDU 388A
Human Relations (.50 credit)
Amo
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations
skills applicable to teaching and other professional
vocations. Required for all elementary and secondary
education majors. Open to all. P/N only.
6:OO-9:00pm
M,W
Old Main 18
JGLISH
ENG 219A
American Dialects:
Differences and Attitudes
Schmit
This course will examine the dialects of various
English-speaking communities and attempt to
describe and understand their mles of speech:
their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and
their rules of discourse. Dist.: Urban/Women/
Minority; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:00pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 27
ENG 225A
Intermediate ExpositoryWriting
Swanson
This course builds on the practices and methods of
Effective Writing, ENG 111. Its workshop format
stresses style and organization, the process of
revision, self and peer evaluation and the
relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq:
ENG 111) Grad Skill: Writing
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 13
ENG 245A
Introduction to Literature
Palosaari
In this course students are initiated into the formal
studv of narra tive. drama..and .
Doetw, in order to
appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature.
The course aims to expand students' exposure to
literature and therefoie draws on works from
several periods, from different cultures and races,
from male and female writers. As the prerequisite
for all upper courses in literature, lntroduction to
Literature aims in particular to develop students'
critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main18
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 320A
School Health Curriculum
Borstad
Techniques for developing a course of study based
on growth and development for grades K-12.
Special work units in nutrition and diseases.
(Prereq: HPE 110)
Arranged
HPE 410A
Organization & Administration of
School Health Programs
Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health
services and relationships to community health
program and resources. Methods and materials in
health educa tion with laboratory experience in
classroom and community. (Prereq: HPE 110)
Arranged
HIS 336A
American Labor History
Kimball
This course surveys the history of work and
workers in the United States. Issues such as shifting
styles of work, the changing nature of working
class life and community, the evolution of
organized labor movements, and the relationship of
workers and unions to the state will be considered.
Issues of change in work and working people will
include race and gender. Dist.: History/Philosophy
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 23
TERDISCIPLINARY
INS 199N399A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: City
Arranged
REL 369A
The Religious Imagination in
Modem Literature
Skibbe
Particularities of religious discernment,
symbolism, and world view. Reading and
discussion of seven novels. Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 3
9:OO-11:20am
M,T, W,Th,F
Old Main 29
REL 386A
Speaking of Genesis
Stratton
How does the Bible talk about creation? How does
the Adam & Eve story affect our lives today? What
were families like in Bible times? Were ancient
problems similar to our own? What does the Bible
say? What does it mean? What values does it
portray and promote? This course addresses these
and other questions by exploring how scholars read
and speak about the book of Genesis. Evaluation is
based on quizzes, three speaking assignments, and
a project or short paper. Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 1 or 3; Grad Skill: Speaking
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 29
IAL WORK
FRE 312A
French Expression
Pezechkian
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct
expression in speaking and writing. Attention to
grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and
elementary stylistics for business and personal use.
French phonology and speech group practice, study
of spoken models from the media. (Prereq: FRE 311
or consent of instructor.)
6:OO-9:00urn
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 25
GER 111A
Beginning German I
Quanbeck
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for students with no
previous background in German. Dist.: Language
Level 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 13
SPA l l l A
Beginning Spanish I
Soto
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.: Language Level 1; Persp.:
Intercultural Awareness 2
1:OO-3:20pm
M,T, W,Th,F
Old Main 25
PSY 105A
Principles of Psychology
Hanson
An introduction to the methods and approaches
used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. Application of
psychological concepts to everyday situations is
emphasized. Dist.: Psychology/Sociology; Persp..
Human Identity
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T, W,Th
Music 23
SWK 230A
Peters
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework o n non-violent
social change and development in the global
context. It also identifies the focus of Social Work
in addition to many other disciplines which are
vital to fostering peace, development and
enhancement of a better quality of life for all
human kind. Persp.: Social World 2
1:00-3:20 pm
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 10
SWK 260A
Humans Developing
Peters
This course provides the knowledge basic to an
understanding of human growth through the life
cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which
influence the growth of individuals and families in
contemporary American society. Emphasized is
the role of the "nurturine" environment" in relation
to human growth, the impact of "sustaining
environment" and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Growth related td populations and groups
which represent racial, disability and sexual
minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through use of their own
experiences. Persp.: Human Identity
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Foss 21A
SWK 399A
Internship
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arranged
SWK 499A
Independent Study
Brown
Student must present a written proposal containing
rationale, objectives, methodology and evaluation of
the proposed study according to department
guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and consent of
instructor)
Arranged
SOC 121A
Introduction to Human Society
Sheppard
What is society and how does it make us who we are?
As a unique way of understanding, sociology offers
insights into discovering the world and one's place in
it. Course study focuses on an understanding of
culture, social structure, institutions and our
interactions with each other.
!1:00-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 25
31 K U b b L E P U K JU31 ICE: 1IY 1 E K I Y A I I V I Y A L ,
SOC 265A
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender
and Race
Gerasimo
Why do we set people aside for negative Special
treatment? How are they stigmatized? The people to
whom we do this are often reflections of our own
fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and "other"
provides a way to examine racism, sexism and other
"-isms." Offered on P / N basis only. Dist.: Psychology/
Sociology; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:00-9:00 pin
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 29
SOC 199A1399A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a student
designs a learning agreement with a faculty member
which links the ideas and methods of their major to
the opportunities found in the placement.
Participation in a seminar is expected. Consult
instructor for clarification. Persp.: City
Arranged
ArrAln~
nlYU
C ~ R I J1
1
~ R1 = ~P ~ V L I J ~
Summer Term in Geneva, Switzerland
1une 22 to August 3,1995
POL 356A
Topics: Struggle for Justice
"Struggle for Justice" focuses specifically o n Christian
response, both from the point of view of international
church organizations as well as the individual. It will
deal with the special role of the Christian community
and organizations in identifying and defining the
ethical questions related to international issues and
how these moral deliberations take place in the
?Internationalcommunity. Dist.: Economics/Political
REL 379A
Ecurnenism in the
Contemporary World
In this course you will examine the programs and
roles of church agencies, asking about the world
views that give rise to them. What is the basis for the
common action and common witness by the churches,
which is at the heart of ecumenism? How do the
churches' faith commitments shape their policies and
ethical positions on the world level? How do their
roles and contributions differ from organiza tions that
are not church-based? Among Christian organiu tions,
how do different assumptions about society, politics,
and the Church create different objectives for their
programs? Dist.: Religion
If '
vou need more information about either of these courses, please contact
Kathi Lutfi in Global Education at (612) 330-1655.
Augsburg
College
Summer School
I
I
BUS 340A
Human Resource Management
Cemto
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker with
the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
6:OO-9:30pm
T,Th
Old Main 18
BUS 440A
Operations Management
Cemto
Concepts and principles related to the
management of operating functions. Examples
from service industries, non-profit organiza tions
and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial
point of view. Topics include an overview of
operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting,
concepts of quality, inventory management,
principles of scheduling and operational control
information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent
of instructor)
6:00-9:30 pm
M ,W
Old Main 13
ART 107A
Drawing
An introduction to and definition of drawing
methods and media. Drawing is presented as a
diverse art form which can be experienced in a
variety of ways. Traditional and non-traditional
media are used. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.:
Aesthetics
690-9:30 pm
T,Th
Old Main
MIS 175A
Principles of Computing
for Business
Schwalbe
An introduction to computing concepts and
microcomputer-based information systems. Study
features of hardware, operating systems, languages
and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS,
Wordperfect, Lotus 123, and dBase III+. May study
other applications (Microsoft Word, Excel). The
370 with a passing grade
cOm~letion
of
serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1
or a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course)
6;00-9;30pm
M,W
Foss 42
ART ll8A
Painting I
Painting in opaque and transparent color. A
variety of subjects and approaches illustrate the
versatility of paint as an expressive medium, Dist,:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
690-9:30 pm
T,Th
Old Main 17
ARTl32A
Photography
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single
lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.:
$175-$200. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30pm
M,W
old ~~i~ 4
ACC 222A
.
Principles of Accounting I1
Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral .
considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221)
9:OO-10:45 am
M,T, W,Th
Music 23
BUS 331A
Financial Management
Myss
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management
of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long
and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prereq.: P.CC 222, ECO 113)
6:OO-9:30pm
T,Th
Old Main
-
1
ECO llOA
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent study.
Studenk need signature of instructor before Term
Two begins (call 330-1152). P/N only. Dist.: Urban/
Women's/Minority Studies or Economics/Poli tical
Science; Persp.: Social World 1or 2, or the City
Arranged
ECO 112A
Principles of MacroEconomics
Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Western Heritage 1 or 2
6:00-9:30 pm
T , Th
Old Main 16
ECO 113A
Principles of MicroEconomics
Sabella
Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution'
of
economic
theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Social World 1 or 2
6:00-9:30 pm
M,
old d Z n 29
w
ECO 315A
Money and Banking
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System; monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO
112,113)
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Old Main 10
EDE 375A
Discovery in the World
of Kindergarten (.50 credit)
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Prerequisite to student teaching at
kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for
teaching at that level. Lab arranged. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor and PPST)
5:30-9:30 pm
Libra y 20
Dates: July 10,11,13,18,20
EDE 377A
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Science (.25 credit)
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (Prereq.: PPST)
9:00-10:45 am
Old Main 4
July 17,19,24,26,31; August 2
EDE 387A
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Language Arts (.50 credit)
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Grad
Skill: Writing (Prereq.: PPST, EDU 265)
5:30-9:30 pm
Libra y 17
Dates: July 10,11,13,18,20
EDS 390A
Communication Skills in
the English Classroom
LaDuca
This course is for English-educa tion majors who
plan to teach high sciool English. It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group
discussion as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum.
6:OO-9:30 pm
T,Th
Science 112
EDS 391A
LaDuca
Teaching Mass Media (-50credit)
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. Students will
explore the nature of the media as "consciousness
industries," examining the whys of teaching the
media, how to effectively go about it, what kind of
assumptions media education has been based on in
the past, and how to incorporate media educa tion
into the English curriculum. The students will
become familiar with all forms of mass media and
will understand the impact of media on their lives.
Students will learn how to be discriminating users
of mass media and how to teach others to be the
same. (Prereq.: P E T )
6:00-9:30 pm
M
Foss 175
EDU 388A
Human Relations (.50 credit)
Amo
Emphasis on the study of values, of
communication techniques, and of the major
minority groups in Minnesota for the development
of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations.
Required for all elementary and secondary
education majors. Open to all. P/N only.
6:OO-9:30 pm
M
Old Main 18
ENG 241A
Introduction to Cinema Art
Mitchell
An investiga tion of the cinematic qualities,
theoretical principles and historical evolution of
the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an
audiovisual language. The course includes the
viewing and analysis of both feature length and
short films illustrating the international
development of film form and selected aesthetic
movements such as the American studio film and
its genres, German expressionism, Soviet montage,
Italian neorealism and the French New Wave.
Because of film lengths, some classes will go to 10
pm. Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30pm
T,Th
Foss 21A
HIS 115A
Modem Middle East
Saadallah
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from
the rise of natio~lalismand the decline of the
Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th century to the
current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and the
Levant. The goal is a better understanding of how
the Middle East reached its contemporary
complexity, and its role in the wider world. Dist.:
History /Philosophy
6:OO-7:45pm
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 23
INS 199AM99A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their maior to the ovvortunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: City
Arranged
..
1
MAT 173A
Math of Interest
Kaminsky
An introduction to actuarial mathematics. Topics
include life insurance, annuities, mortgages, loan
payments, and other topics in the mathematics of
financial transactions. Dist.: Math/Physics; Grfd
Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Old Main 25
!,
-
GER 112A
Beginning German I1
Quanbeck
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Dist.: Language Level
2; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 27
SPA 112A
Beginning Spanish I1
Soto
Aims to develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Language Level 2;
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3
1:00-2:45 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 18
PHI 175A
Philosophy of Love &Sex
Apolloni
We begin by studying some common conceptions
and misconceptions of romantic love and some
philosophers' definitions of it. We then try to
decide what it is to be in love with someone and
how this differs from just being friends or sexually
desiring them. Finally, we consider issues such as
the ethics of sex, sexual attraction, marriage,
adultery and homosexuality. Dist.: History/
Philosophy; Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,W
Science 112
PHY lOlA
Astronomy
Hansen
A descriptive course covering our solar system,
stars and galaxies. The course also traces the
development of scientific thought from early
civilization to the present day. The necessary
optical instruments are explained and use is made
of 12 inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch
Celeshon and a three-inch Questar. Night viewing
and lab sessions are important components.
Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are
required. (Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group
11) Dist.: Ma th/Physics; Persp.: Natural World 2
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,W
Science 123
PSY 353A
Developmental Psychology:
Middle Adult & Older Adult Robinson-Riegler
Emphasis on normal development and behavior.
Considera tion of data and theory related to
development during the middle adult and older
adult periods of life. Includes perspectives o n death
and dying. (Prereq: PSY 102 or 105)
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Music 22
PSY 373A
Organizational Psychology
Attridge
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational
behavior. The study of the individual, groups,
structure and change and development in
organizations. (Prereq: PSY 102 or 105)
Music 22
6:OO-9:30 pm
T,Th
REL l l l A
Introduction to Theology
Holt
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the church
and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
690-9:30 pm
M,W
Foss 43
REL 221A
Biblical Studies
Quanbeck 11
The origin, literary character and transmission of
the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 1or 3
1:00-2:45 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 10
REL 385A
Process Theology and Christianity
Lorenzen
This course is an introduction to process theology
which is based on the philosophy of A.N. Whitehead
and is a critique of "Classical Christianity." lssues
such as theodicy, christology, sinand salvation will
be considered. An 8 to 10 page paper will be written
and presented to the class. Class sessions will include
video and discussion. (Prereq.: REL 111,221, or
consent of instructor.) Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Music 23
h
POL 421A
Topics: Politics of Culture, Ethnicity
and Race
Aoki
What is an American? Observers have pondered
this question since colonial times, and,
periodically, it has triggered raging political
debate. This course addresses this issue by
examining political controversies involving
culture, ethnicity, and race. The emphasis is on
current issues, but there will be some historical
comparison so students can understand how these
concerns have recurred over the years and how
these controversies reflect an ongoing struggle
over the definition of this country. Dist.:
Economics/Political Science
6:OO-9:30 pm
M, W
Foss 21A
SOC 199N399A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a faculty
member which links the ideas and methods of their
major to the opportunities found in the placement.
Participation in a seminar is expected. Consult
instructor for clarification. Persp.: City
Arranged
"
'
,
1
SOC35SA
Crime and Community
~l~~~
Analysis of correctional programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, courts and community agencies. Special
attention to concepts of restorative justice.
1:30-5:00 pm
M,W
Old Main 1 I
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Arranged
SPC 352A
Persuasion
Lapakko
Theory of how people are influenced to change
attitudes and behavior. Examines obstacles to
persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the
use of logical and psychological appeals; empirical
research in persuasion; how persuasion is used in
politics, sales, advertising and interpersonal
contexts; the nature of mass movements and
campaigns; the impact of the mass media on
persuasion; and ethical issues related to persuasion.
6:00-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Music 24
SWK 257A
Exploring Human Services
Rooney
This course is designed to help students learn
about themselves in rela tion to a possible major or
future career in social work. Students must arrange
to perform 80 hours of work in a human service
agency and must attend the weekly seminar.
Persp.: The City
1:00-2:45 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 13
SWK 399A
Social Work Internship
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the non-major
and supplements the required field work of majors.
(Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor)
Arranged
SPC 354A
Interpersonal Communication
Gaetano
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis
on factors that build rela tionships and help to
overcome communication barriers. This course
combines theory and practice to help the student
understand and manage communication problems
more effectively.
6:OO-9:30 pm
T,Th
Music 23
SWK 499A
Social Work Independent Study
Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
ML 599A
Topics: Colloquium on
Contemporary Theories
of Leadership
Endorf, McNeff, Noon
An overview of contemporary theories of
leadership; team taught with guest lecturers.
Opportunity to explore theory of one's choosing.
(Prereq.: A minimum of one year's course work
the MAL Program)
6:OO-990 pm
T,Th
I
For information and registration materials, call the
Graduate Programs Office at (612)330-1786. (This
course is available only to graduate students.)
I
Show less
-1
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many opportuniti... Show more
-1
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many opportunities found in this
vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's
setting allows its students to participate
in a host of cultural and
recreational activities,
ranging from the Guthrie
Theatre and the
Minnesota History
h,
#
,
Center to the
Minneapolis
A
Aquatennial.
Augsbuvg in
l
the Summer
Augsburg College offers a varied
summer curriculum that includes nearly
70 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines, as well as internships and
independent studies. Term I runs from
May 28 to June 20. Term I1 runs from
June 24 to August 2. For a detailed
listing of courses, look inside this.
brochure.
.
r
Course Loads in Summer Session:
Students may take one course credit
during Term I and up to two course
credits during ~ e r m i 1 Unless
.
otherwise
indicated, all courses carry a value of one
course credit. One Augsburg course
credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits and six quarter
credits.
Augsburg General Education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduation Skills
requirements are so noted along with the
description of the course.
The College reserves the right to cancel
listed courses.
I n f ~ v l l ~ a t iand
~rl
For~~zs
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
Augsburg College
Summer School Office
Campus Box #68
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 612/330-1795
Course Levels: The first digit of the three
digit course number indicates the course
level: course numbers beginning with a
1 or 2 are lower division courses, and are
intended primarily for freshmen and
sophomores; course numbers beginning
with 3 or 4 are upper division and are
primarily for juniors and seniors.
rm
I
Independent aruuy: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultai
with individual faculty members
I
Internships: In addition to those listed,
internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the
summer. Academic internships are
carefully planned work-based learning
experiences, supervised and evaluated
by a faculty member. Consult the
Internship and Cooperative EducaticLL
Office at (612)
\
, 330-1148 for more
information.
Employer Reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursement
plans to pay for Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office at
(612) 330-1109.
John Schmit, Director
Phoebe McDonald, Assistant
Eligibility ,
.
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
re eligible to attend Augsburg Summel
school. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
courses should contact the Director of
Summer School to ascertain eligibility
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular students of Augsburg
College. Those wishing to begin a
degree program at Augsburg should
apply to the Office of Admissions
612/330-1001 or the Weekend Colle:
Admissions Office 612/330-1743. 1
Map of
Interstate 94 West
i
1
College Map l n f o r r n a l l o n
I.AdmUonm Weekday Propram
'L
N
=
*b
e
March
h&tlsu~~ortand Black Student Attaln
4. ~nderoon-~mldn
~ i h i e l l cFleld and S w o n o l Al, Slrucluf.
5. U n l o t tor Globol EductMn and lntomohonolRoo#oms
6. Chr1d.m.n
Cod.,
8. E d Hbll
9. FOU, lobeck. MllesCenler for Woralp.
Drama and Communlcallon
1
a
II.b e Arena
12. Jsrov C. C o r l m m m n l U n l e r
13. Mdnlen-e
and Ground, Shop
14. M ~ r t e ~ n l o w e ~
Campus Location
.
Interstate 94 East
15. Murphy Place
Weekend Cdlege Admklonr ond
Groduote Program
16. Murphy Square
I
I~.MuIIc Hall
18. Nordlc Csnlw
1V.Old M0l"
20.08car Andemon Hall
21. Puod
22. ISlence Han
23. fsculty Dllpdch Center
24. Shlpplnamd ReceMng
26.51 Melby Hall
26. Sverdwp Ubrary
27. Sverdwp-Olf~dolMemortalHaU
+
P a r k l n g Lots
A. AdmUons Parktng
lor pr-clke
*dents and their parenlr
8. Faculty/Sldf/CommuterIReIIdenl ParLlnp
C. FcculW/StdlParkkg
D. Facuily/Sd/Commuler Parklnp
I.Commuler Street ~arklng
F. ReIIdsnl Parkkg
G. nnor Parklng
H. Wenlde Rol&nol
Bundlno Ramp
188 lnfamdlon desk In the Chhlerven Cer
for specla1 anongemenh
b ~ l m o b ~ laccess
ty
-
*orf-$nlww
28. Urneu Tower
29, Voulh and k m l w Inslllule
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left on Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from Minneapolis -
Take 25th Avenue exit turn left at 25t,
Avenue, turn left at Riverside
turn left at 21st Avenue Soufi;
1-94 West from St. Paul -
I.
Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers).
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
m
Beginning April 15, you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office between 8:00 a.m. and
4:30 p.m. A $50.00 tuition deposit must
be paid at that time for each course
scheduled. This deposit will be applied
to your Summer School tuition and is
not refundable unless the course is
cancelled. If a course that you have
scheduled is cancelled, you may elect to
receive a refund or apply the deposit to
the tuition for another course. To insure
that you reserve a place in the courses
that you desire, we recommend that you
schedule your courses as early as
possible. Many courses fill early, and
courses with low enrollments may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
You must confirm your registration in
person by paying tuition in full at the
Business Office (see deadlines below),
or you will be dropped from your
course(s).
Students taking courses during Term I
must confirm their registration by May
29. Term I1 confirmation must be made
by June 25. This procedure applies to all
summer registrations, including
Internships and Independent Studies.
The Business Office is located in the
Science Hall, Room 147, and is open
from 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. The Business
Office will be open until 6 p.m. on May
28 and 29, and on June 24 and 25. The
Business Office is also open on
Saturdays when Weekend College is in
session; contact the Weekend College
Office at 330-1782 for more information.
Tuition must be paid in full in order for
your registration to be confirmed.
(Augsburg students who have unpaid
balances from previous terms must pay
these balances before they may confirm
their Summer School registrations.)
A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for
students who do not confirm on time.
No Term I registrations will be accepted
after May 31, and Term I1 registrations
will not be accepted after June 28.
To change your registration you will
need to fill out an Add/Drop form at
the Registrar's Office. There is a charge
of $50.00 for changing a course after 3:30
p.m. on the second scheduled day of
each term. This procedure applies to
internships and independent studies as
well as scheduled courses. Refunds and
adjustments to fees are outlined in the
"Tuition Refund Policy" section of this
brochure.
Summer 1996
Term I
Term I1
Scheduling begins
April 15
April 15
Confirmation of registration deadline
May 29
June 25
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
May 28
May 29
June 24
June 25
Last day to:
Change grading option
*Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations will be
June 10
May 31
May 31
July 8
June 28
June 28
June 14
June 20
June 24
July 4
July 26
August 2
August 7
accepted after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class (W)
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's Office
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discrimillatc on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sexual or
affectional preference, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or status with regard to public
assistance, or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendmeilts or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, education programs, activities and
employment practices.
Tuition for 1996 Summer School courses
is as follows: $855.00 for full credit
courses, $430.00 for half-credit courses,
and $215.00 for quarter-credit courses.
Audits are charged at the tuition rates
listed above.
Tuition Refund
Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial Aid
Financial Aid Eligibilit
For Summer Sesszon A tendees
!
Day Program
Students enrolled in Summer Term I
only are not eligible for financial
assistance because the term is less than
30 days long and does not meet the
federal definition of a term for financial
aid purposes.
Students enrolled in Summer Terms I
and I1 combined or Term I1 only may be
eligible to apply for the Federal Stafford
Loan, Federal Pell Grant or the
Minnesota State Grant.
WEC Program
No aid is given for Summer Term I as it
runs concurrently with Spring trimester
of the preceding academic year.
Students enrolled in Summer Term I1
may be eligible for the Federal Stafford
Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the
Minnesota State Grant.
To Apply
The financial aid deadline for Summer
Session is March 15,1996. Contact the
Office of Student Financial Services at
(612) 330-1046 for application materials
and additional assistance.
J
\
ART 3 8 9 4
American Art
Anderson
A study of early Colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture, and folk arts. Persp.:
Aesthetics; Grad Skill: Speaking
9:00-11:20 0111
M,T, W,TIt,F
Foss 43
!
I
I
ACC 221-S
Principles of Accounting I
Kader
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle and preparation of financial statements.
1:00-3:20pi11
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Moil1 23
ACC 322-S
Accounting Theory & Practice I
Kader
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
9:OO-11:20 flit1
M,T, W,Til,F
Old Maitt 23
BUS 2 4 2 4
Principles of Management
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accountability and
responsibility; analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
6:OO-9:30pnl
M,T,W,Th
Old Muin 11
BUS 252-S
Principles of Marketing
Lohman
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral,
economic and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and
pricing decisions.
9:00-11:20 a111
M,T, W,TIt,F
M~rsic24
BUS 368-S
LaFave
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
An examination of current Japanese business
practices using a cultural perspective. A
multimedia.approach will be employed, involving
film, television documentaries, and readings from
current periodicals in addition to text materials. A
seminar model will be used with substantial
participation expected on the part of students.
(Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I
9:00-11:20 utrl
M,T,W,Tlr,F
Ml~sic23
.
ECO 110-S
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term One begins (call 330-1152),P/N only. Persp.:
Social World 1 or 2, or the City
Arranged
ECO 1124
Principles of Macroeconomics
Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Persp.: Western Heritage
lor2
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 16
1
EDE 3824
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Mathematics (.50 credit)
Dyer
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.:
PPST)
6:OO-9:00 pm
T ,w
Libray 20
ENG 2274
Journalism
Dalglish
An introductory news writing course with
emphasis on writing for the print media, including
practice in writing for radio and television.
Students consider how to recognize news, gather
and verify facts, and write those facts into a news
story. Basic copy preparation, editing practices,
and an introduction to legal and ethical questions
are included. Persp.: the City; Grad Skill: Writing
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T,W,Th
Foss 175
ENG 2454
Introduction to Literature
Swanson
In this course students are initiated into the formal
study of narrative, drama, and poetry in order to
appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature.
The course aims to expand students' exposure to
literature and therefore draws on works from
several periods, from different cultures and races,
from male and female writers. As the prerequisite
for all upper courses in literature, Introduction to
Literature aims in particular to develop students'
critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics
9:00- 11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 25
ENG 2514
Readings in American Literature
Palosaari
An introduction to representative works that yield
an understanding of the Western heritage and
American world views. Themes could include the
emergence of national identity, the relationship
between humankind and God, the nature of
nature, dehitions of the American self,
individuality, the place of women and of racial and
ethnic minorities in the development of American
thought and the continuity of Western culture in
America. Persp.: Western Heritage
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 11
HIS 3314
Topics in U.S. Histow:
A History of Basebali
Kimball
In this course, we will examine the relationship
between the United States and its national pastime.
Our focus will not be on the game between the
lines, the great players and teams. Instead we will
take up several topics which can illuminate the
historical evolution of this country. Some of these
include: professionalization and its impact on
amateur baseball, the role of ethnicity and ethnic
rivalry, the color line, the emergence of "big"
leagues at the expense of the "minor" leagues,
women's baseball, labor relations, and the
empowerment of the players, the impact of
television, and the ballpark as an urban place.
Special attention will be paid to baseball in the
Twin Cities.
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th, F
Music 5
INS 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: the City
Arranged
GER Ill-S
Beginning German I
Quanbeck
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for students with no
previous background in German. Persp.:
Intercultural Awareness 2
9:00-11:20 am
M,T, W,Th,F
Old Main 21
SPA Ill-S
Beginning Spanish I
Soto
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Persp.: Intercultural Awarenes'S'2
1:OO-3:20pm
M,T, W,Th,F
Old Main 25
PSY 3624
Behavior Disorders'
Hanson
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors
from social, organic and psychological points of
view. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T,W,Th,F
Music 23
REL Ill-S
Introduction to Theology
Tranvik
An introductio'n to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the church
and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
1:OO-3:20pm
M,T, W,Th,F
Music 22
REL 221-5
Biblical Studies
Quanbeck I1
The origin, literary character and transmission of
the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. Persp.: Christian Faith 1
or 3
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 29
SWK 2604
Humans Developing
Rooney
This course provides the knowledge basic to an
understanding of human growth through the life
cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which
influence the growth of individuals and families in
contemporary American society. Emphasized is
the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation
to human growth, the impact of "sustaining
environment" and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups
which represent racial, disability and sexual
minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through use of their own
experiences. Persp.: Human Identity
1:OO-3:20 pm
M,T,W,Th,F
Foss 175
SWK 3994
Internship
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.:senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arranged
SWK 4994
Independent Study
Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.:SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Arranged
SOC 1214
Introduction to Human Society
V'Neal
What is society and how does it make us who we
are? As a unique way of understanding, sociology
offers insights into discovering the world and one's
place in it. Course study focuses on an
understanding of culture, social structure,
institutions and our interactions with each other.
Persp.: Social World 1 or 2
690-9:30 pm
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 27
SOC 2114
Human Communities
and the Modem Metropolis
O'Neal
The course asks a fundamental question of our
times: how is community possible in the face of
multicultural, economic and ideological forces that
are characteristicof urban life? The cultural and
structural dynamics are a basis for exploring this
possibility. Persp.: the City
1:OO-3:20pm
M,T. W,Th,F
Old Main 27
SOC 2654
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race Gerasimo
Why do we set people aside for negative special
treatment? How are they stigmatized? The people
to whom we do this are often reflections of our
own fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and
"other" provides a way to examine racism, sexism
and other "-isms." Offered on P/N basis only.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 27
SOC 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: the City
Arranged
1
I
Awburs CONege
Summer F'mgmm in Paris, Fmce
May 28 to July 2,1996
FRE 211-S
Intermediate French
Pezechkian-Weinberg
To provide participants with a unique
opportunity to inaease their knowledge of
French language and culture, Augsburg College
Summer Program is offering a four-week
academicprogram in Paris, France, under
direction of Dr. Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg.The
program will feature intensive language study at
an intermediate level. This course is designed for
students who have successfully completed
French 111 and 112 at Augsburg College. For
students interested in other levels of French,
special arrangementscan be made.
Cost: $3,975 includes airfare, tuition,
accommodations, breakfast and lunch. Non-credit cost is $2,975.
For more information, please call Kathy Lutfi in
the Center for Global Education at 33@1655,or
Dr. Pezechkian-Weinberg at 33@1090.
The Bristol International Program
In Social Work, Bristol University, England
June 28 to July 14,1996
SWK 257-E
Exploring Human Services:
Link
International Program
This course is an orientation to human service in
an international context, with many visits to
human senrice agencies, lectures and seminars.
Full orientation takesplace at Augsburg for two
sessions before the course. Credit is
banscripted through Augsburg. The course is
also available for graduate aedit with a research
component.
Cost: $2,200 includes tuition, all ground
bansport in the U.K.,all accommodationsand
most food. Airfare is N m included. Students
must make their own flight arrangements.
ACC 222-S
Principles of Accounting I1
Kader
Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221)
Old Main 25
9:00-10:45 olrr
M,Th
ART 1074
Drawing
Bollman
An introduction to and definition of drawing
methods and media. Drawing is presented as a
diverse art form which can be experienced in a
variety of ways. Traditional and non-traditional
media are used. Persp.: Aesthetics
Old Mnin 1 7
6:00-9:30 pnr
T,Th
ART 118-S
Painting I
Bollman
Painting in opaque and transparent color. A
variety of subjects and approaches illustrate the
versatility of paint as an expressive medium.
Persp.: Aesthetics
Old Mnin 17
6:00-9:30 p ~ n
T,Th
ART 132
Photography
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single
lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.:
$175-$200. Persp.: Aesthetics
Section SOld Main 4
1:00- 4:30 ptn
M, W
Section P6:00-9:30 p~il
M, W
Old Mail1 4
BIO 101-S
Human Biology
Pederson
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric
point of view. An attempt to answer such
questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans
have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment,
have on humans? (A student may not receive
credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor.) Persp.: Natural World 2
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,T,W,Tlr
Scierlce 205
BUS 340-S
Human Resource Management
Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS
242)
Old Mnin 11
6:00-9:30 pix
M,W
BUS 4404
Operations Management
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management
of operating functions. Examples from service
industries, non-profit organizations and
manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of
view. Topics include an overview of operations,
planning operation processes, productivity
measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of
quality, inventory management, principles of
scheduling and operational control information
systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
Old Moil1 11
6:00-9:30 p~rl
T,Th
MIS 1754
Principles of Computing for Business Schwalbe
An introduction to computing concepts and
microcomputer-based information systems. Study
features of hardware, operating systems, languages
and current applications. Learn to use MS-DOS,
Word Perfect, Lotus 123, and dBase III+. May study
other applications (Microsoft Word, Excel). The
completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will
serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1 or
a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course)
5:00-9:00 p~rl
M,W
Foss 42
ECO 110-S
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
metro-urban environment. By independent study.
Students need signature of instructor before Term
Two begins (call 330-1152). P/N only. Persp.: Social
World 1or 2, or the City
Arrn~lged
ECO 112-S
Principles of Macroeconomics
Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Persp.: Western Heritage
Old Mnin 16
6:00-9:30 p~rl
T,Th
ECO 1134
Principles of Microeconomics
Sabella
Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Persp.: Social World 1or 2
6:OO-9:30 pin
M,W
Old Main 29
ECO 3154
Money and Banking
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System; monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO
112,113)
6:OO-9:30 ptn
M,W
Old Main 16
EDE 3754
Discovery Learning in the
Graves
World of Kindergarten (.50 credit)
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Prerequisite to student teaching at
kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for
teaching at that level. Lab arranged. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor and PPST)
June 24,26; July 1,3,8,10
Library 20
5:30-9:30 p,n
EDE 3774
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Science (25 credit)
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (Prereq.:PPST)
July 15,17,22,24,29,31
9:OO-10:45 atn
Old Main 4
EDE 384-S
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Social Studies,
Thematic Studies (.50 credit)
Roberts
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for social studies and thematic teaching
at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST)
June 24, 26; July 1,3,8
Old Main 22
6:OO-9:30 ptn
EDE 3864
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Children's Literature (.50 credit)
Olson
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for children's literature at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab
experiences. (Prereq.:PPST)
June 25; July 2,9,16,23,30
5:OO-8:OO ptn
Libra y 17
EDE 387-S
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Language Arts (.50 credit)
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Grad
Skill: Writing if EDU 478 is also taken. (Prereq.:
PPST, EDU 265)
June 24,26; July 1,3,8,10
5:30-9:30 pnl
Library 17
EDS 3904
Communication Skills in
the English Classroom
LaDuca
This course is for English-Education majors who
plan to teach high school English. It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group
discussion as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum. (Prereq.: PPST)
6:00-9:30 pttr
T,Th
Science 112
EDS 391-S
Teaching Mass Media (.50 credit)
LaDuca
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. Students will
explore the nature of the media as "consciousness
industries," examining the whys of teaching the
media, how to go about it effectively, what kind of
assumptions media education has been based on in
the past, and how to incorporate media education
into the English curriculum. The students will
become familiar with all forms of mass media and
will understand the impact of media on their lives.
Students will learn how to be discriminating users
of mass media and how to teach others to be the
same. (Prereq.:PPST)
6:OO-9:30 ptn
M
Science 112
EDU 210-S
Learning and Development
in an Educational Setting
Strait
A survey of educational psychology topics as
applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis
is placed on classroom applications. (PSY 105:
Principles of Psych, is strongly recommended.)
Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-9:30 pnt
T,TII
Library 20
EDU 3414
Media Technology (.50 credit)
Dyer
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication throurh the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production,
and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials
for teaching/learning situations. Computer
training will be included in the course. (Prereq.:
PPST)
June 25,27; J~rly9,11,16,18,23
6:OO-9:OO ptn
T , Th
Foss 175
-
ENG 223-A
Writing for Business and the Professions Kramer
A practical course designed to improve writing
skills for those preparing for business and
professional careers. The writing of reports,
letters, and proposals is emphasized. Students are
encouraged to use material from their own areas of
specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Graduation
Skill: Writing
6:OO-9:30 ptn
T , Th
Science 213
ENG 282-S
Topics in Literature: The Heroic Journey Griffin
This course will study archetypal patterns of the
heroic journey, as well as specific examples of such
journeys. It will emphasize the ideas of Joseph
Campbell, but will also consider other
interpretations of heroic journeys. Since western
civilization usually assumes that the hero is a man,
usually a white man belonging to a warrior class,
we will analyze the heroic warrior myth both as it
is depicted in ancient and medieval epics and
myths, but also as it appears in contemporary
American popular narratives. But the heroic
journey is a human journey, and thus the course
will also emphasize the heroic journeys of women
and men who may be neither white nor warriors
as they are depicted in folktales and novels.
6:OO-3:3Opnl
M, W
Old Mnin 27
HIS 4404
Topics in World History:
Liberation Movements in
Latin America 1850-1940
Winkler-Morey
A study of the foundations of contemporary social
and revolutionary movements in Latin America,
1850-1940. Topics include but are not limited to
the struggle for women's rights in Brazil and Cuba;
indigenous people's fight to protect their
autonomy in the Peruvian Andes; race-pride, labor
movements, and anti-colonialism among Afro~ a r i b b e a n Emiliano
s~
Zapata and the ~ i x i c a n
Revolution; Augusto Sandino and Nicaragua's
response to imperialism.
6:OO- 3:30 PIII
T, Tlz
Old Mni1123
INS 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: the City
Arlnrzged
GER 112-S
Beginning German I1
Quanbeck
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness 3
9:OO-10:45 nlrr
M,T,W,Th
Old Moin 21
SPA 112-S
Beginning Spanish I1
Soto
Aims to develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness 3
1:OO-2:45~ I I I
M,T,W,TIz
Old Moil1 25
PHY 1014
Astronomy
Hansen
A descriptive course covering our solar system,
stars and galaxies. The course also traces the
development of scientific thought from early
civilization to the present day. The necessary
optical instruments are explained and use is made
of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch
Celestron and a three-inch Questar. Night viewing
and lab sessions are important components.
Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are
required. (Prereq.:Mathematics Placement Group
11) Persp.: Natural World 2
6:OO-9:30plrl
M, W
Scier~ce123
POL 3834
Defining America:
Aoki
Theories of Political and Social Change
Around the world, countries struggle with the
turmoil of social change. Shifting patterns of race
ethnicity, and culture often trigger fierce political
clashes over who belongs and who is an outsider.
This course examines these disputes, focusing
largely but not exclusively on the United States,
where racial and ethnic controversies are part of a
struggle over the definition of America. The goal
of this course is to enable students to make
thoughtful contributions to this debate.
6:OO-3:30~ I I I
M,W
Fuss 2 l A
PSY 1054
Principles of Psychology
Robinson-Riegler
An introduction to the methods and approaches
used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. Application of
psychological concepts to everyday situations is
emphasized. Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-3:30pfrl
T, TI1
Old Mnir123
REL 3734
Religions of China and Japan
Benson
A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan
that are usually associated with religion, including
the popular religious traditions of China,
Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Japanese
Shintoism. (Prereq.: Re1 111 or 221) Persp.:
Christian Faith 3
6:OO-9:30prrl
T,TII
Fuss 43
REL 4404
Varieties of Christian Spirituality
Holt
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian
tradition and of contemporary developments,
including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological,
and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An
introduction to the basic practices of spirituality,
especially prayer and meditation. (Prereq.: REL 111
or 221) Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-3:30~ I I I
T,TIz
Fuss 2 l B
REL 483-S
Christian Ethics
Forbes
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action. (Prereq.: Re1 111or 221) Persp.: Christian
Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:30 pnr
M, W
Foss 43
SOC 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: the City
Arrnnged
SOC 2654
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Gerasimo
Why do we set people aside for negative special
treatment? How are they stigmatized? The people
to whom we do this are often reflections of our
own fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and
"other" provides a way to examine racism, sexism
and other "-isms." Offered on P/N basis only.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:30 pr~r
T, TI1
Old M ~ i 27
n
I SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND
SPC 9 ~ 7 - . 3
Intercultural Communication
Lapakko
This course explores both the problems and the
potential of communications between persons of
different cultural groups. Students examine
Western and non-Western cultural rules, values,
assumptions and stereotypes and how they affect
the transmission of verbal and non-verbal
messages. The course stresses both a general
theoretical understanding of cross-cultural
interaction as well as specific knowledge of how
these principles relate to particular cultural groups.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Music 24
SPC 3544
Interpersonal Communication
Gaetano
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis
on factors that build relationships and help to
overcome communication barriers. This course
combines theory and practice to help the student
understand and manage communication problems
more effectively.
T, Th
Music 23
6:OO-9:30 pm
-
SOC 356-S
Crime and Community
Bloom
Analysis of correctional programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, courts and community agencies. Special
attention to concepts of restorative justice.
(Prereq.: Soc 121)
1:30-5:00 prrl
T,TI1
Old Main 11
SWK 2574
Exploring Human Services
Rooney
This course is designed to help students learn
about themselves in relation to a possible major or
future career in social work. Students must
arrange to perform 80 hours of work in a human
service agency and must attend the weekly
seminar. Persp.: the City
M,T,W,Th
Old Mnin 29
1:OO-2:45 p111
SWK 399-S
Social Work Internship
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the non-major
and supplements the required field work of majors.
(Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor)
Arranged
SWK 4994
Social Work Independent Study
Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Arratlged
Augsburg
College
Summer School
,
I.
1
Non-Profit Org.
U.S. Postage
PAID
Minneapolis, MN
Permit No. 2031
Show less
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college
affiliated with the Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America and is
located in the heart of Minneapolis.
The small college environment, about
3,000 students during the academic
year, is enriched by the many
opportunities f... Show more
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college
affiliated with the Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America and is
located in the heart of Minneapolis.
The small college environment, about
3,000 students during the academic
year, is enriched by the many
opportunities found in this vibrant
metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting
allows students to participate in a
host of cultural and
recreational activities,
ranging from the Guthrie
Theater to the
Minnesota History
Center to the
Minneapolis
Aquatennial.
I
Augsburg in
the Summer
Augsburg College offers a varied
summer curriculum that includes over
50 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships and
independent studies. Term I runs from
May 27 to June 20. Term I1 runs from
June 23 to July 31. For a detailed listing
I
of courses, look inside this brochure.
-
.
I
- -
-.I
w
I I
a
Information and
Forms
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
Augsburg College
Summer School Office
campus
B~~ #68
2211 Riverside Avenue
I Minneapolis,
I
6121330-1795
Augsburg General Education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduation Skills
requirements are so noted along with
the description of the course.
Course Levels: lne rlrst aiglr or tne t
digit course number indicates the course
level. Course numbers beginning with a
1 or 2 are lower division courses and are
intended primarily for freshmen and
sophomores; course numbers beginning
with 3 or 4 are upper division and are
primarily for juniors and seniors.
schmit, ~i~~~~~~
phoebe ~
~
~~
~
Eligiii
Independent Study: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Internships: In addition to those listec
internship opportunities may be I
u
arranged individually during the
summer. Academic internships are
I
carefully planned work-based learning
experiences, supervised and evaluated
by a faculty member. Consult the
Internship and Cooperative Education
Office at 6121330-1148 for more
C
information.
'
Housing: Students who need housing
mav contact the Residence Life Office
-
w44k
_
Employer Reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursement
to pay for Summer Session courses.
rn
The College reserves the right to cancel
listed courses.
Course Loads in Summer Session:
Students may take one course credit
during Term I and up to two course
credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise
indicated, all courses carry a value of one
course credit. One Augsburg course
credit is the equivalent of four semester
credits and six quarter credits.
.
.
,
.y
-I 1:
a
~~
~ -~ l
di
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions and
students admitted for the next fall term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
I
School. Good standing implies that the - I
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
I
hstitutian,
L-
Other persons wishing to take summer
courses should contact the director of
summer school to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
-
B
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular students of Augsburg
College. Those wishing to begin a
degree program at Augsburg should
apply to the Office of Admissions
6121330-1001 or the Weekend College
Admissions Office 6121330-1743.
'L
I
1
I
I
?
6th Street S
I"
7th Street S
mi-
Builer Place
94 West
-1nterslale
II
II
Interstate 94 East
...
-
-
~llegeMap Information
14. Murphy Place
Admlrrionr Weekday Program
1s. M l l , ~ l l ) ll q l l * , ~
16 M I $ = ]YA:
<
17 Nordic Center
18 Old Main
19 Orcar Anderson Hall
M Publlc Relatlanr and Communication I
21 Quad
22 Sdence Hall
23 Serurlty Dlrpatch Center
I
24 Shipplng and Receiving
LS S1 Melby Hall
26 Sverdrup Llbrary
27 Sverdrup-OttedalMemorial Hall
Marter 01 Sociol Wo* Admirrianr
28. Urness Tower
29. Youth and Farnlly Institute
30. New U b r a y l T to open Fall 1997
&I,
s!r.,t;:rt
!"l-z<,<~
,\',"~t,,L"'f 'f,~Wu~,f,
$*';,<I,
%.lhe~rc-,
~rudlrr,Slurlml
Juppon
brr !on tn I I'-#,-b?ri*rrr J l v l k n r Services
b.G~q/?:>i>
irl<br:
Athkti< r l ~ l 3
drd
Seasonal Air Structure
Center for Global Education and
International Programs
6 Chrlrtenren Center. Information Desk
7 East Hall
8. Fosr, Lobeck, Miles Center far Worrhlp,
Drama and Communlcatlon
9 Hurby-StrommenTennis Courts
10 Ice Arena
leray C Carlron Alumnl Center
Walntenance and Grounds Shop
Mortenren Tower
L
AMPUS
i
LOCATIC
-
1I , ,
L
-
--4
-
-
~3..
-
- I
4r
.
35W from the North .
Take Washington Avenue exit and turn leE
on Washington (turns right onto Cedar
Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right
at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from Minneapolis -
Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn
left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 2J.st Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right
lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
Beginning April 14, you may schedule
summer school courses at the Registrar's
Office between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. A
$50.00 tuition deposit must be paid at
that time for each course scheduled. This
deposit will be applied to your summer
school tuition and is not refundable
unless the course is canceled. If a course
that you have scheduled is canceled, you
may elect to receive a refund or apply
the deposit to the tuition for another
course. To insure that you reserve a
place in the courses that you desire, we
recommend that you schedule your
courses as early as possible. Many
courses fill early, and courses with low
enrollments may be canceled before the
first day of the term. You must confirm
your registration in person by paying
tuition in full at the Business Office
(see deadlines below), or you will be
dropped from your course(s).
Summer registration may be confirmed
beginning May 7. Students taking
courses during Term I must confirm
their registration by May 28. Term I1
confirmation must be made by June 24.
This procedure applies to all summer
registrations, including internships and
independent studies. The Business
Office is located in the Science Hall,
Room 147, and is open from 8:30 a.m.
to 4:00 p.m. The Business Office will be
open until 6 p.m. on May 27 and 28 and
on June 23 and 24. The Business Office is
also open on Saturdays when Weekend
College is in session. Tuition must be
paid in full in order for your registration
to be confirmed. (Augsburg students
who have unpaid balances from
previous terms must pay these balances
before they may confirm their summer
school registrations.)
A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for
students who do not confirm on time.
No Term I registrations will be accepted
after May 30, and Term I1 registrations
will not be accepted after June 27.
To change your registration you will
need to fill out an AddIDrop form at
the Registrar's Office. There is a charge
of $50.00 for changing a course after 3:30
p.m. on the second scheduled day of
each term. This procedure applies to
internships and independent studies as
well as scheduled courses. Refunds
and adjustments to fees are outlined in
the "Tuition Refund Policy" section of
this brochure.
Summer 1997
I
.
,=
Scheduling begins
Confirmation begins
Confirmation of registration deadline
(confirmation nzust be done irz
person at the Business Office)
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
Last day to:
.Change grading option
.Drop class without notation
.Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accep fed after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's Office
Term I
-
-
-1
April 14
May 7
May 28
April 14
May 7
June 24
May 27
May 28
June 23
June 24
June 9
May 30
May 30
July 7
June 27
June 27
-
-
June 13
June 20
June 25
July 4
July 25
July 33
August 6
I L is the policy or Augsburg Cullcgr not Lo Jiscriluinnli, on Llic b'isis o l wcc, color, crccd, religion, scxual
,iffeclion,~l prclcn%ncr,nalional ~ i r c l l i n i corigin, ~igc,mc~rit,ilsl,ilus, s(.u orslCiluswill1 rrg,ird Lo 11i1hlic
,issislancc, o~.disabiliLy,is ~ , c q ~ ~ i lby
t . d'l'illr I X l h r 1'17'2 E d u w l i o n Amcnclmcnls o~.Scclion504
Llic
I L ! h ~ i b i l i ~ , i l iA~c~l no l 1970, ,is ,~mcndcd,i n ils cidmissic>nspolitics, c.duc.,il~c~n
p ~ . ( ~ g ~ . ~I i ~ iLi si ~, i l i dc '~~ i ~
c m p l o y ~ n c n~pr,icliccs.
l
I
l
I
1
71h Street S .
7
Alr Structure Entrance
Seasonal Alr Structure
Center for Global Education and
lnternatlonal Programs
9. Hurby-Strornmen Tennlr Courts
1" Ice Arena
leroy C, Carlron Alumnl Center
Maintenance and Grounds Shop
Mortenren Tower
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (turns right onto Cedar
Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right
at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn
left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. Paul -
Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right
lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
I
ACC 221-S
Principles of Accounting I
Stoller
IntwduoMwl toZruafnessactivities, basic concepts
md,fu&rnenlilb of aefounting, the accounting
cycle ffns p ~ e p w r a hof financial statements.
9:OO-11:20 ain
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Matn 23
ACC 322-S
Accounting Theory & Practice I
Kader
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
9:OO-11:20 arrr
M,T, W,Tlz,F
Old Main 25
BUS 242-5
Principles of Management
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accountability and
responsibility; analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
6:OO-9:00prir
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 11
ECO 110-5
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment by independent study.
Students need signature of instructor before Term I
begins. Call 330-1152. P I N only. Persp.: Social
World 1 or 2, or The City
Arranged
ECO 112-S
Principles of Macroeconomics
Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Persp.: Western Heritage
1or 2
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 16
EDE 382-S
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Mathematics (-50credit)
Dyer
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.:
PPST)
6:00-9:30 prn
T,Th
Library 1
EDU 210-S
Learning and Development in an
Educational Setting
Strait
A survey of educational psychology topics as
applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis
is placed on classroom applications. (PSY 105:
Principles of Psych. is strongly recommended.)
Persp.: Human Identity
M,T,W,Th,F
Library17
9:00-11:20 a m
EDU 341-5
Media Technology (.50 Credit)
Dyer
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through
" the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
teachingllearning situations. Computer training
will be included in the course. (Prereq.: PPST)
M,W
Old Main 25
6:OO-9:30 pnt
ENG 2454
Introduction to Literature
Palosaari
In this course students are initiated into the formal
study of fiction, poetry and drama, drawing on
works from several periods, different cultures and
races, and male and female writers. The course
aims to expand students' critical and analytical
skills in reading literature and writing about it as
the prerequisite for all upper level courses in
literature. Persp.: Aesthetics
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 10
9:OO-l1:20 an1
ENG 3474
Quantitative Journalism:
Computer-Assisted Reporting
Dalglish
This course introduces students to computerassisted informational investigation and the
interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of
expository essays and news reports. The course is
designed for persons wishing to explore the use of
computer-assisted research and those preparing to
enter the communication professions. (Prereq:
ENG 225, or ENG 227 or consent of instructor and
MPG 111) Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
6:OO-9:00 pni
M, T, W,Th
Foss 20
HIS 3484
Russia and the Soviet Union in
the 20th Century
Kimball
This course provides an introductory historical
survey of Russia and the Soviet Union in this
century. It begins with an examination of Russian
history before turning to the Russian Revolutions
of 1917, the Civil War and Lenin's consolidation of
power. Later topics will include the rise of Stalin,
his Great Terror, the Cold War and the slow
rejection of Stalinism. We will conclude with an
examination of developments since the rise of
Gorbachev, the collapse of the Soviet Union and
the emergence of the Russian Republic. The course
will emphasize political, social, economic and
cultural history by focusing on Russian/Soviet
practices and institutions. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness I
M,T, W,Th, F
Old Main 13
9:OO-11:20 a m
ENG 225-5
Intermediate Expository Writing
Swanson
This course builds on the practices and methods of
Effective Writing, ENG 111.Its workshop format
stresses style and organization, the process of
revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. Graduation
Skill: Writing
9:OO-11:20 an1
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 1l
INS 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Olson
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member that links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: The City
Arranged
GER l l l - S
Beginning German I
Van Cleve
Aims at developing basic skills. Students practice
speaking, understanding, and reading and writing
basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German
culture and uarticiuation in short conversations.
Laboratory materials available. Persp.:
Intercultural Awareness 2
9:OO-11:45am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 22
.
SPA l l l - S
Beginning Spanish I
Farrell
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part
of this course. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2
1:OO-3:45prn
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 29
PSY 3624
Behavior Disorders
Hanson
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors
from social, organic and psychological points of
view. (Prereq.:PSY 102 or 105)
6:00-990 pm
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 23
REL l l l - S
Holt
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the church
and the world that concerns Christian doctrine.
Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:00pm
M,T,Th,F
Old Main 18
SOC 265-5
Gerasimo
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Why do we set people aside for negative special
treatment? How are they stigmatized? The people
to whom we do this are often reflections of our
own fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and
"other" provides a way to examine racism, sexism
and other "-isms." Offered on P / N basis only.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:00pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 16
BUS 3404
Human Resource Management
Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker with
the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
M,w
Old Main 11
6:OO-9:30 pm
BUS 4404
Operations Management
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management
of operating functions taught from a managerial
viewpoint with examples from various industries
and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of
instructor)
T,Th
Old Main 11
6:OO-9:30 pm
ART 1074
Drawing
Bollman
Drawing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel
pencils. Subjects include still-life figures, building
interiors and exteriors and experimental work.
Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
Old Main 17
6:OO-9:30 pm
ART 118-S
Painting I
Bollman
Introduction to painting media and technique in
acrylic and oil. Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
Old Main 17
6:OO-9:30 pm
ART 1324
Photography
Friederichsen
The camera will be used as a tool for visual
creativity and expression using black and white
photographic processes. Students need access to a
35mm, single lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of
film, etc.: $200-$225. Persp.: Aesthetics
Section S1:OO-4:30 pm
M,w
Old Main 4
Section T6:OO-9:30 pm
M,w
Old Main 4
ART 3894
American Art
Anderson
A study of early colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture and folk arts. Persp.:
Aesthetics. Graduation Skill: Speaking
T,Th
Old Main 25
6:OO-9:30 pm
ACC 2224
Principles of Accounting I1
Kader
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to
business activities, accounting for corporations.
Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting, planning and controlling processes,
decision-making and behavioral consideratioils.
(Prereq.:ACC 221)
9:00-10:45 am
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 25
MIS 1754
Principles of Computing for Busidess Schwalbe
An introductory course to develop understanding
of basic computing concepts and specific skills in
using microcomputer software (Windows, Word,
Excel, Access, Powerpoint, e-mail and the World
Wide Web). Emphasis on solving business-related
problems using software, especially Excel. Students
with a strong computer background are encouraged
to take MIS 370 (not offered Summer Session)
instead of MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1 or a "Pass" in
MAT 103, a self-paced course)
T,Th
Foss 42
6:OO-9:30 pm
ECO 110-S
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
metro-urban environment by independent study.
Students need signature of instructor before Term I1
begins. Call 330-1152. P / N only. Persp.: Social
World 1 or 2, or The City
Arranged
ECO 1 1 2 4
Principles of Macroeconomics
Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, and international
trade. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. Persp.: Western Heritage
T,Th
Old Main 16
6:OO-9:30 pm
ECO 1 1 3 4
Princivles of Microeconomics
Sabella
Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Persp.: Social World 1or 2
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,W
Old Main 29
ECO 3154
Money and Banking
Gupta
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems,
particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve
System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary
theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113),,
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,w
Old Main 16
I
,
1
I
'
EDE 3774
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Science (25 credit)
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (Prereq.: PPST)
July 15,17,22,24,29,31
6:30-8:30 pnl
T,Th
Old Main 4
EDS 3904
Communication Skills in
the English Classroom
LaDuca
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening and small group
discussions as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum. (Prereq.: PPST)
6:OO-9:30pm
T,Th
Science 112
EDS 3914
LaDuca
Teaching Mass Media (.50 credit)
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. Students will
explore the nature of media as "consciousness
industries," examining the whys of teaching
media, how to go about it effectively, what kind of
assumptions media education was based on in the
past and how to incorporate media education into
the English curriculum. Students will become
familiar with all forms of mass media and will
understand the impact of media on their lives.
Students will learn how to be discriminating users
of mass media and how to teach others to be the
same. (Prereq.: PPST)
6:OO-9:30pm
M
Science 112
ENG 2234
Writing for Business and the Professions Kramer
A practical course designed to improve writing
skills for those preparing for business and
professional careers. The writing of reports, letters
and proposals is emphasized. Students are
encouraged to use material from their own areas of
specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111) Graduation Skill:
Writing
690-9:30 pm
M,w
Old Main 13
ENG 282-SI382-S
Topics in Literature: The Heroic Journey Griffin
This course will study archetypal patterns of the
heroic journey as well as specific examples of such
journeys. It will emphasize the ideas of Joseph
Campbell but will also consider other
interpretations of heroic journeys. Since western
civilization usually assumes that the hero is a man,
usually white and belonging to a warrior class,
analysis of the heroic warrior myth, both as it is
depicted in ancient and medieval epics and myths
and as it appears in contemporary American
popular narratives, will be explored. But the heroic
journey is a human journey, and thus the course
will also emphasize the heroic journeys of women
and men who may be neither white nor warriors.
6:OO-9:30pnl
M,w
Old Main 23
HIS 440-5
Topics in World History: The Meaning
of 20th Century European Diplomatic History
for 21st Century Europe
Anderson
This course provides historical perspective on
some of the security, political and economic
problems facing Europe at the end of the
millennium while attempting to assess and
understand the future of NATO, the possibilities of
a United States of Europe, the Yugoslav problem
and the relationship of Russia and the United
States to Europe. The course begins with a
consideration of World Wars I and I1 within a
diplomatic context and includes examination of the
motives for West European economic and political
integration.
6:OO-9:30pm
T,TI1
Old Main 10
INS 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Olson
A work-based learning experience in which
students design a learning agreement with a
faculty member that links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: The City
Arranged
INS 2254
Introduction to Islam
Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to
present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims.
The course will cover the ideological foundations
of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a
consideration of the differences between the
Islamic sects (Sumis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some
effort to deal with the similarities and differences
between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism
will be made, including a visit to one of the
mosques in the Twin Cities. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness I
6:OO-9:30pnl
T ,Th
Old Main 29
MAT 1734
Math of Interest
Kaminsky
An introduction to actuarial mathematics. Topics
include life insurance, annuities, mortgages, loan
payments and other topics in the mathematics of
financial transactions. (Prereq.: MPG 111)
Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
6:OO-9:30pin
T ,Th
Old ~ a i 23
n
GER 1124
Beginning German I1
Van Cleve
Aims at developing basic skills. Students practice
speaking, understanding, reading and writing
basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narrative in simple German, insights into German
culture and participation in short conversations.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3
9:OO-11:30 rrtn
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 22
SPA 112-S
Beginning Spanish I1
Soto
Aims to develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to the culture of
the Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is
an integral part of the course. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness 3
1:OO-3:30 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 29
PHY 101-S
Astronomy
Hansen
A descriptive course covering the solar system,
stars and galaxies. The course also traces the
development of scientificthought from early
civilization to the present day. Night viewing and
lab sessions are important components of the course.
Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are
required. (Prereq.: Mathematics Placement
Group 11), Persp.: Natural World 2
M, w
Science 212
6:OO-9:30 ptn
POL 2954
Topics in Political Thought:
Utopias & Dystopias
Riley
"War is peace. Freedom is slavery. Ignorance is
strength," so asserts the Ministry of Truth in
Orwell's bleak warning to humanity in his novel
"1984." In this course we will examine fundamental questions of human nature and human
society through the lens of utopian and dystopian
texts. What is the nature of freedom? Is freedom
and community compatible? How may sex and
gender be distinguished? What are the sources of
violence in human society? What are the legitimate
ends of state authority? Persp.: Human Identity,
Graduation Skill: Writing
M, W
Old Main 27
6:OO-9:30 pnr
POL 383-5
Defining America: Theories of Political
and Social Change
Aoki
Around the world, countries struggle with the
turmoil of social change. Shifting patterns of race,
ethnicity and culture often trigger fierce political
clashes over who belongs and who is an outsider.
This course examines these disputes, focusing
largely but not exclusively on the United States,
where racial and ethnic controversies are part of a
struggle over the definition of America. The goal is
to enable students to make thoughtful contributions
to debates in dire need of such offerings.
6:OO-9:30 pnt
M,w
Foss 43
PSY 105-5
Principles of Psychology
Robinson-Riegler
An introduction to the methods and approaches
used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. Application of
psychological concepts to everyday situations is
emphasized. Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-9:30 pm
, M, w
Science 213
REL 3574
Giants of the Faith
Tranvik
The lives of famous Christians are crossed with
tragedies and triumphs. This course combines
biography and theology to gain insights into the
history of the church. Figures as diverse as
Augustine, Julian of Norwich, Martin Luther and
Martin Luther King Jr. will be studied. Persp.:
Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:30 pm
M, w
Old Main 10
REL 385-5
Process Theology & Christian Faith
Lorenzen
This course introduces students to the relational
world view of process philosophy and examines
how it has influenced Christian faith and ethical
deliberations. Special attention will be given to the
writings of John B. Cobb Jr., as a representative of
process theology. Classes will include videos, small
groups and some lecture to introduce topics. Ethical
issues addressed in the class include murder,
abortion, human sexuality and euthanasia. Grades
will be based on a paper (10-15 pages), the
presentation of the paper to the class and class
participation. (Prereq.: REL 111 or 221) Persp.:
Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:30 pm
T, Th
Old Main 27
SWK 2604
Humans Developing
Rooney
This course provides an understanding of human
growth through life and of the sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors that influence
the growth of individuals and families. Growth
related to diverse populations and groups or special
stresses is also a focus. Persp.: Human Identity
6:00-9:30 pm
T,Th
Old Main 13
SOC 356-S
Crime and Community
Bloom
Analysis of correctiollal programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion and site visits to
prisoiis, courts and community agencies. Special
atlention to concepts of restorative justice. (I'rereq.:
Soc 321)
1:00-4:30 ~ I I I
T,Tlr
Old M n i ~ r10
I
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND
The Bristol International Program
In Social Work
Bristol University, U.K.
June 28 to July 12,1997
THEATRE ARTS
SPC 3294
Intercultural Communication
Gaetano
This course explores cultural differences and their
implications for colnmunication, including
differences in values, norms, social interaction and
(.ode systems Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
,:00-9:3U ~ I I I
T,TII
Old Mniir 18
?PC 351-S
,\rgumentation
Lapakko
1 )evelops critical thinking skills by studying the
i heory and practice of argument, evidence,
:,illacres and refutation. Includes how to build and
n a l y z e public arguments that confront students in
ilieir everyday lives. Graduatioil Skill: Critical
l'hinking
1 :00-9:30 p ~ r ~
M,w
Old Mfliil 18
SWK 257-B
Exploring Human Senrices:
International Program
Bibus
This course is an orientation to human service
in an international context with many visits
to human service agencies, lectures and
seminars. Full orientation takes place at
Augsburg for two sessions before the course.
Credit is transcripted through Augsburg. The
course is also available for graduate credit
with a research component.
Cost: $1,990 includes tuition, all ground
transportation in the U.K., all accommodations and most meals. Airfare is NOT
included. Students must make their own
flight arrangements.
Augsburg
College
Summer School
Show less
-ru-
m
"!--c
1
auasbura in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships
and independent studies. Term I
runs from June 1 to June 26. Term
I1 runs from June 29 to August 7.
For a de... Show more
-ru-
m
"!--c
1
auasbura in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships
and independent studies. Term I
runs from June 1 to June 26. Term
I1 runs from June 29 to August 7.
For a detailed listing of courses, look
inside this brochure.
term one
June 1 to June 26
term two
June 29 to August 7
about
augsbur
Augsburg College is a four-year, accredited
liberal arts college affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America and
is located in the heart of Minneapolis. The small college environment, about 3,000
students during the academic year, is enriched by the many opportunities found in
this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in
a host of cultural and recreational activities, ranging from the Guthrie Theater to
the Minnesota History Center to the Minneapolis Aquatennial.
summer session info
Course Loads in Summer Session:
Students may take one course credit
during Term I and up to two course
credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value
of one course credit. One Augsburg
course credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits and six quarter credits.
Augsburg General Education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduation
Skills requirements are so noted along
with the description of the course.
Course Levels: The first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers beginning
with a "1" or "2" are lower division
courses and are intended primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; course
numbers beginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily
for juniors and seniors.
Independent Study: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultation with individual faculty members.
Internships: In addition to those listed,
internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the summer. Academic internships are carefully
planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a
faculty member. Consult the Internship
and Cooperative Education Office at
(612) 330-1148 for more information.
Employer Reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursement
to pay for Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
at (612) 330-1109.
The College reserves the right to
cancel listed courses.
information
Additional information may be
obtained from:
Augsburg College
Campus Box #I44
22 11 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1787
Summer School Coordinator
Terry Cook
eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next fall term are
eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
courses should contact the coordinator
of summer school to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular students of Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree program at Augsburg should apply to the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions,
(612) 330-1001, or the Weekend College
Admissions Office, (612) 330-1743.
3
to register
Bt
ning An]
su
er sch
Registrar's 0 t h
and 4:30 p.m.
calendar
-
ay s c h c d ~ ~ l c
at the
ween 8:00 a.m.
tuition deposit
must be paid z
at time for each
course sch
rhis deposit will hc
applied to you
r school tuition
r ~ ~ l e the
s s course
and is not ref1
1. If a co
you have
is cant
is cancclcd, ,..- may elect to
,.,
the tuition for another course. To
insure that you reserve a pl
I the
1n1nen~1
courses that you desire, M
as early
that yo^^ schedule your 1.1
rly, and
as possible. Many cour:
courses with low enroll
~ t may
s
he
canceled before the first day of the
term. You must confirm your registration in person by paying tuition in
full at the Business Office (see deadlines below), or you will be dropped
from your course(s).
Summer registration may be confirmed
beginning May 11. Students taking
courses during Term 1 must confirm
their registration by June 2. Term I1
confirmation must be made by June 30.
This procedure applies to all summer
registrations, including internships and
independent studies. T h e Business
en from _ ... . a.m.
Room 147 a n
siness Office will
to 4:00 p.m. l h t
be open until 6
o n June 1 and 2
and on Junc
and 30. T h e Business
Oftice is
i when
~n SI
n . Tuition
Weekencl couef
must he aid in tull in oruer for your
.. . -.
le confirmed. (Augsburg
j whc) have unpaid halances
? v ; . - . --rms
~
must pay these
,,,
a12
st
they [nay confirm their
summer sch~
trations.)
cheduling begins
:onfirmation begins
:onfirmation of registration deadline
,......
A late fee of $50 will he assessed for
students who dc? not confirm o n time.
No Term 1 registrations will he accepted after June 3, and Term 11 registrations will not he accepted after July 6.
To change your registration you will
necd to fill out an add/drop form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of
$50 for changing a course after 3:30
p.m. on the second scheduled day of
each term. This procedure applies
to illternships and independent studies
as well as scheduled courses. Refunds
and adjustments to fees are outlined in
the " T u i t i o ~Refund
~
Policy" section of
this brochure.
:
April 13
May 11
June 2
April 13
May 11
June 30
June 1
June 2
June 29
June 30
June 8
June 3
June 3
July 13
July 6
July 6
confirmation must be done in
erson at the Business Office)
:lasses begin
balance of tuition due
,ast day to:
Change grading option
Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations wiU be
accepted after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's Office
#&
June 19
June 26
July 1
3
7
PL,
the hasis i f r m e , C ~ J L Jcreed,
~ , religioi~,sexmrl or affectionnl prefrreilce, natiunnl
A u ~ h h u r gdi~eriiot drscrimillnte
m reqriired by Tick
or erhiiic ongin, a ~ e marital
,
stiltus, gender, stntus with ~ c g a r dtro public ~ ~ s ~ s t a norc edr,ahility
,
I?: of the 1972 Educntion Atnendinents or Secrri~r~
504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its
admbsion poliilrs, edrtiatiunol Inr)groins, activities, m d etnpbyment pmctrceh
augsburg
fees
.-
The tuition charge for 1998 summer
school courses is as follows: $900 for
full-credit courses, $450 for half-credit
courses and $225 for quarter-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition refund policy
The $50.00 per course deposit i~
refundable. A refund of all or par
the remaining fee is calculz ' from
the date of the student's
cancellation at the
Schedule of Refunds:
Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting-100% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting-75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting -50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated
version of the schedule of refunds.
-
f inancia
>id
Eligibility for;$ummer
Session ~tten&es
!!
I
5
Financial aid is',available to students
enrolled in ~ & . 6 rW e ~ k ~ nPrograms.
d
Students wlip maintain3h81f-time
status (as defined by the program in
.-.L:cli they are enrolled) are eligible
nnl; for financial aid.
uay rrog
Students enrollea m summer Terms I
and 11 combined or only Term I1 may
be eligible to apply for the Federal
Stafford Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or
the Minnesota State Grant.
WEC Program
No aid is given for summer Term I as it
runs concurrently with the WEC
spring trimester.
14. Murphy Place
15. Mur h Square
16. ~ u s hall
t
17. Nardlc Center
10. Old Maln
19. Oscar Anderson Hall
20. Publlc Relatlons and Communlcatlon
College Map lnformatlon
1 Admlsslons Weekday Program
Alr Structure Entrance
2
Seasonal Alr Structure
5. Center far Global Educatlon and
lnternatlonal Programs
6. Chrlrtenren Center, lnformatlon Desk
7. East Hall
8. Forr Lobeck, Mlles Center for
~ o h h ,l Drama and Communlcatlon
9. Husby-gtrommenTennls Courts
10. Ice Arena
11. JeroyC. Carlson Alumnl Center
12. Malntenanre and Grounds Shoo
13. Mortensen Tower
Ramp
campus location
35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and rum left on
Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue),
turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 2lst
Avenue South.
Students enrolled in summer Term I1
may be eligible for the Federal Stafford
Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the
Minnesota State Grant.
To Apply
The financial aid deadline for the
Summer Session is April 15, 1998.
Contact the Ofhce of Student
Financial Services at (612) 330-1046
for application materials and additional
assistance. Early application is advised.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn Left at 21st
Avenue South.
PI,4;q
-
- .-
a(
--
.
5;
:
-
.
,
I-.
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right
lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue South.about augsburg
-
.7
!fI
lytical skills in reading literature and writing
about it as the prerequisite for all upper level
courses in literature. Persp.: Aesthetics
ACC 2 2 1 3
Principles of Accc
Introduction to bu
and fundamel
cycle, and prt
Stoller
--..;ities, basic concepts,
ounting, the accounting
f hnancial statements.
9:OO- 11:20 an
W,Th,F
Sabella
! E o n s of ~robkmsfacment by independent
tnnr* nf instructor before
~ly.Persp.:
Old Main 18
ACC 3 2 2 8
Accountino 1neul , ..--.
Kader
A n anal
f financial accou
nphasis
-- accol
g theory p e r t a i n ~ ~to~ gnmanct;
!nts, income concepts, valuation concepl
PASB statements, and other relevant issues
applied to assets. (Prereq.: A C C 222)
-
-
9:OO-ll:20 am
M,T; W,Th,F
Music 22
BUS 2 4 2 3
Principles of Management
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management, organiration, staffing, planning, and control. The nature
of authority, accountability, and responsibility;
analysis of the role of the professional manager.
6:OO-9:00pm
M, T; W,Th
BUS 3 9 9 3
Internship
Arranged
Music 22
Kader
of Macroeconomics
Gupta
ductlon to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, mon~
~dfiscal policy, international
trade, econorr
,th.(Prereq.: MPG 2)
Persp.: Western
el012
9:OO-ll:20 am
,W,Th,F
Old Main 16
b
uU J 341.Media Technology (.50 Credit)
M,T;W,Th,F
Room TBA
Dyer
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology Selection, preparation, production,
and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials
for teachindlearning situations. Computer training
will be included in the course. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to Teacher Education Program)
6:OO-9:30pm
C H M 223-S
Elementary Organic Chemistry
TBA
This 10-week course is designed for students
whose professional goals require a survey of organic chemistry. Topics covered include synthesis,
properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and
aromatic compounds. This course will not count
toward a chemistry major and credit cannot be
given for this course if CHM 351, 352 is taken. It
does not fulfill the prerequisite requirement for
CHM 352 or the biochemistry requirements for
other programs. This course runs from June 1 to
Aug. 6 and has two three-hour lab meetings
every week. (Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116)
Time TEA
- --
June 2,4,9,11,23,25
Library 20
--.-ENG 2 2 3 3
Writing for Business and the Professions Kramer
A practical course designed to improve writing
skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and
proposals is emphasized. Students are encouaged to
use material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq: ENG 111) Graduation Skill: Writing
6:OO-9:OO pm
M, T; W,Th
Old Main 13
ENG 2 4 5 3
Introduction to Literature
Swanson
In this course students are initiated into the formal study of fiction, poetry, and drama, drawing
on works from several periods, different cultures
and races, and male and female writers. The
course aims to expand students' critical and ana-
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T;W.Th,F
Old Main 10
Eric Rhomer, Claude Chabrol, and others. Parallel
to a discussion on the aesthetic aspects specific to
each author and genre, we will study different
cultural themes. The films are in French with
English subtitles. The class work is in English.
1:OO-320 pm
M,T;W,Th,F
Old Main 25
SPA I l l - S
H I S _ S.
History of the Twin Cities
~ i ~ b ~ lBeginning
l
Spanish I
Soto
four basic skills: understanding,
~h~ ~
i
~and ~ paul ~area serves
~
lAimsi to develop
~
as~ a case~
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
study for the themes of frontier urbanization,
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
industrialization and economic change, transSpanish-speaking world. ~aboratorywork is an
portation, immigration and ethnicity, and urban
integral part of this course. Persp.: intercultural
politics and reform. Persp.: The City
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T;W,Th, F
Old Main 13
Awareness 2
st,
1:OO-320pm
PSYC
I N S 199-S/399-S
Internship
Olson
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a faculty
member that links the ideas and methods of their
major to the opportunities found in the placement.
M, T; W,Th,F
Old Main 29
,
PSY 3c- _
Behavior Disorders
Hanson
A n introduction to maladaptive human behaviors
from
organic, and p s y c ~ o ~ o g ipoints
c a ~ of
view, prereq,: PSY 102 or 105)
6:oo-g:oo pm
M,T;W,T~
Old Main 23
Arranged
I
MAT 105-S
Applied Algebra
Provides an introduction to algebra and its applications to the social, natural, and physical sciences,
business, and everyday life. Topics covered include
understanding and solving linear, quadratic, and
exponential equations, the connections between
equations, graphs, numbers and the situations they
describe, and the use of a scientific calculator.
(Prereq.: MPG 2 or consent of instructor)
9:OO-11:20am
M,T;W,Th,F
Science 108
-)))
Topics: French and
duRivage
Francophone Culture in Film
A n introduction to the main cultural issues that
characterize French and Francophone societies as
they have been portrayed in the works of such
filmmakers as Francois Truffaud, Maurice Pialat,
REL 353-S
Denominations and Religious
Groups in America
Bussert
A study of beliefs and worship practices of the
major Christian denominations and of many
contemporary religious groups. Some controversial
religious movements will also be considered.
Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
~:oo.g:oopm
M,T;W,T~
Foss 43
REL 357
Giants of the Faith
Tranvik
Looks at the lives and thinking of some important
Christians. The mix of biography and theology
makes for stimulating reading and discussion. We
will study figures like Augustine, Martin Luther
King Jr., and Dorothy Day. Persp.: Christian
~a$a2~mqfn~on
M,,wTh
Science 212
\
term
I
7
-august
ART 107-S
Drawing
Drawing in gr;
pencils. Subjects in'
.
Cerrito
elated to the management
Persp.: A
ART 11'-'
Painting
o painting meala ana recnnlque
lntroduc
acrylic a m "11. Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30pm
T; Th
Old Mair;
ART 132-S/ART 132-T
Photography
Friederichsen
The camera will be used as a tool for visual
creativity and expression using black and white
photographic processes. Students need access to a
35mm, single lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of
film, etc.: $200-$225. Persp.: Aesthetics
Section S1:OO-4:30pm
Section T6:OO-9:30pm
M, w
Old Main 4
Music 22
i
~ r i n c i ~ l of
e s Comnuting for Business Schwalbe
re to develop understanding
An introducl
---7ts and specific skills in
of basic c o m p ~ ,
are (Windows, Word,
using microcoml
Excel, Access, Powerromt, e-mail, and the World
Wide Web). Emphasis on solving business-related
problems using software, especially Excel.
Students with a strong computer background are
encouraged to take MIS 370 instead of MIS 175.
(Prereq.: MPG 2)
6:OO-9:30pm
T; Th
FOSS42
Old Main 4
C H M 223-&See
ACC 222-S
Principles of Accounting 11
Kader
A coniinuation of ~ ~ ~ 2Introduction
2 1 .
to
business activities, accounting for corporations.
Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting, planning and controlling processes,
decision-makine, and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: A C C 221)
9:OO-lO:45am
M,T; W,Th
Foss 21
BUS 3 4 0 3
Human Resource Management
Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.:
BUS 242)
6:OO-9:30pm
M, w
Music 22
0
Term one
0
ECO 110-S
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems
facing a metro-urban environment by independent study. Students need signature of instructor
before Term 11 begins. Call 330-1152. PIN only.
Persp.: Social World 1 or 2, or The City
Arranged
ECO 1 1 2 3
Principles of Macroeconomics
Gupta
lntroduction to macroeconomics, national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, and
international trade. Application of elementary
economic theory to current economic problems.
Persp.: Western Heritage 1 or 2
Old Main 16
6:OO-9:30pm
T; Th
ECO 113-S
Principles of Microeconomics
Sabella
lntroduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures, and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Persp.: Social World 1 or 2
6:OO-9:30pm
M, W
Old Main 29
ECO 315-S
Money and Banking
Gupta
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems,
particularly commercial banks, and the Federal
Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary
theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112)
6:OO-9:30pm
M. W
Old Main 16
EDU 21023
Learning and Development in an
Educational Setting
Strait
A survev of educational osvcholow
= topics as
applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. (PSY 105
is strongly recommended.) Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-9:30om
% Th
Library 17
.,
EDE 37723
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Science (.25 credit)
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary level. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
Teacher Education Program)
June 29, July 1, 6, 8, 13,15
6:30-8:30pm
b Th
Old Main 4
EDE 386-S
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Children's Literature (.50 credit)
Graves
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences, (Prereq,: PPST and admission to Teacher
Education Program)
5:30-8:30pm
M, W
Library
EDE 387-S
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Language Arts (.50 credit)
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to Teacher
Education Program) Graduation Skill: Writing
5:30-8:30pm
Library 17
M, w
EDS 3 9 0 3
Communication Skills in
the English Classroom
LaDuca
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. It is designed
to improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group discussions as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to Teacher Education Program)
6:OO-9:30pm
T; Th
Science 112
EDS 391-S
Teaching Mass Media (a50 credit)
LaDuca
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. Students will
explore the nature of media, examining the whys
of teaching media, how to go about it effectively,
what kind of assumptions media education was
based on in the past, and how to incorporate
media education into the English curriculum.
Students will learn how to be discriminating users
of mass media and how to teach others to be the
same. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to Teacher
Education Program)
6:OO-9:30pm
M
Science 112
ENG 282-S
Topics:Women Monsters
and Monstrous Best
Kramer
Enjoy reading horror novels like Frankenstein,
Dracula, or the works of S t e ~ h e nKine and Anne
Rice? This class explores why readers are attracted
to "monstrous" genres and how monstrosities affect
the representation of women and marginalized
groups in contemporary popular culture.
6:OO-9:36
M, w
Old Main 13
IHISTORY
. .-
INS 414-2
Rhetoric (forme
The rhetoris
colonial tin
rhetorical perspc
Rhetorical critic
-
of a UnitedlStates
Yugy Iav
relationship qf-md
the
prc' ' &the
1
s to Europe.
6Th
Ola
-
INS 199-S/399-S
Internship
Olson
dents design a learning aareemenz th a faculty
member that links the-ideas and methods of their
major to the opportunities found in the placement.
)
Nilsson
lerican feminists from
alyzed to develop a
American feminism.
e means of analvsis. Pers~.:
k i n g Spanish I1
Soto
Four basic skills: understandAims to deve
I, and writing of elementary
ing, speaking, ,
o the culture of the
Spanish. Introdt
Laboratory work is an
Spanish-speakin, .-.;.
integral part of the course. Persp.: lntercultural
Awareness 3
1:OO-2:45 pm
M, 6 W,Th
Old Main 29
POL 282-S
Asian Americans and the Politics
of Identity
Aoki
This course focuses on Asian Americans and
recent political battles over the American identity
We will seek to understand Asian American views
of these controversies, and we will also consider
the larger context in which Asian Americans find
themselves. The class will revolve around discussions of readings, films, and current political issues.
6:OO-9:30 pm
M, W
Old Main 10
REL 3 6 9 3
Religious Imagination in
Modem Literature
Stratton
Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism,
and world view. Reading and discussion of several
novels. Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3
6:OO-9:30 pm
M, w
Old Main 11
Arranged
INS 225-S
Introduction to Islam
Kader
The course will cover the ideological foundations
of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also
be a consideration of the differences between the
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). A visit
to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities is
included. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I
6:OO-9:30 pm
6 Th
Foss 43
PHY 101-S
Astronomy
Hansen
A descriptive course covering the solar system,
stars, and galaxies. The course also traces the
development of scientific thought from early
civilization to the present day. Night viewing
and lab sessions are important components of
the course. Additional viewing and/or lab sessions
are required. (Prereq.: MPG 2), Persp.: Natural
World 2
6:OO-9:30 prn
M, w
REL 4 7 2 3
Paul the Apostle
Quanbeck I1
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical
background, his relationship to the early church,
and some of the themes found in his writings.
Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3 and Graduation
Skill: Critical Thinking
3:OO-6:00 prn
6 Th
Old Main 16
Science 123
SWK 260-S
Humans Developing
Rooney
This course provides an understanding of human
growth through life and of the sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors that influence
the growth of individuals and families. Growth
related to diverse populations and groups or special stresses is also a focus. Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-9:30pm
6 Th
Old Main 25
SOC 3 5 6 3
Crime and Community
Bloom
Analysis of correctional programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, courts, and community agencies. Special
attention to concepts of restorative justice.
(Prereq.: Soc 121)
1:OO-4:30pm
6 Th
Old Main 10
SPC 329-S
Intercultural Communication
Lapakko
This course explores cultural differences and their
implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and
code systems. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:30prn
M, w
Old Main 18
SPC 4143
Speaking of Women:
American Feminist Rhetoric
(formerly Feminist Rhetoric)
Nilsson
The rhetoric of selected American feminists from
colonial times to now is analyzed to develop a
rhetorical perspective on American feminism.
Rhetorical criticism is the means of analysis.
Persp.: Human Identity; Graduation Skill: Speaking
6:OO-9:30prn
6 Th
Old Main 11
summer term a h
center for
global education
upcoming programs:
"Developing
- - a Multicultural Perspective:
A graduate level course for educators in Cue1 aca, Mexico"
July 6-19, 1998 (Augsburg ' . ' L course credit auuc~ole)
-
"Peace Issues in Central Americ:
June 12-22, 1998 with rhe 1.11thers
"Peo
July :
'
'
r Lives and (
I (wit1
"Guatemala in the
August 1-9, 1998
.,.
xas A
uM
El Salvador and Honduras'
University)
I Wgr Period"
3
;ions, Laying Foundations.
"South Africa: Heali
Transforming SoEietj
June 1 7 - ~ u 1 ~
Human Rights Travel/Study Seminar in Mexico
July 13-22, 1998 (includes Mexico G't and Chiapas)
9
For more information and other possible trips, contact the
Center for Global Education
directly at 330-1159 or: globaled@augsburg.edu
A
Show less
'
17
ssion '99
,
-v
#'
&/
augsburg in the summer
Augshurg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships
and independent studies. Term I
runs from June 1 to June 25. Term
I1 runs from June 28 to Aug~lst5... Show more
'
17
ssion '99
,
-v
#'
&/
augsburg in the summer
Augshurg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes over 50 courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships
and independent studies. Term I
runs from June 1 to June 25. Term
I1 runs from June 28 to Aug~lst5.
A cietailed listing of courses begins
on page 8.
term one
June 1 to J ~ l n e25
term two
June 28 to August 5
about
augsburg
Augshurg College is a four-year, liberal arts
college locatcci in the heart of Min~~eapolis,
ancl affiliated with the Evangelical
Lutheran C h ~ l r c hin America, Augshurg is accredited by the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools."' T h e small college environment, ahont 3,000
s t ~ ~ d e n(luring
ts
the acacle~llicyear, is enriched by the Inany opport~lnitiesfound in
this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in
a host of c u l t ~ ~ rand
a l recreational activities.
summer session info
Course loads in Summer Session:
Students may take one course credit
during Term I and up to two course
credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a valile
of one course credit. O n e Augsburg
course credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits and six quarter credits.
Augsburg general education:
Co~lrsesfillfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduatio~l
Skills requirements are so noted along
with the description of the course.
Course levels: T h e first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers beginning
with a "1" or "2" are lower division
courses and are intended primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; course
n~llnhersheginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily
for juniors and seniors.
Independent study: Independent stildies [nay be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Internships: In acidition to those listed,
internship opportunities may he
arranged individually during the summer. Acade~nicinternships are carefi~lly
planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a
faculty me~nber.Consult the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning at (612)
330-1 148 for more information.
-'N r ~ l . l h(:?r~rl-nl
A > \ o c i n [ i o ~of~ College$ n l i d Schoolr, C o ~ i u m i \ s i o ~OILi Ili,tiurtiol~s ofHi~11e1. Edtrsarion,
(3 12) 263-0456.
\&I7
rite <zuit'u,.~lcnsihe.orfi>
Employer reimbursement: Students
who clualify for reimb~lrsement their
employers may use their reimbursement
- to pay tor Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students \vho need housing
lnay contact the Resicience Life Office
at (612) 330-1488.
The College reserves the right to
cancel listed courses.
information
Additional infor~nationmay be
obtained from:
Augsburg College
C a ~ n p u sBox #I44
221 1 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1787
Summer Session Coordinator
Terry Cook
eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such instit~ltions,and students admitted for the next fall term are
eligible to attend Augshurg Summer
Session. Good stancling implies that the
st~ldenthas heen admitted and not subsecl~~ently
dropped by that institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
courses should contact the coordinatc>r
of summer school to ascertain eligibility
~ l n d e special
r
circumstances.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not ; u ~ t o ~ n a t i c agranted
ll~
admission
as reg~llarst~ldentsof Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree program a t ALlgsbLlrg
shOLlldapply to the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions,
(612) 330-1001, or the Weekend College
Admissions Office, (612) 330-1 743.
of augsburg
r
Sum
iition (
1
cou
a
tuition rate:
tuition rerupa
!
T e $5'U.00
re
per course
DIIC
deposit
undable. A refund of all or
pa^^-
the remaining fee is calculated from
:ourse
t h e date of t h e student's oi
I
cancellation a t t h e Enroll
Financial Services Cent?
Schedule of refunds:
Prior to t h e second scheduled class
meeting-100% of the ref~~ndable
portion of the fee.
Prior to the fourth s c h e d ~ ~ l eclass
d
~neeting-75% of the r e f i t n d a b l e
portion of t h e fee.
Prior to the sixth sched~lledclass
tneeting-50%
of t h e refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions w i l l use a prorated
version of the schedule of refi~nds.
,..,
-
ble to students
wee&mp"'.
aintai
2d by the program in
.e enrolled) are eligible
.or hnancial aid.
Day progi
I n t e r s l a t e 94 W e s t
n summer Terms I
Sti~dentser
and I1 comb~neo- o r only Term 11 may
be eligible to apply for the Federal
Stafford Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or
the M i n n e s o t a State Grant.
WEC program
N o aid i s given for summer Term Ias it
runs concurrently w i t h the WEC
spring trimester.
Students enrolled in summer Term I1
may be eligible for t h e Federal Stafford
Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or t h e
Minnesota State Grant.
1 Undergraduale Adrn~ss~ons
Oll~ce
2 Air Slructure Enlrance
November lhrough March
3 Amerlcan Indian Sludent Services
and Pan-Afrlkan Student Services
4. Anderson-Nelson Athlel~cFleld and
Seasonal Alr Struclure
5. Cenler for Global Educallon and
lnler!lallonal Programs
6. Chr~stensenCenler, lnfarmal~onDesk
7. East Hall
8 Foss, Lobeck, Mlles Center for Worsh~p,
Drama and Commun~cal~on
9. Husbv-Strommen Tennls Courts
10. Ice Arena
11. Jeroy C. Carlson Alurnn~Cenler
12,Malntenance and Grounds Shop
13. Mortensen Tower
14. Murphy Place
15. Murphy Square
16. MUSIC Hall
17. N o r d ~ cHouse
18. Old Maln
19. Oscar Anderson Hall
20. Public Relations and Comrnunicat~on
21 Ouad
22.Sclence Hall
23. Secur~tqDlspalch Center
24. Shlpplng and Recebvmg
25 SI Melby Hall
26,Sverdrup Hall
27,Sverdruo-Oltedal Memor~alHall
28. Urness ~ o w e r
29.Slle for N e w Residence Hall
3O.James G, Llndell Falnlly Llbrary
Parking Lols
A Adm~sr~onslFacullylStallPark~ny
8. FacullylStallICommuled
Res~dentParking
C. FacullylSlalf Parking
0. FacullylStalfICommuler Parking
E. Commuler Park~ny
F Resldent Parking
G. Visitor Parkong
H Fa~rview-Un~vers~tq
Med~calCenlet Ramp
Pay parking available
campus location
35W from
the North-
Taklkc W a s h i n g t o n A v e n ~ l ec s ~ and
t
t u r n l e f t on
W a s l ~ i n g t o n( t ~ ~ r t Ii isg l i t o ~ i t ( >C c l l a r A v c n ~ ~ c ) ,
t u r n left a t Rivcrsiclc A v c n u c , right a t 2 l a t
To apply
A\,CL~LIC
So~~tli.
The financial aid deadline for the
Summer Session i s April 15, 1999.
T'lkc 2 5 t h A v c n u c exit, t u r n I c f t a t 2 5 t h A v c n ~ ~ c ,
Contact the Enrollment and Financial
Services Center at (612) 330-1046 for
application materials and additional
assistance. Early application is advised.
1-94 E a s t from M i n n e a p o l i s u r n l e f t a t R i v e r s i d e A v c t i ~ ~ cturn
,
lcft a t 2 l s t
AVCIIII~S c ) ~ ~ t h .
1-94 W e s t from St. PaulT a k e R i v e r s i d e e x i t , t u ~ rni g h t a t R i v c r s i c l c
A v e n u e , tt11.n l c f t a t 2 l s t
Avenue
South.
35W from
t h e South-
Follow the
1-94 St, P a u l s i j i n s ( ~ u o v ct o r i g l i t
of t\vo m c r g c l - s ) . Takc 2 5 t h
lalie after cacli
A v e n u c e x i t and t u r n l e f t a t R i v e ~ j i d eA v c n u e ,
turn
left
a t 2 l s t A v e n u e S(,~~tli.
term one
iune I to
iuni
25
1
and adnlission to teal
L i m i t : I 6 students
9-1 7:20 am
Anderson
I through conteluporary
' T c t u l e and folk arts.
b t w r a A u a ; i o n Skill: Speaking
W,Th,F
Lindell 16
7
EDS 3 5 6 3
Music Methods: mass and
Percussion (.50 c&)
Stuily and ap
mate~ials,an,
A
Stacke
Music 3
C
es o f Accountine I
I
x i o n t o business act~vities,basic
and fi~ndalnentalsu f accounting, t1.p 3pcoun
nent .
cycle, and p ~ c p a r a t i oo~fi financial
9- 11:20 am
M,T;W,Th,F
Main
ACC 3228
,
Kader
Accounting T h e o r y & Practice
A n analysis o f financial account1 w ~ t hemphas~s
,
o n accounting theory pertaining tlr h l ~ a n c ~statcal
ments, income cc~ncepts,v a l u a t i ~ nconcepts,
FASB statements, and other relevant iss~~es
as
applied t o assets. (Prel-eq.: A C C 222)
9-71:20 am
M,T;W,Th,F
Music 22
B U S 242-S
Principles of Management
Cerrito
Development o f tlie thecl~yo f Inanagcluent, organization, stafling, planning, and c o n t n ~ lT h e
nature o f a u t l ~ c i r i t ~
accciuntahility,
,
nnd rcsponsihility; analysis of the role of the pn~fessionalmanage!.
6-9 pm
M, T; W,Th,F
Music 22
E D U 2 10-S
Learning and Development
i n an Educational Setting
Strait
A survey o f educational psychology t~ipicsas
applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed o n classnlom applications. (PSY 105:
Principles o f Psychology is strongly reconunended.) Pe~sp.:Human Identity
3-6 pm
M,T; W,Th
Sverdrup 7
EDU3418
Media Technology (.50 credit)
Erickson
Psycl~ologicaland pl~ilosophicaldimensions o f
c o m ~ n u n i c a t i ( ~thn,ugh
n
the ilse o f instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production,
and evaluation (if effective audio-visual ~naterials
for teachingllearning situations Computer t ~ a i n ing w i l l be included i n the course. (Prerecl : PPST
Intermediate
tory W r i t i n g
Swanson
This course hullcis o n the p~acticcsand meth(~ds
(if effective writing ( E N G 111). Its \ r ~ o ~ k s h oforp
lnat stlcsscs style and organization, the pn>cesso f
revision, self and peer ev;lluation, and the relationship hctwccn reading and writing. (Prcrcq:
E N G 111) Gradrlation Skill: W ~ i t i n g
3-6 pm
M, T; W,Th
Old Main 10
E N G 25 1-S
Readings i n American Literature
Clayton
This course considers selectcci l i t e ~ a r yand 11istcir1cal texts and hclw these texts lend thcmselvcs t o
an understancling o f the Western rvo~Id fiom a n
Amcrican perspectlvc. Rcadings w i l l include w ~ i t ings hy Auncrican women and people of c o l o ~
Persp.: Western Hel-irage
Old Main 16
6-9 pm
M,TW,Th
E N G 2821382-S
Aggergaard
Topics: W r i t i n g about the A r t s
It's easy tu say a movie is great, a h~icikwas dry, n
c(1ncert was ~uarvelous,111 a play was boring. Rut
i t is difhcult f01 luany people t o say (>I writc luorc
than that. This course w i l l help you put you^
opinions and analysis o f fine arts into words and,
i n tlie end, w i l l help yc~uappreciate the a1 ts more.
9- 7 7:20 am
M,T;W,Th,F
Old Main
H P E 0 0 2 3 (0.0 credit)
Lifetime Sports: Racquet Sports
Ludeman
This class is designed to introduce a variety o f
lifetime racket spurts to students Basic skills, tenminology, rules, and strategies w i l l hc intnlduced
and dcvelclped. Graduation Skills.: Lifetilile Sport
L i m i t : 8 students.
Melby Gym
10 am-noon
June 1-12
H I S 225-S
Kimball
H i s t o r y and the T w i n Cities
T h e Minneapolis and St. Paul alea scrvc as a case
study for the thc~uesof f ~ ( ~ n t i urhanizatic~n,
cr
i n d u s t ~ i a l i z a r i oand
~ rccinomic change, tr'insp<xrdtion, i m m i g ~ a t i o nand ethnicity, and u ~ h a n
politics anci r c f o r ~ uPe~sp.:T h e C i t y
9-1 7:20 am
M,T; W,Th,F
Old Main 73
HIS 3483
Russia and the Soviet
Anderson
U n i o n i n the 2 0 t h Century
This cc~u~se
f~icuseson events from the Russian
Revolutions 11f1917 thn,ujih tlic collapse ( i f the
Soviet U n i u l i and the cmelgcncc o f the Russian
Rcpuhlic. Pel-sp : lntcrcultural Awn~encss1
6-9 pm
M, T; W,Th
Old Main 73
INS 1053
Introduction t o American
Indian Studies
Jacobson
A n ovcrvien~o f the A n ~ e r i c a nIndian sti~diesCLIriculu~n-history and litcrciture, fede~alIndian
policy, land issues, reservation and LII ban issues,
c ~ o s s - c u l t u ~~nfluenccs,
al
art, music, and langi~age.
( R c q u i ~ e dfc11 American Indian studies mi no^)
P c ~ s p: I n t e ~ - c u l t ~Awareness
~~al
1
6-9 pm
T; Th
Old Main 18
INS 2603
Contemporary American Indians
Kiahna
This c~iurseexamines the si(uatio11of Amellcan
Indians in the United States since the Indian
Re<,rganization A c t (1934). Emphasis is tin
current issues o f tribal st~\;ereignty,treaty rights,
and educaticin. T h e tension o f cultural change is
lhighlipl~ted Persp : lntercultural A\\,arcncss 1
6-9 pm
M, w
Old Main 29
I N S 199-S/399-S
Internship
Olson
A wo~k-hasedleallling cxpcricnce i n which a student designs a learning agreelnent plan that links
tlie ~ ~ p o r t i ~ n ~ t i e s a
responsihilitics
and
found in the
placement w i t h specihc learn~ngobjectives that
al-e evaluated for academic credit T h e internship
placement and learning plan must be approvccl hy
the faculty supervisol-. P/N g~ading.
Arranged
'Note: Internships may also be
arranged with individual faculty. Contact the academic department directly to make arrangements.
SPA I l l - S
Beginning Spanish 1
Farrell
Aims to develop four hasic skills: i~nderstanding,
speaking, reading, and writing o f elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory w o ~ kis an
integrd part o f this cotuse. Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness 2
1-3:20pm
M,T;W,Th,F
Old Main 29
POL 1703
L a w in the U n i t e d States
Underhill-Cady
A n intrc~ductic~n
to A n ~ e r i c a nlaw and legal
pr<icesscs Theories o f law; law and society; roles
o f courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the U.S
Constitution as "supreme" law; and law as politics.
Pcrsp.: Social World 1 111 2
'
?Id Main 13
'-3:20 pm
M,T; W,T t
PSY 3 6 2 3
Abnormal Psychology
Hanson
An intnxiuction tc~psychokigical disorders.
(Prcreq : PSY 102 or 105)
6-9 pm
M,T;W,Th
Old Main 25
REL 3 5 7 3
Giants of the Faith
Tranvik
A study o f the lives and tlicokigy o f well-known
Chi istian thinkers. Inclucled are figures like
Augustinc, Bonhoeffer, and Dorothy Day. Persp.:
Christian Faith 2 or 3
9-1 1:20 am
M,T;W,Th,F
Old Main 76
srttcn, CUMM~NIUAI IUN
IWD THEATRE ARTS
SPC 1 11-S
Public Speaking
Groven
T h e coulse focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and
overccming speech fright. (Note: Students lnay
take either SPC 111 or SPC 112 for credit, hut
n o t hoth) Graduation Skill: Speaking
Old Main 29
9-1 7:20 am
M, T; W,Th,F
r
d
term two
h
june 28 to au
I 5
M I S 175-S
I'rinsiplcq c ~ fCoin
7-S
Ura
ill gr.1
Dra,
cilh. Suhjccts il
intcri(>rr and c
Pc~dap.:A c s t h e ~
6-9 pm
.
c v c l ~ > ip~ n d c n t ~ ~ n i l ~ n g
skills i n
1-c (\Vi11cioivh, W , ~ t ~ i ,
-life hgu~'cs, huiWinC
<Ic s l > c r ~ ~ u c n rwork.
;il
h~~si~ic~.i-~clatccI
;a l ~ d
pecihc
.
Old Main 17
1
Student? 5v1
ART 11 8 - S
Paint
prrr
6-9 pm
J, Th
Foss 42
J, Th
ART 1 3 2 3
Photography
T h e camera i v i l l he 11scd.
'
.
ECO315-S
M o n e y and Banb ,,
Gupta
F u ~ i c t i o t u ~oi gf the n u ~ n c ~ n ;inJ
r y I~ankin:: syatcluc,
11x1-t~cularly
c o ~ i u u c ~ - c h.ink\,
~.ll
[he Fcdcr.rl
R c s c ~ v cSyatcni ancl its role 111 relation tti aggrcc ~ t c c o n < ~ l ~acrlvity.
iic
E~ilphnsispl;lceii o n mollcr.11-y t l i c ~ l l yancl policy- (I'rercq.: ECO 112)
3-6 pm
M.W
Old Main 10
EDS 3 9 1 3
LnDnca
Teaching Mass Media (.50 credit)
T h i s cti~lrbcIS for E n c l i s l ~ - c L i ~ l c n majols
t i ~ i ~ ~ \ell11
plan to tcnch h i g h \ch<~<,l
English. Sruclcnts w i l l
explore the n w t ~ ~ or cf mccli;i as "con.cilirlsl~csc
indus~rics,"cs;i~iiininl:the whys lit' ~ c ~ i c h i n g
m c d ~ ; i l,i l ~ \ r to
' En ahc~ilti t citccti\,cly, lint k i n d 11i
a*\ulupti,int m c d ~ aciluc;ition \\-,is h,lsc~l011 i n the
past, ;incl li<,\v t ~ ,incci~pc]~,;~tc
liicilin cduc.~tion
i n t o rhc English c111riculu111. S t ~ l d c n t \\.ill
?
hcct~~llc
i n \v111
h ~ m i l i a rw i t h ;ill iol-~nsn l m l r s ~ u c ~ l;ind
~ ~ n d c ~ - \ r the
a n Jinipwcr o f mc<lia ( i n t l i c ~ lI~vc.;.
uwrh
Stildcnts w i l l Icarn ho\v L<I he cliacr~~nin;ltin::ii~~iti~iji
[if mass mcdi.1 ;lnd lhcn\' tc> tcncli ntlic~.; to Ihc the
aaluc. (l'rcl-cil.: PPST and ;~dmissionLO rc;~clicr
cduc;~rl~]n
pn)graiii)
Sverdrup 1
M
6-9:30 pm
HIS4403
Topics in W o r l d H i s t o r y : F r o m H i t l e r to the
Anderson
Fall o f thc B e r l i n W a l l
T h i s c o i ~ r \ cp ~ o v i c l c historic;~l
\
pcrspccti\,c n n
slime o f the security, I x ~ l i t i w l ,and c c o n o ~ i ~ pmhic
lclus f x i n g ELIIN>~X
.it t l i c end o f the millcnnitllu
c~
the
~ l ~ l i iili ct t c ~ i l p t i l i gto nrscs and u n ~ l .;rnncl
f i ~ t t ~ (if
r c NATO, the possibilitic\ ,if.i U n i t e d
, 'iugc>slav p ~ l i h l c m and
,
the
Strites (if E u ~ . ~ i l wthe
rclati<insh~p
o f Russi;l ,ind the U n i t e d States to
EU~CI~C.T h e coLIr\c h c g i n ~wit11 ii c o ~ ~ s ~ d c t i iotfi ~ i ~ i
tic
LVc~rld\Vari I ancl II w i t h i n a c l ~ p l ~ ~ m acc>ntcst
.ind includcr c n a ~ i i ~ n a toi ~
f the
~ n ~ i i o t i v c stor West
Europe111cco110111icnnd Ipolitic.~l i n t c g r . r t i < i ~ ~ .
6-9 pm
J, Th
Old Main 13
usl'~ls~~iq
;~ti\,it, m i exp-c?.i<ui
~11itc1h
.-.
tojirapliic prc~ce~sci.
Stuclcntb 11
cccks to a
35m1n, single-lens reflex camel
i l i ~ a t c i co\t
l
of
t i l ~ u ctc.:
,
$2110-225. Pcrhp.: Aeathcticc
6-9 pm
M. w
Old Main 4
ACC 2223
Kader
Principles o f A c c o u n t i n g 11
A conrinllarion <if A C C 221. lntrc,duction t,,
Ihusincss ,ictivitic.;, a c c o u ~ ~ t for
i ~ ~co~.p,ir:itions.
g
n.ls~c cnnccpts nlul fllnd;l~ncnr,ils o f mnn:igc~-~;ll
acccinnting, 1il;lnning and cc>ntr<>ll~ng
prc~ccsscs,
~ I ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ l i - alicl
~ i l hcIi;i\,iolh,i1
a k i l i ~ , considcr.lti~ln\.
(Prcccil.: A(:C 22 1 )
9-10:45 am
M,J,W,Th
Foss 2 1
B U S 340-S
H u m a n Resoorce Management
Cerrito
,
Pcl:c<~nnclfilnctic~nin business, n c q i ~ i \ i t i o n and
utiliz;itic~no f h i ~ m a nrcsriul-cch; ~lcsir,il>lc\\,<irking
rel.~ti~~n.;hipz;
cftccrlvc intcjir.ltion <IF the \vc>~-kc~.
w i t h the gc,;il\ ( i f tlic tirill and x>cicty. ( P r c ~ ~ c l . :
nus 242)
6-9 pm
1; Th
Music 22
BUS 4403
Operations Management
cerrito
Concepts nnil principles r c l ; ~ t c ~t i[i the IiYnnagcnwnr (if cilwr.~tingh l i i c t i ~ ~ nt;iught
s
fn111i a liiann ~ c r l aviewl>oint
l
\\,it11 cxn~ulilcsfrom varicltl\
industries and scctcxa. (Prcrcq.: R U S 242 ,11~concent o f i n r r ~ ~ l ~ c t ~ i ~ ~ )
6-9 pm
M, W
Music 22
EDE 3 7 7 3
Kindergarten-Elementary C u r r i c u l u m :
Science (.25 credit)
Stan~I
(IF ~nntc~.l;ll\;and
Ex,imin;ition ; ~ n dpl-elwr,lti<~l~
r c \ < ~ ~ ~ l .hci cr \science at the k~nclcr.;~~.~cn nil clcnlcntnry Icvcl. (PI-crcq.: PPST ;inLl ;iiilnission to
r ~ ; l c I i c rcduc;ltio11prclgl.;ilu)
6:30-8:30 pm
T,Th
Science 315
EDS 3 9 0 3
C o m ~ n u n i c a t i o nSkills i n the
English Classrooln
LaDuca
nmjors w h o
TI115 ~ , ~ L I I . A ~ic for E11glisli-cdl1c;1tii111
plan 111 tc;icl~Ihiuli c l i o < i l English. I t 1s dcsijinccl
to Improve atllilcnt.;' b k ~ l l s111p ~ l h l i cspeaking, 111:11
i ~ l t c r p r c t a t ~ o li\rcning,
n,
and sui.~llgrcillp cli\cuscil~~~ics
hio115, CIS \\,ell as to cxl>lorc ~ i ~ c t l ~ ~ ~ c l for
\kills i n the hioh
tcachinc anil ~ n c ~ i r l i i i r a [ i nthc\c
c
\ c l u l ~ i lEllfili.;li c u r ~ ~ i c u l u l i(Prcrcq:
i.
PPST ;unil
a<luiiasi~into tc;ichcr c<lucatil~np ~ t i # r . i ~ n )
6-9:30 pm
T, Th
Sverdrup 20
E N G 282-S/382-S
Topics: T h e C i t y :
Garden and Wilderness
Griffin
T h e p ~ ~ \ (if
v et ~l ~ cclry to 1 1 c i l 1 1 i\h 01- c o ~ r u p tthe
lu~m,lns r i l ~ lIS ;ithcuic i n 11ii1cl1\VCI~CIIIIitcr.1turc. In Alncric,in ~iiyrIiol~,gy,i t appeils i n the
nlctal>lion ( i f rhc g.11dcn and rlic wilclcrnc\\. 7111s
ctiursc cxplo~.cs tlicsc t l i c n i c i ;as thcy ;~plw.ivi n
~ i i ~ , ~ l cAnlcric;in
rn
puctly, nc>vcls,plays, tilnb, ;~lud
essays. W c w ~ l turn
l
t c s t i 111tucspcricncc ;111d
cspcl-icncc i11Lc1 Lcxtr; w.ilking c ~ c u ~ s i o ni na
\YIII S I I ~ ~ ~ ~ C I I ~ C IcliissI~
M i n n c , i l x ~ l ~;ilal
s St. P,~LII
suIiject\ fol > t ~ ~ i l c ~ i t s '
r(111111i i i s c t ~ \ s ~ oiiliil
l ~ s f~11.1i1sl1
" u r l u n c\r,iy\ " P c ~ s ~ >T.h: e C i t y
Old Main 10
6-9 pm
M, W
I N S 199-S/399-S
Internship
Olson
A \ v o r k - l ~ a r c Ic.lrning
~i
csper~cncci n n d ~ i c lstili
dents clc>ign a learnin?: ; ~ g ~ c c l n c nwt ~ t h;I 6c~culty
mc~iil,cl- that link5 thc i~lc;i\;ind 111etlloilbo f their
in the ~>l;icc~ i i a j o rrci rlic o p l x m t ~ ~ n i r ~
Foi~ncI
c\
mcnt. ~ ; i r t i c i l i a r i o n111 a scmin'll I chpcctccl.
(1,nsult iiist~.i~ctc>r
for cl.irihcntion, Pcrbp.: T l l c
City
Arranged
*Note: Internships may also be arranged with
individual faculty. Contact the academic department to make arrangements.
INS 1053
I n t r o d u c t i o n to American
l n d i a n Studies
Jacobson
E N G 361-S
Thi, c , ~ i ~ r sisc an i n t ~ c ~ d u c t tci
l r i the
~ ~ content
Clayton
Studies in M o d e r n F i c t i o n
.iI.ca.i o f the A ~ u c r ~ c . lInl ~ d i a l,tililies
i
curriculu~ii,
c>nc o n t c m p ~ ~y ~20th-,~~
T h e ~ L I L I ~focusca
*~
century prclrc \vt,rks. I t inclucics N;iti\,c A ~ i i c ~ ~ c a n including ;111 ovcrvicw n f A l i ~ c r i c , l nIndian
history, Amcricnn I ~ i ~ l i al itr ic l n t u ~ e ,fcclc~,ll I n i l ~ ; r n
,ind Eu~c~pc;in
\vriLcrs, \\,it11 a n cmpliasls 011
policy, lancl ~ssucs,r c c c ~ v ; ~ r i <;anti
~ n ilrh.ln Icrucs,
nun-Wcstcrn (ASI;ILI and Af1ic;ln) hctio11.
cniss-cultillal intlucnccs, art, mucic, .ind I;inguagc.
(l'relcil.: EN(; 245 or cclnwnt o f instructor)
(Rcqrlircti for Auicl-ic;ln 1nill;ln studies ~ i i l n u r . )
I. (;ladu;iti<~n
Pcrsp.: l n t c r c u l t u ~ ; ~Awal-cncss
l
1
Pclrll-: 1ntcrcultur;ll A\\J,~I-cncs\
Skill: W r i t i n g
Science 212
6-9 pm
J, Th
6-9pm
J, Th
Old Main 10
_
T
25-S
uctiol.
wrbe i
-
ne 28 to a
Kader
~ x ~ i c t i c ~Mnugs l i ~ ut , ~
lust 5
=
Spb
I I to
~
non-Muslim.;.
: ~ ~ l i ~ g ~f<1~1~ici,it101ia
c;il
T l i c co~lrsc\
[IF Islam, its
PSY 3 5 2 3
Adolescrnt and Young
A d u l t Developlnent
Hanson
Cons~~lcr.itic~n
o f rc\carcli anil tlicc~ly~clatcclto
i l c v c l ~ ~ ~ x i iduring
cnt
the a ~ l ~ i l c s c c; ~~int dy ~ ) ~ ~ n g
ailulr y c ~ l ~ s(P~*cl-eq.:
.
PSY 102 (11. 105)
6-9 pm
M, T; W,Th
Old Main 25
Farrell
skilla: t~nderbtan~l-
:prs and tenets, Islamic 1;1\\,
m ~ > < ~ ~ i ~ii~i~l
i c p < ~ l i ~ i csysal
(Sliari'ali), 1
tculs, : ~ n dI.;]
<Ilk.T l i c r c \\,ill alacl
Ihc ii c o ~ ~ s i ~ l c
crcncca hct\vccn the
Islamic
cftll,l't t8
hctn.cc
d ivr~tin:: ( i f c l c m c n r ~ i ~ - ~
<IF the
the cult~l~.c
'
.... . .- ,
..
is a n
I~LI~<II
M, T; W,Th
SOC 3 5 6 3
C r i m e and C o ~ n ~ n u n i t y
Bloom
An;ilysi\ ( j f c t ~ ~ c c t i oplojirmis
~~il
aliii c c i ~ i i ~ ~ i u n ~ r y
Icsponacs. Lecture, ~ l ~ s c u s \ i o n
kind
, i r e visits t11
priscins, curlrts, and colluuunity agcncics. Spcci.il
c i r i \ ~jujticc.
c
; ~ t t e n t i o nto c<>nccprsof Icttc>~
(Prcrcq.: Sos 121 )
1-4:30 pm
J, Th
Old Main 18
Main 29
REL 1 1 1 3
H\v;lrcncss 1
6-9:30 pm
T; Th
'Id Main 16
h
MAT 1 0 5 3
A p p l i e d Algebra
Staff
;II~
i i i t ~ o ~ l ~ ~ to
c r;il~
::cl;n.s
o n . ~ n i ira
i uppliP~,t~vidcs
c,~rionsto tlic x ~ c i ; i l ,natul-'11,and p I i ~ s i c . ~acil
cnccs; hukincss; nil cvc~yclaglife. Tc>liica cri\,crcd
incluclc ~ ~ n ~ l e r s r a n dand
i n g sol\,in:. linc.~r,i l r l a d ~ a t ic, slid csponcntl;~l cqu;~ti,~na,rhc ct,~uicctic,ns
hctwccn c i l ~ ~ ~ ~ rg~-;iphc,
i ~ l n s , nr~nthcrb,nnd rllc a i t ~ ~ ; r t~c>nr
they clc.;cnhe, ,inJ the IIW of;^ scicntihc c.11culat<~r.(I'rcrcil.: MIJ(; 2 <,Iciinhcnt o f in\tructoi.)
6-9 pm
M, w
MAT 1 7 3 3
M a t h o f Interest
Kaminsky
Learn h < ~ \ to
v d e t c r n ~ i n cthe ~ n o n t h l yp a y ~ i i c n t \
or car. F ~ l uol u Iulrv
~
~ i i i ~ c~ lOi I I nccil tc,
o n ;I I~<ILIX
he stocking ;l\e,iy 11ow to have a m i l l i o n \ehcn y,,~
~ t c t ~ r cLC.I'-I
ho\~
;11ill~1itics,
pcrpctr~itics,and 11fc
~ n \ r ~ r a n c\v111'k,
c
ancl morc. Ev;ilua~ion\ r ~ ~hc
ll
hnbccl on cla\ctrx~mp a ~ ~ t i c i l ~ a t i q~~izzcs,
c~n,
and ;i
hnal cx;~~run;~ti<>n.
(P~.crcq.: MPC; 3) C;r,iJ~~:irion
S k i l l : Qu.ln~it;lti\~cRcnsoning
6-9 pm
J, Th
Science 205
MUS 2953
Topics: l n t r l
T h e o r y & Tec
t o Recording Studio
10.50 credit)
Mudge
ry, micn~pliones,unclc1st.ind111gnlr~sicalInstuu~iicnrc,s i j i ~ ~fl<~n,,
n l studio ~ ~ p c r . ~ ~t ~i nni cg c d u r c ,
rec~1nl111g
cons<~lc
~ p i r t and
\
f c ~ ~ ~ c t i o tn:c~,p c
c
~
I.cc,,l~~illg
tcc~lllieluca.
,11,,1
lu;lc(1incs,
111
i ~ l c l r ~cliissr~x1~ii
~ic~
Iccrurc, g r o ~ ~\v0rk<l101)s
l>
sclio<il f . ~ c ~ l ~ r i a
c co,~ \r,o~.ksIiol>
l
visits to .I pl-<,ks-
,
s i ~ l i i i f,iciIitY.
l
Lillllr: I 5 strIdellr~
Cont,lct the ~ l u ~ sdcPirrlncnt
ic
at (61 2) 330-1265
iClr
fill ther LICt;l~IC.
6-9 pm
W
Music 27
POL 2823
A s i a n Americans and
the Politics o f I d e n t i t y
Aoki
This cour\c f<>cuacs( i n ch.inginr: cc~nditlon.; filli\ nnitll conAa1;11i A~ncl-icans,P r i ~ i i a qconccrn
~
~ C I I ~ ~ O I ~ C IpI ~
~ l i t i c sillid tlic i l t ~ e a t i o OF
~l Asii~n
A~ue~.ic;iniilcntity. LVc n ~ i lc<in.;~dc~.Asinn
l
A ~ u c r i c . i n \ grtnving
'
politic.~l infltlclicc . ~ n dthe
role rhcy play I n i l e t c r ~ n i n i n gt l ~ cilynamics o f
Alilcrican p ~ ~ l i r i ci ns tlic 2 1st century. W c \r,ill
cs;iliilnc the i n f l ~ ~ e n coef Asian Anrcrlcnn illuiiia ' . * of itaclf. Pclrp.:
grant5 ,117 A ~ u c ~ ~ c i~n;lgc
I n t c ~ r u l t r ~ rAw.i~.cncss
al
1
6-9 pm
M. w
Old Main 29
~
~
~
SPC 3 2 9 3
I n t r o d u c t i o n to Theology
Holt
Intercultural Co~nlnunication
Gaetano
An ~ n t ~ r ~ i l u c t oi t tlic
~ n ; ~ c a c l c ~ uci~\cil>lrnr
~c
of
T h i s corl~sccspl~jrcshot11 the pnIhlclus ;and
thccilogy a ~ i cto
l the clialoguc hct\vccn the c l i ~ ~ ~ c h ~ i c > r c n t ~( ;~~clfo ~ u ~ i i ~ ~ n i c , .imonji
t r i o ~ i pe1~111s
of ilif.ind the wc~rldt h i t cC,nccllis (:hris~ial~c l ~ ~ cinc.
tl
fcrcnt culti11.1lgrc~ups.F.ictc~l-ssuch ;ir ctI1nocc11Pc~q'.: Cluisti;in F'iith 2 01 3
Lriam, stcrcorypcs, pl-cjudicc, ~ ~cspcctatic~nr,
l c
3-6 pm
M. W
Old Main 18
v,ilucs, l a ~ ~ g i ~and
; i ~nc~n-ve~-l,.~l
,
aynthols ;11-c
csa1ni11c~l.
Pc~sp.:I n t e l - c u l t u ~ aA\r.i~-cnccj
l
1
REL 4 7 2 3
6-9 pm
M.W
Old Main 16
P a u l the Apostle
Quanbeck 11
A s t ~ l i l y(if the Apcirtlc P.iul, ~nclucling,ippn,pri,1tc
SPC 480-S
\vitli the
histt~ricalIh.~cl\jirot~~~<l,
PiitllS I-CIB~~~IIISIIIP
P u b l i c Relations1
early c h t ~ ~ c ni;ijor
h,
thc111csI n Ilia \vriLin:,,
a~ul
Promotional Communication
Lapakko
I-cflcctit~n
concclllilig the Ica*on\ l'i1~11~ e ~ i i iill1
~ ~ ~ i s Puhlic ~ r c l ; ~ t ~ oInnsthe n i c ~ d c ~\r,(~l-lil
n
o f culiimrlnlirnlxxtiint hgrlrc .mi rliinkcr i n Christinn tlicoloof
catic,n, m n r k c t i l ~ g ancl
,
husincs. All ~ > v c r v i c w
C l i r ~ s t ~F; a
~ ~ ti hI <>I3. (;~.ICI~I,~~IC)~
gy. Pctq~:
lpt~I>l~c
~ c l ; ~ t i o,I>
~ i ;\I C;IIC~I '11icI :I Yilr\,ey o f lh,i<ic
Skill: C ~ i t i c aThinking.
l
I v o ~ ~ i o t i o n ;comnu~nicati<rn
il
i n p ~ < > t;inLl
i t Inon3-6 pm
T; Th
Old Main 76
IY-<+r 01g.1n iz.itions.
6-9 pm
T; Th
Old Main 29
~
SWK 2603
H u m ; ~ n sDeveloping
Rooney/Phan
T h i s ct,ur.*c p t ~ ~ v i ~ai nc s~lnclcrstandin:: 11f human
o f the s c ~ c ~ c ~ c u l t ~hio~~..~l,
gnnvtli t l i n ~ ~ ~IlFc
g l i;~lul
I~lgical,and psyclu>lo::ic,il f;1ctt,1s tli,~t i n f l u c l ~ c c
l s f;~niil~cs.(;i~)\\,tli
tlic g~?,wtli 1,F ~ n d ~ v l d u ; l ;uid
rcl.itc<l t c ~clivcrsc p o l x ~ l a ~ i c ~
nncl
n s gl<>rlpa(11- spcc ~ nsl t ~ c \ r c \IS nlro ,I f ~ ~ c uPr .c I ' ~ ~H. :~ l i i i ~I dl ic l i t ~ t y
6-9 pm
J, Th
Science 319
S O C 265-S
Culture: Ethnicity, Gendcr, and Race Gcrasimo
A c o ~ ~ fIlcs~gnecl
ic
tt, luok nt gnwps o f I X O I ~\vh<>
I~
for rc;isons o f Ihirtli, a c c i d c n ~ appearance,
,
or
Iiclii~vio~
have
.
hcen "act aslde" and d e l i ~ ~ a\
e~l
gradin::
"clificrcnt" by tllc larger s ~ ~ c i c t(PIN
y.
~ ~ n l Perbp.:
y)
I n r c ~ c u l r u ~A\r:;ucncsr
;~l
I
6-9 pm
M, w
Old Main 13
THR 116-S
Creative D r a m a
Engel1
A s t ~ ~ iof
l y \8.11101~\
i ~ > r uotl ~
i l ~ . ~ l u a t im<,\,c~ncnr,
c
p,iutc>~ilirnc,anel pI;iy t l u c ~ u g ;ictivity,
l~
rc.idi~~g,
E ~ i l l i h a s ~011
s iliip~c~\,i~ i h s e ~ ~ \ ~ , ;lit~~l coi ~I\CLI\\II)I~.
~i,
>,itional t c c l u ~ i q t ~ c;ind
s active ~ ~ a r t i c i p ~ t i u n .
L)cvclopnicnt o f clh,i~iiaric ~picccji1,1111 written,
auJthlc sources. Scioic iilnda\,c~-l>.il,visual, iili~l
;lctlng
~
~ i ~ c ~ ~I tIn
l s ale inrlil<luced. Pcly,.:
Acsthctics
6-9 pm
M, W
Foss 21
- H
center for
global education
other summer s1
Paideia Institute for Socratic II .
Great Ideas for Teaching in a New Millennium
June 14-18, 1999
Contact John Schmit tor rcgist~.;ltion,(612) 330-1083.
upcoming programs:
Marginalized Voices in Guatemala an'
April 25-May 9, 1 9 c
th Hiram College)
&
hiapas
1
ssues in the Post-War P
Guatemala: Indiger
May 16-27, 1999 (with St. Mary's.
The Bristol International Program in Social Work
Bristol University, U.K.
June 26-July 10, 1999
SWK 257-B
Exploring Human Services: International Program
ronteras:
Close of the 20th Ce
versity)
Dinis
This course is an orientation to human services in an international context
with many visits to human service agencies, lectures, and seminars. Full
orientation takes place at Augsburg for two sessions before the course. Credit
is transcripted through Augsburg. T h e course is also available for graduate
credit with a research component.
Cost: $2,800 includes tuition, all ground transportation in the U.K., all accommodations, and most meals. Airfare is N O T included (approximately $900).
Students must make their own flight arrangements. For further information,
contact Maria Dinis, (612) 330-1 704.
Department of Religion and
Augsburg Youth and Family Institute
Norwegian Teacher Academy in Bergen, Norway
May 27-June 12,1999
REL 316 Church and Culture in Context
Crossing BordersICruz
~ i c a r a e i aand the U@
inks
I
The Environmf
Lcxas A&M-Commerce)
Social Justice in Nicaragua
June 19-27, 1999 (wi;
y of Mary)
Cuernavaca, Mexico (Augshurg MAL credit availahle), Virgi
June 19-July 2, 1999
South Africa after Mandel
June 19-July 3, 1999
Anderson
A study of Norwegian culture, church life, and the contemporary religious
situation in Norway. Emphasis will be o n experie~lcesof the church in
era. This is an intergenerational
Norway and the U.S.in a post-Cl~ristendo~n
course for students, clergy, and other church professionals. Participants will
meet for a one-day course orientation May 26 at Augsburg College.
Cost: $2,835 includes ailfare, accommodation, meals, tramportation in Norway, and
entrance fees (except Bergen International Music Festival) . Twenty $1 000 scholarships available to At~gsburgColkge s t d n t s . $350 non-refundable deposit is required
to register. For more information contact David Anderson at (61 2) 330-1569.
El Salvador and Nicaragua:
Exploring Debt Issues and Reconstruction after Hurricane Mitch
July 6-17, 1999
Mexico: Education for Social Justice
A Faculty Development Seminar in Cuernavaca, Mexico
July 10-17, 1999
For information and other possible educational opportunities, contact the Center for
Global Education at (61 2) 330-1 159 or e-mail, <globaledQaugsbur~~d~~>.
Show less
155
I
I
AUGSBURG COLLEGE/MINNEAPOLISs MlNNESOTCl
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1964-65 AND 1965-66
1
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
-
AFFILIATION
Augsburg College is a fouryear Liberal Arts College affiliated
with
The
American
Lutheran Church. T... Show more
155
I
I
AUGSBURG COLLEGE/MINNEAPOLISs MlNNESOTCl
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1964-65 AND 1965-66
1
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
-
AFFILIATION
Augsburg College is a fouryear Liberal Arts College affiliated
with
The
American
Lutheran Church. The College
offers a broad education in a
Christian environment.
--
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National
Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education, the
American Chemical Society, and
the American Association of
University Women.
parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further
study in the fields o~f engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for
graduate study in various fields.
LOCATION
Augsburg College is located
along Interstate Highway No.
94, just 20 blocks from the
downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and
art collections. They also have
the opportunity t o attend lectures, musical programs and
other cultural activities in the
Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
-
MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College holds membership also in the American
Council o'n Education, the Association of American Colleges, the
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the
National Lutheran Educational
Conference, the Association of
Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and
the Association of Protestant
Colleges and Universities.
COURSES OF STUDY
Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts
degree offered in 28 major fields
of study. Students are prepared
for teaching, business administration, social work, medical
technology, secretarial work,
-
SETTING
The thirteen-acre Augsburg
campus is located in the heart
of Minneapolis and is adjacent
t o the University of Minnesota
West Bank campus and two of
the city's largest hospitals. In
this urban setting, Augsburg
students prepare for careers in
our increasingly urban society.
A friendly atmosphere prevails
on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases
of campus community life under
the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty.
DEVELOPMENT
A comprehensive development
program is in operation which
will, over the years, add additional land and buildings to the
Augsburg College campus.
Augsburg College is located
near the Minneapolis loop and
the University of Minnesota.
The Administrative offices are
in Science Hall a t the corner of
7th Street and 21st Avenue
South.
Prospective students and 0ther interested persons are cor-
dially invited to visit the
campus. Visiting hours are
9 a.m. to 5 P.m., Monday through
Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone
in advance is recommended.
Write t o the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or
telephone 338-0501.
3
C p u ' / d-
-u-.
---A&
+-P
A
L
ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1966-1967
9'
t
I
AUGUST 1966
A T W T F S
SEPTEMBER 1966
S M T W T F S
FEBRUARY 1967
S M T W T F S
MARCH 1967
S M T W T F S
DECEMBER 1966
S M T W T F S
I
APRIL 1967
S M T W T F S
. . . (Wed.-Mon.)
Sept. 3, 5 . . . . . . . . . (Sat., Mon.)
Aug. 31-Sept. 5
.....Freshman
MAY 1967
S
M
T
W
T
F
.... .Registration
...........(Tues.) ..........Classes begin
Oct. 2M3 ......................... Homecoming
pi
1619 . . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations
. . . . . . . . . .(Mon.) ..........Registration
N u 9 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) ..........Classes begin
eov. 28
..................... Christmas recess begins
Jan. 4, 7:45 a.m. ...(Wed.) .......... Classes resume
Feb. 20-23 . . . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations
Dec. 21, 9 p.m.
g Term 1966-1967
2.
,jP*'
a& 7
March
6
-
F a y 22-27
........
. . . . . . . . . . .(Sun.)
/d
, - #dl6, 7
..........(Mon.) ..........Registration
March 22, 9' p.m. .
'March 28, 7:45 a.m. (Tues.)
May 28
. . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.)
S
Welcome Week
Seut. 6
?r Term 196G1967
%-?4&.
NOVEMBER 1966
S M T W T F S
I
I
1
ANUARY 1967
( T W T F S
-.
OCTOBER 1966
S M T W T F S
Easter recess begins
. . . . . . Final examinations
........... Baccalaureate Service
. . . . . . . . . . .Commencement
ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
AUGUST 1967
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9101112
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20212223242526
27 28 29 30 31
SEPTEMBER 1967
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17181920212223
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
OCTOBER 1967
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 91011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22232425262728
29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1967
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19202122232425
26 27 28 29 30
JANUARY 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29
MARCH 1968
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
APRIL 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
Fall Term 1967-1968
S
2
9
16
23
30
DECEMBER
S M T W 1
3 4 5 6 7
10 11 12 13 14
1719192021
24 25 26 27 2E
31
MAY 19t
S M T W T
1 2
5 6 7 8 9
12 13 14 15 16
19 20 21 22 23
26 27 28 29 30
. . . . (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . .Freshman Welcome '
Sept. 2, 4 . . . . . . . . . (Sat., Mon.) . . . . ..Registration
Aug. 30-Sept. 4
Sept. 5 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) . . . . . . . . ..Classes begin
Oct. 19-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Homecoming
Nov. 13-18
Winter Term 1967-1968
Nov. 27
Nov. 28
. . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) . . . . . .Final
. . . . . . . . . .(Mon.) ..........Registration
. . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Classes
begin
.
Dec. 20, 9 p.m.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Christmas
.
Jan. 3, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Wed.)
Feb. 19-24
Spring Tenn 1967-1968
examinations
recess beg
..........Classes resume
. . . . . . . .(Mom-Sat.) . . . . . .Final examinations
............(Mon.) . . . . . . . . . .Registration
............(Tues.) . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin
April 10, 9 p.m. ....................Easter recess begins
April 16 . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ..........Classes resume
May 20-25 . . . . . . . .(Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations
May 26 ...........(Sun.) . . . . . . . . . . .Baccalaureate Servic
May 26 ...........(Sun.) . . . . . . . . * . .Commencement
Mar. 4
Mar. 5
C
5
HISTORICAL SKETCH
--
Augsburg was begun as a
seminary in 1869, at Marshall,
Wisconsin. It was the first theological school founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with
a private institution known as
Marshall Academy, the Seminary
was at first housed in the academy building. Students who
needed further preparation in
academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. In
the autumn of 1872 Augsburg
Seminary was removed to Min. neapolis, Minnesota, where a
build,ing had been erected for
its use. In the same year the
. school was incorporated under
the laws of Minnesota. Its aim
was t o train ministers for the
Lutheran congregations which
were being organized in grow. ing numbers in the pioneer set' tlements that were spreading
rapidly over the Northwest.
The College was established
.when it became evident that in
order to get students who were
adequately prepared for theological study a college department
was needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned which provided
for one year of preparatory
studies and four years of college work alqng two lines, a
classical course t o prepare students for theology, and a scientific course t o prepare for other
professions. The first college
students were enrolled in 1874
and the first class was graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course
covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year
course. This was discontinued
in 1933. In the years 1916-1919
the college course was thorough-
ly revised. As a result of this
and of subsequent growth, the
earlier classical course was
greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific
studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the
humanities. In recent years
there has been continuous study
and modification of the curriculum including the introduction
of a number of new majors to
meet the developing needs of
the students. The divisional organization was adopted in 1945.
At the present time 28 majors
are offered.
Coeducation was introduced
in the College in 1922.
In February, 1963, with the
merger of the Lutheran Free
Church into The American Lutheran Church, Augsburg College became affiliated with the
latter church body. At the close
of its ninety-third academic
year, in the spring of 1963,
Augsburg Theological Seminary
merged with Luther Theological
Seminary, St. Paul, one of the
seminaries of the merged church.
Augsburg is making plans to
celebrate its Centennial in 1969.
Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Executive
Director of Lutheran So'cial Service of Minnesota and vice chairman of the Board of Regents,
heads the Centennial Steering
Committee. A Centennial Commission of eminent people
around the world who are interested in Augsburg has been
formed with Dr. Theodore Blegen, Dean Emeritus of the Graduate School, University of Minnesota and distinguished alumnus
of Augsburg College, as Honorary Chairman. Actual observance
of the Centennial will take place
in the fall of 1969.
Seven presidents have served
GENERAL
INFORMA7
7
Augsburg during the course of
its history:
August Weenaas . . . . . . . . . 1869-1876
Georg Sverdrup . . . . . . . . .
Suen Oftedal . . . . . . . . . . . .
George Sverdrup . . . . . . . .
H . N. Hendrickson (Acting)
Bernhard Christensen . . . .
Leif S . Harbo . . . . . . . . . .
Oscar A . Anderson . . . . . .
1876-1907
1907-1911
1911-1937
1937-1938
1938-1962
1962-1963
1963present
the Christian college, therefore,
pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by
inviting teachers and students
to join in a co,mmon search for
truth and in a common attempt
to see all truth in relation to
ultimate Truth.
PRIMARY OBJECTIVES
To attract to the college stuAIMS
AND
O
B
J
E
C
T
I
V
~
dents
of high ability and genu- -ine religious concern who can
Augsburg College is a Chrisreap the maximum benefit from
tian liberal arts college of The
a program of Christian higher
American Lutheran Church. The
education.
faculty and the Board of ReTo provide a campus setting
gents of the College affirm the
that is conducive to the spiritual,
following as their understandmental, moral and physical welling omf the aims, philosophy, obbeing of its students.
jectives and character of this
To stimulate its students' ininstitution.
tellectual interest, and to assist
them to develop the habits and
ULTIMATE AIMS
skills necessary for sound acaTo contribute to the true good demic work.
of human life and society.
To acquaint its students with
To contribute to the building the spiritual, cultural and intelof free and living congregations lectual riches of mankind, both
in the community of the Chris- for the sake of the enrichment
tian Church.
of their own lives and, thro'ugh
them, for the enrichment of their
BASIC PHILOSOPHY
homes and communities.
The Christian message conTo lead its students to a deepcerning the redemptive act of er understanding and experience
G& in Christ constitutes the of the Christian Gospel in its
greatest potential for good in relati,on to every area of life
human life and society; but this and learning.
potential is realized only insofar
To aid its students in disas it is actualized in the minds covering and clarifying their
and hearts of individuals.
peculiar aptitudes and interests,
The redemption o,f the mind and t o provide training and
constitutes the unique education- counsel that will asslist them
al task laid upon the Christian in preparing for a life work apChurch; in seeking to relate all propriate thereto.
learning t o the truth of the
To aid its students in the deChristian faith, the Christian col- velopment omf Christian attitudes
lege performs its greatest serv- and Christian qualities of charice both to the Church and to acter; and to encourage each
society.
student to look upon his life
Where there is an atmosphere as a Christian vocation, and an
of free and honest inquiry, truth opportunity for service t o God
has the overwhelming advantage; and man.
To confront our students
with the problems and benefits
of living and serving in an increasingly urbanized culture.
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that
high level of excellence which
is appropriate to such a community.
Augs.burg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an
institution founded by Lutheran
immigrants from Norway who
sought t,o play a creative role
in American life and society,
and seeks to preserve th$ enduring values of this hekitage
in the life of the college community today.
As a metropolitan college,
Augsburg attempts to relate its
faculty and students to an urban
culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing
metropolitan
community
in
which it is located.
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are
conveniently located in relation
to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 194849, includes the general administratio'n offices; well-equipped
laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; the bookstore;
a medium-sized
auditorium;
and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland 0.bservatory, on the roof of Science
Hall, was completed in the sum-
mer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library,
named in honor of Augsburg's
fourth president, was erected
and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent
to Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work
rooms, a visual-education center,
the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty
offices. There is stack space for
approximately 100,000 volumes.
Theta, previously a small dormitory house, was remodeled in
the summer of 1965 and contains
a number of offices.
Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J. S.
Melby, dean of men from 1920
to 1942, basketball coach and
head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and
general auditorium purposes.
The Music Hall was acquired
by purchase in 1947 and has
been remodeled t o serve the
needs of the music department.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely
functional building for dramatic
and other speeoh activities.
The Art Building was acquired
in 1963 and remodeled to provide excellent space for t,he art
program. It has one large classroom and studio and laboratory
facilities for drawing, painting,
and sculpture in the rooms on
the ground and first floor. The
second floor of the building
houses the Development Offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial
Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters
9
for about 130 men. On the
ground floor of this building is
the college cafeteria and dining
hall.
Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected
in 1955, provides housing for
about 175 women students, as
well as apartments for the resident head and her assistant. The
dormitory incorporates the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled
as a wing of the larger dormitory.
The Studio Building was erected in 1964-65 as temporary Student Center. It will house the art
department after completion of
the college center.
Alpha Pi, Beta Phi, Chi, Delta,
Edda, Epsilon, Iota, Kappa,
Lambda, Miriam, Omega, Omicron, Pi Mu, Rho, Sigma, Tau, Xi
Phi and Zeta are small dormitory houses, each accommodating from 8 to 20 women
students. A large number of
dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in
use for faculty, staff, men students, and married student housing.
The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is
located on the West River Road.
=
=
-
-
THE ARCHIVES
The Augsburg Archives seeks
to gather and make available
for use documents, books, and
other articles of historical value.
The George Sverdrup Library
provides adequate, fire-proof
quarters for the archives. Here
are found a large collection of
periodicals, manuscripts, letters
and pictures, affording extensive
resources for scholarly research.
--
-
--
-
LIBRARY FACILITIES
The beautiful and spacious
George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop
for both faculty and students.
It contains ab'out 65,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets,
and is adding approximately
5000 new volumes each year.
Students and faculty working in
either o~f the two large reading
rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand.
All boo~ks are kept on open
shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to
students.
Special collections have been
developed in the Music Library,
the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual
Center. Additional conveniences
include conference rooms for
larger groups or small classes. A
typing corner is provided in the
first floor reading room.
The library subscribes to
about 500 of the best periodicals
dealing with a large variety of
subjects, as well as a number
of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current
issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area.
The library plays an active
role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly
book discussions for faculty,
staff, and students.
In the Twin City area are
other libraries which make their
holdings available to Augsburg
students, notably, the St. Paul
and Minneapolis public libraries,
the latter of which issues library
cards to out-0.f-town students
for each school year.
NATURAL SCIENCE
LABORATORIES
-The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall. Four laboratories
and storeroom and office space
for biology are located on the
second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research
laboratories for chemistry and
two laboratories for physics are
located on the third and fourth
floors. A chemistry library is
located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here.
11
INANCIAL
IRMATION
A considerable part olf the income on which Augsburg operates
is derived from endowments and from gifts. Therefore, the fees
charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe
in and support the work of the schoo'l.
TUITION
I
1'ci
3'
,Q,
The tuition charge for freshman students enrolling at Augsburg f n 1
the fall of 1966 will be $1,250. In order that students and t
parents may plan their expendsitures for tuition with certainty, the
college will guarantee the tuition rate a t $1,250 for each year the
student is enrolled up t o five years from the date of enrollment.
With normal progress the student can expect to complete his work
in four years. However, the plan has been extended to five years
to guarantee the tuition rate in the event that the student may
lose un to a vear for illness, accident, or other causes.
A Student Union fee of $15 a year is required of all full-time students. Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis.
Personal expenses, such as books, clothing, entertainment, and
transportation, vary from student to student. In planning a yearly
budget, a student should add $300.00 to $400.00 for such items.
BOARD AND ROOM RATE FOR 1966-67
WOMEN
MEN
Room (September through May)
Board (September through May)
Key and breakage deposit (refundable)
TOTAL ROOM AND BOARD
:': The charges for board, indicated above, are minimal charges. For
those students who take most or all of their meals in the cafeteria:
it may co'st up t o $325 for women and $450 for men.
SPECIAL FEES
$ l.0C
Locker (per term)
Application fee
l0.0a
Change of registration (after first three days of c l a s ~ ~ ~3 nr
~
Graduation fee
15.00
Improvement of reading course
25.00
Final examination taken a t an hour other than the one
scheduled
5.00
Examination making up a n incomplete on a condition
5.00
Transcript of credits (after first one, which is free)
1.OO
Student teaching
20.00
Comprehensive examination, per credit, for students
enrolled
5.00
Com~rehensiveexamination.. per
- credit, for students not
10.00
currently enrolled
,fl ,'
7
A
,
MUSIC FEES PER TERM
A
'
3
1
Music majors: See under Department of Music
Private leslsons d $ e r term)
Organ rental (one hour per day)
Piano or voice studio rental (one hour per day)
.-4/d~o
0
12.00
5.00
METHODS OF PAYMENT
Each student's charges for the academic year are determined in
advance of the fall registration with deposits, scholarships, grants,
and loans credited against the total bill. The remaining balance is
paid as follows: 1/3 a t the time of fall registration, 1/3 a t the beginning of the winter term, and 1/3 due a t the beginning d the spring
term.
A time-payment plan is available for those who prefer more frequent and smaller payments. On this plan, after depas,its, scholarships, grants, and loans have been deducted from the total charges
for the year, 20% of the remaining balance is due by September 2.
The remaining 80% is due a s follows: 10% on October 1 and
10% on the first of each subsequent month with the balance due
May 1. The service charge for this plan is $15. There is a fee of
$1.00 for late payments.
A student's transcript of credits and diploma are issued only after
all bills are paid. Registration for a term is not permitted if there
is a balance due from a previous term.
REFUNDS
If a student must cancel his registration, refunds of term fees,
tuition and room charges are allowed as fdlows: during the first
week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the
third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the
fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. Refunds for board are made on unused meal-book couponls.
If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident
or illnes's during the first five weeks emf the term, the charge is
one-half ,of the rate indicated above.
Students required to enter military service will receive a full re-
13
fund of fees and a proportionate refund on board and room charges.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment are available at Augsburg College.
Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of
the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a
student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the
college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for
financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance
are required to submit a copy o'f the Parents' Confidential Statement
(PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form
may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship
Service, P.O. Box 176, Princeton, New Jersey.
LOAN FUNDS
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to
students preparing for theological study.
The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in
1954, extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available
to selected graduating seniors.
The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund
is available to students who are preparing for the ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by
the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends
loans to students preparing for the ministry.
National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available to students capable of
maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special
consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic
background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year,
September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period.
United Student Aid Funds is a program of enddrsing loans made
by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance.
A grant to the College by the Gamble and Skogmo Foundations provided the funds to establish the initial reserves required.
--"
.,.-
I..
, -.-
15
'
SCHOLARSHIPS
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with
the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels
students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. Freshmen are not eligible for this program.
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN
Foundation Fellowships are offered to students with outstanding
high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test
of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in hon'ors course work. These awards range in
amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years
for students with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). To
qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the
upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined
score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities,
and character.
Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong
potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards
range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for
four years for students with a grade point average of 2.75 (B minus
average). Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their
high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic
Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships.
Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year
by the Department of Chemistry t o students strongly interested in
chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000
to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry
Scholarship on the basis of his high school perfomrmance, a special
chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational osbjective.
Summer Research Awards are also available to students in chemistry. With this award a stipend of $600 is provided for each student
to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department.
Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial
need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted to Augsburg College but do not qualify
for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award. These awards range in amount from $100 t~ $600 and
may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0
(C average).
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN
Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded each
year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of
their major department. These scholarships are renewable if the
student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better.
Upper-class Schohrships of $300 are awarded each year to selected
students with a grade point average of 3.4 or better who apply to
the Student Personnel Committee.
Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, s,ophomore, and junior classes for use the
following academic year. The scho'larship fund, which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of
previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of
financial need.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scho'larship.
The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship
is awarded annually to a student studying chohal music.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was
established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through
a church-wide offering, to honor the memo'ry of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt
who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958.
One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or
students in the seni,or class who are preparing for the ministry.
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the
Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scho,larships are
awarded annually to able and d'eserving junior or senior students.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships eaoh year to deserving students from other c,ountries. These scholarships may be
awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapoli's in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the
basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in
the field of athletics.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is t o be awarded
to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship
and economic need.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957
through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It
is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the
amount oaf $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and
interest in Christian service.
17
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956
by members o'f the family to honor their parents. The scholarship
is awarded annually to a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promi'se of achievement in the field
of physical education.
Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided
by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are
selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis
of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance
during the term in which they are doing student teaching.
The Onesirnus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs.
James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount omf $300 to
an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in
the Christian ministry.
The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953
in memory olf Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Cthoir. It is awarded
annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise
in the field of music.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph
Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subj'ect in the field of Christian sociology. The
amount of the prize is $50.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded
annually to fres'hman students who, without assistance, would be
unable to pursue higher education.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established
in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, bus!iness administrator o'f the c,ollege from 1940
to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected
students preparing for Christian service.
The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
As an expression of Christian concern for the problems oP social
injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American
Negro student.
Social !&mice Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division
of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of
$300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to
students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or
seniors d ~e Lutheran faith who are enro1,led in social work
courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social
work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a s'tudent's interests,
aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne SoLberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from
1950 until the time of her delth in 1953, was established in 1955
by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Sollberg and her brother, Dorvan.
It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major
or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in
the art of singing.
The Marguerite Hamilton' Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and
deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
19
The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award
d variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in
the field of English.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was establislhed in 1962
by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward
Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undeslignated memorial gifts are
placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts
is used to provide scholarships of varying amounts. The scholarship ommittee selects students who are able and deserting.
The Gamble-Skogmo Foundations' Scholarship Fund, established
in 1965, makes possiible the awarding of one or more scholarships
each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the
field of business.
The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in
1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman.
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown
Prince Harald d Norway to the Augsburg campus in October,
1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for
a student from Norway who wishes to study a t Augsburg. The
recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway
sek up for this purpose.
The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry to honor
the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry
at Augsburg from 1949 to 1958. The annual award is made t o a
student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement
in the field af chemistry.
The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in
1960 by the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Carl
Fosse, professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 t o 1942. The
annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates
promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship
was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made
annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise
in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in
1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry
at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a stu-
dent whose academic backgro,und indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960
to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemistry at Augslburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The
annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
esbablished in 1963. This annual award is made to a studen,t whose
academic background indicates promising achievement in the field
of ohemistry.
GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus d Augsburg in order
to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of
projects d graduate study.
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the
Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory olf
George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
*awardedannually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and abi1,ity who pl,ans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
21
GRANTSIN-AID
STUDENT
EMPLOYMENT
Grants-in-aid are available to students in good ,standing who are
in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these grants,
the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to
demonstrated financial need which is determined by examining a
statement of the resources and anticipated expenses of both the
student and his family.
An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office,
assis,ts studen.ts in obtaining part-time remunerative work during
the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer.
Augsburg College seeks t o enroll students who are genuinely interested in and can beneflt most from the program of Christian
higher education which it offers.
ADMISSIO:
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
as soon as they have completed their junior year in high school,
and preferably-before ~ ~ r1 ipreceding
i
the fall in which the student 8ad@tislsfon,The cb* date for making applica4lon for
sent to a student as soon as the application is complete.
Instructions for applying for admission:
(1) Obtain an application for admission by writing or visiting:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
(
cript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or cdleges
to send an official transcript of grades together with results #ofstandardized tests taken.
(3) The Schtolastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the Gollege Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The
test should be taken early in the senior year. See your
counselor or principal about registering for the SAT or
write t o College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey.
Transfer students are not required t o take the SAT.
-J
r those ndmitted! thereater, lt is
thin tw
ES of notification d acceptance. Preference in the assignment d campus housing will be determined by the order in which the $100 tuition deposits
are received.
(5) An interview on campus is encouraged but not required.
I
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The quality of a student's work in high schml, type d course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendati~onsare impontant factors in considering a n
application f,or admissi0.n. Augsburg College seeks students who
rank high in their high sohool graduating class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board.
23
It is recommended that a student have a leasast12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include
four units of English, and a t least two units each of a Lreign Ianu a g e , social studies, mathematics, and s c i e n c ~A-unit is defined
as a course coverirlg one academic year and e q u i v a I g Lo-gt IczJhoursof classworlr.
A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be
provided with blanks to be filled out and rZurned to' the Student
Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received
befolre the student will be permitted to register.
i
TRANSFER
Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and
u they are in golod standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts
courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. For graduation the total grade point average is computed on the basis of
transferred together with that taken a t Augsburg. A maxium of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a j u n i o r -
\
Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the
basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, t o enroll in cwrses
beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed.
Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to high school
students who have successfully completed a college-level course
provided~theyreceived a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
MPUS
There are many influences which mould life and character in college. While the exercises d classroom, labolratory, and library
form the organizing basis of college activity, they need t o be supplemented by other than academic 6orces. These intangible but very
real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
climate d an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed
upon the maintenance olf a wholesome spirit of Christian community living.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence,
both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian college. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life
and to the fellowship in whioh it is nourished should lvot seek
to be enrolled a t Augsburg.
25
THE CHAPEL SERVICE
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the
daily chapel service, where the faculty and students gather for
united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of
God. Regular attendance is expected of all students.
RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE
Introduction
At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain Biblical
affirmations about human nature and man's relation to God. The
college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This
life implies not only a relationship to the person of Christ, but
also a relationship 4'0 people, to events, and to things. The fact thhat
God nolt only created the world but became Man gives evidence
that life in this world is not to be despised.
The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships
and therefore seeks to educate the who,le man. It follms that one
of its important responsibilities is to establish recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end. The recreational
program must be in the context of, and congruent with, the major
intellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal
to help the individual to live an effective Christian life in the
world.
The Program
In setting up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college of liberal
arts and seeks to offer a varied recreational and social program.
The social program includes a number of organized all-school events
combined with many less-structured activities designed for specified smaller groups. In attempting to meet the needs and interests
of all Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on
campus and many of those which are available in $he Twin Cities
area.
In seeking to devdop a colnstructive recreational program, some
limitations have been placed upon certain activities. The college
is opposed to all forms of gambling. It forbids the possession or
consumption ,dalcoholic beverages in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence, or at any college-sponsored event.
Stud,ents are encouraged to be discriminating in all types of recreation in which they engage.
Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the
college regards it as its right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social program approved by the college and t o follm
it as members of the college community. It reserves the right to
dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed un-
desirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy
of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have
been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with through
counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a facultystudent Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean olf Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of
a hearing precede any disciplinary action.
RELIGIOUS PROGRAM
The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and faculty,
endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth
of Christian life in the Augsburg co~mmunity. Chairman of this
council is the student Commissioner of Religious Activities. Areas
for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the
Mid-Week services, Faith and Life Weeks, prayer meeltings, and
informal group meetings and discussions.
This Commission al'so serves as a coordinating ageacy for all
voluntary Chri,stian organizati,ons on campus. The principal organization is the Student Christian Fellowship. The SCF seeks to
serve as a stimulus and outlmet for Christian faith and life. student,^
participate in regional and natio'nal Lutheran Student Association
cuf America Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on
campus.
CONVOCATION
Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These
programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered,
including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES
Students are given many opportunities for a varied social and recreational program at Augsburg. Teas, banquets, all-sohml parties, dances, picnics, and talent shows are some of the activi,ties students enjoy throughout the year. Tradi.tiona1 highlights d the social program are Homecoming, Sno Days, and the
formal Junior-Senior Banquet.
The major social planning for the campus is handled by the Program Commission of the Student Society.
Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg
by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies
are small groups which provide a natural contact between
upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence
students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed
by the Inter-Society Council which, in turn, is responsible to the
Student Council.
27
Recreational facilities such as pool, table games, and ping-po'ng
are available in the Studio Building.
Student Activity Cards pennit students to attend 'home athletic
events, and all on-campus dramatic and musical programs performed by Augsburg Cdlege groups.
MUSIC
AND THE
FINE ARTS
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art
collections are to be found in the Minneapoli,s Institute o,f Arts,
the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin
Cities libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum
in St. Paul gives access t,o large collections d historical material.
The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts
afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for olther University concerts
and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie
Theater.
STUDENT
GOVERNMENT
The Student So'ciety consists of all full-time and part-time students
enrolled at Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education
to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities
through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this
broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense d community, folstering intellectual activity, and
participating in policy making.
The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in
the executive branch. The Executive Council consisits of seven commissioners-each responsible to the president ffcrr one of the major
areas d student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vike-president, is the
twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the
college classes has its own qficers and harticipates in student government through its representatives on $he council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings
are subject to appeal only to the President of the College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation
adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a
whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the
students, the faculty, and the administration.
The Student Society is a member of the National Student Asisociatim, the largest representative national uni'on of students in
the United States. Through this organization the students receive
programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to
the voice of all American students before the national government
and &her organizations in matters of student concern.
The Student Government directs several projeots of interest t o
the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Academic Freedom Week, College Union Study, and Development Council. Counseling of fre~~hmen
by upper-class students is conducted through
a College Brother-College Sister Program as a part of Freshman
Orientation.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provides olpportunity for the women t o develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims t o create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to
promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in
personal conduct, and it encourages parrt,icipation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women
Students, a natieonal organization.
The college nmspaper, The A u g s h g Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves a~,a voice of the student body as well
as a medium d information. It prwides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalisltic work.
PUBLICATIONS
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business
managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and t$heEcho. The chief
responsibility of the Commission is t o select editors and business
managers for the campus publications.
ef
.L
The .A
' 9' Book is a student handbook which is compiled by a student
editor in conjunction with :he Office 4f Student Personnel Services.
The Auggie is a d&ectory of studenlb, 'staff, and faculty and is
published under the direction d the Office of Public Relations.
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them t o pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united t o form clubs.
CO-CURRICULA
PROGRAM
29
Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom.
Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New
clubs are formed a s the occasion demands.
The Art Club is an informal organization to satisfy the s'tudents'
creative urge in the field of art and t o promote an interest in art.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors
in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in
this specific area.
The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an
organization especially for students in the elementary education
program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in
the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children
in the field of elementary education.
Augsburg College Chil'dren's Groups involves students who meet
weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they
show their concern for these children by their own personal involvement.
The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and nati,onal politics, and in other
human-relations activities.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members
an opportuni,ty to learn from participation in stage presentations
and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays
produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in
National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued
excellence in drama participation. It is open only to qualified upperclassmen.
The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A a t Augsburg. The aim of this organizatimon is "to bind the 'A' men of the
past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship,
and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane."
The Biology Seminar furnishes opportunity for informal study in
the biological sciences.
The Business Club draws membership from ,the business and secretarial classes. The development of professional interests is the
major objective.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign sand American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people d various countries.
The Debate Club fosters debate activilty a t Augsburg as it meets
to develop skills necessary in debating. Members d the club represent Augslburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other intercollegiate tournaments.
The French Club ils composed of students interested in the French
language and culture.
The German Club is open to all students who are studying or have
studied German. In addition t o providing opportunity for conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and customs.
The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, ant and
history.
The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students a t Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life
at Augsburg, as well as acquaints 'ts memfbers with the vocation
off the Christian ministry.
The Psychology Club promotes interes)t in various fields of psychology.
The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing.
The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture
to students in an informal way.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for
professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck
Chapter, offers t o its members associate membership in professional
education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with
the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers
far public events scheduled for the campus.
The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in vari,ous forms olf writing. The members share their literary
efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish "The Arkai," a collection of the best creative
writing each year.
The Women's Athletic Association at Augsburg is a member of the
Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Memb'ership in
this organization is gained by participation in individual and group
recreational activities with awards given on a point basis.
The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected from
all classes. In addition to local concerts, the clhoir goes on tour each
year to various pal;ts osf the United States and occasionally to
Canada. In 1965 it toured Norway and otiher countries in Europe.
The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also Instrumental
Ensembles and a Repertoire Band.
MUSICAL
ORGANIZATIOl
31
The Augsburg College Choral Club participates in school programs
and concerts, sings at various churches in the Twin Cities area,
and makes short tours in the vicinity. Membership is by audition
or consent of the director.
The Augsburg College Orchestra performs frequently on campus.
The orchestra gives programs of standard repertoire for orchestra
alone as well as with soloists and choral groups.
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
AND
RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general
student participation. Every student is urged t o participate in some
activity for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the
intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the
winners of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, bennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY
OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the
college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part
of human life, and that this phase of life needs t o be cultivated if
physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to
the fact that competitive play can contribute t o the development d
student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in
and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character a s sdf-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be
of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching
or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities.
Far from being set apart from his educational gola1 or in any way
competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate
athletics must eitmher contribute directly to this goal or be camplementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student
,
I!'
33
spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of
Christian character, such a s self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation o t high-grade pe~.rformanceon the part d both opponents
and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The
intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or obher co-curricular acrtivities should not
overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take
the place d a well-rounded and effective intramural and general
recreational program.
ELIGIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS
In order to participate in cevtain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations
should check eligibility olf candidates by submitting a list t o the
Director of Student Activities for approval.
Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed
by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference.
A student on academic probabion may not be a member of the
Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not
eligible (to participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading,
student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed
student-government offices or chairmanships. This list is not in(clusive and other activi,tiesmay be designated.
HONORS
AND
AWARDS
The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior
women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and
leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility
of these women to foster the development of academic excellence,
leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College.
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the
name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society,
is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign
language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have
presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are
to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship.
Juniors and seniors who h a w earned a 3.5 grade point average
accumulative are eligible for membership, while freshmen and
sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as
pledges. Applications for membership are made at the Registrar's
Office at the beginning of the sem&er in which the student is
eligible.
%~7/
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social
Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of
College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social
sciences is required for election to membership.
The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization t o recognize and
honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown
themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in
scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular aotivities.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point
average of 3.5 o'r better in the previous .pmeskz of work a t Augsburg
/PC.~
College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded t o the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually t o the student who is judged t o be
the most valuable player on the basketball team.
The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented t o the college as
a prize to arouse interest in orabory. The name omf the winner of
the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain
in the possession of the college.
35
STUDENT
PERSONNEL
SERVICES
Institutional services t o students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student
Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions,
Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The
Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement,
Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The
admtinistration of these services is centered in the Office of the
Dean of Students.
ADMISSIONS
Pre-college counseling is available from qualified personnel in the
Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus
or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the
Upper Midwest. Prospective students are encouraged to visit the
campus if at all possible.
COUNSELING
Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences
offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over
vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty,
health, financial prolblems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are
dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life.
At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on at several levels.
All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and
eauh new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works
with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the
major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are faculty members who have specialized training in counseling and
techniques for dealing with problems olf adjuskment. The personnel
deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated by the Office ol the Dean of Students in accordance with
the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee.
Students who have perslonal pro~blemsare encouraged to seek help
through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which
demands pro~fessionalskill, the student is referred t o the offices of
the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain,
or the College Physician.
FRESHMAN ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginning of classes each year. The students take tests,
attend classe~s,inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted
with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with
their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students
have several conferences during which they plan the student's
program of study.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman
Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test
scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial
programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to
make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered fo'r interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased
quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in
college are especially urged to enroll in this course.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under
the supervisi'on of the Registrar. These records include admission
data, academic achieve'ment, student participation and achievement
in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and
other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government
officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters.
THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with
two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily
office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary roioms are provided. The Health Service is located in
Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus.
Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering,
each entering student is required to have on file the report of a
physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective
treatment is prescribed where needed.
HOUSING AND FOO,D SERVICE
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students
Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of
others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls
are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student
residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the Director
37
of Residences for Women, the head residents, and personnel deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The
head residents and personnel deans serve as resource pewlme for
these counselors and handle cases referred t o them.
g at hame are
rfifl
I
the Student Personnel Office. All stud'ents living in the residences
and most students in off-campus h,ousin,gtake their meals in the cdlege dining room. The college al.so provides a number of houses for
women with a cooperative house plan.
Residence ha1l:s are open t o students a day before regular schedules
beoome e'ffective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students whjo wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply
for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, .towels,
blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each
residence. B,ed linens and bowels may be rented with laundering
service a t a reasonable cost. Thi,s service is required of all
women students in Gerda Mortensen Hall. An optional linen smvice is available to o'ther students.
Students engage a rood- ~t the bc~inninrrfdthe fall term for the
entire school vear,
i room
h S~UOflice
h
n cannot play the fee by that time must be
*.*-J m.
sure t o make arrangements with the Treasurer's Office by May
15 for later payment of the room depotsit. Students who have not
paid the room deposit by this date alle automatically removed
from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1.
r
All men living in Memorial Hall are required t o pay a $16 key and
breakage fee at th'e beginning olf each school year. At the end
,dthe year the fee is refunded if the condition olf the room and
furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned.
GRADUATE PLACEMENT
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions at the local, state,
and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free
to graduating sen,iors. Alumni seeking the services oP the Placement
Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no
placement fee.
COORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning d student activities, and keeps on file
the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty
advisers to student organizations are approved by the Coordinator.
The program o~fstudent activities is a primary responsibility o'f
the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society.
A weekly bulletin d events is prepared for the Echo by the Student
Personnel 0,ffice. The college Master Calendar is kept by the Director of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the C o m ~ i s s i o n
on Student Organizations.
39
-
FpU,pwing are the requirements for
Arts degree
A-urg
College:
,L,,,,,A,.A
..Aththe Bachelc-
ADMINIST
,
I,
e r a 1 Educat
Requirement?
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The general education program at Augsburg College consists of
oore and distribution requirements as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 credits
History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 credits
Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits
Physical Education 1, 2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. credit
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 4 credits
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits
Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 credits
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18 credits
Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 credits
Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits
Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits
Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 credits
-
7&<A
/Mf
3
/
LFL-~,
-5
N L ~ - (
<-&--
dLLd
4- -'<
The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman
ycar&eligion 21 is required in the sopl~omoreyear. It is recornmended that the general education requirements be completed in
the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper
division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and
senior years.
Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will
enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12.
Cc-
A
The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined
5y proficiency examinati~ons.The student is required t o have the
quivalent of four terms of a foreign language for pduation, that
course
B, two terms of the ,beginnj
ems of the inter
~ e d i a t elevel course.
n the natural sciences, two
chemistry, mathe
mati-, or physics satisfy he requirement. It is recoaltnenriei
, or 13 in the first cc
a
41
I .
-
the option of taking Philosophy of Science for bhe second course.
For the fine arts requirement, students may select Music 30 or Art 1.
Philosophy 21 is designed to meet the philosophy requirement.
30
Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Ikonom-
ol 8.3 ics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics.
The general education requirement in speech or literature may be
satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request
a student may substitute another literalture course by permission
of the instructor.
The following majors are offered:
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Economics
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Greek
+Physical Education
Health and
Physics
hysical Education Political S ~ i e n c e History
Psychology
Mathematics
Religion
Medical Technology Scandinavian Studies
Music
Social Sciences
Natural Science
Sociology
Philosophy
Spanish
Speech
C
B
Students are required to make application for the major t o the
head of the department offering the major. This is normally done
in the spring term of the sophomore year.
A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except
El'ementary Education and Medical Telchnology. Minors are also
offered in Library Science and Latin.
For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements.
ELECTIVE CREDITS
Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the
major and for general education.
All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the
/A!/
Av*4.,.Ad
1
,
1J
I.
A',-
sophomore ye~arand must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in
order t o qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
Graduation with distinction is determined as f,ollows:
Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 grade average
grade average
Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79
Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1-3.49+ grade average
+
GRADE VALUES
. . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit
. . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit
....
Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit
. . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit
. . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Condition
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing
. Course withdrawn during first four weeks;
or student withdrew from college.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
.A cotldilirl~l
- . . . . . . or
. . .an
. . incorrlj~letereceive< at the end r ~ hif terrli must
be
removed
within
the
-firs,t five weeks olf classes osf the following
.term. If conditions and incolnp!eies-are not ~'emoveclwithin five
weeks d the following term, the condition auton~nticallybecomes
a failure and the incol-r~~lete'
- .
becomes
.the grade submitted by the
t-eicher filj6ng wi tI; the IncompIelc. The final gr:lde after the conldition examinatinn is t,al&n Inty not I,)e 1ligiler than y). A fee olf
$5 is-charged
.
f@ an exatninaiion making _up_-% incomplete'~or a
condition received a t the end of a term.
*,
43
I
ns established by the school.
credi't will be given a student for any subject for which he has
college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there
ot 'sufficient registration.
,A
credit hour is normal-
tion accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
A student who desires t o make a change in his registration should
obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the
teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are
ach change of registration aftel
fee of $2 i s charge
three days of class4
course may be added after *"'
-
ancelled durll16 the first four weeks ur u a a a c c
Eollowed by W. Af.ter the first four weeks and before the last
ree weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a gra
is passing and WE if he is failing the course
1 'udent who finds it necess'ary to leave school before the end
of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in
order to remain in good standing.
CLASSIFICATION
ying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which
n. c l . < , : I a t .: , , is based on
of credit hours with a t least twice that
u ! , r c
Sophomore
Junior
Senior
,--ents are cl,,,.,.,.
rtntion
......each-
Credits
36
84
130
Grade Points
72
168
260
Students registered Po'r less than 12 credits are cl~as.s~ified
as special
students.
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
k
A student is placed on scholastic probation at the end of any term
in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The Polllowing guidelines are used in placing a student on probation:
First-year students with a grade point average d 1.5 or belolw
Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or bellow
Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
All students with 7 or more credits olf F.
In order to be remtoved from probation, a student must achieve a
grade point avepage of 2.1 or better for at least one term.
Lv
will be dropped for low scholarship.
I
--
CLASS ATTENDANCE
B@.ar class attendance is required of all students in lolwer divicourses is Wwt
#on courses, hndaxpce in upper
for iuniors aad s a r i unlers r e ~ W
bu the
of'%
a
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance
is kept and periodic reports on absences are su~bmittedto the Registrar.
S,tudenks whlo find it necessary to be absent because .of illness or
for other seasons should report the.reasons for the absence t o their
teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness,
the student may ob,tain an excuse signed by the Health Service if
this is requested by the teacher.
45
S&denh with an excessive number of absences not excused by the ,,
tpFher
be dropped from *ha course with a
af: F,
I
Absences for tours, field trips, and othe~r'instructor-arranged activities are cleared with t,he Dean of the C'ollege. Lists of participants, with information as to exact perimods absmt, are issued by
the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is sftill responsible for any work missed.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immedi,ately t o the
teacher concerned.
If a student has obtained permiasi~onfrom the Dean of the College
to take a final examinatimon at another hour than that scheduled,
he is charged s fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the
Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the
student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish
to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
commititee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the Offioe of the Registrar. A fee olf $5
($10 for students not currently enrolled) is oharged o
ft-r
ta in aavatace, mmmaflan
,h& and lawf
answers WI"
~ e g w t r a f pOffice.
UR:
By
-
arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students ma:
nust not exceed
1
1 . n e ~ t s ~ s ~ 8 ( 1 a t t a
College and counted towards graduation.
pe twmferred to Prugsburg
47
COURSES
OF
STUDY
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1966-68 are given on the
following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings.
NUMBERING. OF C0,URSES
Courses numdered below 50 are lower d,ivision courses; those numbered above 50 are classified as upper division. In general, courses
numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 20-49 for sophomores;
50-74 for j~mirrrs;and 7r599 for seniors.
SYMBOLS
# Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective
of prerequisites.
CREDITS
shown are in terms olf quarter credits. Unless otherwise
stated a Four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in
length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per
DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is
appointed for a two-year term.
Major and min~orrequirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISION of the HUMANITIES
Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman
Department of Art
Department of Classical Languages
Greek; Latin
Department d English
Department of Modern Languages
French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish
Department of Music
Department of Speech
[3 DIVISION
cd NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS
Department of Health and Physical Education
Department of Mathematics
Department o,f Physics
DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Paul G. Sonnack, Chairman
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
PA;/
L
QC/~,
C ~ O ha.?
~ A
DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES
Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman
Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education
Department of Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Library Science
Department of History
Geography
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOLDER
The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical
and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines
of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis
is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the
place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing,
and avocational art.
DEPARTMENT
OF
ART
In addition to the courses offered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss with August Molder, artist in residence,
problems of art related to painting and the making of stained glass
windows.
The department reserves the right to keep for three years examples
of student art work for exhibition purposes.
Major: 46 credits, including 7, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 94.
Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84.
Majors preparing for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are
required to take 50.
It is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to
Fine Arts under the Department of Music.
I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS
4 crs.
Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. [3 lect., 1 disc. Fall, Spring,
1966.67. Winter, 1967-68.1
49
2
*,&3', p.acA-+x?orids.
:diz~fl
#'
.
4 crs.
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. 14 double
Fall, Spring, 1966-67.Fall, Winter, 1967-68.1
12 COMPOSITION
6 crs.
A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. C4 lect., 2 double labs.
Winter, 1966-67.Fall, Winter, 1987-68.1
18 PAINTING I
4 crs.
Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape,
and figurative painting [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1966.67. Fall,
Spring, 1967-68.1
2 I SCULPTURE I
4 crs.
Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and
plaster. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
50 CERAMICS I
4 crs.
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. [4 double labs. Winter.]
51 CERAMICS II
4 crs.
A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to
throwing techniques. C4 double labs. Prereq. : 7. Spring.]
55 PAINTING II
4 crs.
Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs.
Prereq. : Ilt, 18. Spring, 1966-67.1
58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. [2 lect.,
2 double labs. Spring.]
67 PRINT MAKING I
4 crs.
Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis
on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq. : 7. Fall.]
68 PRINT MAKING II
4 crs.
Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. [4 double labs.
Prereq. : 12,67. Spring.]
78 SCULPTURE II
4 crs.
Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, or fiberglass. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 21.
Winter, 1966-67.Bprhg, 1967-68.1
83 ART HISTORY I
4 crs.
Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization.
Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.]
84 ART HISTORY II
4 crs.
Continued historical survey. Renaissance to modern. [Winter, 1966-67.
Spring, 1867-68.1
94 STUDIO Ill
4 crs.
Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics.
Art major will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [4 double labs.
Prereq. : second course in the studio area and# .I
-
-
/ U
MR. NASH, chairman, MR. MICKELBERG, MR. SULERUD,
MR. URDAHL
It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Biology should be
extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a wide variety
of students. For the non-science major the aim is to provide a reliable
basic understanding of biological science and, more generally, of the
character of scientific knowledge. The more advanced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue
the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology
or in a related area such as the medical profession.
D E P A R m
OF
BIOLOGY
All students who plan to complete a major or minor in biology should
plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended
career. I t is important that a prospective biology major consult with
the biology staff concerning this planning as soon as possible. In
general, a broad background in the supporting sciences and in mathematics is essential. The graduation major given below requires a
minimum number of these supporting courses. Students who intend
to enter graduate or medical school or to teach secondary school upon
graduation should follow the appropriate recommendations. Recommended specific four-year programs for such students are given under
Curriculums in this catalog as are programs for pre-dental, prenursing, and medical technology students.
Major: 46 credits, including 11, 12, 51, 68 or 74, 71 or 73, 91; and
16 additional credits in biology; Uhem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6 ) , 61, 52; Math.
13, 14 or equivalent.
For students preparing for graduate school: The graduation major plus
Physics Zl, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42.
For students preparing for medical school: 36 credits, including 11, 12,
51, 91; and a t least three of 64, 68, 71, 73, 74. Also required: Chem. 52,
53,61; Math. 41, 42; Physics 21,22,23.
#o
For students preparing for secondary school teaching: .A& credits,
including 11, 12, 51, 56, 67, 91; and &additional credits in biology;+2;) '(0 A'
Chem. 2+5& This gives the recommended chemistry minor. A chemistry
or other science minor is required with a biology major for a Minnesota
Teacher's Certificate.
Minor: 30 credits, including: 11, 12; and 18 additional credita in biology;
(Ihem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6).
Biology 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in
biology.
5, 5 crs.
1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended
for majors in science or mathematics. Credits do not apply toward
a major or minor in biology. C4 lect., 1 double lab. Must be taken
in sequence. 1,Fa,Spring. 2, Winter.]
4, 4 crs.
3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
Designed for student nurses. [2 lect., 2 double lab. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.]
5 crs.
6 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of
the human body. 14 lect., 2 double lab. Spring.]
51
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 8 MICROBIOLOGY
4 crs.
The study of bacteria, viruses and a few other human pathogens, their
characteristics, role and control, especially in the fields of medicine
and sanitation. For student nurses. [3 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.:
Chem. 3. Winter, Spring.]
W 1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY
6, 6 crs.
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For science and
mathematics majors. First term: cellular and molecular biology, vertebrate anatomy and physiology, genetics, and evolutionary mechanisms.
Second term: relationships of organisms. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Must
be taken in sequence. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or 15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.]
W 5 1 GENETICS
5 crs.
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular, cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosophila
and certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit.
15 lect., I double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.]
W 53 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
5 crs.
The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab.
Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1966-67.1
56 ECOLOGY
5 crs.
A survey of representative biological communities, a reciprocal rela-
tionship between organism and environment. [4 lect., 2 double lab.
Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1966-67.1
W 64 MICROBIOLOGY
6 crs.
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics,
and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. [5 lect.,
2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Chem. 23 or 51 strongly recommended. Fall.]
66 MINNESOTA FLOWERING PLANTS
6 crs.
Field collecting and classifying some of the flowering plants indigenous
to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq. : 12. Spring, 1967-68.1
H 67 PLANT MORPHOLOGY AND MORPHOGENESIS
5 crs.
The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic
plant groups. 14 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1967-68.1
H 68 COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES
6 crs.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and
evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect. 2 double lab. Prereq.:
12. Winter.]
H 71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory
work includes microtechnique. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and
Uhem. 23 o r 52. Fall.]
-791
H 73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals
with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12,
L*//l
/ ,,L,
'
.
and Chem. 23 o r 52. Winter.]
H 74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A consideration of the experimental as well as descriptive approach
to the development of animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5
lect., 1double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.]
H 91 SEMINAR
0 crs.
Juniors and seniors working toward a major in biology are required
to participate in bi-weekly discussions on topics of current biological
interest. [Fall,Winter, Spring.]
,.jy
f44pdd,;,
,
&
&A
/-2 w
t
(
;
~ 9 - 4 dc//a I
,is))-t
MR. HEMMINGSON, chairman, MR. BUDGE, MR. HADJIYANIS,
MISS LUND
Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with
general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs.
The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and
then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting
or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The
economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy
matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He
is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these
majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private
institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate
study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial
relations, or law.
Major: 61 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31; Econ. 22, 23, a,58 o r
91 o r 92; and either Bus. Ad. 62, 63, 81, 83 for the accounting specialization, or 41, 73, 78, 79 for the finance specialization. Soc. 61 also required.
'
DEPARTMENT
OF
BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATI'
ECONOMICS,
AND
BUSINESS
--97u
7
JA
*: A
Minor: 26 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2; Econ. 22, 23; a n d two
courses from Bus. Ad. 41, 62, 63, 73. Other combinations m a y b e
allowed by permission.
H 1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING
4, 4 crs.
Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing
accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.]
53
W 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
5 crs.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
CFall.1
41 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
5 crs.
Capital xtrwturcs of fi~rsinessorganizations, use of financial statements,
cash flow, raising nnd cnnmo1 of sl~orl~
and long-term funds for a
business enterprise. [Prercq.: X, 2. Fn811.3
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1,2. Winter.]
1 63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible
and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level
changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.]
W 73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
5 crs.
Financial problems relating to budgeting, short- and long-term fund
requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations
presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 41. Spring.]
W 78 INVESTMENTS
5 crs.
The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of
industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental
units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. : 41. Winter, 1967-68.1
1 79 MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE
Basic mathematical techniques used in
5 crs.
financial analysis. [Spring,
lM7-68.1
W 8 1 COST ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with
emphasis on management control. [Prereq. : 1, 2. Fall, 1967-68.1
1 82 TAX ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes
for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.:
1, 2. Winter.]
1 83 AUDITING
5 crs.
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks
and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.]
ECONOMICS
Major: 40 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2; Kcon. 22, 25, 51, 51, ant1
three courses from 52, 53, 91, 92. Soc. H I n k n r~qnired.Math~rmatlcs
through course 43 is highly recommended Zor tl~oscrpInnning Irn ~ i u l u n t e
study in economics.
Minor: 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, and three courses from 51,
52, 53, 58, 91, 92.
4 crs.
Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis
upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues,
such as unemployment, poverty, monopoly, inflation, role of government. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 22 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I
1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II
4 crs.
'Micm. 'ant1 mac.meronr~ntic!l h ~ o s ycxamincr7 with the analytical tools
of econnmics. Topics include rleterminaiion of the level of national
income ant1 employment, rnrlnpy and hnnlting, monetary-fiscal policy,
econonllcs of Ihc firm, prwluci and rcsouscc pricing and allocation, etc.
dEwm++% Spring.]
1 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination
under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.:
UPPER DIVISIOI
23. Fall.]
1 52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
5 crs.
Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of
the present developing nations as to characteristics, problems, and
policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 1966.67.1
1 53 LABOR ECONOMICS
4 crs.
Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and
governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or #. Spring.]
1 58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed
via a macro-model. Some consideration of macro-measurement, the
business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter,
1967-68.1
W 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE
5 crs.
Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq. : 22 o r #. Fall.]
1 92 MONEY AND BANKING
5 crs.
Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy.
[Prereq. : 23. Winter.]
1 95 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-2 crs.
Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall,
Spring.]
BUSINESS EDUCATION
These courses are planned to prepare students to teach business
education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in
business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31;
Econ. 22, 23.
55
Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22,
50 and 53.
Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Bus. Ad.
1, 2; and Econ. 22, 23.
For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the
major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with two
years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of
8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect four other credits in the
business field.
I I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING
2 crs.
The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not
open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting.
[5 hours. Fall.]
I 8 CALCULATING MACHINES
4 crs.
Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. C4 hours. Fall, Winter.]
I I0 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION,AND
4 crs.
RECORDS MANAGEMENT
Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit dilplic~ting muchines. An introduction to and application of basic principles rif filing
and organization of records in the office. 14 hours. l'mreq.: 1 ar equiv.
Spring.]
I 21 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Funrlam~ntals uE G r c a shorfhnncl (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis
Introduction to transcription.
on thcory, reading and writing sl~orLl~and.
Not open to sf.udenls tvho [law had onr year of shorthand in high
school, f 5 h u r s . I'rercq.: I ur eqnlv, E I R . I
11 22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of
speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing material dictated at
speeds of 80-100 words a minute. [5 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.]
PPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
5 crs.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of
legal documents. [Prereq. : 1 or equiv. Winter.]
W 53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
5 crs.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription
of material dictated at speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.:
22 or equiv. Spring.]
I 63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES
4 crs.
Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making
applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or
equiv. Spring.]
I 65 BUSINESS SEMINAR
3 crs.
A study in special problems in the field of business education through
research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business.
CSpring.1
MR. AGRE, chairman, MR. ALTON, MR. ,OOFFMAN, MR. HOLUM,
MR. LYLE
DEPARTMENT
OF
It is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding
and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which
this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an
opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power,
and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of
man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective
ways to handle certain types of problems.
i
Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts
education, but also to prepare for: (1) high school teaching, (2) the
study of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing
and allied professions, (3) graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession.
The chemistry department is certified by the American Chemical Society
for the preparation of chemistry majors.
Students planning to major in chemistry in preparation for graduate
school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult
with the chemistry staff at the earliest possible time.
Major: 41 credits. Strongly recommended are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math.
41, 42.
For those planning to teach ch ' try in high school, the major will
21. 22, 23: Chem. 15. 16 (or
include Math. 13 and 14, or l&%ysics
5, 6), 51, 52, 53, 61, and 'one of 62, 81, or 83.'
54,3'5
c 4 4'
Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16,,53, 61, and 62; for
pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 51, 52; for graduate study: 15,
16, and all courses above 50.
Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and
senior years in Chem. 91.
Minor: 23 credits.
A teaching minor must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses
to complete
credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended.
%
Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are
organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for
prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist,
and Swedish Hospitals. [3 lect., 1 double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.]
&W
-*
Fm
6, 6 crs.
5, 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
For non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated
by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double labs. 5, Fall.
6, Winter.]
15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
An intensive course for majors in chemistry and pre-medical students;
others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative
57
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
.
.
analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Prereq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane
geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.]
23 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6 crs.
Designed for medical technology and other students who desire less
than the very intensive year-course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds
with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 3 hrs. lab. Prereq.:
5 or 15. Spring.]
5 I , 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6- ,. b- crs.
-- -Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study
of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds.
Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs: Prereq. :6 or 16.51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
5 or 6 crs.
53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis.
Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore
year. C4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 6 or 16. Spring.]
6, 6 crs.
61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, so tions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics,
lab. Prereq.: 53, Math. &. 61 Fall.
and colloids. [3'lect., 3 &hour
62, Winter.]
5
Y ~ J
23
~b.
63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in
the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations
for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use
of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used; as chromatography intraduced. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs. Prereq..>62, and some reading
knowledge of German. Spring.]
&
72 QUANTUM MECHANICS
4 crs.
Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schrsdinger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron
spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems,
magnetic resonance. [4 lect. Prereq.: 61 or #. Winter.]
81 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond,
and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed
using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations.
C4 lect., 1 four-hour lab. Prereq.: 62 or #. Fall.]
.
83 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY AND
SPECTROSCOPY
5 crs.
Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application
to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as
spectro photometric, electrc+analytical, and chromatographic techniques.
C3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 53, 62. Spring.]
91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
0 crs.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate
in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general
interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Cr. arr.
During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year,
each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may
participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members.
By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MR. COLACUI, chairman, MR. HELGELAND
The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first
to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they
may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the
students to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in
the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the
two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries.
DEPARTMENT
OF
LANGUAGES
GREEK
Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latin 1, 2.
Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major
in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may
complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the
case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to
take at the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under
Classics, 61 to 163.
Minor: 27 credits.
59
.
.
.
.
1 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. [Prereq.:
Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or
#. 11, Fall,
12, Winter.]
13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
5 crs.
Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading
and parsing of easy selections from classical and New Testament Greek
writings. [Prereq.: 12. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
5 1, 52 N E W TESTAMENT GREEK
4, 4 crs.
Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the book of Acts. Special
emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.:
13. 51, Winter, 52, Spring, 1966-67. 51, Fall, 52, Winter, 1967-88.1
46, 54. 55 GREEK EXEGESIS
0
&&, 3 crs.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is
given to the synactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. C196667 .I
,
..,'I
:
-[,:
'.'
I ?fL3*'
59 CLASSICAL GREEK
4 crs.
Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. Survey of the
classical period. [Prereq. : 52. Spring.]
LATIN
Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35.
Courses 52, 53 offered onIy if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are
not offered, a minor map be comflrted al the University of Minnesota.
Consult the department chairman al: Augsburg..
.
Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin
offered at Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses
numbered abeve 63 a t the University of Minnesota.
1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study d Latin grammar, with special emphasis
on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2,
Winter.]
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN
4, 4 crs.
Continuation of grammar. Reading and parsing of selections from
Caesar's "Gallic War," St. Augustiie's "Confessions" and Medieval Latin
writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by placement test. 3, Fall,
.
.
Spring; 4, Winter, 1966-67. 3, Spring, 4, Fall, 1967-68.1
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
52 VIRGIL
5 crs.
Selections from Virgil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.]
53 CICERO
5 crs.
Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.]
See under Departmemt of Business Administration, Economics, and
Business Education.
MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG,
MRS. HANSON, MISS MATTSON, MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK
The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work
in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further
study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State
of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
DEPARTMENT
OF
EDUCATION
Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be
awwroved bv the Committee on Teacher Etlucation. Application must
be made d;ring the second semester of the sophomore-year. Approval
is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement. E&
mentary candidates are required to-have a 2.5 g?acle point-averagc
:FC.rTgc sc c oi311
ry
IFlie i r al:inT- FOnEijiid i{>y-?idx
b
c G r ~ i ~ s ~ E 1 i s 1 - h i v2.5
c in their-proposcd m r l jnr--and a-$.fl-- &rrall
a\.Pl'ilr~.' f i t i c l i r 1 : 1 1 ~ ~r t 3 r.Fl'lilit:a Iion In rlimenI:i~-y xnrl srconcl:iry cdu~â¬3fiz5.re als9 required to make application for student teaching during
the junior year. ~ & ~ % c n t s for student leaclilng- are: 2.5 ~ : _ l . + d ~ p o i ~ t .
average in the malor. nntl W o F l X I -
a.
.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Major:
credits in professional education courses. In addition, the
following general education courses are required : Psych. 5 ; Hist. 21,W
W,w;
Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities
(Ed. 52, 53, 54).
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
0 crs.
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching,
supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 52, 5 3 , 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111
1 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
The growth and development of the human organism from conception
through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5. Fall.]
1 56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING
5 crs.
The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools : philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning
theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching
situations. [Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.]
1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical
education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote
singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total
elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.]
1 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
See under Department of Art.
4 crs.
.
61
63 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
t
MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science
in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq.: 55, 66.
Spring.1
$lU
H 64
METHODS AND MATERIALS: LANGUAGE ARTS
6 crs.
Ol?jeclivrs :untl tcr:lir~icl~rr:sin lhc I : ~ n ~ t ! i l ;u'ls:
~c
lisfcning, speaking,
writing, and ~~cacling.
hpplivalion of l>rhnciplcsOF le:~~.ninfi
in acquisition
oF sltills, inIr.lhesls, ;IT l ii 4 ~ r l e s . P:xn~ninalinns of morlrrn tllethods and
r n i h c ~ i n l s . IPrrr~rl.:O5, 513. tQbU, BprItig. 196fM7. SptaBlg, 196'7-68.1
1 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES
4 crs.
Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies.
Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.]
W 77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE
15 crs.
St.urlrnl spcnris Icn tvt?elis i l l Ihe cl;iss~'oun~,
~tssistingthe rcgtil:~rleachcr, and do in^ actl~;tlIcuching. S~rl~t~rvisiorl
is r:arriccl onl: by 111scnoperal,
ing I.eacher ;lntl lhc c':ollcge slam. 'I'his is lollowctl by onc wcclr UI
seminar wi Ui discussion nf problcrns ~ n c r ) u n t c ~ cind I f ~ r -rlassronin.
~
[rra.req.: #. Willtor, IDtifl-07. IG:di, Wlrltrr, fW7-UB.1
79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
3
4 oJ
P"(~
4 crs.
Study of litcl.illure suitable 1.0 11-tr olcrncnla~y scl~ool cilild. Role of
literature in thin cl:issrtron~,i r ~life oritsirlrb oC sch(7nl. Exfe~lsivt-areading
and evalu;lt.ior~ol' vhilrll-cli'w buolts, compiling bi hliogrnphy. I L'r~req.: 55,
56 or #. Fall, S l r r i n ~ ,lVW.U7. Sllrulg, IR(i7-nB. 1
W 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.]
SECONDARY EDUCATION
For the Minnesota teacher's certificate shirlcnts :Ire required to compl~fr!28 r:~.edilsin professional education ctnlrhscs invlurting 50, 52, 53, 54,
59- 83, 84, 87. All students must register 101. lhrcc Irl-nls ol' Group Activity lEclucati<)n 52, 53, 54). Secondary crlucnticr~r stiiilrnls must take
Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements.
W 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with
special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and
conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall,
Winter.]
0 cr.
H 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
M 59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
5 crs.
Teaching procedures, materials and problems a t the secondary level.
Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and
two class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the student's
major field. [Prereq.: M). Spring.]
W 68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND
4 crs.
JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS
Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music
a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors.
CPrereq. : 50. Spring.]
1 83 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING
5 crs.
Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation
and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements.
CPrereq. : Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.]
W 84 STUDENT TEACHING
10 crs.
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences a t the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel.
Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program.
Fall, Winter.]
8 7 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.]
88 GUIDANCE
4 crs.
The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques
used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance,
including counseling. [Fall.]
1 91 TEACHING OF HOME ECONOMICS IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL
3 crs.
Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of home
economics. [Fall, 1966-67.1
W 99 TOPICS
2 crs.
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of
specialization in education. Each student does research and resents a
report of his findings on the requirements, present status, A d future
possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
LIBRARY SCIENCE
The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books
and related materials, efficient and effective ,management of library
materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the
minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area
of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of
curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student
who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science.
Minor: 23 credits.
W 45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY
5 crs.
The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library
services and activities; methods of evaluation. Organization of library
materials, inclcding cataloging and circulation. [Fall.]
63
46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS
4 crs.
Theory, principles and techniques d selection. An introduction to basic
selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. [3 lects., 1
disc. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Charactel-Jstlcs and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of b k lists, book talb, ~tary-tellingand a wide exposure
to inclfvidual titles of books and ~ a t e materials.
d
Emphasis on preparaklon of papers and bibliographies. C3 l e a k F a 1
59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS
4 crs.
Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties
of a librarian. Laboratory work. [3 lects. Winter.]
75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with
attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of
papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. RER(;STROM, MKS. CHRISTENSEN,
MR. DAHLEN, MR. HANSON, MISS LARSON, MISS LUAIAEHEI,
MRS. LIVINGSTON, MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI,
MISS P1~~1~1~:1180N,
3lIC.S. '1'Rl\lT'i'Wb:tN
is to develop thc student's ability
in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading
and analyzing literaturc, to acquaint him with the beginnings of Western
literature and its development, especially in England and America, and
to stimulate his' appreciation and understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature.
The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary
and secondary school and for graduate study.
Major: 46 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one
seminar, one modern literature course, and electives.
Teaching major for secondary schools: 54 credits above 15, including
course 55 in addition to those listed for the major. Crcdits ill sn~~crli
are
also required for certification.
Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and at least
one term of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required
for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French.
Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 4.5, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus
course 55 in addition to those listed
[or the minor.
47 fl*
5- 3-
factory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use
of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department
will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test.
Course 11 is prerequisite to 12; course 1 2 or 15 is prerequisite to all
other English courses.
4 crs.
I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository
writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and
analysis of expository essays and selected short stories. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
5 crs.
12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper,
the study and analysis of such types of literature as drama, poetry, novel. [Fail, Winter, Spring.]
15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers
basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on
critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman
English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.]
2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM
4 crs.
A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on
the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing.
[Winter.]
3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING
4 crs.
An advanced course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITI,ON
5 crs.
Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various
genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
65
W 40 LITERARY CLASSICS
4 crs.
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the
qenaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
W 45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS
5 crs.
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present,
noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary
movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE
5 crs.
The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf"
to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to
the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 865 Fall.]
I/
lJPpER DIVISION
COURSES
+/a,0% si'
CREATIVE WRITING
4 crs.
Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose
and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.]
1 5 2
W 55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH
5 crs.
A study of modern English structure, viewed from a historical perspective, with extensive reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed
to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics. [Spring.]
W 6 1 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800
5 crs.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers fro'm the
metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. : 35. Fall.]
62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs.
Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics,
essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the
century. [Prereq. : 35. Winter.]
72 MODERN FICTION
4 crs.
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter, 1967-68.1
W 74 MODERN POETRY
4 crs.
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British
and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Winter, 1966-67.1
80 THE BRITISH NOVEL
4 crs.
Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of
the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the
present. [Spring, 1967-68.1
W 82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL
4 crs.
A study of major and representative works of selected American novelists from the beginning to the present. [Spring, 1966-67.1
H 84 SHAKESPEARE
5 crs.
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies,
histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic
art. Other plays assigned for reading. [Prereq.: 47. Spring.]
1 86 MILTON ."'
4 crs.
A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the in-
.
tellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.:
61.
Spring, 1967-68.1
88 CHAUCER
4 crs.
Study of Chaiucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Can3 , 3, 3, crs.
American studies; 92, studies in criticism. 90 and 92 open to English
majors and minors of junior or senior rank; 91 open, with limited
enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the instructor.
[SO, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.]
9 5 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above.
Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by
inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in
Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration
for the fall term.
FRENCH AND GERMAN
See under Department of Modern Languages.
GREEK
See under Department of Classical Languages.
MR. ANDERSON, ohairman, MR. NELSON, MISS OLSON,
MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. P F E F F E R , MR. SAUGESTAD
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to
promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical
education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship,
to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective
training program for prospective teachers of health and physical
education.
DEpARmT
OF HEALTH
AND
EDUCATION
All students are required to take a physical examination as a part
of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the
physical education program.
One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students.
Physical Education major: 40 credits including 1, 2, 3, 11 o r 13, 23,
31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 71, 72.
Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits
including 1, 2, 3, 10, 11 or 13, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 62, 71, 72,
73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women.
Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits including 1, 2, 3, 10, 11 o r
13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 82, 59, 71, 72, a n d Biol. 6.
Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 1, 2, 3, 10, 83,
31, 32, 43, and 72.
Health teaching minor: 31 credits including 10)
31, and Biol. 6.
67
Cvaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6.
Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota
Public Schools are required to have a t least a coaching endorsement
in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement
are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball.
.
.
.
.
1 , 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES
1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs.
Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall.
2, Winter. 3, Spring.]
10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID
5 crs.
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red
Cross First Aid Course. [Fall, Spring.]
I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
I , I cr.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water
safety. Open only to majors and minors. L2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women),
Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.]
23 TEAM SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate
sections for men and women. C10 hrs. per wk. Spring.]
3 1 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate
sections for men and women. [lo hrs, per week. Fall.]
32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
4 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching recreationd activities, social recreation,
quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights,
relays, rnodjRed gmea, simple rhythmic games, folk and square danc-
ing. Iff hrs, per wk. mmter.1
W 43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
5 crs.
.
.
.
.
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID
I cr.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid
Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Winter.]
51 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs.
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the
muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems
of the body. C5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq.: Biol. 6. Fall.]
52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
4 crs.
Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to
the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of
physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation
of tests in physical education. [Winter.]
57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs.
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 57 under
Department of Education. [Winter.]
69
5 9 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
,
,,,\U''
?>//
I
I
1'
I/
'
2 crs.
Method3 and mntcrinls. Offered in connection with course 59 under
Department of Erliicatlon. Separate sections for men and women.
I spring.l
6 2 COMMUNITY RECREATION
4 crs.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program
planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. [Fall.]
7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
5 crs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and
procedures. [Fall.]
1 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Men and women meet separately. [8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
1 73 SCHOOL HEALTH AND SAFETY EDUCATION
5 crs.
Principles and curriculum of school health and safety education.
[Spring.]
82 COACHING OF SPORTS
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic
injuries. [Winter.]
~ 7 - 4 8Ooi.rn-~J
DEPARTMENT
OF
MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR.'GISSELQUIST,
MRS. JENSEN, MR. LAUE, MR. OLSON
MR. GUSTAFSON,
The Department of H i d a y aims to introduce studcnts to the sludy of
histmy as an Intclleclunl discipline; to prepnre studcnte, for secondmy
teaching and gr:tduatc worlc; tn dccpcn atucl~nts'understanding and ap
precintion or t h e i ~own and other civilizations: anif fo enhance shrclcnts
cffrcIiveness as cnnlribui ing mcrnbers of society.
Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require
History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work.
1 , 2 , 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD
4, 4, 4 crs.
SETTING
Western civllizatlon from lis b e m n i n m in t.tre Ancient Nznr East Po
the prr?sr?nt. Other great world civilizations and their relatifinship to the
West are surveyed. Cnursc L carr-ics 1Rc survey In 1300; coursc 2, to
1815; nnd course 3, lo the prescnt, becumes a survey 01 world civilbation. Sludcnts m a y take any one. m y two, or nll three courses. [All off e r d eeclb Zarm.1
2 1, 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY
5 , 5 crs.
The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American
people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected
for the honors program. [21, Fall, Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.]
.
2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
5 crs.
See under Department of Modern Languages.
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 55 CONTEMPORARY UNITED STATES
The United States from 1900 to the present. [Fall.]
4 crs.
W 56 AMERICAN DIPLOMATIC HISTORY
4 crs.
The development of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to
the present is emphasized. [Spring.]
W 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA
4 crs.
Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area,
Western impact on nm-European societies, nationalist movements and
emergence of independent governments after World War 11. [Fall.]
4 crs.
58 THE MODERN MIDDLE EAST
Breakup of the Ottoman Empire, rise of Arab nationalism and modern
Zionism, and development of new national states. Survey of cultural
institutions. Continued interest of the major world powers in this area.
[Spring. I
W 61 ANCIENT HISTORY
4 crs.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizaticms and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.]
W 62 ENGLAND TO 1714
Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.]
4 crs.
W 66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical
period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a
secular and scientific world view. [Spring.]
W 68 HISTORY OF CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE 1850
4 crs.
The traditional institutions within Chinese and Japanese societies, Wesb
ern impact, political and social changes, diplomatic and military crises
of the twentieth century. [Winter.]
\ W EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION, 1780's to 1850 4 crs.
The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted
in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands lor chan~e.[Fall.]
4, 4 crs.
W 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE
The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the nm-Western
world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa,
South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading
post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.]
4 crs.
W 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE
Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Spring.]
3 crs.
W 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS
Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits
in this course. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
GEOGRAPHY
W 14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography fallowed
by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and
human environment. [Winter, Spring.]
LATIN
See under Department of Classical Languages.
71
LIBRARY SCIENCE
See under Department of Education.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MATHEMATICS
1
MR. HAUGSBY, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD
The Department of Mnth~lnatics~timsto develop Ihr! slndcnt's knowledge
and skill in tlrc tn:l,jnr branchrs oC rlemcnlary a11d h i g h ~ rmathematics,
an appreciation ol jls cullural ant1 pl'acticnl trali~es,and the background
for teaching and for plu~lcssional and m.adu;ttr study.
See under Uurriculums for suggested course of study.
1 3, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 5, 5 crs.
A terminal course in mnthcmntics will? sufTicied r:ontenl to pt-epnrc
[or caleuIus. An:ilaytia geometry, almiracl nlgcl>ra, logic, mathcrrlalical
stalistics, differ~nlialand intc,pal cnlculus. [ Frcrcq. : 3 yrms of IdgIi
schml mntl~e~na
tic?^. 13, Fall, WinCr. 14, Winter, Nl1rhr.1
19 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS
5 crs.
'I'renlmcnt of college algebra with work in annlytic ~eonlctry,modern
algebra ancl math&ntzticnl st~tististlcs.Intended for stuienls wit11 a ~mcl
rnathcmatical backcround but who do not mler calcult~sdil+r?ctlv.Studcnls mny not rccclve ctaedll r01. this cutrrsc if they have credit for 13,
14. LProrq. : Higiler A l ~ e h mand mntliematlcs plm~rncnt kst. Fall,
Wlntnr. I
4 1 , 4 2 , 4 3 CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY 5, 5, 5 crs.
Topics of the elcments of plane and solid analytic geometry integrgted
with diffcren4inl and internal calculus inclciding calculus of sevcral variallEcs, npplications, nnd scries, rPmroq.: 111 clr 1fi or 4 y r R . N.S. math
ant1 mntl?. placement test. 4 I , IblI, WlnCor. 48, \VirltPr, S p r h ~ 43,
. Spring,
Fa,Il.1
P P E R DIVISION
WURSES
.
56 BASIC CONCEPTS O F ARITHMETIC
4 crs.
Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of
such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.]
58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
4 crs.
Ordinary diFPercnPia1 equations with applications, series solutions, sysk m s of dilerential equal.ions; solution by special transforms; numerical
meihods; and an int~oduclionto partial differential equations. [Prereq.:
43. Winter.]
64 MODERN GEOMETRY
4 crs.
An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean,
and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations
of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory a r e stressed
a s tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA
The basic algehl-:iic systclns p r ~ s c n t e diron1 an ;ibstract point of view.
Topics include t h ~t t ~ c n r y ol' glntrps, rinb:h, f i r l r i s , vector spaces and
A drvclnpment of the real and
modules, and line:11' I~h:msfoi~r~~;itions.
complex numbcr syslib~~
I S . Il'rw+r,tl. : 13. 72. W~II~PI..
73, Spring.]
80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
4 crs.
The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various
branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry,
and topology. [Prereq.: 43, U h k w . I
+
83, 84, 85 ADVANCED
4, 4, 4 crs.
Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several
variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real'and
complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83,
Fall. 84, Winter. 85, Spring.]
92 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-4 crs.
Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one hour per week. [Prereq.: 73 and
85. 1*'1k11,
Wi~lt~S
r .I I P ~ ~I I R .
,-/
f..
cd
, , . L , .
:7
P
, , , . . . ' t l
(,
.. .,,.. <' ,
((,,!,
-.,
6 , s
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
See under Curriculums.
MR. LANDA, c l ~ a i r ~ n a nMISS
,
AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON,
MISS BINFORD, MR. CANNON, MR. CREPEAU, MR. HANSEN,
MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY,
MRS. NASHAN, MISS ROZENTALS
DEPARTMENT
OF
MODERN
LANGUAGES
The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a
knowledge of a modern language: its pronunciation, its structure, and
its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and
writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a
sympathetic interest in the history and life of the people whose language
he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage.
The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for
teaching a t the junior and senior high school level and for graduate
study.
Thc beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language
are needed for graduate study. TWOterms of Latin are also recommended.
Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language.
73
FRENCH
.
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, G4, 72 or 74, 84.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
5, 5 crs.
Provides basic experience jn understanding, speaking, and reading
French with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns
of the language, both in class and laboratory assignments. [I, Fall,
Winter. 2, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
3,4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Continues training in aural-oral skills, structure of the language and
reading comprehension that will lead to cultural appreciation and the
reading knowledge needed for general pursuits. Grammar review, selected reading, and laboratory practice included. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv.
3, Fall, Spring. 4, Winter, 1966-67. Fall, Winter, 1967-68.1
I
gb
5 fOj'
A.NJ
1 4 ~
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
4, 4 crs.
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Cnnlinu~s Lrniniog in cornprphrnsir~n, vonversxtion ant1 wading skills
with g~.trmm:jr revirw a s a metlns to accuracy and facility in oral and
ivriilen rxpl*esslr>n.Cflnss disc~~ssion,
sclrclrrl rr:itlit\g, and lal~orato~y
n
~ ~ ~ e wr i it ,a ~<:u:ium~~ r n j ~ a s i sR, P ~ L I ~ Y Wfor
I
contin~in. s ( d y in
FI-cnct~.I Prcrr:~.:2 or rquir. 5. Fn11, S l w i n ~ .0, Urintet, 19M-67. Fall,
Winter, 1%G7-GB.1
.
55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs.
Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims
of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphasis on
vocabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors.
LPrereq.: 6 or
#. Fall, Spring,
1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1
63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
Thc study of mnjnr French authors nnrl literary movements in France,
tvilll Ihr rendlng nf w l i n l ~literilly wnrlts where possible. Lectures, disruasion, oral iind rvrillrn reports in Ihc language. Both terms required
f o ~
the major: one term minimum for the minor. [Prereq. : 65 or equiv.
.
63, Paall. E l , W)ntor.l
72 THE FRENCH NOVEL
5 crs.
Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution
of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with lec-
ture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63, 64 or
#. Spring,
1966-67.1
H 74 THE FRENCH DRAMA
5 crs.
Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of
this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the
literary works with lectures, discussion, reports in the language. CPrereq.: 63, 64 or
#. Spring,
1967-68.1
H 84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION AND
5 crs.
COMPOSITION
Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with
attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French
expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques,
variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach
French. [Prereq.: 55. Fall, 1967-68.1
i #3
[YL,
H 9 1 DIRECTED READINGS
4-5- crs.
Study within a given topic or genre for enrichment or, if necessary, to
replace French 72 or 74. Offered in any term, but no more than 3 credits may be earned in a given term. [Prereq.: 63, 64, or #. Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
GERMAN
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, 64, 72, 74, 84.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84.
H 1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN
5, 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading
the German language, and comprehension of its structure through the
acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the
language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
H 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German.
Provides a foundation for a reading knowledge adequate for cultural
and professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall, Winter.
4, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
H 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. CPrereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
55 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs.
Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory
recommended. Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq. :
UPPER DIVISIO
COURSES
6 or equiv. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1
5, 5 crs.
H 63, 64 SURVEY AND REPRESENTATIVE READING
From the beginnings up to modern times. Reading of significant authors
in German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development
of German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected
works. Both terms for majors; one minimum for minors. [Prereq.: 55 or
equiv. 63, Fall. 64, Winter.]
75
W 72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE
5 crs.
Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. For teachers and majors. [Prereq.: 63, 64. Spring, 1966-67.1
W 74 GERMAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Reading in German and discussion of outstanding dramatic works in
thr; vario~nrepresentalive periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism,
imprcssionfsm, expressionism). For teachers and majors. [Prereq.:
R3, 64 or nq~flv.Upring, 1967-68.1
W 84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
5 crs.
This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq.: 55.
Fall, 1967-68.1
91 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1
-3
(11s
I--5--c r s
.
May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary, and for
enrichment. It is suggested that no student register for al.l-&ve c edits
4 2 c e z,
, D!/rz, c .
within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84.
Minor: 19 credits above 6. .
Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
5, 5 crs.
Introduction of thc four basic language skills: speaking, listening,
rending, ant1 writing. Skcss m spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter,
2, WInter, Plprlng.1
m.
4, 4 crs.
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
A terminal course Tor sllrilcnis not Intending to conCinuc with Norwegiarr lnnguagc study. Vocahulaly building <andstudy of syntax through
extensivr rcadings in Norwegian Iitel'ah~re. Sotnp cxzcricnce in oral
rxprcssion. [lyrereq.: 2 ar cqui\+. 3, Fall, 4, Wintrr.1
4, 4 crs.
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued convct-sation and compsiiion to further comprehension and
facility of expression. Sclccterl rendil~gsin Nonvegian used as Ilnsis for
class discussion and cxercfses. RI-iel litcraturc silrvcy. I,ahorato~y ~ w l ' k
expected. I Prereq.: L or eqr~iv,5, I W l . 6, Wlnter.1
2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
5 crs.
A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with
particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall,
1967-68-1
W 26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA
5 crs.
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1967-68.1
W 55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
UPPER DIvIsIor
OOURSES
COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Intensiv~practice in spoken Norcveginn with emphasis on pronunciation and odgiual composition. Somc attention given to regional variations h spokrn Norwegian and to diifewnces between the two official
Ictnguagcs of Norway. Labraloly work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv.
Spring.]
4 crs.
See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute
for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission of the d e ~ a r t m ~ n t
chairman. [Spring.]
1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
W 72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
5 crs.
Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and
others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 1966-67.1
1 74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Assigned readings will include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjernson,
Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk, and other twentieth century dramatists.
Lectures will stress Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian
language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to
do assigned readings and written work in the Norwegian language.
-
[Spring, 1966-67.1
1 84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Further intensive training in oral and written expression in Norwegian.
Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the
historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. Required for
all majors and teaching minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. Fall, 1967-68.1
91 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-5 crs.
This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, though it may serve
as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must be
written in Norwegian. Available any term to majors and minors. [Fall,
0[it i;
J7P ,
b.
i
yt,.3~t-
Winter, Spring.]
SPANISH
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, 64, 72 or 74, 84.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84.
W 1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
5, 5 crs.
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work an inteffral
part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 3,4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
4.4 crs.
Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and
cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3,
?n:;//,:j,-"
--id ;*
I
Jf
r
Fall, Winter, Spripg. 4, Winter, Spring.]
1 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
4, 4 crs.
Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further
comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings with cultural emphasis for class discussion in Spanish. Further laboratory work.
77
C'
t',-
/
-"r,i,r]
ylrk
Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall.
6, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
CXXJRSES
.
.
55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims
of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory work. [Prereq.: 6 o r equiv. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1
63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
h shidy of rcpmsentrrtive authors in Spanish litemture, supplcmentctl
by lcclures on Ihf Iitcrnry movPrnPnts ant1 development or Spanish literature. Lectures, disctissian, written imd tnnl reporfs in ihc lungunge.
Laboratory ti~orlc. Roth Lerms I-cquirerl Car ihr nlajor, nnc [elm minjmum for the minor. I P r ~ r ~ r lk.':i or pqulv. 63, Fs11. O f , Winter.]
72 THE SPANISH NOVEL
5 crs.
Study of the outstanding novelists in Spain. Emphasis on the Golden
Age and the modern period. Oral and written reports in the language.
[Prereq.: 63, 64. Spring, 1966-67.1
.
.
74 SPANISH DRAMA
5 crs.
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Emphasis
on the Golden Age and the contemporary period. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63, 64 o r #. Spring 1967-68.1
84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
5 crs.
COMPOSITION
Aims to give an cxtensivt! training in oral expression, organizational
practice in writing with stvlislic rrfincment. Annreciatinn of dilferenccs
ng
Laboratory work
in speech existent in the - ~ ~ a n i s h - s ~ e x l t icointrics.
required. For majors and those inlei?ding fn leach Spanish. CPrereq.:
55. Fall. 1867-68.1
1-3
CN,
9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY
-I4crs.
Study of rrprrsentntive Hispanic American writers. Available any term.
Mny serve as suhslitutc foi- Spanlsh 7 2 , ~ ~ ~ 7if1 ,necessary. I t is suggested that no student rcgistcr inr"il(--five 21-cdits within one term.
IProroq.: 83, R4, or
DEPmmNT
OF
MUSIC
#.
FdI, Wintor, Sprlng=l
MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. DAVENPORT, MR. GABRIELSEN,
MR. O N , MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN, MR. SAVOLD,
MR. SUTYAK, MRS. THUT, MR. THUT
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
01- ~ v l ~
me
o primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation
for f hose who e?rppd. to pursue the study of music on the graduate level.
General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their
cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for
the music of the masters.
Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 60 o r 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and
76; 12 traits in applied music, and two y e a r s as a m e m b e r of one of
t h e college music organizations.
Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 60 or 63, 54, 58, 60,
and 61; 9 credits i n applied music, a n d two years a s a m e m b e r of one
of t h e college music organizations.
Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1-3, 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in
applied music, and one year a s a member of one of the college music
organizations.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of
majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may
be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the monthly Performance
Workshops. Formal public recitals a r e encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be givcn in fulfillment of the requirement.
Sophomores, juniors and seniors are required to attend the monthly
Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend.
All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency ekamination by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: ( a ) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves,
ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering,
a t moderate speed and from memory: (b) a Bach two-part invention
or a classical sonata; ( c ) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the
pieces ( b or c ) must be played from memory.
During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified
a s a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied
music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost
provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music
faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision
may not exceed six.
See under Curriculums lor suggested courscs of study.
79
1 THEORY l
4 crs.
Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and
rhythms, and Iheir applicntion in written exercises; aural skills, sight
reading, dictation, and part-~inging. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory
entrance tcst. FaIl,l
W 2 THEORY 2
5 crs.
The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises.
Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.:
1. Winter.]
W 3 THEORY 3
4 crs.
Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music
of Palestrina and dl. Lasso. Writing twcr, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.]
W 20 THEORY 4
4 crs.
Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3.
Fall.]
W 2 1 THEORY 5
4 crs.
Kighteenth cenl.ury counterpoint with examples from the music of
J. iJ. &ch; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntd writing. Writing
two- nnrl three-part invenlions. a four-voice fuguc, and a chorale prelude, [Prereq.: p&. Wintnr.1
W 22 THEORY 6
4 crs.
Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.]
30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
4 crs.
The development of music From 1GO to the present through the study
of selected works of great composers from each period. E~nphasis
is placed uupon relationships between music m d the othcr fine arts.
Participatiml in Chr cultural life of tIlc community leading towards
appreciatian and criiicism. For the non-music major. [\Vinter, 1WD-67.
Fall, RprEng. 1W7-M.1
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs.
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods,
materials, and techniques. CSpring.1
4 crs.
W 53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.]
4 crs.
W 54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion
instruments. [Winter.]
W 57 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Techniques 13conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization and administiation of choral ensembles. C3 double periods.
Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.]
W 58 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. 13 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.]
1 60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
5 crs.
Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.]
1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
4 crs.
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.]
1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
4 crs.
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.]
1 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH
Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention
to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well
as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall,
1966-67.1
E 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING
4 crs.
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and
vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. C4 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.]
1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
0 cr.
Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints
students with a repertory of musical excellence. [One evening per
month. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
+
0
APPLIED MUSIC
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners
must complete two terms of private lessons in order to receive credit.
Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees
see under Financial Information.
1 PIANO
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only
those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination
has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 ORGAN
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 VOICE
I cr.
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both
sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
I-'
The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in
groups affording opportunity for musical expression.
CHOIR
Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per
wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 CONCERT BAND
Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
d
A
-'r
81
ORCHESTRA
Membership is by audition. [3 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND,
INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLE
Membership is by audition or consent of director. t2 rehearsals per
wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJORS
See under Curriculums.
DEPARTMENT
OF
PHILOSOPHY
MR. HALVERSON. chairman, MR. BAILEY, MR. JOHNfiRUD,
MR. S ~ H M I E G E
fib,
.-&?-&
ai~ntz
Sondid
f
Ch
The courses in ~hilosovhvseek to assist the student to become conversant wit11 ill& g r c a t - i e n and intellect~~al
movements in the history
of Western civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles
of so~mcl reasoning, and to develop :I mattire understanding of the
foundations of nln. knowledge in such arcas us ucicnc~, religion, and
~Thica.
Major: 46 credits, including 21, 23, 41, 42, 43.
Minor: 32 credits, including 21, 123, 41, 42, 43.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY
4 crs.
Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims
of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and
a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
2 3 LOGIC
5 crs.
A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include:
the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition;
principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the
notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.]
4 crs.
4 1 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL
A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the
development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St.
Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.]
W 42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN
4 crs.
A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical
thought is traced from the breakdowri of the Medieval synthesis to
the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.]
43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY
4 crs.
A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.]
61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
5 crs.
An enquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with
special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language.
[Prereq.: 43 or
#.
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
Fall, 1966-67.1
W 63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
5 crs.
A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science
by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and p r e
cedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.]
W 71 ETHICS
5 crs.
An enquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of
moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse.
[Prereq. : 43 or
#. Winter,
1966-67.1
W 73 METAPHYSICS
5 crs.
An enquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical
language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary
views. [Prereq.: 43 or #. Winter 196268.1
75 EPISTEMOLOGY
5 crs.
An enquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and
into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.:
43 or
#. Fall,
1967-68.1
81 SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY
5 crs.
A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western
philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of
primary source materials. [Prereq.: 43 or #. Spring.]
9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with
the faculty advisor. [Prereq. 43 or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
See under Department of Health and Physical Education.
MR. HANWICK, chairman, MR. MOYER
Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing
that keeping abreast of the rapid advances in some areas is almost
impossible, although necessary, it is the desire of the department to
bring to the students not only the basic concepts, but also insights
into recent developments. By so doing it is hoped that challenges will
DEPARTMENT
OF
PHYSICS
83
arise. be mel, and s o stimulate ~ n u n dthinking, perct-ptlv~ jutlgment,
and nn interest in experimenlal teclmiqur?~.Tn this end ttle rlcpw+rncnt
prepnres some students lor ~ ~ a d u a studies
le
nnd some for the tcaclling
pmfcsaion. The li bcral nrts tradition js s e r v ~ dhy offering ctlurses illat
will r n a b k a strident l o fouo~rdrvclopm~nts\ r ~ i t h somp clemec of comprchensic~n.
Major: 48 credits, including 21, 22, 23, 51, 52, 61, 62, 63, 81, 1, and
5 credits of 77.
Recommended for graduate school: 53, 70, 75, 83 in addition to courses
listed for the major.
Minor: 29 credits.
W l ASTRONOMY
4 crs.
A dcscripliv~ course requiring only elementary mathematics. Our
solar system, the stars, and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments
arc rxplnir~etl,and use is made d a 12" reflecting telescope. Occasional
niffhl virwing. [Fall, Winter.]
3 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS
4 crs.
A survey of physics, touching on some aspects of mechanics, heat,
sound, electricity and magnetism, optics and atomic physics. The
goals, methods and concepts are studied in a historical and contemporary context. Not intended for majors in physics. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab.
Spring.]
5, 5 , 5 crs.
W 2 1 , 2 2 , 23 G E ~ E R A PHYSICS
L
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound,
optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics.
For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in
sequence. [ 5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41, 21, Fall.
22, Winter. 23, Spring.]
50 NUCLEAR LABORATORY
I cr.
For non-physics majors who have the equivalent of Course 3. Dealing
with methods for detecting and measuring radiations from radioactive
substances using geiger tubes, windowless counter, gamma ray spectrometer, and scaling circuits. [2 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
51, 52 MECHANICS
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
4, 4 crs.
The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle,
a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving
frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.:
'23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
5 3 MECHANICS
4 crs.
A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations.
Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.:
52, Math. 58. Spring.]
61 ELECTRONICS
4 crs.
A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes and
transistors with applications to certain circuits. [Prereq.: 23, Math.
43. Fall.]
62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
4, 4 crs.
Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the
solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.:
61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.]
70 OPTICS
4 crs.
Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater
emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. [Prereq., 23, Math. 43. Spring.]
75 MODERN PHYSICS
4 crs.
A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the
Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and
nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY
I cr.
Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, optics, nuclear physics. Students may take
this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some
research project. 13 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS
4, 4 crs.
Study of thermal p~operties,using as illustrative material the properties
of gases, low tempcrature phenomena, and Curie's law substances.
Three main divisions: classical thermodynamics, kinetic theoly, and an
introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, ,Math. 84. 81, Fall.
82, Winter.]
8 3 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS
4 crs.
A sl.udy of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties
exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a
regular crystal lattice. IPrerecl.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.]
85
DEPARTMENT
MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MRS. NOONAN
OF
in poliiical science are intender1 In Fncilltate an
POLITICAL A~gs:,Sh~wg'moH'crlngs
undcmtnnding
of
If~e
p
r o c ~ s s ~ sconr:epls,
,
anrl instilittions of governance;
S C I E ~ ~ ~
Lo prwidc nn i n l c k c h ~ n lbasis for ~ f f c e t i v eand informed citizenship;
anrl lo help prrpnro i n l c ~ ~ s l c rstudunts
l
lor ar~clitlonal wwk at tlie
graduate or prbrrssionnl Irvel, fn such :ll-Pas as Inrv, political science.
p~~ljlic:
ndmlnisl ralirln, mrf inIelhnatinnill relations.
IMRjor: I 5 cwdlts, i~irludlngZR, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each
of tlics fn~rr:crratls indir-nlvd hy l,l~e
numbering. Courses numbered in the
50's art. in thp uren of Cnnqrnrntive Government; GO'S, International
Itelat3nns; 7n'%, Plrhlicn l,i~w: t ~ r ~go's,
d
Political Theory.
Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each
of three of the four areas indicated above.
k mnxi~nurnuf nine r:r~tiifstnwnrrl fi political science major may be
cnrnefl Ircsni among ceftr~inspecific courses offered by the departments
nf hislrwy and rr-c~nomiss.Fnr inrownation, see the Chairman of the
Jh?pnrEm r n l oT P(11iticel Scicnrc.
.
.
.
Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in
political science or economics.
20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I:
FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY
5 crs.
1nt~~oilusl~~r.y
c.~lorallon oE the nature, assumptions, and conditions
of democratic dcvclopmml in the United States. Historical, economic,
,mrl lrlgnl factors are considered. The American
sorinl, iclrolu~ir~:~l
system is compared with democratic and non-democratic alternatives,
including Communism. [Fall.]
2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II:
AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT
5 crs.
h dcscriiptivc, analylicnl, and critical approach to the roles and functions
oS ihr F~~rsjdenr:y,
the bureaucracy, the Congress, and the Supreme
Cotrrt in thc Amer~cnnpolitical system. [Winter.]
22 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill:
POLITICS AND THE FEDERAL SYSTEM
5 crs.
The political pmcrss Is P ~ I I O I ~ Cin~ the \vol'kin~!of Chc two-pal* ~ystcm
anrl in llle impncl of -pl+rsslnqrgroup< in llie clcterlniniltion of pulllic
policy, Thc pnrhlcms 01 si:ite nnrl InclrtI govcrnlnents and Il~echanging
llaifcrnk n l i n f e ~ ~ g r ~ v ~ r ~ ~ ircl;~
~ i eticn.;Iiip
nlal
arc exntninrtl. I SprIng.1
X P E R DIVISION
.
50 WESTERN EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions,
and processes of selected European states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #.
Winter, 1966-67.1
51 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS 4 crs.
The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states
are analyzed in terms ol Idrologicnl assumptions, the party role and
institutional for~ns.Cornmlrnjst practices are compared with those of
democratic governments. [Prcmq.: E crs. in Am. Gov't, o r #. Offered
on demand, 1Vlnl~r.I
60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
4 crs.
The basic factors involved in international relations, the formulation
of national foreign policies, and the implementation of policy through
diplomacy and other means. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall. 1966-67.1
6 1 INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION
4 crs.
The evolution and functions of international organizations, emphasizing
the assumptions, activities, procedures and role of the United Nations.
[Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Offered on demand, Fall.]
70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
4 crs.
The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American
constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided
by the U.S. Supreme Court. [2 double hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 10 crs. in
Am. Gov't or
#.
Fall, 1966-67.1
71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
4 crs.
A continuation of course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individual rights and liberties under the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth
Amendment. [2 double hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 70. Winter, 1966-61.1
,
80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800
4 crs.
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers
from Plato through Burke. Emphasis is placed upon elements reflected
in Western democratic thought. [2 double hrs. per wk. Fall, 1967-68.1
81 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT
4 crs.
Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist,
Communist, elitist, and democratic views. 12 double hrs. per wk. Winter,
1967-68.1
84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS
4 crs.
An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of ~plected
contemporary political scientists, and of their philosoplilcal nnd melhodological assumptions. For majors in political scjcnce, rOfPercrl rm demand. Spring.]
90 INDEPENDENT STUDY
3 crs.
Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
95 SEMINAR
3 crs.
Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and
subject matter. [Prereq.: #. Spring.]
87
U4k44-4-
DEPARTMENT
OF
PSYCHOLOGY
MRS.
,-
chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MRS. HOWARD
Thc nbjectives of this dcpflrtrnent are: (1)To acquaint the student with
the piinciples anrl melhods In Ihc scientinc study of behavior; and (2)
to ennble ihc &dent to h i t c r untlcrstnnrl Ihe processes which influence
heh:tvinr. Emphasis is o n the study ol humnn behavior.
Major: 36 credits, including 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 84, and 91. In addition,
Soc. 61 is required.
Minor: 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87.
W 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles
and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many
areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. or #. Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR
I cr.
Offered i.n connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics.
[Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Secondary Education.
55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
4 crs.
See under Elementary Education.
W 59 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I
4 crs.
Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given
to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, and Soc. 61. Fall.]
60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I1
4 crs.
Adminis~nfionand inivrpretnlion of standardked tests of intelligence,
nptitude, inlcresl, acllievcment and pcrsonnlily. Spvcial emphasis given
l o the use of the Revised Stanforcl-I3inct ant1 Wecl'lsler Adult Intelligence
Scale in stlpcrvi~erlpracticr sitl~aiions. [Prereq. : 69. S p r i n ~ . ]
W 61 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY
4 crs.
A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior
that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction
to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.]
W 62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved
in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
W 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to experimental methodology in psychology : experimental
design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.]
W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
5 crs.
W 81 HISTORY AND THEORY
4 crs.
A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of
current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.]
84 RESEARCH PROBLEMS
2-3 crs.
Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects.
[Prereq. :
#.
Fall, Winter, Spring.]
85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of
counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a
counseling relationship. [Prereq.: 62. Winter.]
87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age,
heqedity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability
and temperament. [Prereq. : 5. Fall.]
91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY
3 crs.
A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.:
'17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.]
MR. P . A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI,
MR. DUMPYS, MR. HUSFLOEN, MR. MANDSAGER, MR. SKIBBE,
MR. SONNACK.
DEPARTMENT
OF
RELIGION
The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his
reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study
of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these
credits 10 must be in the lower division, and a t least 8 must be upper
division. Freshmen are required to take- course 11: sophomores, course
21. Courses 11 and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses.
Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement.
Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of
admission.
89
Minor: 26 credits.
I I I INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
5 crs.
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 2 1 BIBLICAL STUDIES
5 crs.
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and
the emergence of the church. [Fall, 1966-67. Fall, Winter, Spring, 1967-68.1
.
W 5 1 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
The historical development and theological foundation of education in
the church. The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries.
Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education
today. [Winter.]
JPPER DIVISION
FIIRSKS
,
W 52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
'
4 crs.
sludy of lIle origin of Christian worship, the development of the var-
fl
ious lilur.~ic:ll traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits
will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.]
fJ ' / L
W 53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
4 crs.
A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East,
including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.]
54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS II
4 crs.
A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.]
W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
An examination of the relation of religious values to institutional aspects of the social structure, particularly church organization. Some implications for contemporary theological thought are explored. [Fall.]
W 61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS
4 crs.
The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the
time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the
early church. [Fall.]
62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
4 crs.
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers
of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther,
John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.]
W 63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
4 crs.
The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure,
and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its
environing culture. [Spring.]
h
-
--
>.--
-
=
-
-
- - - --
a-L
-I
<----_ICL
71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
4 crs.
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships.
Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Spring.]
W 72 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL
4 crs.
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church, and so e of the themes to be found
in his writings. [Sping.l W i s 2 : f i
7
f3~4-6
73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
4 crs.
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. kWnkr.1
74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN
5$~~;i~41966 - 6 7
4 crl.
A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological
significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East.
Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly
as related to history and science. ISpring.1
1 81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.]
82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs.
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of
some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical
insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.]'
83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
4 crs.
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.]
84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN
4 crs.
The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny
of man. [Spring.]
85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs.
A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various
participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical
Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.]
W 86 SEMINAR
4 crs.
Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission
of the instructor.
87 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
See under Department of Modern Languages.
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR 0
See under Curriculums.
91
DEPARTMENT
OF
S°C1OLQGY
MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. ANDERSON, MR. BLOOM,
MRS. MADSON, MR. NEVASKAR, MR. NORDLIE
Thc ohjceilver nl this d~ptpnrtrncd are lu help rtudmlr nnah a bettpr
rmderslarltling
- of socirlv. i t s urrlelu :inti lorces trl cl~sn.rc.a s well a s lo
preparr studcnls TI^ soclnl senlice and Cor g r a d ~ ~ a tIrnining
e
in social
w o ~ kand in sot-iolnpy. Reynnd t h r i~ndurslanrlirl~ socicly and beyontl
acndcmir: competence, tllc rlcpr~rlnlrhl r ~ f n l stn explorr the I-elevnncc
of Christianily t o effecUv~social servicc
lo relate itself fo the rnodc~m
metropolis through research and participation in the community.
Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper
division credits, including 61, 62, 75, 91. Psych. 5 also required.
Philosophy of Science i s strongly recommended.
Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower
division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54,
55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required.
Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61.
Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses.
I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world a s seen
through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social
organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of
social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS
4 crs.
The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems
in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.]
3 1 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY
5 crs.
Social and cultural configurations of family systems. Thc life cycle
of the family including mate selection, marital interaction and adjustment, parent-child relationships, and the later years of married life.
The family, society, and social change. [Winter, Spring.1
41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
4 crs.
Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis
of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and
social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and
kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture,
and cultural growth. [Fall.]
42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural
society and the small community. The European and American roots
of the United States rural community, rural social movements, and
rural life in the world perspective. [Winter.]
43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective
including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis.
Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one
additional credit on approval of instructor. [Spring.]
51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK
4 crs.
Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work;
historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the
U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public
registration
and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Cono~~rrent
in 54. Fall.]
UPPER DIVISIO
52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs.
Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social. workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic
concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their
relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.]
53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems
of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of
the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both
within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the
current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in
modern society. [Prereq. : 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.]
54, 55,56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL
AGENCIES
I cr. per term
Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency
such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service
correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary
according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each
agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade
93
for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed.
Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. CM, Fall. 55, Winter.
&6, Spning.1
W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See Religion 59.
4 crs.
W 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS
5 crs.
Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding
measures of central tendency, variability and association, and hyp*
thesis testing. [Prereq.: high school algebra or equiv. Fall, Spring.]
W 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH
5 crs.
Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination
of procedures and problems of the research process. An analysis of
research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires
and other data-gathering inols. [Prereq. : 61. Winter.]
73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY
5 crs.
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency.
Gang-delinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The theories
of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.]
W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development
of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical
schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior
such as crowd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.]
5 crs.
82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of
minority fgm~prelatirms. Major atkntion is focused upon prejudice,
racism and civjl rights in the American setting. Seminar offered in
connection with this course may Iw tnkrn for one additional credit on
approval d instructor. FWtntcr.1
1 83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY
5 crs.
Large-scde organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making, formal and informal organizational structure and
\
*re*@4~
4
D
labor-management relations. 1Bpring.I
91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY
5 crs.
The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Seminar offered in connection with
this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of
instructor. [Fall.]
7
$
<7
we
n
SPANISH
See under Department of Modern Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SPEECH
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON
This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute
to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to
d w e l ~ pplatform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical
listening habils. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and
drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or
elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding
preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities.
Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
12 or 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is
required, but credits in this course do not count toward the major.
Minor: 28 credits.
Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary
education students: 11, 16, 60, 61, ond 76.
For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended.
Elementary education students who have had speech in high school
may request substitution of course 16 to fulfill the literaturelspeech
requirement. Normally, courses 11 and 51 fulfill this requirement.
H I I BEGINNING SPEECH
4 crs.
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five
times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
H 12 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS
4 crs.
Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology,
and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.]
4 crs.
16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMhTICS
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation,
and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 1966-61.1
H 21 DEBATE
I cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year.
Participation in intercollegiate debates. Open to all students. May be
repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.]
2 8 STAGECRAFT
4 crs.
Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open
to all students. [Winter.]
3 2 ACTING
4 crs.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and
improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.]
H 51 ARGUMENTATION
5 crs.
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. I t is
recommended that students take logic before taking this course. [Fall.]
UPPER DIVISIOI
COURSES
52 ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING
5 crs.
An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches;
practical work in speech writing. [Prereq.: 11. Winter.]
55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
5 crs.
Theories of group leadership ; principles and types of discussion ; practice in discussion techniques. [Spring, 1966-67.1
H 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING
5 crs.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
prose, poetry, and drama. [Winter.]
95
1 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and
dramatic production. [Fall.]
1 66 STAGE DIRECTION
5 crs.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in
planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.]
1 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
5 crs.
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall,
1961-68.1
1 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH
5 crs.
History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study
of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1967-68.1
1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
5 crs.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal
speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
CSpring.1
1-3 crs.
1 9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Selected topics in oral inteqretation, acting, theater hislory, f ~ctorical
theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on
the use of primary sources and methodology of research. [F~cll,Wintor,
Spring.]
I
.
SPECIAL
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING
PROGRAMS
OF
STUDY
Student nurges in the Suhools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction a t Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to
the hospitals directly.
'a MEDICAL
TECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a
oollege degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three
ears of this work are taken a t Augsburg and a final twelve-month
program is completed at one of the two hospitals.
0 SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity
among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University
of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students
are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year.
7
JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD
An arrangement has been made with the University of Oslo in
Norway under which students entering their junior year in college
may spend this year at that University. Students may also participate in other approved programs. Applications must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
The plan is available only to students with good scholastic records
whose special field of study can be followed satisfactorily at the
institutions chosen. Some possible fields are Norwegian language and
literature, history, religion, and philosophy,
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with
the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students, who
complete a major in Physical Education at Augsburg. The program
requires 250 hours of clinical o'bservation, practice, and orientation under the direction o'f the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be
done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries
no college credit.
HONORS PROGRAM
For superior students, special sections or seminars are offered.
Students of high ability are invited t o write to the Director of the,
H,onors Program for information regarding which honors programs
may be open to them. Ho~norstudents are selected on the basis of
previous academic achievement and test results.
NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural exchange between the
s'tudents of Augsburg Colllege and colleges in the South, Augsburg
has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges
whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange
may take place during either the second or third term, or both,
depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges.
In order to qualify fo,r the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a
minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A
further general requirement is approval by the student exchange
board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of a t least 2.50.
Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the Presiden,t of the Student S~ociety.
97
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major,
or a particular vocational objective.
CURRICU
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may
be fol1owe.d to include the required general education courses. For
electives, students should take care to include all courses required
fo,r the majo'r field of study. Requirements for the major are listed
under departmental headings.
F'RESf,lMAN
Retl~ion I1
E ~ ~ g l i slhl a 12
'VVc~tcr~lC l ~ ~ l l l z a t l o n
Soriolopy 11
F'c~rrian L L I ~ E L I ~ E Q
E:l<sclivep.
P h y s w a l ActivtMea
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 5 4 - 4
5
5
5-6
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. C r , Cr.
4
- 4
4
12 12 12
- -
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
A r t 1 o r Music 30
Economics or Pol. Sci.
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4
4
5-6 5-6 .
-
6
-
4-5
6
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 15 12 15
ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
a r e urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Art.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theoloev
-"
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Drawing
Composition
Sociology
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 5
5
5
- - 4
4 - - 6
4 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
A r t History I. I1
P r i n t Making I , I1
Ceramics I
Health and First Aid
Educational Psvcholozv
-Group ~ c t i v i t ?
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Music 30
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Nat. Science or Math.
Problems ot Philosophy
Speech or Literature
Sculpture I
Painting I. I1
General Psychology
SENIOR
Relieion
Student Teachine
seminar for ~ t l y d .Teach.
School and Society
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Studio I11
Sculwture I1
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
4
5
4
5
-
-
4
-
4
4
-
-
4
-
-
.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS
PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
FRESHMAN
Introduction t o Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Drawine
compo&ion
Sociology
Physical Ed~lcation
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
~ o r e i g n ~ai&iHge
Nat. Science or Math.
Problems of Philosophy
Sculpture I
Painting I , , I1
Western Civilization
Ancient History
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
99
JUNIOR
Relieion
~ r t - ~ l s t o r I.
y 11
Print Making I, I1
Ceramics I
Western Civilization
U.S. History
Speech or ~ i t e r a t u r e
Music 30
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr.
Cr.
Cr.
~- -4
4 4
4
- 4
4
4 - 5 5
-
-
4
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Studio I11
Sculpture I1
History Seminar
History 71
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
do graduate work in biology. Where biology electives are indicated
the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his
field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is often desirable. In considering the biology electives the students must also
be certain that the option requirements of the biology major are met.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Binlogy 11, 12
Cl~cniistn. 5 5nr. 15
C h r ~ n i s t l .6~ nr 16
Ph.v>lv;hl Ed1 ~ r n l i o n
SUNIOR
Rcli~torr
F o r e t ~ n 1,nngzlage
Physics 21, 22, 23
Genetics
Microbiology or Bio. Elect.
Physiology or Bio. Elect.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Speech or Literature
Organic Chemistry 51,
Chemistry 53
Calculus
Math. Analysis 19
Comparative Anatomy
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
- - 4
5 5 5 5 5
6
-
-
-
6
6
-
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
A r t 1 or Music 30
Cellular Biology
Embryology or Bio. Elect.
Seminar
Elective
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
In preparing for teacher certification in Minnesota, a student with
a major in biology must complete a minor in another science. Ordinarily this minor will be chemistry. The program suggested below provides for this minor as well as for a goo'd background in
the biological sciences. When making the choice of biology electives shown, the student should be certain that the option requirements of the biology major are met.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Western Civilization
JUNIOR
Religion
s ~ e e c hor Literature
A& 1 or MU&
30
Foreign Language
Educational Psychology
Teaching Methods
Biology Elective
Ecology or Elective
Group Activities
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Genetics
General Psychology
Chemistry 23
Chemistry 53
Math. 13 or Elective
Math. 14 or 19
SENIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
P l a n t Morph. or Elective
Biology or Elective
Health and First Aid
School a n d Society
Student Teaching
Sem. for Stud. Teach.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION)
Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize
in accounting or finance. The following program is a suggested
course olf study with a specialization in accounting. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Business Administration.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 1 2
Western Civilization
Principles of Accounting
Sociology 11
Nat. Science or Math.
Elective
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Statistics
Inter. Microecon.
Inter. Accounting
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Business Law
Prin. of Economics I , I1
Prob. of Philosophy
Speech or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
-
4
-
5
5
-
5
5
4
5
5
-
-
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
5
5
-
4
-
4
5
-
4
4
4
-
5
-
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Cost Accounting
Auditing
Electives
MAJ0,R IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(FINANCE SPECIALIZATION)
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Western Civilization
Principles of Accounting
Sociology 11
Nat. Science or Math.
Elective
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Statistics
Inter. Microecon.
Financial Mgt.
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Business Law
Prin. of Economics I. I1
Fund.
Finance
- - - ~ of
-- - - Prob. of Philosophy
Speech or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
SENIOR
Religion
Investments
Math. of Finance
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BUSINESS EDUCATION
MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Introduction to Theolog
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Elem. Typewriting
Bus. Ed. 10
Sociology
Prob. of Philosophy
,
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Educational Psychology
Group Activity
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Health and First Aid
Princiules of Accounting
~ d v a 6 c e d Typewriting Prin, of Economics I, I1
Secretarial Procedure
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
SENIOR
Religion
Student Teachin2
Seminar for stud. Teach.
School and Society
Business Law
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
17
Term
I I1 1x1
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
101
0 CHEMISTRY MAJOR
The following course of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by
the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Western Civilization
Mathematics 19
Chemistry 15, 16, o r 5, 6
Calculus 41, 42
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Physical Chemistry
Adv. Organic Chemistry
Adv. Calculus 83
Foreign Language
Quantum Mechanics
Seminar
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Organic Chemistry
Quantitative Chemistry
General Physics
Calculus 43
Sociology
SENIOR
Religion
Adv. Inorganic Chemistry
Chemistrv 83
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Seminar
Electives
DENTISTRY
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take
geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses
in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
A
The follo sc edule will meet the requirements for admission to
most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should
inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about
specific requirements.
FRESHMAN
Introduction t o Theology
English 11. 12
Western Civilization
Calculus 41
Biology 11, 12
Chemistry 15, 16 or 5. 6
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4 5
-
4
5
-
- 6 6
6 -
6
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Political Science
Speech or Literature
Psychology
Organic Chemistry 51, 52
.General Physics
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
- 5 -
-
-
5
-
5
- 6 5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
6
ECONOMICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Western Civilization
Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Prin. of Economics I
Electives
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
4
-
5-6 5-6
- 4
-
-
-
-
4
8
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Prob. of Philosophy
Speech or Literature
A r t 1 o r Music 30
Prin. of Accounting
Prin, of Economics I1
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Intro. to Soc. Statistics
Inter. Microecon.
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
4 4
4
-
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
Religion
Electives
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
n
Students planning to prepare for elementary school teaching are
required to complete the following curriculum. Except where a
choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional
subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year.
education requirement, e&one course in
in physical science. For the erre,uLement
- in general education, t v-n p required t o take Begnnmg Spee-ernpted.
F_Or=seiencelnafhematicsral
V
m e n m y education stud.enis. are required tu-F&e
The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student
is required to complete a minor. Variations in the requirements omf
the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Biological Science
Health and First Aid
Sociology 11
Physical Education
Elective (minor)
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4 - 5 5
- 4
5
- - 5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- 4 -
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
General Psychology
Physical Science
Political Science
Music 30
U.S. History
Elective (minor)
SENIOR
Relieion
~ r o f TLab Experience
Prob. of Philosophy
Speech 11
Children's Lit.
School and Society
Education 64
Electives lminorl
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr, Cr.
4
-
JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING [7
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined belo'w satisfies the requirements for
certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission to the education curriculum. He will also need
to apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will
be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications.
103
Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors
are:
Art
Business Education
English-Language Arts
English
Speech
Foreign Language
French
German
Scandinavian Studies
Spanish
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Music
Natural Science
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Social Sciences
History
Political Science
Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science.
FRESHMAN
la'
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Physical Education
Electives
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech or L i t e r a t ~ ~ r e
Education 50, 59
Education 52. 53, 54
Physical Education 10
Electives in t h e major
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Music 30 or A r t 1
Natural Science or Math.
Economics or Pol. Sci.
General Psychology
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 83. 84
Education 87
Electives in t h e major
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr, Cr.
ENGINEERING
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this
program should have completed fo'ur years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to
enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute
of Technology at the University of Minneso'ta will also need, in
some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session at the
U, of M.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Western Civilization
s ~ c i o l o -11
g~
-~
Calculus 41. 42
Chemistry 15, 16 or 5 , 6
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Modern Physics
Electricity and Magnetism
Physics Lab.
Math. 83, 84
Biology 11, 12 or Elect.
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 4
5
- 4
- 4
5 5
6 6
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Western Civilization
1,iterattlresociology 12
General Physics
Math. 43, 58
Physical Activities
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 4
-
-
-
-
4
- - 4
5 5 5
5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3
ENGLISH MAJOR 0
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
English.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Introduction to Theology
English 11 or 15
English 12 or 35, 45
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Relielnn
-.
.
---.
.
--
A r t 1 or Music 30
English 61 62 84
English 72'or '74
English Elective
*
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Speech 11
Prob of Philosophy
Nat. Sci. or Math.
English 35 or 45 or Eng. elec.
English 47, 31
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5 5 5
-
- -
-
SENIOR
Religion
English ?O
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
-
Electives recommended for students planning t o enter graduate school: English 30
or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign languages.
ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11 or 15
English 12 or 35, 45
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Relialon
Gemera1 PsyChoIogy
Erluc. P~ychnlogy
Group Acllvily
Mcti~odnIn Src. Educ.
En~rllsh B1, 02, 55
E,nl:IlsIi 72 u! 74, 84
tlrrtlves
-
5
- -
4
0
4
0
-0
5
5
4
5
-
- -
-
5
-
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Speech
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
Nat. Sci. or Math.
English 35 or 45 or 55
English 47, 31
SENIOR
Religion
Student Teaching
Seminar for Stud. Teach.
School and Society
Health and First Aid
Art 1 or Music 30
English 21 or 40, 86 or 88
English Seminar
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - - 10 5
- - 4
-
4
3
5
-
5
4
4
-
-
-
-
FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
~ e g ~. o r e i g nLanguage
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Nat. Science or Math.
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Inter. Foreign Language
Conversation and Com~osition
Speech or Literature
Prob. of Philosophy
Speech or Literature
Pol. Science or Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Health and First Aid*
Electives
105
JUNIOR
Reliaion
~ d u c a t i o n a l Psychology*
Group Activities*
Methods in Sec. Educ."
General Psychology*
Literature 72 or 74
Survey 63, 64
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
4 - 4 0 0 0
-
-
-
5
5 .
-
-
5
5
5
5
-
5
5
SENIOR
Relieion
~ t u d G n tTeaching'
Seminar for Stud. Teach.*
School a n d Society'
Adv. Conv. a n d Comu. 84
Literature 72 or 74
Independent Study 91
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
10
5
-
1-2
5 -
-
4
1-2
5
Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives
f o r these courses.
GREEKMAJOR
Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken
in the senior year.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Western Civlllzation
Latin 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Greek
History of Philosophy
Speech
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
- 4 5
4 4
5 5 5
4 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 4 4
4 4 4
4 8
8
- -
-
SOPHOMDRE
Biblical Studies
Nat. Science or Math.
Greek 11. 12, :3
Prob. of Philosophy
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
SENIOR
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5-6 5-6 5 5 5
4 - - - 4-5
. 4
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING
Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and
Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Health and First Aid
Team Sports
Swim. a n d Aquatics IW,
Physical Activities
JUNIOR
Reliaion
~ d u c a t i o n a lPsychology
Group Activity
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Pol. Science or Economics
A r t 1 or Music 30
Phy. Ed. 57.
Kines and Phys. of Exercise
Phy. Ed. Programming
Adapted P h y . Ed. and Eval.
Self-Testing Activities
Phy. Ed. 82 or Soc. 31'
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
General Psychology
Human Anat. and Physiology
Chemistry 5
Indiv. a n d Dual Sports
Hist. a n d Prin. of P h y . Ed.
Rec. Act. and Rhythms
Instr. First Aid*
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- . 4
4
0
-
-
6
5
-
-
0
2
-
-
4
4
4-5
0
5
4-5
4
-
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
4
-
-
5
5
-
5
-
-
-
4
1
-
-
6
-
-
5
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
s t u d e n t Teaching
Seminar i n S.tud. Teach.
School a n d Society
Prob. of Philosophy
Sch. Health and Safety Educ.*
Community ~ e c r e a t f o n *
Speech or Literature
Electives
10 -- -5 - - 44
- - S
4
4
- -3
- 4
-
* Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education
b u t m a y be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major.
107
0 HISTORY MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department olf History.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Pol. Science or Economics
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Historv
~coGhics
Art 1 or Music 30
Minor or Elective
Literature
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
SOPHOMORE
-
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
U.S. History
Prob. of Philosophy
General Psychology
Nat. Science or Math.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Seminar
Minor or Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Economics
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Educational Psychology
Group Activity
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography
American Government
Health and First Aid
History
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
U.S, History
Proh. of Philosophy
General Psychology
Nat. Science or Math
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Student Teaching
Seminar for Stud. Teach.
School and Society
Social Problems
Speech or Literature
History
Seminar in History
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
The f~llo~wing
course of study is designed fo'r students who have a
s'trong background in mathematics from high school. Students who
lack this background may need to complete Math. 13, 14, or 19
before registering for Calculus 41.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology
Calculus 41, 42, 43
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Adv. Calculus 83, 84, 85
Modern Algebra 72, 73
Electives
*
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Pol. Sci, or Economics
S ~ e e c hor Literature
~ o r e i g n~ a n g u a g e
Prob, of Philosophy
Art 1 or Music 30
Physics or Chemistry
Differential Equations
Modern Geometry
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Prob. and Statistics
Independent Study
Electives*
Foundations of Mathematics recommended.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theoloav
-"
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Math. Analysis 19
Calculus 41. 42
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
Educational Psychology
Speech or Literature
General Psychology
Advanced Calculus
Modern Algebra
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Group Activity
Prob. of Philosophy
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 5 5
5
-
5
-
-
4
-
5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-4
4
5
4
-
-
4
4
-
-
- 0
-
.
0
-
-
Biblical Studies
- - ---Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Calculus 43
Differential Equations
Modern Geometrv
Physics or heh his try
-
4
5
0
4
4
-
-
5
4
-
-
4
-
4
-
5
-
-
4
-
5-6 5-6
4-5
-
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr, Cr.
4
. . 4
10
- 5 4
- - 4
SENIOR
Religion
School and Society
Student Teaching
Sem. for Stud. Teach.
Foundations of Math.
Prob, a n d Statistics
Independent Study
Health and First Aid
Electives
-
4
4
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
-
-
-
-
2-4
5 4 4-6
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the
Bachelor omf Arts degree with a major in medical technology by
completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and
twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. The program outlined prepares such students
for certification in medical technology, and it also includes the
Augsburg graduation requirements. A minimum of 24 credits each
of chemistry and biology, and one term of mathematics, is required.
In the senior year students taking this program must register at
Augsburg as well as a t the affiliated hospital.
FRESHMAN
Inlroducllon lo Theology
Enblieh 11, 12
Wt-qte1.n Ulvilizntion
~jocio1oRy 1 1
T3inlngy 11, 12
C h c ~ n i ~ t r5y ilr 15
r l l r n t l s t r y 5 or 16
Pl~,vslc:~l Rrlur.:~lion
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
A r t 1 or Music 30
Speech or Literature
Microbiology
Cellular Biology or Elect.
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 4
- 5
- 4 - - 4
6
6
6 - 6 1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Genetics
Organic Chemistry 23
Comp. Anatomy or Physiol.
Chemistry 53
Mathematics 13. 14
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
. 5
5
5
- - 6
6
6
6 5
- 5
SENIOR
I
Lectures, laboratory and practical work a t General or Swedish
Hospital for 12 months
I1 I11
45 crs.
MEDICINE
Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the
Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is
based on its requirements for admission. Information for other
medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American
109
Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the
responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed
the requirements for admission t o the medical school t o which he
intends to make application.
The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University
of Minnesota, a s translated into courses a t Augsburg College, a r e
as follows:
Biology 11, 12
General Chemistrv 15. 16
Ovganic chemistr;
51,'52
Quantitative Analysis 53
Frcshlnan English 11, 12
Literature elective
Mathematics 19 for 13, 14)
Physics 21, 22, 23
Social Science a n d Humanities
Credits
12
12
E l.
~.r..t. i.
v
-r
--
Recommended:
Physical Chemistry
Cnlculus 41, 42
61
Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their
minimum requirements. The University of Minnesota very strongly recommends to prospective students that they study physical
chemistry, a t least two advanced courses in biology, and psychology
a s well as broad studies in the humanities.
Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology
or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major a r e
shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under
Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged t o consult
these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors.
MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Music.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilizat~on
Theory 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Relieion
~ d u r a t i o n a l Psychology
Group Activities
Teaching of Music
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Art 1
Instr. Techniaue'
History and i i t . I n ~ t ~ s i c )
Conducting
Music Organization
Applied Music
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
5
5
5
. 4
4
5 4
1 1
1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Tcrm
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
4
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
General Psychology
Nat. Science or Math.
Theory 4, 5, 6
Applied Music
SENIOR
Religion
Student Teaching
Seminar in Stud. Teach,
School and Society
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Health a n d First Aid
Prob. of Philosophy
Music Organization
Electives
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
4
4
5
- 5-6 5-6
4 4 4
1
1 1
Tern1
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
MUSIC MAJOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Theory 1. 2, 3
Applied Music
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 1
ist tory and Lit.
(music)
Instrumental Technique*
Conducting
Applied Music
Music Organization
Scandinavian Music
Electives
*
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Nat. Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Theory 4, 5, 6
Applied Music
Music Organization
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob, of Philosophy
Orch. and Choral Arr.
Applied Music
MuSic Organization
Speech or Literature
Electives
Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique i n the fall term
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR 0
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHO08LS
A major in natural science co,nsists of 63 credits in science and
mathematics with at least 27 credits in each of two of the areas
of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 credits in each of three
of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics.
The following program is suggested.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language,
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Natural Science
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Prob. of Philosophy
Speech or Literature
Education 50. 59
Nat. Science 'or Math.
Group Activities
Health and First Aid
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
-
4
5
5
5
-
-
5
4
5-6 5-6
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Nat. Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. or Economics
General Psychology
SENIOR
Religion
Nat. Sci. or Math.
Student Teaching
Sem. for Stud. each
School and Society
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 4
- - 4
5-6 5-6 5-6
- - 4-5
5 - -
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
PHILOSOPHY MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Foreign ~ a n g u a g e
Western Civilization
Sociology
Prob. of Philosophy
Phssical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Speech or Literature
Philosophy Elective
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
5
5
-
6
4
-
-
5
6 10
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
~ o r i i Language
c
Nat. Science or Math.
Art 1 or Music 30
Pol. Science or Economics
Logic
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
SENIOR
Religion
Philosophy 91
Philosophy Elective
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
4
-
5
-
-
-
5-6 5-6
- - 4-5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
-
111
POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR
The following program is a suggeste'd course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Political Science.
FRESHMAN
Introduction lo Theology
English 11, 12
Nat. Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Political Science 20, 21, 22
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Political Science 70 or 80
Political Science 71 or 81
Political Science 95 or 84
History 1 or 21
History 2 or 22
History 3 or 56
Social Statistics
Social Research
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
- 4 5
5-6 5-6 -
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Prob. of Philosophy
Logic
Social Problems
Political Science 50 or 51
Political Science 60 or 61
Economics 22. 23
SENIOR
Religion
Political Science 80 or 70
Political Science 81 or 71
Political Science 84 or 95
History 21 or 1
History 22 or 2
History 56 or 3
~iterature
General Psychology
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 5 5 - 4 - - 4
- 5
4
- 4 4 - 4 4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
Enelish 11. 12
or Math.
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Physical Education
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Prob. of Philosophy
Pol. Science or Economics
A r t 1 or Music 30
Speech or Literature
General Psychology
Electives
N ~ Escience
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreinn Lannuaae
-
~ --
-
~
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-----
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
4 - History and Theory (psych.)
4 Research Problems
- 2-3 Seminar in Psychology
3
- 4 Psychology Electives
Electives
8 8 12
SENIOR
-
Psyc. Measurement
Experimental Psychology
Personality I
Personality I1
Psychology Electives
Electives
PHYSICS MAJOR
The fo11,ofwingprogram is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of
Physics.
FRESHMAN
Introduction t o Theology
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
Math. 14 or 19
Math. 41, 42
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Physical Education
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 5 5 5
5
- 5 5
4 - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
- -
- -
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
General Physics
Mathematics 43
Differential Equations
Pol. Science or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 4 5 5 5
5
- 4 - - 4-5
- 4 -
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Electronics
Mechanics
Advanced Calculus
Art 1 or Music 30
Electricity and Magnetism
Physics Lab
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr, Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Thermal Physics
Phvsics Lab
speech or Literature
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 4
4
-
4
1
1
-
1
4
8
-
11 11
RELIGION MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Nat. Science or Math.
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Electives
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy
Foreign Language
General Psychology
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 4 5
6 6
4 4
-
-
-
- -
-
4
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
8 4 4
4 4
- 4 4
5 - - 4 6
-
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Science or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 4 4 4
5 5
- 4
-
- 4 - 4 - - 8
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 4 -
SENIOR
Religion
Seminar
Literature
Sociology
Electives
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Beginning Norwegian
Western Civilization
Nat. Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
General Psychology'
Educational Psychology*
Group Activity*
Methods in Sec. Educ:
Modern Scand. Novel
Prob. in Philosophy
Modern Scand. Drama
Scand. Music
Electives
*
Term
I I1 111
Cr.
Cr.
.-Cr.
--
-
4
5
4
-
-
-
5
5
-
5
-
-
5-6 5-6
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Intermediate Norwegian 5, 6
Norwegian Conv. and Comp.
Modern Scandinavia
Scandinavian History
Speech or Literature
Pol. Science or Economics
Health and First Aid*
Art 1 or Music 30
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
4
-
5
4
-
-
4
-
4
-
-
F
-
5
i
-
- 4-5
-
-
6
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
4
Student Teaching*
10
Seminar for Stud. Teach.*
5
School and Society*
- - 4
Adv. Norw. Conv. and Comp. 5
Independent Study
1-2
1-2
10
Electives
5
SENIOR
-
- - -
Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses.
SECRETARIAL WORK
The first year of the f,ollowing program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis
of his proficiency in the sub'ject. An outline of the requiretments for
teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business
Education.
113
A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program.
A student in the two-year program must select three courses from
the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits.
FIRST YEAR
Introduction to Theology
Enelish 11. 12
~ l e h e n t a r y~ y p c w r l t i n g
Advanced Typewriting
Elementary Shorthand
Interm. Shorthand
Advanced Shorthand
Bus. Ed. 10
Electives
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
SECOND YEAR
Biblical Studies
General Psychology
Speech
Principles of Accounting
Secretarial Procedures
Calculating Machines
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SEMINARY
C,ompletion o'f the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare
the s,tudent for admission into a theologi,cal seminary course. The
following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It
does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even
in the freshman year.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Western Civilization
Foreign Language*
Sociology 11
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Nat. Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Prob. of Philosowhv
Pol. Sci. or Econimics
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Greek
History of Philosophy
Speech
Electives
4
5
4
4
-
5 4-5
4
- -
8
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
8
Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek, students who have not studied
Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college.
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in the social sciences consists o,f 65 credits including at
least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits
in each of economics, political science, and sociology.
The following program includes the requirements for a teaching
major in the social sciences.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreien Laneuane
JUNIOR
Religion
Educational Psychology
Group Activity
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography
American Government
Health and First Aid
Economics I1
History
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
4
5
5
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
0
-
4
-
5
-
4
- -
4
0
-
0
5
- - 5
- 4
4
-
4
5
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
U.S. History
Prob. of Philosophy
General Psychology
Nat. Science or Math.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Student Teaching
Seminar for Stud. Teaching
School and Society
Soc. Prob.
Speech or Literature
History
Seminar
Electives
-
10
5
-
4
-
-
4
4
3
4
- - -
-
4
-
4
4
-
A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least
29 credits in h,istory; and 4 cred,its in each d the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
study sociology in graduate school.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Social Problems
Art I or Music 30
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy of Science
Marriage and Family"
Social Statistics*
Social Research*
General Psychology
Speech
Electives
*
Required for the major.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
5
5
-
- - -- 5
5
-
4
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
Biblical Studies
Nat. Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
Intro. to Anthropology
Rural American Community
Modern Urban Community
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Social Psychology*
Sociology 82
Industrial Sociology
Modern Sociology Theory*
Electives
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
5
5
4
5
-
-
5
-
-
-
5
12
115
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE
SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Sociology.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theoloav
-"
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11, 12
Art 1 or Music 30
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Relieion
socilology 51 52 53*
Sociology 54: 55: 56*
Sociology 61:
Psychology 5'
soCiology~31
Electives
*
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
5 5 4
4
4 - - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 -
SOPHOMORE
Biblical S ~
I.~ ~ P S
... I .
Foreign Language
Nat. Science or Math.
Speech or Literature
Pol. Science or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
Rural American Community
Modern Urban Community
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Sociology 75, 82
Psychology 61, 62
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 4
5-6 5-6
-
4-5
-
-
4
-
-
-
-
4
4
-
-
4
4
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Required for the major.
SPANISH MAJOR
See under Curriculum for French major.
SPEECH MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of .study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Speech.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Art 1 or Music 30
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Intro. to Dramatic Arts
Pol. Science or Economics
Interpretive Reading
Speech 51 or 55
Educational Psychology
Group Activity
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Health and First Aid
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 5
5 5 4
4
-
--
- -
4
-
-
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Speech 11
Nat. Science or Math.
Prob. of Philosophy
Logic
Speech 12 or 52
Acting
General Psychology
SENIOR
Religion
Soeech 16 or 67
~ h e e c hpathology
Stage Direction
Student Teaching
Seminar for Stud. Teach.
School and Society
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 - -
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
117
CRSONNEL
THE BOARD
OF REGENTS
Officers of the Board
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman
Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,
.... Vice-chairman
Mrs. George Nelson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson ............................Treasurer
Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, H. B. Fuller Company
Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Diversified Church Services
Mr. Jerome Formo, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Plastics, Inc.
Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota
Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnes'ota
Medical Doctor
Dr. George Hager, Chapel Hill, North Carolina
Education, University of North Carolina
Dr. Philip C. Helland, Burnsville, Minnesota
Executive Secretary, Minnesota Junior College Board
Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota
High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools, Farming
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Director Sales Training, Investors Diversified Services
Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety,
University of Minnesota
Mr. R. E. Myhre, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Manager, South Side Insurance Agency
Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, St. Paul, Minnesota
Professor, Luther Theological Seminary
Mrs. George Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin
Vice President and Legal Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northwestern National Bank
Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel
Presdent Oscar A. Anderson
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President
Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College
Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Business Affairs
Kenneth P. Fagerlie . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vice President for Development
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students
Fern Martinson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women
Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty
Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar
Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian
Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing
S. V. Hjelmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development
Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relations
Richard Holy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Church Relations
ADMINISTRATI
119
Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations
Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Relations Assistant
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions
Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Director of Admissions
Jim Parks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Arthur Nelson ................... Supervisor of Plant Services
Vernon Chilgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Housing Services
Richard L. Berg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comptroller
Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services
Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Public Functions
Irving Hoe1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Book Store
Frank A. Gruver, M.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . College Physician
Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Campus Pastor
Bjame Landa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Museum
Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist
Mrs. Julie Thompson . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Student Activities
OMMITTEES OF
THE FACULTY
President's Cabinet: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, Fosse, Fagerlie, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Mandsager, A. Nelson, Sorlien
Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, SkiWe, Sonnack, Thompson,
Nicholl, Hemmingson, Gisselquist, Agre, Haugsby
Educational Policies: Bailey, 0.Anderson, P. Quanbeck, Sonnack,
Miss Pederson, Karlen, Alton, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Ozolins,
Miss Joel
Library: Hanwick, Ozolins, J. Thut, Fardig, Skibbe
Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, P. Anderson, Miss
Pederson, P. Quanbeck, Mrs. Hinrichs
Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, Bailey, Miss Cole,
Holum, Hansen, R. Anderson
International Education: Mrs. Jensen, Miss Joel, Follingstad, Jenson;
Nicholl (Advisory)
Athletics: Mickelberg, E. Anderson, Savold, Dahlen, Laue
Faculty Social F'unctions: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs.
Anderegg, Saugestad
Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker,
E. Anderson, Savdd, Dumpys, Mrs. E. Olson
Faculty Personnel Policies: Budge. Holum, E. Johnsm, Mrs. Jensen,
Sulerud
"Judicial Council: Nelson, C,hrislock, Mrs. K. Peterson, Mrs. I.
Hanson
*Student-Faculty Council: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johns'on, Miss
Martinson, Pearson, Crepeau
"Convocations: Urdahl, Agre, Miss Aas,kov, Sateren
"Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson
*
Joint Student-Faculty Committees
Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960.
THE FACULTY
Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnes'ota.
Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University
of Michigan.
*Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Prolfessor of Education and
Psychology
B.A., University of Minnemta, 1945; M.A., Nortmhwestern University,
1947.
Ernest Anderson (1946), P r ~ ~ f e s s oofr Health and Physical Education,
Basketball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
*Hildur Anderson (1965), Catalog Librarian
A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesolta, 1941.
Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor of Spanish
B.A., St. Olaf Colllege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964.
Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President olf the College
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963.
Paul S. Anderson (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology and Director of Research Center
B.A., 1957 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech
B.S.,1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University d Minnesota.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University
of Minnesota.
John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion (on leave 196567)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1959; M.A., Columbia University, 1961.
William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University o,f Minnesota.
R o b e a K. Binford (1964), Instructor of French
B.S., Hamline University, 1961; B.A., University of Minnesota, 1963;
M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1964.
"Oscar Blegen, Jr. (1963), Assistant Football Coach and Head Wrestling Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1961.
* Part-time
faculty
121
*Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor of Sociology
B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota.
*L. David Brown (1966), Lecturer in Religion
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; B.A., Concordia College, 1948;
C.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1951.
Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho.
*James Burtness (1965), Lecturer in Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1953; D.Th., Princeton University, 1958.
*Harold Cannon (1962), Instructor sf Spanish
B.A. and B.S., University of Minnesota, 1962.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Pro,fessor of History and Political Science
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University
of Minnesota.
"Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor of English
B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935.
Robert E. Coffman (1965), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Illinois, 1953; M.S., University of California,
1955; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Mario Colacci (1952), Pro,fessor of Classical Languages
D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B.,
Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940.
Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949.
Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German
B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1964.
K. Berner Dahlen (1941), A'ssociate Profess'or of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
*Kenneth L. Davenport (1962), Instructor of Music (String Instruments)
B.M., Hamline University, 1932; M.M., Minneapolis College, 1938.
Hans Dumpys (1965), Instructor of Relligion
B.A., Augsburg Cocllege, 1956; B.D., Chicago. Lutheran Seminary,
1960; M.Th., Harvard Divinity School, 1965.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Instructor o'f Mathematics
B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University d Minnesota.
*John Eiler (1965), Instructional Assistant of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development
B.A., Augsburg Cdlege, 1950.
Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., Northwestern University, 1952.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Pro,fessor of Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Inc., 1950.
Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs
B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.
"Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor of Music (Director of Male
Chorus)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963.
'kDaryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments)
B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University
of Iowa, 1947.
Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History (on leave
1965-66)
B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University o,f Minnesota.
Frank A. Gruver (1963), College Physician with rank of Assistant
Professor
B.S., University of New Mexico, 1954; M.D., University o'f U'tah,
1959; PARS Certificate, Union Theological Seminary, 1963.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63), Assistant Professor of History (on
leave 1963-66)
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
*Demos P. Hadjiyanis (1965), Lecturer in Economics
B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1953; M.S., Ohio University, 1954.
William H. Halverson (1955-56, 1959), Professor of Philosophy and
Religion (on leave 1965-66)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1951; .B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955; M.Th., Princeton Theo1,ogical Seminary, 1957; M.A.,
1959 and Ph.D., 1961, Princeton University.
Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with
rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950.
123
Irene Hanson (1963), Associate Professor of Education
B.S.Ed., 1946 and M.S.Ed., 1948, Temple University; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota, 1965.
*L. David Hanson (1965), Instructor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955.
Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics
B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D.,
New York University, 1950.
Orvald B. Haugsby (1961), Assistant Prolfessor o,f Mathematics
B.A., Wisconsin State College, Superior, 1952.
"John Helgeland (1964), Instructor of Classical Languages
B.A., Luther College, 1962.
Melvin Helland (1941-64), Prolfessor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation.
A. Robert Hemmingson (1957), Assistant Professor of Economics
and Business Administration
B.A., Dana College, 1953; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1957.
Grace Hinrichs (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota.
Norman Holen (1964), Instructor olf Art
B.A., Conoordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemisitry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
*Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Pro'fessor of Psychology
B.A., West Virginia State Co'llege, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas
City, 1952.
Ri'chard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Instructor of Re1,igion
B.A., Augsburg Colllege, 1961; B.Th., Augs:burg Theological Seminary,
1964; M.Th., Princelton Theological Seminary, 1964.
"Clifton Jackson (1965), Instructor of Music
"Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor o,f German
Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
"Irene Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of
History and Political Science
B.A., Rangoon Universi.ty, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University,
1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
John Jenson (1956-57, 1961), As.sistant Librarian
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank o~f Associate Professor
(on leave 1966-67)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Einar 0.Johnson (1956), Professor of Education
B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington.
Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant
Professor
B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Selminary, 1959.
"James Johnson (1961), Instructor olf Music (Piano)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music,
1958.
"Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
*Sherman Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965), Instructor of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf Co~llege,1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955.
*Eunice Kacalek (1966), Instructor o'f Home Economics
B.S., Iowa State College, 1940; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Robert Karle~n(1959), Assistant Prolfessor of Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959.
Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish (on leave
1965-67)
B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944.
Bernhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota.
*Emma Kydd (1960-61, 1965), Lecturer in Home Economics
B.S., 1958 and M.S., 1960, University of Minnesota.
Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German
B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930,
University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1952.
Joanne Larson (1965), Instructor of English
B.A., Gustavus Adolplhus College, 1961; M.A., University d Georgia,
1962.
Richard Laue (1963), Instructor of History
B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1955, University of Minnesota.
Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English
(on leave 1965-67)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960.
125
Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minneslota.
Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951.
David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant of Chemistry
B.A., A,ugsburg College, 1964.
Orlin L. Rlandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor
of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse Universi'ty, 1950.
Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Augs,burg Cdlege, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932.
*Michael McCabe (1965), Lecturer in Makhmatics and Physics
B.A., 1959 and M.S., 1965, Universi.ty of Minnesota.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg C,ollege, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
"Darlene Moland (1965), Instructor of Home Economics
B.S., North Dakota Agricultural College, 1956; M.A., North Dakota
State University, 1964.
*August Molder (1963), Artist in Res.idence and Instruator of Art
Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia.
Gerda Mortensen (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University,
1928.
Donald F. Moyer (1965), Instructor of Physics
B.A., 1960 ,and M.A., 1962, Miami University, Ohio.
Arthur Nash (1922), Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
*Emma L. Nashan (1963), Instructor of German
B.A., Duke University, 1953; M.A., Indiana University, 1963.
Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education,
Football and Baseball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Balwant S. Nevaskar (1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on
leave 1965-66)
B.A., Wilson College, 1946; B.D., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959.
Grier Nicholl (1961), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College,
1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964.
David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave
1966-67)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate P r ~ ~ f e s s of
o r Speech
B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota.
Jean Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant of Modern Languages
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964.
"Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Magne Olson (1961-62, 1965), Instructor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961.
Karlis Ozolins (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor
(on leave 1966-68)
B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
"Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S. Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan,
1952.
Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Anne Pederson (1932-44, 1946), Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
"Katherine Peterson (1956), Assistant Professor of Home Economics
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of
Iowa, 1939.
LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor d Physical Education
for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University,
1954.
Martin Quanbeck (1938), Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion (on leave 1966-67)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1958 Princeton Theological
Seminary.
127
Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor o~f Spanish
B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., U n i ~ e r s ~ i t09
y Minnesota, 1943;
L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor o'f Music
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music,
1963.
Oscar Schmiege (1965), Instructor olf Philosophy
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956; B.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
"Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Assistant Librarian with rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University
of Minneso~ta,1961.
Dennis Sjogren (1965), Teaching Aide in Bio'logy
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assis'tant P r ~ ~ f e s s of
o r Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962.
George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
Paul G . Sonnack (1949), Professor of Rdigion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., 1945 and B.Th., 1947, Augsburg
Theological Seminary; M.A., University olf Chicago, 1960.
Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Prolfessor o'f Political Science
B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado.
Gladys Stone (1965), Associate Pro,fessor of Sociology
A.A., Modesto Junior College, 1942; B.S. and B.A., Was,hingto,n
University, St. Louis, 1944; M.A., University of Ch,icago, 1946; Ph.D.,
University of Michigan, 1956.
Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor o'f Biology
B.A., Concordia Co,llege, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958.
"Michael Sutyak (1965), Instructor in Music
B.M., New England Conservatory of Music, 1956.
"Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University
of Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iolwa State University, 1958.
"Elvira Thomson (1965), Lecturer in Home Economics
B.S., 1929 and M.S., 1947, University of Minnesota.
John Thut (1947), Associate Professor olf Music
B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music.
*Vera Thut (1947), Instructor of Music (Piano)
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927.
Renate Tietz (1963), Circulation Librarian
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1962.
Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor o'f Sociology (on leave
1965-66)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University
of Minnesota.
*E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Pro'fessor of
English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Erling J. Ur&ahl(1943), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Ins.tructiona1Services
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Peter H. Armacost (1959-61, 1963-65), Ass,istant Professor of Psychology and Dean of Students
B.A., Denis'on University, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*Emil Balz (1963-65), Instructor of Modern Languages
Abitur, Friedrich Schiller Oberschule, Germany, 1937; Akad, Geprufter Ubersetzer, Heidelberg Univers,ity, 1949.
"Merrilyn Belgum (1960-65), Instructor of Sociology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1946; M.S.W., University o,f Denver,
1956.
*James Boyce (1964-65), Instructor of Latin
B.A., Luther Coll,ege, 1964.
'i'Jacqolyn Cherne (1960-62, 1963-65), Instructor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958.
*Linda Crawford (1964-65), Instructor of English
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1960.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1964-65), Instructor of Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1962; M.S., Michigan State University,
1964.
129
S. Hugh Fitch (1964-65), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., 1949 and M.A., 1951, University of New Mexico.
Kirsten Giving (1964-65), Instructor of Home Economics
B.S., St. Olaf College, 1960; M.A., University d M,innesata, 1964.
"Patricia Hatteberg (1965), Instructor of Home Economics
B.S., Eowa State University, 1948; M.S., University of Minnesota,
1952.
*Evelyn Irving (1964-65), Visiting Professor of Language Methods
B.A., 1941 and M.A., 1947, Florida State University; Ph.D., University
of Illinois, 1950.
"Dennis Lane (1960-65), Instructor of Music (Organ)
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941.
*Frederick Z. Lesher (1963-65), Instructor of English
B.A., Carthage C,ollege, 1958; M.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
Iver B. Olson (1945-65), Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., Auggburg College, 1935; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago
Lutheran Theo1,ogical Seminary, 1957.
Joseph W. Richen (1964-65), Ins~tructorof Speech
B.A., Berea College, 1960; M.A., Ohio University, 1962.
* R d d R. Ricketts (1964-65), Instructor of Music (Brass Instruments)
B.M., 1954 and M.M., 1955, Manhattan School of Music.
Donna Schlorf (1961-65), Instructor d Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; M.A., Universi~tyof Minnesota, 1964.
Ruth Segolson (1944-65), Professor of Home Economics
B.S., 1925 and M.A., 1938, University of Minnesota.
"MertonStrommen (1947-65), Instructor d Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1942; C.Th., 1944 and B.Th., 1950, Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.A., 1954 and Ph.D., 1960, University
of Minnesota.
"Joyce Tester (1963-65), Instructor d Home Economics
B.S., 1955 and M.A., 1959, Univers,ity of Minnesota.
"MargaretUroff (1964-65), Instructor of English
B.A., Middleburg College, 1956.
"HelenWatkins (1964-65), Instructor of English
B.A., Radcliffe College, 1960; M.A., Yale University, 1962.
131
GRADUATES
1964
Aadland, Carolyn Irene . . . . . . Westbrook
Laycock, Ronald George ... Miniaeapolis
Aarsvold, Dawn Joanne Asp Mii~neapolis Lee. Lance Jerome ......
Minneapolis
Almer, Charles E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Leifgren, Joyce Michele .. Fwderic, Wis.
Anderson. Donald A. . . . . . Ilzidson. Wis.
Lindberg. Curtis Martin . . . . . St. Paul
Anderson, Luther Leroy ... Miitneapolis
Lindell, Sharon L . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Anderson. Orville Keith . . V ~ n t q r r n In.
Lindgrcn, Mary Margaret . . Miinteapolis
~ i ~ ; ~ l ~ i ~
~ ~ i iDavid
;
~ n d e r s o n ;~ i c h a c d - ~ : - - . -..:.
.
Lobben.
Charles . . . . . Minneapolis
Arends, Myra Mildred . . ..,.. Wabnsso
Long. J o h n H. . . . . . . . . . ..
S t........
Pnqrl
Armstrong, Kenneth B . . . . Mii~necipolis ~ u n d Richard
.
Allan . . . . . . . .~ i n n e a p o l i s
Lundby, Kathyrn Ann . . . Spriiag V a l l e ~
Bakke, David Allen . . . Mii~neanr
Ais
Lyle, David L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mii~iaeal,olis
Bakke, Karlton ............... Ztintbrota
Berg, Andrew Melford . . . . . . . Willnaar
Marti~lson. Anltn Louise . . . . . . . . Caiab?~
Bjorndahl, Vern Roland . . . . . Minllcnpolis
Matliisrl~i, I>I*:>IByr'ran . . . . . . . . Bngle!~
Bloedel, Karen Lee . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo
McTVaIlt!t'. Ivv .Tea11 . .............
H o r n ~ ~ r ~ o, o.Ill.
..r.l
Borsgard, Dorothy Diane Saia Jose, Calif.
Mi1lt.r. O < ~ ; I I ; WTIPP
I
. . . . . . Mi?~iaecipolis
Braaten. Bruce E. . . . . . . C n i ~ i l o i ~Falls
Mo1.11id. Ilritl, Rlnllic . . . . . . . . . Malta, Ill.
Bruget, Mur iel Marie . . . . . . . . Miiu~eapolis Moore, Cleve J., J r . ..... Escni~aba.Micll.
Munson, Mary Helena . . . . . St. ~ n G Pl a r k
Carlson, Gerald A. . . . . . . . . .Mi?ti~eapolis Murdock, Peggy L. Snn F ~ a n c i s c o .Calif.
Chartrand. William Roger Escanabn, Mich.
Museus, Rodger Raymond . . . Mini~eapolis
Clomau, Pearlie M. . . . . . . Chicago, Ill.
Myrvik, Wayne E. ... Edinore, N. Dalc.
Cotton, Sheldon Eugene . . . Volga, S. Dak.
Nelson, Joyce Marlene . . . . . Minncnpolis
Daggett, Charles Marshall . . . . Riclafield
Nelson. Loren Carlyle . . . . Minnrupolis
Damcke, David Robert . . . Minneapolis
IVfx.
Nevin, Robert Samuel . G~rtrrl~crlrir~rl.
Daniels, Diana . . . . . . . . . Jnii~estozun,N.Y.
Nordin, Robert A. . . . . . . . . . I.frl:rh I.lll!rtr~
Day. Dallas Charles ......... St. Paul
Nordin. Ronald James . . L!rlr<, Lilltori
Denny, Daren Gladys . . . . . . . Minneapolis
.
DesChaine, J u d i t h Ann . . . . . Minneapolis
Oltedahl. Harry Arlan . . . . . . . Bagley
DeVrieze, J e r r y Dean ........ H n ~ f i e l d Olson, DeLoy M. . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Duerr. Allan J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Min?~enpolis Olson, DonaeBill Glen . . . . Minileapolis
Dyrud, Philip M. ........... Ne~ufoldeit Olson. Merlin Iver . . . . . . . . Minneanolis
Olson. Theodore W. . . . . . . . . . ~ o f f n a a n
Engwall. Paul R. ............ Minnenpolis
Ostenhus, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Erickson, Dennis John . . Serittle, Wasl~.
Erickson. Ronald W. . . Colziinbin H e i g l ~ t s Parks, J a m e s Wayne
....... Mi?t?aeapolis
Paulson, Ellen A n n . . . . . . . . Clitherall
Fenrick, Mary Elizabeth . . . . . Truiiaaia
Pearson. Lloyd Allen . . . . . Payilesville
Formo, David Jerome . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pedersen. Arla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneanolis
Fosland, Barry Duane . . . . . . St. P a u l
~ e d e r s o n : Patricia Streckpr ..... s e d a n
Friederichs, Suzan Barbara . . Mi?u~eapolis petersen,' ~ i a n ~e v e l i n . M i i ~ i ~ e a p o l i s
Peterson, K i m Lowell ...... Minneapolis
Gerdeen. Charlotte Ann Escctnabci. Mich.
Peterson, Marie Annette ... Mini~enpolis
Gesche. Connic Rae
~ l 7 , c '1~:nrflr Pfeiler, J e a n S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rrtshford
Gilbcrtson, Diane M,arie . . M17111e~c]iolrs Pfleider, Carol J e a n . . . . . . Minnennolis
lis
Grow, R o ~ ~ a Fl ~
r ai n c ~ s. . . . . . M ~ t l ~ ~ c t ~ l ~ oPiper,
Charles Michael . . . . . .
iaeaiolis
. . n l ; ~ r i r r o p ~ ~ l r sPoeschel, Ronald E. . . . . . . ..~.i nExcelsior
Grotli, IIenry Frcdrick
Gustafson, Dale Leonard . . . . . ~ i c l l J i e l d Prigge, Robin William .... . . , St. Pnzil
.
-::::
Habeck. Marearet Jeanne . . . Minneanolis
Quanbeck, Helen M. ........ St. Paul
11alvrrs~n. 1i: Lester . . . . ~ i i ~ ? ! i ~ n ~ o l i s
Hamilton. Linda Marie . . . . n'liitnc~clinlis Rake, Larry Burton . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hammar. Hobcrt C.. J r . . . . . nl711i1cr1poli.v Ranum. Bruce C. . . . Thief River Falls
Hanse, Susan Lynn . . . . . . . . . . . . Morris
Ercvlwor
R ~ f e D ~ a n- e K
--a
- v
. . . . ..........
Hanson. Betty Elaine . . . . . . Robbiilsdale
~ i ~ ~ d a Rondi
hl.
anic ice . . . . . . . . B r o o t o ~
Hanwick, Linda C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
robin so^^. Ricl~ardIIenry . . . M~nnenpolis
Heide. Marilvn B. . . Alkabo. N. Dnk.
Rosenq~tist, Stclla Kyllo . . . Wanniningo
11jeln;eland. ' ~ a u r e n e Carol ~ i ~ & r c c r ~ , ~ lRosvold,
rs
Ann Elaine ...... Cottonwood
IIoel. Avis Corrine . . . . . . . . . . Miltllra~~ulls Rundell, Dale Michael . . . . . . Minneapolis
. Minneapolis
Hollstadt, Ronald Norman
Holter, 0 Trygve . . . . . . . . . . .Min?teapolis
Saari, Geoffrey W. ....... Sleepy Eye
Hoversten. Allen R. . . . . . . . . Mini~eapolis Schmid, Lesley Kay
Braham
Hovland, Virginia Louise ...... St. Pazil
Schornstein, James Arthur ... St. Paul
Husby, Marvin Louis, J r . Menonlonie, Wis.
Schutz, Charles W. . . . . . . . . . . . Zrinabrota
St. P a u l
Schwantes. George W.
Jackson, Raul Anthony . . . Bro?ax, N.Y.
Sidney. David Theodore Grafton. N. Dak.
Jacobsen, David C.
Miianeapolis
Simonson. Fave L . Newinan Grove.. -Neb.
- Jacobson. Loren Varland Mason City, In.
Simpson, . ~ a i d r a A. ........... Spicer
Jenke, James Michael ...... Ozuatoitna
Spangenberg, Stanley Fred . . Fairmont
Johnson. A n n Louise ......... St. P a u l
Spiess, J a m e s Ronald ...... Minneapolis
Star, Deanne M. ............ Minneapolis
Steenson, Karen Henry . . . . . . Webster
Stordahl. Sharon Ann . . . . . . Madelia
l
Strom. William F. . . . . . . . . . St. P
- au
~.
Johnson, Roger Gerald . . . . . . Wayzatn
~11tld111h.
Mary Y\.onne
. Miilncopolis
Jorenby, Verlie Ann Block . . Minneapolis
Sucloli, S n t o r ~.~ . . . Tsil C i t ~ Japan
,
J u n g , Wei Hin Kelowna, B.C., Canada
swan so^^. Sharon ~ e e. . . . . . Goodridge
Szepanski, William . . . . . . . . . Ricl~field
Kalbcrg, Diane Carol . . . . . . Orloi~uillc
Kasberg, Lee Carolyn . . . . . . Minneapolis
Thompson, Dagmar V. Tacoma. Wash.
Kelly. J n r k William . . . . Plrlnier, nlicl~. Thomuson. Lana Marie
. . . . St. Paul
Kelsey, Robert Carleton . . . . . . St. Paril
~ h o m p s o h ; ~ a r i l y n ~ ~ i a n i e - Lldii
Klaman. Patricia J e a n ....... Minneanolis
Marinette, Wis.
Tjaden, Ann Marie
~ l a m m b r . Karen K a v ..... ~ u t c h ~ n s o l Todem.
~
Allen Krist ........ DeKalb, 111.
~ l e v o s .w
- ~ ~ i i~i ri. t h ; ~ r. ~1rh-eL ~ l l i a n Tonder, Paul Larry ........ Minneapolis
Kohout. Karen Lu Verne . . . Mtni~eapolis Torstenson, Dorthea A. Hake Alexandria
I<rogsrud. Karla 1,isbcth ... Mri~ncapolis
Kuehne, Richard E. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Vadis, J a m e s Roger ......... Minneapolis
Kyllonen. Donna J e a n ...... Minneapolis
Vesterso, Anne B. ... Egeland. N. Dak.
Kyvig. Margery L. ......... Starbtick
Waldner, Garrett Warren . . . . . . Hector
I.andeen, Richard Frank . . . S l i l l w u l e ~ ~ Walgren, Carla Rae ........ Minneapolis
I.angager, Bruce Allen ..... Mii~neupolrs Walgren, Michael William . . Minneapolis
..... Still~uater Wallin, Richard A. . . . . . . . . Minnenp,olis
Lynn
L ~ ~ n g n e s sGary
.
........
......
..........
...
.:.
W e s t p h a l , W a r r e n A. ...... Minneapolis
W h e e l e r . M a r k D. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
W o l d , Eunice M. . . . . . . S i o u x C i t y , l a .
..
Roseville
A n d e r s o n , A l f r e d E d w i n R u g b y , N. D a k .
Anderson. Daniel W . ...... Eaule B e n d
Anderson. G a r v V . . . . . . . .
Richfield
Anderson. ~ o y c eMarie ~ p ; . i n g L a k e Park
A s p l u n d , Lowell H . ......... Minneapolis
A u g s t . Bonita A n n ...... Montgonteru
A u s t i n , George Lionel ...... B r i d g e t o w n ,
B n ~ b n d o s ,Britisla W e s t Indies
Bacon, N a n c y L e e ............ W i n d o i n
B a u m , Donald F. ...... Z i o n G r o v e , Pa.
B e r g , A r v i d S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brainerd
Berg. E d y t h e E . . . . Czintberland. W i s .
B e r g , M a r y A n n Holland . . . Minnenpolis
B e r g h , Marie K . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
B e r g m a n , Eunice V . ...... M i n n e n ~ ~ o l i s
Blosberg, G a r y K . ... Col7~ntbinHeights
B o d i n , B e t t e Jane . . . . . . . . Riclafield
B r o d i n , Peter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dnssel
B u b o l t z . Larry G e n e . . Bnffrllo L a k e
B u r r i , Phyllis Darlene . . . Decorah, In.
Carter, Darryl G . . . . . . Coltlnl bin Heights
Chilgren, K e i t h V . ........ Minneapolis
Christopherson, A n i t a M. Elk M o u n d , W i s .
Cogelow, Mary A n n . . . . . . . . . Willntnr
C o l t v e t , Cordelia Elizabeth Estheruille. In.
Dahl, Gerald A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Dittbenner, S h a r o n J e a n .... S p e e p u E u e
Dooies, Douglas K e i t h . . . . . . Minneapolis
D y r u d , David L . . . . . . . S i l u e r t o n , O r e .
D y r u d , K e i t h P . ............ N e w f o l d e n
W o o l s o n , S h a r o n A n n . . . . . . . Hastings
Y u e , H e n r y K a - H e n . . . . . . . . .Hong K o n g
Z i e m a n n , K e n n e t h Charles
Welconle
...
Johnson, K i n n e y L e e . . . . . Minneapolis
-- J o h n s o n , Ronald Howard
Colz~nabia Heioltts
.Tohnson. Sylvia Marie . . . \ V ~ I I ( I I I I ~ ; I ~ O
K n m g , Kcndall A. . . . .
nlinnen~~ol~s
K e m h c s , Throdorc?
~;lcr,ts, ~ : r e ~ , c r
Kildal. S h a r o n N a n c y Christensen
P ~ n e Czl!j
K i n e s b u r v . Richard W i l l i a m Minneanolis
~ l a g ~ Neil
e , Owen ......... ~ i n n e a p o l i s
K l e m e n h a g e n , R o b e r t J . . . . . . . . Olivin
K l e v e n , Carol J e a n ......... Minneapolis
K r a n z . T h o m a s W . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul
K u n z e , S h a r o n Mae . . . . . . . . . S t . Pazll
K y l l o , S u s a n Lucille ......... Long L a k e
L ~ n c l r y . Leonard R c v a e G o l t l e ~ l Vnlleli
Langness. Carol J e a n W e l c h .
Da?uson
1.al.son. Marilyn J O A I I I I. . . B!/<'I's,Colo.
Larson, Merlin E . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hnnska
Larson, Paul E d w i n ......... Minneapolis
Larson. Ronald M. .............. Morn
L e w i s , ' ~ m l i nF r a n k , Jr. . . . . . L i n d s t r o m
L i n d b e r g , W a r r e n B . ........ Zim?ner?nan
Livingston, F r a n k H e n r y . . Minneapolis
L o f s t e d t , L i n d a E. . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul
L u o m a , J o h n K e n n e t h . . . . . . Minneapolis
L u t h a r d , Lois Elaine ......... H o f f m m a
Martinson, Gerhard . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Martinson. L e R o v J. . . . . . . . . . . . . Edina
Eberhart, T h o m a s V . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
E d i n , Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Staples
Mattson. Janice I . ........... Alexand?-ia
Eiler, J o h n E . . . . . . . . . Cn?anoia Falls
McDonald, S t a n l e y A l l e n . . . M t . L a k e
McIntyre, John A . . . . . . . . . . . . Owatonna
E k e r e n , Constance Margit T h i e f R i v e r Falls
Meyers. Daniel K . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Ellis, G a r y M. . . . . . . . . . . . . B l o o m i n g t o n
E l m e r . K a t h l e e n A n n . . . A r u..
~ i l e .W i s .
Miller, M a r y A n n ......... E d e n , S . D a k .
Miller, S a l l y S u e .......,
Minneapolis
Engebretson, B r u c e A l a n
Col?i?nbiri Heights
Morreim, Dennis C l i f f o r d . . . Manclaeqter
E n g e l , Dale L . ......... H o w a r d L a k e
Nelson, L a r r y Charles ... G o l d e n V a l l e y
E n s e r , Martha J a n e N e w R i c h m o n d , W i s .
Nesland, J e a n Marie Bergenfield, N.J.
Erickson. David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Par11
Ness. Marcia Ellen ......... H i n c k l e y
E r v i n .. V i r g-i n i a M . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Fehlandt, Wayne A, . . . . . . . . . Hop-kins
N e w h a m , Richard D.
Minneapolis
Scandia
Nielsen, Marilyn Doris
~
i
~ steven
l
~ ~~d~~~
~
~ ......
,
M~~~~~
Feig, Charles T h o m a s . . . . . . Minneapolis
Fieldhammer. Paul A l a n ... B l o o m i n g t o n
Minneapolis
N o b l e , T h e o d o r e G., Jr.
Flittie, William Tron . . . N e w Brighton
Fornell, Natalie Sheryll . . . B a r r o n , W i s .
Ohlson, K a r e n Marie ...... Minneapolis
Forslund, Margaret Christine . . C h a m p l i n
Olson, D w i g h t C . .......... S t . Paul
Francis, Donald R o b e r t . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul
Olson. G a r v K . . . . . . . . . . .C a n n o n Rails
Frederickson, K a t h r y n A . Poulsbo, W a s h .
0 l s o n : ~ t ~ t l i tMarian
h
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Fredine, G a y L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson. I.ylc G c n c . . . . . . . . Minnenr~olis
Freeberg, B r i a n M a r t i n . . L e w i s , W i s .
Onstad, Peter Charles ....... Minneapolis
Friberg, T e r r y l L . ........... Clarkfield
Oppegard, Dawn Joyce Johnson
W6nnonnnlin
Friederichs. H e l e n M . . . . . . Minneapolis
p"...
Fundingsland, R o b e r t Arnold ~ i n n e a p o l i s osmundson. l g i z a b e t h
.. ~
i
~
~
~
~ j u d li t h i
~ .~. ~ ,
l w i s , ~ O s t r o m~. ~ i t r i~c i a Louise
~
. . . . ,. . Ogilvie
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Gjerde. Mark Luthard
Richfield
O y e n , Hildur Marie
Poulsbo. W a s h .
G r i n d a l , Gracia Marie ...... Richfield
G u d m e s t a d , Julie Ann ...... Minneapolis
Patenaude, David L . . . . . . . . . . Lakeville
Paulson, Leslie N.. J r . R i v e r Falls. W i s .
G u n d e r s o n , David G l e n . . S t . P a z ~ lPark
G u s t a f s o n , Gail E t h e l y n . . . . . . . . D u l u t h
P a u t z , Roger Carl . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
G u s t a f s o n , Gerald L . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Pearson, Lois A n n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a n b y
Pedersen. Elizabeth Jane Chicago, 111.
P e r k i n s , ' ~ a m u e l. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior
Halvorson. J o A n n Margaret . . . Brainerd
Peterson, C a l v i n A. . . . . . . . . C l a r k f i e l d
H a m b e r g , G l e n n E . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Peterson. Joanne K a t h e r i n e Minneapolis
Hamilton. Lois L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo
Peterson, Lois J . . . . . . . . . . Decorah, l a .
H a m l i n , iferald B . . . . . . . . . B l o o m i n g t o n
Peterson, Mary Carolyn ... Minneapolis
Hanggi, Marlene L . . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul
Peterson, Philip L u t h e r . . . Minneapolis
Hansen, A n n e Marie M o n t e n Minneapolis
Petroskey. J o h n Ernest . . . . . Robbinsdale
Hanson, J o y c e A n n . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B e n s o n
Hanson. Philip Laurel . . . . . . Minneapolis
R a s m u s s e n , L i l a h Ann . . . . . . Minneapolis
H a r p , Lois Jane . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
R e u s s . G a r v D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H o f f m a n
Heere.
Gelene ... Buffalo Lake
-- .
-..
, Marearet
- - -H i n z , ~ o b e A ~ i d n e y l , : .. . . . ~ o i i t hH a v e n
~ e u i s ; G U ~ D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ o f f m q n
R e y n o l d s , J u d i t h A r l e n e . . . . . Minneapolzs
Hochsteller. N a n c y ...... A n t e r y , W i s .
R i d g e w a y . L e e A n n . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Holtan, George W . . . . . . . . . . . . D a w s o n
R o b a c k , I. Patricia S t e e n s o n Minneapolis
Hoseth. Donald M . . . . . . . . . T w o Harbors
N e w Prague
R o b i n s o n , K e n n e t h B r u c e . . . Minneapolis
H u b e r , Sandra L .
Robinson. Paul W a y n e ... C a n n o n Falls
H u s e b y , J a n e ................. P e n n o c k
R o s e , Richard C . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hustad, Ronald C . ........... Minneapolis
....
......
......
.....
.........."
.........
~
~
133
~
~
Sather, James Kent ........ Minneapolis
Savolainen, James William
Negaunee. Mich.
Scholla. Larrv Richard . . . . . . . . . Hector
Schoumaker, Linda Jeanne . ~ i n n e a p o l i s
Seburg, E. Cheryl Domeier Minnetonka
Shelstad, Jeffrey Milo . . . . . . Minneapolis
Sideen, Neil Charles ......... St. Paul
Simonson. Terry Arnold . . . Minneapolis
Skurdahl, Clayton 0. ......... Madison
Stephen, Linnea Marie . . . . . Minneapolis
Stiefel, Winslow Alan . . . St. Paul Park
Stone, Dale Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . Fridley
Minneapolis
Stone, Howard Walter
Strecker, Priscilla A. . . . . . . . . . . . Sedan
Strommen. Steven Terrance St. James
Svanoe, Miriam Kareen . . . . . . . . Edina
Swanson, Shirley Marie ... Red Wing
Swenson, David Adair . . . . . Minneapolis
......
Taeger, David Alan Elroy
Trout Creek. Micl~.
Tessman, William Richard . . Minneapolis
Thompson, Byron Thomas . . . Benson
Thompson, Charles R. . . . . . Northfield
Thompson, Judy Rae Ann . . Brainerd
Thyren, Gary W. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Tinseth, Karen D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cyrus
Tofte, Sharon Ann . . . . . . Wallace, S. Dak.
Tolzman, Virginia Joyce . . . Minneapolis
Torstenson, Carol Phyl . . . . . . Minneapolis
Torstenson, Robert J. . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Triden, Kathleen Ann ...... Minnetonka
Tyson, Robert W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Truman
Uden, Larry Arthur
Urban, Darrell B.
......... Minneapolis
......... Robbinsdale
Vagle, Virgil David . . . . . . . . Lake Bronson
Viken, Gary Arthur . . . . . . Minneapolis
Vincent, Thomas Lowell . . . . . Minneapolis
Volden, Kristina Mae
......
Viroqua, -Wis.
Wagner, Wanda . . . . . . . . . Dwight, Ill.
Walker. Mary Ann . . . Clear Lake. Ia.
Warren, David Bruce . . . New Brighton
Wehner, Catherine Ann . . . Bloomington
Wessman. Quentin Frederick. I1
Minneapolis
West, Lyndon W. . . . . . . . . . . . Clarkfield
Wiegers, Haven Fairmont Sauk Centre
Wiger. Loren D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cyrus
Wilson, Joy R. . . . . . . Clear Lake, Wis.
Wulkan, Paul D. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Zeller, Robert Mitchell
. . . . . . . . . St.
Paul
SUMMARY OF
GRADUATES
Graduates - 1870-1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3112
Graduates - 1964 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
Graduates - 1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3496
ENROLLMENT
SUMMARY
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1964-1965
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Men Wolmen Total Men Women Total
Class
Senior ...................
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman ................
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurs'e (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
121
140
151
278
40
0
0
0
0
87
208
121 261
161 312
244
522
-43
84
41
41
49
49
41
41
88
88
TO875 160%
108
128
155
263
34
0
0
0
0
688
85
193
115 243
153
308
235
498
28
62
,39
39
42
42
25
25
82
82
- 804 1492
TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR
Men
Class
Senior ............................. . 123
Junior ............................... 144
Sophom,ore .......................... 157
Freshman ............................ 285
Special .............................. 49
Fr. Nurse (D. H.) ....................
0
Fr. Nurse (F. H.) ..................... 0
Fr.Nurse(M.H.) ....................
0
Fr. Nurse (S. H.) .....................
0
Total ............................... 758
Women
Total
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1964-1965
Men Students ......................................
758
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1647
Deducting those clounted more than cmce .................
2
.
1645
-
AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 19651966
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Men Women Total Men Women Total
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore ..............
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr . Nurse (D H.) .........
Fr. Nurse (F. H.)
Fr . Nurse (M H.) .........
Fr . Nurse (S. H.) .........
Total ....................
.
..........
.
131
132
209
292
41
0
0
1
0
101
132
171
267
24
42
42
39
80
232
264
380
559
65
42
42
40
80
106
128
194
288
32
0
0
0
0
806
898 1704 748
89
195
126 254
169 363
259 547
26
58
42
42
36
36
35
35
78
78
860 1608
TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR
Men
Class
Senior ...............................132
Junior ...............................136
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Freshman ............................ 302
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Fr . Nurse (D H.) ..................... 0
Fr . Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Fr . Nurse (M. H.) ..................... 1
0
Fr . Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833
.
Women
Total
101
134
178
273
33
43
42
39
80
923
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1965-1966
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .833
.
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . ............................
923
.
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1756
135
INDEX
Academic Administration
Accounts. Payment of
Accreditation
. . .
Administration . . . .
Admission . . . . . . . .
Advanced Placement .
Advanced Standing . . . .
Affiliation
. . . . . .
Aims and Objectives
.
Archives, The .
Art. Department of . .
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance. Chapel . . . . .
Attendance. Class . . . . .
Awards . . . . . . . . .
.
Biology. Department of . . 51. 100
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . 12
Board of Regents .
.
. 118
Bookstore . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . 9
Business Administration . 53. 101
. . . 55. 101
Business Education
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . 44
Chapel Service. The
. . . 26
. . . . . . . . . . 57. 102
Chemistry
Classical Languages . . . . 5 9
Classification of Students
. 44
30
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coaching Endorsement
68
Co-curricular Program . . . . 29
Committees of the Faculty . 120
Comprehensive Examinations . 46
43
Conditions . . . . . . . . .
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Corrective Therapy . . .
97
Costs
. . . . . . . . . . 12
Counseling . . . . . . . . . 36
. . . . . . 48
Courses of Study
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . 99
Art
. . .
. . .
99
Biology . . . . . . . . 100
Business Administration . . 101
Business Education
. . . . 101
Chemistry . . . . . . . 102
Dentistry
. . 102
Economics . . . .
. 102
103
Elementary Education .
Engineering
.
.
104
English
,105
French . . . . . . . . . . 105
General Liberal Arts
.
99
105
German . . . .
Greek . . . . .
. . . 106
106
Health and Physical Ed.
High School Teaching . . . . 103
History . . . . . . .
.
.
108
Mathematics
1 0 8
109
Medical Technology . .
Medicine . . . . . . . . . 109
Ministry . . . . . . . 114
Music . . . . .
. . . . . 110
..
11 1
Natural Science
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . 111
. . . . . . . . . . 112
Physics
.
112
Political Science
Psychology
. . . . 112
....
. . . . 113
Religion
Scandinavian
. . . . 113
. . . 113
Secretarial Work
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . 114
. . 115
Social Science . .
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . 115
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . 102
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
43
Distinction. Degree with . .
. . 48
Divisional Organization
.
. 30. 96
Dramatics .
54. 102
Economics . . . . .
Education. Department of . . 61
Education. Elementary
. 61. 103
Education. Secondary . . 62. 103
42
Electives . . . . . .
. . 34
Eligibility Requirements
Employment
. . .
22
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course .
. . . . . 104
English. Department of . . 63. 105
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Entrance Requirements
23
. .
46
Examinations .
..
. .
12
Expenses
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . 14
Financial Information . . . . . . 12
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73. 105
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . .
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . .
German . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grade Values . . . . . . . . .
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates (1870-1 965).
Summary of . . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements
Grants-in-aid . . . . . . . . . . .
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Numbering of Courses . . . . . 48
Nursing. Affiliation with
. - 9 6
Schools of . . . .
Objectives and Aims . . . . .
Organizations. Student . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
Health and Physical Ed . 67. 106
Health Service . . . . . 37
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . 103
. . . .
7
Historical Sketch
History . . . . . . . . . . . . 70. 108
Honors . . . . . . . .34. 43. 97
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . 96
37
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the . . 48
. . .
.
.
43
Incompletes
Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose
and Philosophy of . . . 32
Journalism
Junior Year Abroad
,
.
.
65
97
Laboratories. Natural Science 11
60
Latin . . . . .
Liberal Arts Curriculum
99
. . . . . . . . 10
Library
..
63
Library Science . . .
.
. . .
14
Loan Funds
Location
. . . . . . . . . 2, 3
Majors . . . .
. .
Mathematics . . . . .
Medical Technology
Medicine. Pre-Medic
Membership in Educational
2
Associations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ministry, Preparation for the 114
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Modern Languages,
Department of . . . . . . . . . 73
Music, Department of . . . 78, 110
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Musical Organizations . . . 31, 81
. . . . . . 42
. . . 72. 108
. . 96. 109
Courses 109
8
30
36
Payment of Accounts . . . . . 13
36
Personnel Services. Student .
Philosophy. Department of 82. 111
. 32. 67
Physical Education
Physics. Department of . . 83. 112
Placement Service for
.
. . . 39
Graduates
9
Plant. The Physical . . . .
Political Science . . . . 86. 112
Pre-Seminary Curriculum
. 114
Probation . . . . . . . . . . 45
Psychology.
Department of
. . 88. 112
Publications . .
. . . . . 29
,
Records
Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . 26.
Refunds
.
....
Regents. Board of
..
Registration . . . .
Registration. Change of . . .
Religion. Department of . 89.
Religious Program
Repeating Courses .
.
Requirements. Graduation
Room Costs
37
32
13
118
4 3
44
113
27
43
41
12
Scandinavian Studies
76. 113
. . . . . . . . . 16
Scholarships
Secretarial Courses
56. 113
137
Social and Recreational
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Activities
Social Sciences. Division of the 49
Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Sociology. Department of 92. 115
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77. 105
Special Programs of Study . . 96
Speech. Department of . . 94. 116
Student Activities.
Coordination of . . . . . . . . 39
Student Government . . . . . . . . 28
Student Personnel Services .
36
Suspension of Students . 26. 45
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Teacher's Certificate . . . . 61. 103
Transfer and Advanced
Standing . . . . . . . . .
24
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . 12
University Courses . . . . . . . . .
Upper Division Requirements .
46
41
American Studies
Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program
An Interdepartmental Major Program
The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the student's understanding of American culture, past and present, in breadth as well as some
depth. The major is interdepartmental, built primarily upon American area
courses now offered in various departments.,
The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies
in law and the ministry, for the M. A. in library science and the M. A. T. in
secondary school teaching. The major would also provide a good background
for careers in the U. S. Government, particularly civil service positions
and the foreign service.
MAJOR:
56 credits, minimum
Requirements for the major include a core of founaation cou se (29 cr8 .);
a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and
American Studies 99 (5 crs.); and American Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar
Be
of concentrated study.
m
e
The required core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English,
History, Political Science and Religion, aim to give the student a broad
foundation of subject matter in major areas of American culture, past and
preserit, and introduce him to tile methodologies of various disciplines.
English 35: Major .American Writers (5crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12
History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1 or 2 or 3
Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of Amer* lkm. (5 cre.)
Political Science 21: American Gov't 11, American National Gov't (5 crs.)
Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21
In his program of elective courses, to be talcen in a minimum of three
departments, the student would attempt to achieve a measure of integrated
study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent
Study would attempt to accomplish this.
Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.)
English 32: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 35
History 55: Twentieth Century United States (4 crs.)
History 56: History of U. S. Foreign Policy (4 crs.)
Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, Politics and the Fed. System (5 crs.)
Prereq. Political Science 20-21
Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq. Pol. Sci. 20-21
Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (4 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21
Psyc. 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) with permission of instructor.
Religion (Sociology) 55: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21
Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11
Sociology 43: The Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11
Refer to course listings under the various departments for full descriptions of
the above elective courses in the program.
(over)
p?
139
American Studies .courses required:
I
95 Seminar
.#
,"
4 crs.
1 - 3 1
Focuses ob a,limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture.
Use of primary source materials from various dieciplines. Practice in the
integrated use of these materials for an understanding of the topic in
depth. To be taken in the senior year.
.,... .
"I
*A
5 crs*, ,I-.
99 Independent Study
.,
Major themes or topics cutting across course,s;elected in the program are
chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing of several
papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the senior year.
Sample Curriculum in American St1
Term
I1
Freshman year
a
I11
Sophomore year
.
: 5
e : u b , I ,I
Religion 11
- I Religion 21
.I:
!
n.
.
.
.
!
.
4
Englfsh 11-12
-.
Foreign Lang.
History 1,or 2 or 3 4 '
i!.&1FlNat. Sci. or Math.
Sociology 11
4
Phil. 21
Foreign Lang.
5
5
Eng. 35
History 21-22
5
5
Pol. Sci. 20-21
Phys. Act.
1
1/3 - 113
Total
13 113 15 113 14 113 Total
I
Term
I1
5
- . , , p +
,
'I
Junior year,
Economics : .22'.
Speech or Lit .,
(exc. Eng. '87)
Art I or Music 30 I'
Hist. 55
Psych. 81
SOC. 42
soc. 43
Religion 6 3 . .
Phil. 65
Electives
(non-maj
Total
.:
..
Senior year
,
'
*
*
*
*
*
4
4
4
4
or)
, A .
16
*~lectiv~s
in: the major
* Religion 59
* pol.-sci. 70
* Hist. 56
* Educ. 87
* Educ. 82
* Pol. sci; 22
:,
Amer. Studies 95
h e r . Studio8099
Electives . .
(ndn-major)
Total
'b
I11
4
5-6
4
4
5
NEW COURSES OFFERED I N 1967-68
A r t 40
Speech 40
-- IIntroduction
n t r o d u c t i o n t o Cinema A r t s
t o Cinema A r t s
Winter Term
Winter Term
Analysis and c r i t i c i s m of s i g n i f i c a n t . f i l m s ; emphasis on
t h e r o l e of f i l m i n s o c i e t y and on a p p r e c i a t i o n of film a s an
art form
.
Math.
61 -
Linear Algebra
F a l l Term
A course intended t o a i d i n making t h e t r a n s i t i o n from t h e
concrete t o t h e a b s t r a c t . Such, t o p i c s as elementary matrix
a l g e b r a and i t s a p p l i c a t i o n t o t h e physical and s o c i a l sciences;
l i n e a r equations; v e c t o r spaces and l i n e a r transformations;
u n i t a r y and orthogonal transformations; t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
equation of a matrix and b i l i n e a r , quadratic, and Hermitian
f o r m a r e presented. /&ereq. : 43, ~
3
1
1
7
-
Computer
F a l l , Winter
Science 45- I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Computer Science
Theory of modern d i g i t a l computers. Terms as algorithms,
flow c h a r t s , s t o r a g e , c o n t r o l , input-output u n i t s , and
simulation a r e defined. Includes a survey of computer a p p l i c a t i o n s .
A p a r t i c u l a r computer language i s presented and used t o solve a
v a r i e t y of problems. /&ereq. : Math. 42, F a l l term; None, Winter.
F a l l , Winter 7
Fall. term, tcis course i s intended f o r those who have had Math. 42.
Winter term, t h i s course i s open t o a l l students.
P h i i . zr
- Introductions
t o Ethics
Desfgned p r i m a r i l y f o r non-majors
P h i l . 51
- Symbolic Logic
Spring Term
d e s i r i n g a second course
i n philosophy. Approaches e t h i c s through a consideration of
movements, such as r e l a t i v i s m , naturalism, e t c . ; o r problems,
such a s t h e nature of t h e good, conscience, e t c . ; o r important
f i g u r e s , such as P l a t o , Kant, Hume, e t c .
P r e r e q u i s i t : Phil.. 21
Winter Term
T r e a t s deduction and t h e a n a l y s i s of statements by m a n s of
s p e c i a l symbolc. Topics include t h e method of induction,
p r o p o s i t i o n a l f u n c t i o n s and q u a n t i f i e r s , t h e l o g i c of r e l a t i o n s ,
t h e concept of a n axiom system. Prereq. 23 o r # Winter
.
P h i l . 65
- American
Philosophy
F a l l Term
American thought from c o l o n i a l times t o t h e present:
Puritanism, t h e Revolutionary period, transcendentalism,
idealism, pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. n e r e q . 21. F a l l .
Pol. S c i . 42
-
Communist Foreign P o l i c i e s
Spring
Analysis of t h e motivation. formulation, and implementation
of f,oreign p o l i c i e s of Communist n a t i o n s , w i t h emphasis upon
t h e Soviet Union and China. Prereq. : 51 o r 60.
141
.
5
la"
- Developmental. Psychology:
Psych. 52
-
_
:: m
d
Psych. 51
Psych. 53
. .
Ch'i.ld
F a l l Term
DBvelopment ,of p r s . o n a l i t y :and/or .behavior of children,
with emphasis on t h e o r e t i c a l consideratians and empirical
findings regarding s o c i a l i z a t i o n , cognition, family r e l a t i o n s h i p s ,
and general psychological development. LFrerequisite : Psych. 5
and c o n c u r r e n t , r e g i s t r a t i o ni n o r completion of s t a t i s t i c d
I3evelopmental Psychology: Adolescent
Winter Term
Development of personality and/or behavior p a t t e r n s of
adolesce.nts, with, emphasis on theory and .empirical f i n d i n g s
regardi'ng physical and sexual deveLopment, paren%-child
relationships, i d e n t i t s i and t h e peer group, cognitive
development and achievement, and s o c i a l c l a s s d i f f e r e n c e s .
L g e r e q u i s i t e : Sane as above7
-
- Developmental
Psychology: Adult
Spring Term
Development of :personality and/or behavior p a t t e r n s of
a;dults, with s p e c i a l emphasis on young a d u l t s . Some theory
and empirical findings regarding personality, values, i n t e r e s t s
and vobational choice, s e x u a l i t y , adjustment and behavior
change. Adult Psychology w i l l close with a b r i e f discussion
of findings i n g e r i a t r i z psychology. @erequisite : same as
ab o v d
I
.
.
143
145
147
149
151
153
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89
'
I
-;
__.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<"
-<..�-(
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
--GVLLiCii
AUGSBURG
-.-
PROFILE
AFFILIATION
Augsburg Coll... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89
'
I
-;
__.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<"
-<..�-(
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
--GVLLiCii
AUGSBURG
-.-
PROFILE
AFFILIATION
Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated
with
The
American
Lutheran Church. The College
offers a broad education in a
Christian environment.
parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further
study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for
graduate study in various fields.
LOCATION
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National
Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education, the
American Chemical Society, and
the American Association of
University Women.
Augsburg College is located
along Interstate Highway NO.
94, just 20 blocks from the
downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and
art collections. They also have
the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and
other cultural activities in the
Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
MEMBERSHIPS
SETTING
Augsburg College holds membership also in the American
Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the
National Lutheran Educational
Conference, the Association of
Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and
the Association of Protestant
Colleges and Universities.
The twelve-block Augsburg
campus is located in the heart
of Minneapolis and is adjacent
to the University of Minnesota
West Bank campus and two of
the city's largest hospitals. In
this urban setting, Augsburg
students prepare for careers in
our increasingly urban society.
A friendly atmosphere prevails
on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases
of campus community life under
the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty.
ACCREDITATION
COURSES OF STUDY
Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts
degree offered in 29 major fields
of study. Students are prepared
for teaching, business administration, social work, medical
technology, secretarial work,
DEVELOPMENT
A comprehensive development
program is in operation which
will, over the years, add additional land and buildings t o the
Augsburg College campus.
THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS
Augsburg College is located
near the Minneapolis loop and
the University of Minnesota.
The Administrative offices are
in science ~ ~ at1the1 corner of
7th Street and 21st Avenue
South.
Prospective students and 0ther interested persons are cor-
dially invited to visit the
campus. Visiting hours are
9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through
Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call
in advance is recommended.
Write to the Office of Admissi,ons, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or
telephone 332-5181.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
AUGUST 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
S
1
8
15
22
29
SEPTEMBER 1968
M T W T F S
2 3 4 5 6 7
91011121314
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
30
OtTOBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9101112
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
S
1
8
15
22
29
DECEMBER 1968
M T W T F S
2 3 4 5 6 7
91011121314
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
30 31
JANUARY 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28
MARCH 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
APRIL 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9101112
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
MAY 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SUMMER SESSION 1968
June 24
July 4
Aug. 2
...........(Mon.) ............ Final registration and
beginning of classes
............(Thurs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday
............
(Fri.)
................. Final
examinations
ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-69
FALL TERM
Sept.
Sept.
Sept.
Nov.
Nov.
Nov.
5-9 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week
9, 10 . . . . . . . . . (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration
11 .......... (Wed.) ...................... Classes begin
19 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes
20-26 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
27-Dec. 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) .......... Thanksgiving recess
WINTER TERM
Dec. 3 ............. (Tues.) ...................... Registration
Dec. 4 ............. (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin
(Fri.) ............. Christmas recess begins
Dec. 20, 9:00 p.m.
(Mon.) .................... Classes resume
Jan. 6, 7:45 a.m.
Feb. 25 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
Feb. 26-March 4 ... (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
March 5-10 ....... (Wed.-Mon.) ................ Term break
...
...
SPRING TERM
March 10 .......... (Mon.) ...................... Registration
March 11 .......... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
April 2, 9:00 p.m. .. (Wed.) ............... Easter recess begins
April 8, 7:45 a.m.
(Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
May 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
May 26-30 ......... (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
June 1 . . . . . . . . . . . .(Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement
...
-
'
;:,,
ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1969-1970
AUGUST 1969
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
,
S
2
9
16
23
30
SEPTEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
OCTOBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
DECEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
MARCH 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
APRIL 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
MAY 1970
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
31
JANUARY 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1969
. . . . . . . . . . . . Final registration and
beginning of classes
July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday
July 18 ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
June 9
. . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.)
July 21
Aug. 8
............ (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
. . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1969
ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-70
FALL TERM
Sept. 4-8 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) . . . Freshman Welcome Week
Sept. 8, 9 ......... (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration
Sept. 10 ........... (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
Nov. 18 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes
Nov. 19-25 . . . . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
Nov. 26-Dec. 2 . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Thanksgiving recess
WINTER TERM
Dec. 2 ............. (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration
Dec. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin
Dec. 19, 9:00 p.m. .. (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins
Jan. 5, 7:45 a.m. ... (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
Feb. 24 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
Feb. 25-March 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
March 4-9 ......... (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break
SPRING TERM
March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration
March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
March 25, 9:00 p.m. . (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter recess begins
March 31, 7:45 a.m. . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
May 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
May 25-29 . . . . . . . . (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
May 31 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement
S
2
9
16
23
30
A I M S A N D OBJECTIVES
Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The
American Lutheran Church. The
faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the
following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this
institution.
ULTIMATE AlMS
TO contribute to the true good
of human life and society.
To contribute t o the building
of free and living congregations
in the community of the Christian Church.
BASIC PHILOSOPHY
The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of
God in Christ constitutes the
greatest potential for good in
human life and society; but this
potential is realized only insofar
as it is actualized in the minds
and hearts of individuals.
The redemption of the mind
constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the ChrGtian
Church; in seeking to relate all
learning to the truth of the
Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to
society.
Where there is an atmosphere
of free and honest inquiry, truth
has the overwhelming advantage;
the Christian college, therefore,
pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by
inviting teachers and students
to join in a common search for
truth and in a common attempt
to see all truth in relation to
ultimate s ruth.
PRIMARY OBJECTIVES
To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can
reap the maximum benefit from
a program of Christian higher
education.
To provide a campus setting
that is conducive to the spiritual,
mental, moral and physical wellbeing of its students.
To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist
them to develop the habits and
skills necessary for sound academic work.
To acquaint its students with
the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both
for the sake of the enrichment
of their own lives and, through
them, for the enrichment of their
homes and communities.
To confront its students with
the problems and benefits of
living and serving in an increasingly urban culture.
To lead its students to a deeper understanding and. experience
of the Christian Gospel in its
relation to every area of life
and learning.
To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their
peculiar aptitudes and interests,
and to provide training and
counsel that ,will assist them
in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto.
To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes
and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each
GENERAL
INFORMATION
student to look upon his life
as a Christian vocation, and an
opportunity for service t o God
and man.
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that
high level of excellence which
is appropriate to such a community.
Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an
institution founded by Lutheran
immigrants from Norway who
sought t,o play a creative role
in American life and society,
and seeks t o preserve the enduring values of this heritage
in the life of the college community today.
As a metropolitan college,
Augsburg attempts to relate its
faculty and. students to an urban
culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing
metropolitan
community
in
which it is located.
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are
conveniently located in relation
to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 194%
49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped
laboratories for chemistry, phys-
ics, and biology; a medium-sized
auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The
Lisa Odland Observatory, on the
roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library,
named in honor of Augsburg's
fourth president, was erected
and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent
to Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work
rooms, a visual-education center,
the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty
offices. There is stack space for
approximately 100,000 volumes.
Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J. S.
Melby, dean of men from 1920
to 1942, basketball coach and
head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and
general auditorium purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966,
provides a rehearsal hall for the
Concert Band and Repertoire
Band as well as rehearsal and
instruction rooms for instrumentalists.
The Music Hall was acquired
by purchase in 1947 and has
been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal
rooms together with a rehearsal
room for large groups.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely
-..,+-,:
functional building for dramatic
and other speech activities.
The Augsburg College Center,
completed in 1967, is a center
of non-academic activity on
campus. The building houses the
Commons, which is the name for
the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee
shop. Student government and
student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational
areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000
square feet of space.
Urness Tower Residence for
Women, completed in 1967, is
an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was
named in honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Andrew Urness who have given
several generous gifts to the
college. A unique feature of the
building is that each floor is
considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed
two to a room, with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
The second floor level with
main lounge, also provides an
apartment for the head resident.
There is an observation lounge
a t the top of the structure.
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial
Hall, erected in 1938, was
named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The
building houses about 65 men
students and provides for some
faculty and administration offices in one wing.
Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall in-
corporates a building donated
to the college in 1939 from the
late Dr. Iver Sivertsen and Mrs.
Sivertsen, and a larger addition
erected in 1955 and named in
honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen.
dean of women a t Augsburg
from 1923 to 1964. The building
provides housing for about 144
men students as well as apartments for the resident head.
The Studio Building, dedicated
in 1964, houses the Department
of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment
building purchased in 1966
shortly after it was constructed.
The building houses 38 women
students and an apartment for
the head resident.
Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the
expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men
or women students, married students and for faculty and staff
members.
The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is
located on the West River Road.
THE ARCHIVES
-
The Augsburg Archives seeks
to gather and make available
for use documents, books, and
other articles of historical value.
The George Sverdrup Library
provides adequate, fire-proof
quarters for the archives. Here
are found a large collection of
periodicals, manuscripts, letters
i n d pictures, affording extensive
resources for scholarly research.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
-
The beautiful and spacious
George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop
for both faculty and students.
It contains about 70,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets,
and is adding approximately
7,000 new volumes each year.
Students and faculty working in
either of the two large reading
rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand.
All books are kept on open
shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to
students.
Special collections have been
developed in the Music Library,
the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual
Center. In 1966, the AmericanScandinavian Foundation presented its collection of Scandinavian music to the College. Additional conveniences
include conference rooms for
larger groups or small classes. A
typing corner is provided in the
first-floor reading room.
The library subscribes to
nearly 600 of the best periodi-
cals dealing with a large variety
of subjects, as well as a number
of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Curregt
issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area.
The library plays an active
role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly
book discussions for faculty,
staff, and students.
In the Twin City area are
other libraries which make their
holdings available to Augsburg
students, notably, the St. Paul
and Minneapolis public libraries,
the latter of which issues library
cards to out-of-town students
for each school year.
NATURAL SCIENCE
LABORATORIES
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall. Four laboratories
and storeroom and office space
for biology are located on the
second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research
laboratories for chemistry and
two laboratories for physics are
located on the third and fourth
floors. A chemistry library is
located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here.
FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
1968-69
COMPREHENSIVE FEE
Includes tuition, board and room and College Center
fees as described below.
(per year)
$- 2,270.00
-
- -
TUITION
-
New freshmen entering September, 1968
(per year) $ 1,400.00
This rate is guaranteed for four consecutive years.
In case of time lost due to illness or accident, the rate,
upon application and approval, may be extended for a
fifth year.
Transfer students and returning students not on a prior
year-guaranteed plan.
(per year) $ 1,300.00
Part-time students (carrying less than 12 credits per
term)
(per credit hour) $ -3880
Fee for auditing is one-half the fee for credit.
BOARD AND ROOM
Residence Halls
Honor Houses (upper-class students only)
The board plan provides 21 meals per week.
(per year)
(per year)
$ _ 840.00
$ 795.00
OTHER REQUIRED FEES
College Center Fee
(per year)
Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis.
Application Fee
Required of all new students, non-refundable.
Initial Payment-New Students
Required of students whose application for admission
has been accepted; to be paid by May 1, 1968. The payment is applied to the tuition fee, but is not transferable
or refundable.
Room Reservation Deposit-Returning
Students
Required by July 1, 1968, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, 1968.
Breakage Deposit
Required of all resident students. Refundable upon
graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College.
SPECIAL FEES
Change in registration after classes begin (per cancel
or add)
r
Late registration after classes begin
(per day)
Placement re-registration (for alumni)
Graduation fee
Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy
Arrangements for special examinations are made in
Registrar's office, with charges according to schedule
on file.
$
30.00
$
10.00
$
100.00
$
25.00
$
20.00
$
$
$
$
$
2.00
2.00
5.00
15.00
1.00
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
Computer Science
Student Teaching
Improvement of Reading
Music Lessons (10 per term)
Practice Studio Rental
Organ (one hour per day)
Piano or Voice (one hour per day)
OTHER COSTS
Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore.
Estimated costs
(per year) $
Linen service, required in residence halls
(per year) $
Personal expenses for clothing, entertainment and transportation vary from student to student. In planning a
yearly budget, a student should add
(per year) $
$
SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNT
A statement of charges for the year will be prepared
and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due a t the
beginning of each term except that for the fall term
payments will be due on or before August 20, so that
all necessary processing of financial arrangements can
be completed in time to clear the student for registration.
- In some cases, more frequent and smaller payments may
be--necessa~
or desirable. Information on this mode of
payment will be forwarded with the statement of
charges in August. Students using this service will pay
a carrying charge.
%.
REFUNDS
If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds
of term fees, tuition and room charges are allowed as
follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during
the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%;
during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week,
40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. Refunds
for board are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to cancel his registration because
of accident or illness during the first five weeks of
the term, the charge is one-half of the rate indicated
above, except that board is refunded on a proportionate
basis. Students required to enter military service will
receive a full refund of fees and a proportionate refund
on board and room charges.
100.00
27.00
300.00
to
400.00
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aid in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment is available a t Augsburg College.
Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of
the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe t o the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a
student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the
college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for
financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance
are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement
(PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form
may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship
Service, Box 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students
are required to submit a Parents' Confidential Statement-Renewal
form each year.
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is maintained chiefly by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of
maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special
consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic
background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year,
September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period.
United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made
by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A
grant to the college by the Gamble-Skogmo Foundation provided
the funds to establish the initial reserves required. The United
Student Aid Fund Incorporation also handles the Federal Insured
Loan program.
Arrangements for all types of loans are made through a conference
with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels
students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
SCHOLARSHIPS
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN
Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students with outstanding
high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test
of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in honors course work. These awards range in
amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years
for students with a grade point average o~f 3.0 (B average). TO
qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the
upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined
score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities,
and character.
Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong
potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards
range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for
four years for students with a grade point average of 2.50.
Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their
high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic
Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships.
Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year
by the Department of Chemistry to students strongly interested in
chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000
to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry
Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special
chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational objective.
Summer Research Awards are also available to students in chemistry. This award provides a stipend of $600 for each student
to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department.
Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial
need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted to Augsburg College but do not qualify
for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award'. These awards range in amount from $100 to $600 and
may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0
(C average).
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN
Departmental Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded each
year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of
their ma)or department. These scholarships are renewable if the
student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better.
Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes for use the
following academic year. The scholarship fund., which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of
previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of
financial need.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Schdarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scholarship.
The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship
is awarded annually to a student studying choral music.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was
established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through
a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt
who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958.
One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or
students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry.
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the
Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students.
The M. J. Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and
Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis to provide an annual scholarship
for some worthy student of the College, such student to be selected
upon the recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of the
College.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be
awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition.
The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established
in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships
each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the
field of business.
The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr.
and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded
annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a
proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest
or potential in conducting and show promise of overall academic
success.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the
basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in
the field of athletics.
International Milling Company Scholarships are funded by contributions made by the International Milling Company to the Minnesota Private College Fund. These scholarships of variable amounts
are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded
to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship
and economic need.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957
through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It
is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the
amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and
interest in Christian service.
1
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956
by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship
is awarded annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promise of achievement in the field
of physical education.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided
by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are
selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis
of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in
1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance
Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded
annually to able and deserving upper-class students who are policy
holders.
David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance
during the term in which they are doing student teaching.
The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs.
James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to
an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in
the Christian ministry.
--
in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded
annually to a sophomore or junior student d outstanding promise
in the field of music.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph
Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subject in the field of Christian sociology. The
amount of the prize is $50.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded
annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be
unable to pursue higher education.
The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in
1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established
in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940
to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to seIected
students preparing for Christian senrice.
I
The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social
injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American
Negro student.
Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division
of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of
$300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to
students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or
seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work
courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of smial
work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests,
aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from
1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955
by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Donran.
It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major
or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in
the art of singing.
The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and
I .
I
I
deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award
of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in
the field of English.
Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually to outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of
Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer
Foundation, Inc., of Stillwater, Minnesota.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962
by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward
Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undesignated memorial gifts are
placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts
is used to provide scholarships d varying amounts. The scholarship committee selects students who are able and deserving.
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown
Prince Harald of Norway to the Augsburg campus in October,
1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for
a student from Norway who wishes t o study at Augsburg. The
recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway
set up for this purpose.
The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor
the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry
a t Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a
student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
-
3
The Carl Fwse Memorial -h~
'p was established i
1960 by the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl
Fosse, professor of chemistry a t Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The
annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates
promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship
established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department
of Chemistry to honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry a t Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The
annual award is made to a student whose academic background
indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
I
3
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship
was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made
annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise
in the field of chemistrv.
The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in
1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of bi'ochemistry
at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960
to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student omf chemistry a t Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The
annual award ia made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship w a s
established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose
academic background indicates promising achievement in the field
of chemistry.
I
GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order
to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of
projects of graduate study.
George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
STUDENT
EMPLOYMENT
An employment
assists students
the school year,
and off-campus
II
service, located in the Student Personnel Office,
in obtaining part-time remunerative work during
Christmas vacation, and summer. Both on-campus
jobs are available.
I
ADMISSION
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Applications for admission are provided by and submitted to the
Office of Admissions, Applications may be obtained by visiting,
writing, or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are
received between September and January of the students' senior
year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1, the class may be filled well
in advance of this date.
An early decision plan is available for highly-qualified applicants
who apply before December 1. These applicants are notified concerning admission on the basis of grades through the junior year
and college aptitude test scores. Students applying after December 1 will generally not be notified concerning admission until after
the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores have been received by the
college. A $100 tuition deposit is due before May 1, with earlier
payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing.
Students admitted after May 1 are required to make the $100 tuition deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance. The
tuition deposit is not refundable but applies to the cost of tuition.
An interview on campus is encouraged.
Instructions for applying for admission:
1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee
(non-refundable) and a photograph to:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
2. Request your counselor or principal to send us a transcript
of your high school record and all test results. Transfer
students will request the previous college or colleges to
send an official transcript of grades together with results
of standardized tests taken.
3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance
Examination Board is required for admission. The test should
be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year.
See your counselor or principal about registering for the
SAT or write to College Entrance Examination Board, c/o
Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required to take the SAT.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The quality of a student's work in high scho'ol, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular pal-ticipation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an
application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who
rank high in their high school graduating class, a t least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board.
It is recommended that a student have a least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include
four units of English, and a t least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined
a s a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least
120 hours of classwork.
A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be
provided with blanks early in the summer to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health
report must be received before the student will be permitted to register.
TRANSFER
Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory
and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. A
maximum of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior
college. The college reserves the right not to grant credit for
courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The
grade point average for graduation is based on work taken a t
Augsburg.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the
basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed.
ADVANCED STANDING
Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted t o high school
students who have successfully completed a college-level course
provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
CAMPUS
q-
There are many influences which mould life and character in college. While the exercises d classroom, laboratory, and library
form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very
real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
climate of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed
upon the maintenance of a whoiesome spirit of ~hristianc&rnunity living.
:,!,
I.
!<i
THE CHAPEL SERVICE
At the center of Augsburg's program is the daily chapel service,
where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer,
and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance
is expected of all students and faculty.
COMMISSION OF
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES
The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and
faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student, who is also a member of the Student Council.
Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life
can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see
its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and
the stimulation of faith through discussion and service.
RECREATION STANDARDS
AND DISCIPLINE
At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmatives about human nature and man's relation to God.
As a Christian liberal arts college, Augsburg takes these relationships seriously and therefore seeks to educate the whole man.
It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish
programs and policies that contribute to this end.
.
''?
"'
,
!>
-
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a
Christian college, and students who do not feel drawn to this
quality of life should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg.
Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the
college reserves the right to ask its students to adapt themselves
to the social and recreational program approved by the college.
It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation
in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic
reasons.
It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only
after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial
processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first
d,
..
'!D
.
:lf:
,*
-
dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are
channeled to a student-faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and
the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action.
In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some
limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is
opposed to all forms of gambling. The college does not allow
the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in residence
halls, in any college-approved place of residence or a t any collegesponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or
consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21
years of age.
CONVOCATION
Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These
programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered,
including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
SOCIAL, CULTURAL
AND RECREATIONAL
PROGRAM
In attempting to meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many
of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity
outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, and cultural activities. The activities program is designed to complement
the classroom experience and to enhance the student's college experience.
Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the
center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social
activities include parties, teas, picnics, films, banquets, dances,
talent shows and special dinners and big-name entertainment.
Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas
Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance.
Many students take part in the social society system a t Augsburg
by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are
small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass
students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students,
as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the InterSociety Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council.
The recreation program has activities for both participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical
Education Department features touch football and basketball. On
campus such recreational facilities as pool tables, ping-pong, and
bicycles are available in addition to the facilities in Melby Hall.
Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming a t Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay
on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and
boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate
athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is
arranged for those wanting to attend.
The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, music listening facilities, small recitals, concerts, drama
readings and films. Art works are also exhibited in the Studio and
the Scholarshop. Augsburgians also enjoy the annual choir, orchestra, and band concerts in Melby Hall. The college also features
a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free to on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card.
Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program
Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are
Social, Recreation, Fine Arts, Forum and Lecture, Hospitality, and
Promotion.
METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art
collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts,
the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin
Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other
concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, the Firehouse Theater,
and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic
and musical presentations.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University and Tyrone
Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball
and Viking football games a t Metropolitan Stadium.
The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students
enrolled a t Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education
to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities
through intellectual growth. The student government relates to
this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering
student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and
participating in policy making.
STUDENT
GOVERNMENT
The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in
the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible
to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight
boards also assist him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the
twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the
college classes has its own officers and participates in student
government through its representatives on the council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are
subject to appeal only to the President of the College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration
and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation
adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as
a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the
students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also
have representation on college committees such as the President's
Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees
The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the
United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the
voice of all American students before the national government and
other organizations in matters of student concern.
The Student Government directs several projects of interest to
the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Development
Council, Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with
neighboring institutions of higher education.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship,
to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity
in personal conduct, and to encourage participation in all college
activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and
programs of their respective areas.
The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well
as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work.
PUBLICATIONS
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in
photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business
managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief
responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business
managers for the campus publications.
The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is
published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations.
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs.
Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom.
Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum.
All these organizations are cu-ordinated through the Student Organizations Commission of the Augsburg Student Society. This
Commission acts to evaluate club activities, to approve annual
schedules, and to represent clubs at Student Council and Executive
Council meetings.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors
in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics
in this specific area.
The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an
organization especially for students in the elementary education
program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in
the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education.
CO-CURRICULAR
PROGRAM
Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students who meet
weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they
show their concern for these children by their own personal involvement.
The Augsburg YGOP Club and YDFL Club aim to stimulate interest
in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members
an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations
and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays
produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in
National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued
excellence in drama participation. It is open to qualified upperclassmen.
The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major "A" at
Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men
of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of
fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest
possible plane."
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and
people of various countries.
The Debate Club fosters debate activity at Augsburg as it meets
to develop skills necessary in debating. Members of the club
represent Augsburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other
intercollegiate tournaments.
The French Club is composed of students interested in the French
language and culture.
The German Club is open to all students who are studying or
have studied German. In addition to providing opportunity for
conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding
and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and
customs.
Karate Club is organized to provide instruction in classical Karate
for Augsburg men and women students. It also promotes better
understanding of Karate itself and of the various schools of Karate.
The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in
Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music,
art and history.
The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life
at Augsburg, as well as acquaints its members with the vocation
of the Christian ministry.
The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psycholowThe Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing.
The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for
professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck
Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers
for public events scheduled for the campus.
The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual
criticism. They publish The Arkai, a collection of the best creative writing each year.
The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of
the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual
and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis.
The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by
audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the
band tours annually to various parts of the United States.
The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition
from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the choir goes
on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The choir toured Norway and other European countries in 1965.
The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently in campus
programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin
City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director.
The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard
repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral
groups. In addition to campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition.
Larger campus musical groups also include the Repertoire Band
and the Symphonia.
MUSIC
ORGANIZATIONS
--
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
AND
RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general
student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well a s individual performance activities. Climaxing the
intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the
winners of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY
OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the
college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part
of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if
physical, mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to
the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of
student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in
and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be
of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching
or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities.
Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way
competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate
athletics must either contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student
spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of
Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents
and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The
intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not
overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take
the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general
recreational program.
-
ELIGIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS
In order to participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations
check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list to the Director
of Student Activities for approval.
Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed
by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference.
A student on academic probation may not be a member of the
Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not
eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading,
student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed
student-government offices or chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated.
HONORS
AND
AWARDS
The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior
women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and
leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility
of these women to foster the development of academic excellence,
leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College.
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the
name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society,
is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign
language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have
presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are
to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship.
Juniors and seniors who ,have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and
sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as
pledges.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social
Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of
College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social
sciences is required for election to membership.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point
average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work a t Augsburg
College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be
the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty
Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in
American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given
to scholarship, leadership and participation in extra-curricular activities such as athletics, drama, music organizations, societies,
student government and community activities.
Institutional services t o students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student
Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions,
Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The
Student Health Sewice, Housing and Food Service, Placement,
Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The
administration of these services is centered in the Office of the
Dean of Students.
STUDENT
PERSONNEL
SERVICES
ADMISSIONS 0
Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning
is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions.
Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and
homes a s the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest.
In addition to high school seniors, sophomores and juniors are
encouraged to use these services and also to visit the campus if a t
all possible.
COUNSELING
Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each
student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty
over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health or financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning
process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that
through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener
awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life.
At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels.
All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and
each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works
with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time,
the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff
members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques
for dealing with problems of adjustment. The personnel deans
serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated
through the Director of Psychological Services in the Office of
the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies
established by the Student Personnel Committee.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under
the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission
data, academic achieve~ment,student participation and achievement
in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and
other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government
officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters.
THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with
two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily
office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in
Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus.
Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering,
each entering student is required to have on file the report of a
physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective
treatment is prescribed where needed.
Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help
through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops
which demands professional skill, the student is referred to the
offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Psychologist.
FRESHMAN ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginnicg of classes each year. The students take tests,
attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted
with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with
their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students
have several conferences during which they plan the student's
program of study.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman
Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test
scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial
programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to
make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased
quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in
college are especially urged to enroll in this course.
HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students
Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of
others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls
are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student
residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the head residents and personnel deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The
head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for
these counselors and handle cases referred to them.
All students not living a t home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with
relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from
the Student Personnel Office. All students living in residences
take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a
number of houses for men and women with a cooperative houseplan option.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes.
Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must
apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available
in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with
laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required
of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is
available to students living in houses.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the
entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students to hold a room. This fee is payable a t the Treasurer's Office
by May 15. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this
date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1.
All men living in Memorial Hall, Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall
cottage housing, are required to pay a $20 key and breakage
a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year
fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is
isfactory and the key is returned.
and
fee
the
sat-
GRADUATE PLACEMENT
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions a t the local, state,
and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free
t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement
Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no
placement fee.
CO-ORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to
maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps
on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings.
Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization
Commission in addition to other Boards and Commissions under
the Augsburg Student Society.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept in the
Office of Student Activities.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College:
1. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements
described below.
2. Completion of a major.
3. A total of 180 quarter credits. (186 for students above junior
standing in fall of 1968)
4. At least 54 credits in courses numbered above 50.
5. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken.
6. Proficiency in English,
7. The last year of course work at Augsburg.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The general education program at Augsburg College consists of
core and distribution requirements as follows:
1. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2. History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3. Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4. Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5. Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6. Art 1 or Music 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
7. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
8. Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
9. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18
10. Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
11. Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
12. Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
13. Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
credits
credits
credits
credits
credit
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman
year, except that students with majors in biology, chemistry, music,
or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the
sophomore year. Religion 21 is required in the sophomore year. It is
recommended that the general education requirements be completed
in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper
division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and
senior years.
Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will
enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12.
The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined
by proficiency examinations. The student is required to have the
equivalent of four terms of a foreign language for graduation, that
is, two terms of the beginning course and two terms of the intermediate level course. He is exempt from this requirement if he
has had four years or more of one foreign language.
In the natural sciences, two courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended
who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course d science have
ACADEMIC
ADMINISTRATION
that the two courses be taken in the same department. Students
the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course.
Philosophy 21 and 22 are designed to meet the philosophy requirement. Philosophy 23 may be used also.
Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Economics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics.
The general education requirement in speech or literature will be
satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request
a student may substitute another literature course by permission
of the instructor.
MAJORS AND MINORS
The following majors are offered:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration: Accounting
Business Administration: Finance
Business Education
Chemistry
Economics
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Greek
Health and
Physical Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Studies
Social Sciences
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Students are required to prepare a plan for the major with the
head of the department offering the major. This is normally done
in the spring term of the sophomore year.
A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except
Elementary Education and Medical Technology. Minors are also
offered in Library Science and Latin.
For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements.
ELECTIVE CREDITS
Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the
major and for general education.
To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has
been set as the maximum number o,f credits from one department
which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. (Exception
is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music.
Business Administration and Economics are considemd separate
departments for this purpose.) A student may earn up to five
credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum
of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward
the 180 (or 186) credits re uired for the degree.
d
-
rn
I
PROFICIENCY IN WRITING
All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the
sophomore year and. must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in
order to qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 8 4 . 0 grade average
Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79+ grade average
Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1-3.49+ grade average
To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed
a t least two years d work a t Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record, must meet the requirements as
given above.
GRADE VALUES
A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit
B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit
C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit
F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit
E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete
WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing
WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing
W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course withdrawn during first four weeks;
or student withdrew from college.
S (satisfactory), P (pass), N (no credit) indicate level of achievement; they do not affect grade point average.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must
be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following
term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five
weeks of the following term, the condition auto~maticallybecomes
a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the
teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of
$5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a
condition received a t the end of a term.
REPEATING COURSES
A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned
may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the
second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit;
they may, however, be audited.
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should register
on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who
register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after
classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for
or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for
credit. Audit registration is considered equal to one-half the credit
registration in determining load and fees.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has
not registered.
The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there
is not sufficient registration.
The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The
privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted to
students who have gained an average record oi B, or three grade
points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students
working part-time are urged to arrange the amount o,f their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
A student who desires to make a change in his registration should
obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the
teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are
needed. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after
the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the
first week of classes.
A course which is cancelled during the first four weeks of classes
is followed by W. After the first four weeks and before the last
three weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a grade
of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course.
No course may be cancelled during the last three weeks of the
term.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end
of a term must cancel his registration a t the Registrar's Office in
order to remain in good standing.
CLASSIFICATION
In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a
student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which
college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of
the following number of credit hours with at least twice that number of grade points:
Credits
Grade Points
36
72
Sophomore
84
168
Junior
130
260
Senior
Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year.
Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special
students.
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
A student is placed on scholastic probation at the end of any term
in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in placing a student on probation with the overall
average entering in as an additional factor.
First-year students with a grade point average of 1.5 or below
Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or below
Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
All students with 7 or more credits of F.
In order to be removed from probation, a student must achieve a
grade point average of 2.1 or better for at least one term.
A student will usually be allowed to continue on probation for two
terms. If his academic achievement has continued to be unsatisfactory, he will be dropped for low scholarship.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular class attendance is required of all students in lo,wer division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary
for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class.
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance,
is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar.
Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or
for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence to their
teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness,
the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if
this is requested by the teacher.
Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the
teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F.
Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by
the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle
of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by- freshmen are
made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors, parents, and students. Final reports are sent at the end of each term
to the parents and students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled a t the close of each
term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure
unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the
teacher concerned.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College
to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled,
he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the
Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the
student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish
to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5
($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit
hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the
answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registrations will
not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses
at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term
must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may
be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
COURSES
OF
STUDY
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1968-70 are given on the
following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Courses numbered below 50 are lower division courses; those numbered 50 and above are classified as upper division. In general,
courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 2 0 4 9 for
sophomores; 50-74 for juniors; and 75-99 for seniors.
SYMBOLS
# Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective
of prerequisites.
CREDITS
Credits shown are in terms of quarter credits. Unless otherwise
stated a four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in
length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per
term.
DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is
appointed for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISION of the HUMANITIES
Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman
Department of Art
Department of Classical Languages
Greek; Latin
Department of English
Department of Modern Languages
French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish
Department of Music
Department of Speech
DIVISION o'f NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS
Mr. Theodore Hanwick, Chairman
Department d Biology
Department of Chemistry
Department of Health and Physical Education
Department of Mathematics
Department of Physics
7
[7 DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Chairman
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES
Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman
Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education
Department of Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Library Science
Geography
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
0 AMERICAN STUDIES
Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program
The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the
student's understanding of American culture, past and present,
in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental,
built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various
departments.
The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M.A. in library science
and the M.A.T. in secondary school teaching. The major would
also provide a good background for careers in the U.S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service.
Major: 56 credits, minimum
Requirements for the major include a core of foundation courses
(29 crs.); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 ( 5 crs.); and American
Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar of concentrated study.
The core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English,
History, Political Science, and Religion aim to give the student a
broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American
culture, past and present, and introduce him to the methodologies
of various disciplines.
The following are required core courses:
English 45: Major American Writers (5 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12
History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1
or 2 or 3
Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of
Amer. Dem. (5 crs.)
Political Science 21: Am. Gov't 11, Amer. National Gov't (5 crs.)
Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11
and 21
In his program of elective courses the student would attempt to
achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study, Am. S. 99,
would attempt to accomplish this.
From the following elective courses the student must choose a
minimum of 18 credits from a t least 3 departments:
Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.)
English 82: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 45
History 55: Twentieth Century United States History (4 crs.)
History 56: History of American Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Prereq.
Hist. 21 or 22
Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, State and Local Gov't;
Public Administration (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science
2&2 1
Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, 22
Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (5 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21
Psychology 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) Prereq. #
Sociology 59: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and
21
Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. SOC.
11
Sociology 43: Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11
Refer to course listings under the various departments for full
descriptions of the above elective courses in the program.
American Studies courses (required):
95 Seminar
4 crs.
Focuses on a limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source material from various disciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an
understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior
year. For majors or #. (Winter)
99 Independent Study
5 crs.
Major themes or topics cutting across courses elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing
of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the
senior year. For majors only. (Spring)
MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOSAND,
MRS. JENSON; MR. MOLDER, MR. WESTPHAL, artists in residence
DEPARTMENT
The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical
and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines
of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis
is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the
place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing,
and avocational art.
ART
OF
In additim k) t
& catrseS
h cm?& sbi&enbhave the opportunity to study and 18us-s
witk A*
~oI(3er~
M s t in residence,
problems & &rtpd&t@ tp Wm&&gd' M e d && windows. David
in W m 6 e i & ap%ihH@Ws those interested
Westphal, &ek&a-@er
in film making as a fine art medium.
Major: 46 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 85, 99.
Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84 or 85.
Majors preparing for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are
required to take 50.
I t is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to
Fine Arts under the Department of Music.
1 I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS
4 crs.
Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. C3 lect., 1disc. Fall, Spring,
1 7 DRAWING
- 2 crs.
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. Emphasis
on still-life and interiors. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 8 DRAWING
Figure drawing. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
2 crs.
12 COMPOSITION
6 crs.
A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. [4 lect., 2 double labs.
Fall, Winter.]
18 PAINTING I
4 crs.
Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape,
and figurative painting. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1968-69. Fall,
Spring, 1969-70.1
1 2 I SCULPTURE I
4 crs.
Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and
plaster. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.]
25 GRAPHIC DESIGN
4 crs.
A study of the techniques and goals of business art. A concern for
graphic design through calligraphy, typography and the preparation
of art work for reproduction. [Winter, 19'6849.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
1 50 CERAMICS I
4 crs.
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. C4 double labs. Winter.]
1 51 CERAMICS I1
4 crs.
A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to
throwing techniques. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.]
1 55 PAINTING II
4 crs.
Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs.
Prereq.: 12, 18. Spring.]
58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. C2 lect.,
2 double labs. Spring.]
67 PRINT MAKING I
4 crs.
Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis
on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.]
H 68 PRINT MAKING II
4 crs.
Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. [4 double labs.
Prereq.: 12, 67. Winter.]
H 78 SCULPTURE
II
4 crs.
Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, and stone. [ 4 double labs. Prereq.
7, 8, 21. Winter, 196SG9. Spring, 1969-70.1
H 8 3 ART HISTORY I
4 crs.
Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization.
Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.]
H 84 ART HISTORY II
4 crs.
Continued historical survey. Renaissance to the 1860's. [Winter.]
H 85 ART HISTORY Ill
4 crs.
Modern art and its developing trends from the 1860's to the present.
[Spring.]
H 99 STUDIO Ill
2-5 crs.
Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics.
Art majors will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [Prereq. : second
course in the studio area and#.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
BIOLOGY
MR. SULERUD, chairman, RIR. HERFORTH, RIR. RIICKELBERG,
MR. THORPE, 1MR. URDAHL
It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Biology should be
extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a wide variety
of students. For the non-science major the aim is to provide a reliable
basic understanding of biological science and, more generally, of the
character of scientific knowledge. The more advanced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue
the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology
or in a related area such as the medical profession.
All students who intend to complete a major or minor in biology should
plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended
career. I t is important that a prospective biology major consult with
the biology staff concerning this planning as soon as possible. In
general, a broad background in the supporting sciences and in mathematics is essential. Students who plan to enter graduate or medical
school or to teach secondary school upon graduation must be certain
to meet the appropriate preparatory requirements. Recommended fouryear programs for such students are given under Curriculums in the
catalog as are the programs for pre-dental, pre-nursing and medical
technology students.
Major: Two programs leading to a biology major are available. Option
I i s recommended, with few exceptions, for students who intend to
obtain an advanced degree in biology, medicine or related fields. Option
I1 may be preferable for potential secondary school teachers and others
whose intended careers require relat,ively more w-ork in biology and
somewhat less in the related sciences.
Option I : 38 credits in biology, including 11, 12, 72, and two terms of
seminar; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and two terms
or organic chemistry (Chem. 51, 52); one year of physics (Physics 21,
22, 23); two terms of calculus (Math. 41, 42) in addition to introductory
math. Note: Medical schools also normally require quantitative analysis
(Chem. 53).
Option 11: 46 credits in biology, including 11,12, 72, one additional course
in the 70 series, and two terms of seminar; four terms of chemistry,
normally introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and either two
terms of organic Chemistry (Chem. 51, 52) or one term of organic
chemistry (Chem. 23) and one term of analytical chemistry (Chem.
53) ; introductory mathematics (Math. 13, 14; or Math. 40; or equivalent).
Minor: 30 credits in biology including 11 and 12; introductory chemistry
(Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6).
Biology 1, 3, 4, 6 and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology.
Biology 1 and 6 satisfy the general education requirement in science; for
this purpose Biology 1must precede Biology 6.
I PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
5 crs.
The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended
for majors in biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major
or minor. Students who receive a grade of B or better may be allowed
to enter Biology 12 on consent of instructor. [4 lect., 1 double lab. Fall,
Spring.]
3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
4, 4 crs.
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
Designed for student nurses only. [Biol. 3: 2 lect. and 2 double lab.
Fall; Biol. 4: 3 lect. and 1double lab. Winter.]
Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the
human body. Required for physical education majors. Does not apply
toward a biology major or minor, but does apply to the general education requirement in science if preceded by Biology 1. [4 lect., 2 double
lab. Spring.]
8 MICROBIOLOGY
4 crs.
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses only.
[Prereq. : Chem. 3. 3 lect., 2 double lab. Winter, Spring.]
1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY
6, 6 crs.
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other
science majors. First term. molecular and cellular biology, genetics
and development, evolutionary mechanisms. Second term : vertebrate
anatomy and physiology, phylogenetic relationships of organisms, ecology. Must be taken in sequence. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or
15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.]
5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
5 crs.
The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab.
Prereq. :12. Fall.]
53 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
6 crs.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12,
Winter.]
61 PLANT MORPHOLOGY
5 crs.
The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic
plant groups. [ 4 lect., 2 doi~blelab. Prereq. : 12. Fall, 1969.1
63 PLANT TAXONOMY
5 crs.
Principles of plant classification with special emphasis on the flowering
plants. Includes field collecting and classifying some plants indigenous
to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.:
12. Spring, 1968.1
71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory
work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology, and an introduction to tissue culture. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.:
12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.]
72 GENETICS
5 crs.
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular,
cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosphila and
certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. [5 lect.,
1 double lab. plus individual work if lab is taken. Prereq.: 12. Spring.]
73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with
emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and
Chem. 23 or 51. Winter.]
74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A consfderation of the chemical, physiological, and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are
included in the laboratory work. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12.
Spring.]
U P P E R DIVISION
COURSES
8 1 ECOLOGY
5 crs.
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. [4 lect.,
2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1969.1
91, 92, 93 SEMINAR
I cr. each
Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research. Topics
may concern the history and philosophy of science a s well as current
literature. Biology majors a r e required to register for a t least two
terms in their senior year. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1-5 crs.
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual work on a research project. [Prereq. : Previous arrangement
with instructor. Fall, Winter, Spring.)
MR. BUDGE, chairman, MISS LUND, MR. SABELLA, MR. SLESNICK,
MR. TEDEFAIAK
Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with
general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs.
The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and
then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting
or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The
economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy
matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He
is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these
majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private
institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate
study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial
relations, or law.
DEPARTMENT
OF
BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION,
ECONOMICS,
AND
BUSLNESS
EDUCATION
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Major in Business Administration-Accounting: 38 credits, including Bus.
Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 63, 81, 83. Major in Business Administration-Finance:
38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 73, 78. Both programs also
require Econ. 22, 23, 51, 58 or 91 or 92; and Soc. 61.
Minor: 18 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and two courses from Bus. Ad.
61, 62, 63, 73. Econ. 22, 23 also required. Other combinations may be
allowed by permission.
1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING
4, 4 crs.
Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing
accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.]
31 BUSINESS LAW
5 crs.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
[Fall.]
61 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
5 crs.
Capital structures of business organizations, use of financial statements,
cash flow, raising and control of short and long-term funds for a
business enterprise. [Prereq. : 1 , 2 . F a . 1
W 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1,2. Winter.]
63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible
and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level
changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.]
73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
5 crs.
Financial problems relating to budgeting, short and long-term fund
requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations
presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 62. Spring, 1969-70.1
UPPER DIS-ISION
COURSES
.
.
.
.
78 INVESTMENTS
I
5 crs.
The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of
industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental
units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. : 41. Spring, 196849.1
8 1 COST ACCOUNTING
:L '
5 crs.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing
emphasis on management control. [Prereq. 1, 2. Fall.]
82 TAX ACCOUNTING
concerns with
5 crs.
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes
for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.:
1, 2. Winter.]
83 AUDITING
5 crs.
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks
and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.]
ECONOMICS
Major: 31 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, 51, and 58. Soc. 61 and Bus. Ad.
1, 2 also required. Mathematics through course 43 is highly recommended
for those planning on graduate study in economics.
Minor : 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23.
2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I
4 crs.
Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis
upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues,
such as unemployment, poverty, monopoly, inflation, role of government. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
.
.
.
.
.
2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II
4 crs.
Micro- and macroeconomic theory examined with the analytical tools
of economics. Topics include determination of the level of national
income and employment, money and banking, monetary-fiscal policy,
economics of the firm, product and resource pricing and allocation, etc.
[Prereq. : 22. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination
under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.:
23. Fall.]
52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
5 crs.
Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of
the present developing nations a s to characteristics, problems, and
policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 196849.1
53 LABOR ECONOMICS
4 crs.
Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and
governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or # Spring.]
.
58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed
via a macro-model. Some consideration of macro-measurement, the
business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter,
196!+70.]
91 PUBLIC FINANCE
5 crs.
Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Fall.]
92 MONEY AND BANKING
5 crs.
Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy.
[Prereq. : 23. Winter.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall,
Spring.]
BUSINESS EDUCATION
These courses a r e planned to prepare students to teach business
education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in
business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide a E p portunity for the develcpment of business skills for personal use.
II
Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31;
Econ. 22, 23.
Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22,
50 and 53.
Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Rus. Ad.
1, 2 ; and Econ. 22, 23.
For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the
major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with bvo
years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of
8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect one other course in the
business field.
I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING
2 crs.
The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not
open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting.
[5 hours. Fall.]
8 CALCULATING MACHINES
4 crs.
Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. [4 hours. Fall, Winter.]
10 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION, AND
RECORDS MANAGEMENT
4 crs.
Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit duplicating machines. An introduction to and application of basic principles of filing
and organization of records in the office. r 4 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv.
Spring.]
2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Fundamentals of Gregg shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis
on theory, reading and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high
school. [5 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Fall.]
22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of
speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing mate;ial dictated a t
speeds of 80-100 words a minute. [ 5 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
5 crs.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of
legal documents. [Prereq. : 1or equiv. Winter.]
53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
5 crs.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription
of material dictated at speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.:
22 or equiv. Spring.]
63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES
4 crs.
Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making
applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or
equiv. Spring.]
65 BUSINESS SEMINAR
3 crs.
A study in special problems in the field of business education through
research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business.
[Fa.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
CHEMISTRY
MR. AGRE, chairman, MR. ALTON, MR. GYBERG,
MR. HOLUM, MR. INGEMANSON, MR. LYLE
I t is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding
and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which
this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an
opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power,
and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of
man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective
ways to handle certain types of problems.
Courses in chemistry are offered as part of a liberal arts education, and
as a preparation for: (1)high school teaching, (2) the study of biology,
medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied
professions, (3) graduate study in chemistry and molecular biology, and
(4) the chemical profession.
I
-!!
?>
I : .
The chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society
for the preparation of chemistry majors.
Students planning to majo: in chemistry in preparation for graduate
school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult
with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time.
Major: 40 credits, including Chenl. 51, 52, 53, 61, and one additional
upper division course. Also required are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42.
Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 51, 52, 53, 61, and 62; for
pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 61, 51, 52; for graduate study: 15,
16, and all courses above 50. Additional mathematics and physics strongly
recommended for graduate study.
Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and
senior years in Chem. 91.
Minor: 27 credits; must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses
to complete the 27 credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended.
Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
4 crs.
Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are
organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for
prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist,
and Swedish Hospitals. [3 lect., 1 double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.]
5, 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Primarily for non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry
illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double
labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY
6,6 crs.
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists;
others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative
analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Prereq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane
geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.]
2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6 crs.
Designed for medical technology and other students v.ho desire less
than the more intensive two-term course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 1 three-hour
lab. Prereq. : 5 or 15. Spring.]
5 1 , 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study
of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds.
Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
I 53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
5 or 6 crs.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis.
Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore
year. Medical technology students register for 6 credits, others for 5.
[4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 6 or 16. Spring.]
1 61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics,
and colloids. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq.: 53, Physics 23, Math.
42. 61, Fall. 62, Winter. 1
I 63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in
the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations
for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use
of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs.
Prereq.: 52, 61, and some rending knowledge of German. Spring.]
1 72 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
4 crs.
Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schredinger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron
spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems.
[4 lect. Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.]
I 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application
to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as
spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic techniques.
[3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 53, 62 or #. Fall.]
I 83 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond,
and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed
using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations.
[4 lect., 1four-hour lab. Prereq. : 62 or #. Spring.]
I 91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
0 crs.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate
in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general
interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Cr. arr.
During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year,
each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may
participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members.
By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring, or special summer program.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
CLASSICAL
LANGUAGES
MR. COLACCI, chairman, SISTER M. GERTRUDE WARD
The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first
to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they
may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the
students to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in
the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the
two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries.
GREEK
Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latii 1, 2.
Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major
in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may
complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the
case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to
take at the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under
Greek, 61 to 163.
Minor: 27 credits.
I 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. [Prereq.:
Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.]
13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
5 crs.
Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading
and parsing of easy selections frcm classical and New Testament Greek
writings. [Prereq. : 12. Spring.]
51, 52 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
4, 4 crs.
Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the .book of Acts. Special
emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.:
13. 51, Fall; 52, Winter.]
55 GREEK EXEGESIS
4 crs.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is
given to the syntactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. [Offered on demand. Spring.]
59 CLASSICAL GREEK
4 crs.
Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. CPrereq. : 52. Offered on
demand.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
LATIN
Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35.
Courses 52, 53 offered only if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are
not offered, a minor may be completed a t the University of Minnesota.
Consult the department chairman a t Augsburg.
Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin
offered a t Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses
numbered above 63 a t the University of Minnesota.
1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Latin grammar, with special emphasis
on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2,
Winter.]
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN
4, 4 crs.
Continuation of grammar. Reading of prose and poetry selections from
Latin authors; e.g. Caesar, Cicero, Livy, Vergil, Ovid, St. Augustine,
and the Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by
placement test. 3, Fall; 4, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
52 VERGlL
5 crs.
Selections from Vergil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.]
53 CICERO
5 crs.
Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.]
ECONOMICS
See under Department of Business Administration, Economics, and
Business Education.
DEPARTMENT
OF
EDUCATION
MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG,
MR. GROENHOFF, MRS. LUDEMAN, MISS MATTSON,
MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK
The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work
in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well a s for further
study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State
of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be
approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must
be made during the second semester of the sophomore year. Approval
is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics and a satisfactory scholastic achievement. For
elementary teaching candidates, this means essentially a 2.5 grade-point
average in work completed in the minor and a 2.0 over-all; for secondary
teaching candidates a 2.5 in work completed in the major and a 2.0
over-all. Both a r e expected to maintain a 2.5 average in their major
and 2.0 over-all average. Candidates in both fields must make application
for student teaching as juniors and are required to meet the 2.5 major
and 2.0 general average a t this point.
Major: 51 credits in professional education courses. In addition, the
following general education courses are required: Psych. 5; Hist. 21 or
22; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52,
53, 54).
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111
0 crs.
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching,
supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
The growth and development of the human organism from conception
through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq. : Psych. 5. Fall.]
56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING
5 crs.
The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools: philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning
theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching
situations. [Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.]
1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC -
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical
education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote
singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total
elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.]
58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
See under Department of Art.
1 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science
in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq.: 55, 56.
Spring.]
1 64 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
LANGUAGE ARTS, READING
6 crs.
Objectives and techniques in the language arts: listening, speaking,
writing, and reading. Application of principles of learning in acquisition
of skills, interests, attitudes. Examinations of modern methods and
materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring.]
1 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES
2 crs.
Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies.
Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.]
77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE
15 crs.
Student spends ten weeks in the classroom, assisting the regular teacher, and doing actual teaching. Supervision is carried out by the cooperating teacher and the college staff. This is followed by one week of
seminar with discussion of problems encountered in the classroom. CPrereq. : # Fall, Winter.]
.
I
79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
3 crs.
Study of literature suitable to the elementary school child. Role of
literature in the classroom, in life outside of school. Extensive reading
and evaluation of children's books, compiling bibliography. [Prereq.: 65,
56 or #. Spring.]
87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
ment of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.]
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.]
SECONDARY EDUCATION
For the Minnesota teacher's certificate students are required to complete 28 credits in professional education courses including 50, 52, 53, 54,
59, 83, 84, 87. All students must register for three terms of Group Activity (Education 52, 53, 54). Secondary education students must take
Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements.
50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with
special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and
conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall,
Winter.]
52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111
0 cr.
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
5 crs.
Teaching procedures, materials and problems a t the secondary level.
Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and
two to four class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the
student's major field. [Prereq. :50. Spring.]
68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND
JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music
a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors.
[Prereq.: 50. Spring.]
/
8 3 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING
5 crs.
Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation
and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements.
[Prereq.: Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.]
10 crs.
84 STUDENT TEACHING
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences at the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel.
Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program.
Fall, Winter.]
87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.]
88 GUIDANCE
4 crs.
The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques
used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance,
including counseling. [Fall.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of
s~ecializationin education. Each student does research and resents a
report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future
possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
LIBRARY SCIENCE
The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books
and related materials, efficient and effective management of library
materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the
minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area
of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of
curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student
who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science.
Minor: 23 credits.
45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY
5 crs.
The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library
services and activities ; methods of evaluation. Organization of library
materials, including cataloging and circulation. [Fall.]
46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS
4 crs.
Theory, principles and techniques of selection. An introduction to basic
selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. [3 lects., 1
disc. Spring.]
UPPER DMSION
COURSES
58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wide exposure
to individual titles of books and related materials. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Fall.]
59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS
4 crs.
Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties
of a librarian. Laboratory work. [3 lects. Winter.]
W 75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with
attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of
papers and bibliographies. 13 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.]
GEOGRAPHY
14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed
by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and
human environment. [Winter, Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. BERGSTROM, MR. BLY,
MRS. BOLSTERLI, MRS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN,
MRS. KARVONEN, MISS LILLEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON,
MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS PEDERSON, MR. SARGENT,
MRS. TRAUTWEIN
The aim of the Department of English is to develop the student's ability
in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading
and analyzing literature, to acquaint him with the English language
and with the beginnings of Western literature and its development,
especially in England and America, and to stimulate his appreciation and
understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature.
The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary
and secondary school and for graduate study.
Major: 46 credits above 15, Encluding, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one
writing course above 15, one seminar, one modern literature course,
and electives.
Major for secondary teaching: 54 credits above 15, including course
55 in addition to those listed for the major. Writing course 31 required.
Speech 12 or 52, or 55, and 60 or 66, as well as Library Science 75 are
also required.
Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and a t least
one term of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required
for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French.
Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 35, 45, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus one
writing course above 15, one seminar course, and electives.
Minor for secondary school teaching: 32 credits including course 31 for
the writing course, and 55 in addition to those listed for the minor.
Minor for elementary school teaching: 24 credits above 15, including
31, 35, 45, 55, and 47 or 61 or 62.
Concerning English Proficiency: Juniors who do not have a satisfactory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use
of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department
will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test.
Satisfactory completion of course 11 is prerequisite to 12; satisfactory
completion of course 12 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses.
4 crs.
H I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository
writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and
analysis of expository and narrative selections, especially the short story.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
E 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper,
the study and analysis of drama, poetry, novel. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers
basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on
critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman
English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.]
H 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM
4 crs.
A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on
the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing.
rWinter.1
H 3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING
4 crs.
A course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading
analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
H 32 CREATIVE WRITING
4 crs.
Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose
and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.]
35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITION
5 crs.
Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various
genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
40 LITERARY CLASSICS
4 crs.
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the
Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS
5 crs.
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present,
noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary
movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE
J
UPPER DMSION
COURSES
The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf"
to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to
the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 35 or #. Fall, Spring.]
.
55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH
5 crs.
I
I
I
I
..,.
..
I
:3:.
A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with
reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an
introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of
the English language. [Spring.]
61 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800
5 crs.
I
..
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. :47 or
--. ,.
'II
,
#. Fall.]
*
62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs.
.:,
Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics,
essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the
century. [Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.]
72 MODERN FICTION
.
4 crs.
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter.]
I
I
74 MODERN POETRY
4 crs.
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British
and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Spring.]
78 ADVANCED WRITING: PROSE AND POETRY
"
4 crs.
A course for students with demonstrated proficiency in writing. Assignments based on students' needs and interests. Class discussion of students' work. [Prereq. : 31 or 32 or #. Spring.]
.
-.
I
.,,,
9
>
!:: ,I.>-
<
I
W 80 THE BRITISH NOVEL
4 crs.
Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of
the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the
present. [Winter, 1969-70.1
.
82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL
4 crs.
A study of major and representative wokks of selected American novelists. [Winter, 196849.1
1
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic
art. Additional plays assigned for reading and analysis. [Prereq.: 47.
'
w
.
.+,
Spring.]
86 MILTON
>,
4,
5 crs.
84 SHAKESPEARE
;
3
t
;*; r:
.
4 cr?.
A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the intellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61
I
or #. Spring, 1968-69.1
-
88 CHAUCER
-
4 crs.
Study of Chaucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Canterbury Tales." [Prereq. :47 or #. Spring, 1968-69.1
1
.,,
3
I
--
90, 91, 92 ENGLISH SEMINAR
3, 3 , 3, crs.
Course 90, methods and problems of bibliography and research; 91,
a major American or British writer; 92, studies in criticism. Open, with
limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the
instructor. 190, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5
crs.
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above.
Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by
inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in
Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration
for the fall term.
FRENCH AND GERMAN
See under Department of Modern Languages.
GEOGRAPHY
See under Department of Education.
GREEK
See under Department of Classical Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF HEALTH
AND
EDUCATION
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS ANDERSON, MR. NELSON,
MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. PFEFFER,
MR. SAUGESTAD
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to
promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical
education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship,
to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective
training program for prospective teachers of health and physical
education.
All students are required to take a physical examination as a part
of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the
physical education program.
One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students.
Physical Education major: 40 credits including 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43,
51, 52, 71, 72.
Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits
including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 60, 71,
72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women.
Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits including 10, 11 or 13,
23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 59, 71, 72, and Biol. 6.
Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 10, 23, 31, 32,
43, and 72.
Health teaching minor: 31 credits including 10, 50, 51, 60, 73, and SOC.
31, and Biol. 6.
Coaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6.
Coaches atering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota
Public Schools are required to have at leas€ rz coaching endorsement
In the field nf ph~~sical
education. Sports included under this requirement
are football, basketball, mack, hockey, w~estling,and baseball.
4 1 , 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES
1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs.
Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall.
2, Winter. 3, Spring.]
10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID
5 crs.
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red
Cross First Aid Course. [Winter, Spring.]
I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
I , I cr.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water
safety. Open only to majors and minors. [2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women),
Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.]
23 TEAM SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate
sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per wk. Spring.]
4 3 1 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate
sections for men and women. 110 hrs. per week. Fall.]
4 32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
4 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation,
quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights,
relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. [8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
5 crs.
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.]
50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID
I cr.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid
Aid card. Winter.]
Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard -st
4 51 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs.
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the
muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems
of the body. [5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq. : I5ol. 6, Chem. 5. Fall.]
4 52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
4 crs.
Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to
the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of
physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation
of tests in physical education. [Winter.]
4 57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs.
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 5 under
Department of Education. [Winter.]
59 TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
2 crs,
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 59 under
Department of Education. Separate sections for men and wcimen.
[Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
W 60 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM
4 crs.
Curriculum content in a school health education program. [Fall.]
W 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
5 crs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and
procedures. [Fall.]
W 72 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Men and women meet separately. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
W 73 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH
EDUCATION PROGRAM
Methods, techniques, and procedures. [Spring.]
W 82 COACHING OF SPORTS
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic
injuries. [Winter.]
W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-3 crs.
Directed intensive study in the area of Health Education or Physical
Education. Open only to majors.
DEPARTMENT
OF
HISTORY
MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR. GISSELQUIST, MR. GUSTAFSON,
MR. HAUGE, MRS. JENSEN
The Department of History aims to introduce students to the study of
history as an intellectual discipline; to prepare students for s e c o n d w
teaching and graduate work; to deepen students' undersfandiny 2nd appreciation of their own and other civilizations; and lo enhmce students'
effectiveness as contributing members of society.
Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require
History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work.
W 1 , 2, 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD
SETTING
4, 4, 4 crs.
Western civilization from its beginnings in the Ancient Near East to
the present. Other great world civilizations and their relationship to the
West are surveyed. Course 1 carries the survey to 1300; course 2, to
1815; and course 3, to the present, becomes a survey of world civilization. Students may take any one, any two, or all three courses. [All offered each term.]
5, 5 crs.
W 21, 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY
The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American
people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected
for the honors program. C21, Fall, .Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.]
W 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
See under Department of Modern Languages.
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
5 crs.
W 55 TWENTIETH CENTURY UNITED STATES HISTORY 4 crs.
Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the
New Deal, the background of WorM War I and World War 11, and the
coming of the Cold War. (Prereq. : 22, Winter.)
W 56 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
4 crs.
The relationship of ,foreign policy to general American development is
stressed. [Prereq. :21 or 22. Spring.]
1 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA
4 crs.
Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area,
Western impact on non-European societies, nationalist movements and
emergence of independent governments after World War TI. [Fall.]
1 6 1 ANCIENT HISTORY
4 crs.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.]
1 62 ENGLAND TO 17 14
Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.]
4 crs.
66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical
period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a
secular and scientific world view. [Spring.]
68 CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE EARLY
NINETEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
A study of the major domestic developments in, and foreign affairs of
China and Japan. [Prereq.: 3 credits of Western Civilization or consent
of instructor. Winter.]
1 71 EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION,
1780's t o 1850
4 crs.
The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted
in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands for change. [Fall.]
1 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE
4, 4 crs.
The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the non-Western
world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa,
South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading
post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.]
1 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE
4 crs.
Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Fall.]
1 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS
3 crs.
Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits
in this course. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
LATIN
See under Department of Classical Languages.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
See under Department of Education
,
DEPARTMENT
OF
MATHEMATICS
MR. GULDEN, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD,
MRS.NAUCK
The Department of Mathematics aims to develor, the student's knowledee
and sk31 in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics,
an appreciation of its cultural and practical Galues, and the backgroud
for teaching and for professional and graduate study.
-
-
~-
-
----
Major: 24 credits above 43, including 58, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84.
Teaching major: 32 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 80,
83, 84.
Recommended for those considering further study: 40 credits above 43,
including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84, 85, 92.
.
.
.
Minor: 12 credits above Math. 43.
See under Curriculums for suggested course of study.
13, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE
MATHEMATICS
5, 5 crs.
A liberal arts course in mathematics with an introduction to analytic
geometry, abstract algebra, trigonometry, logic, statistics, differential
and integral calculus. Primarily for students not intending further study
of mathematics. [Prereq.: Higher Algebra and CEEB placement. 13,
Fall, Winter. 14, Winter, Spring.]
40 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS I
5 crs.
An introduction to the concepts and terminology of mathematical
analysis through the areas of algebra, logic, functions, systems. Students
may not receive credit for this course if they have credit for 13, 14
(or 19). [Prereq.: Higher Algebra, Trig, and CEEB placement. Fall.]
41, 42, 43 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 11, Ill, IV
5, 5, 5 crs.
(Calculus1
Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated
with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables, applications, and series. [Prereq.: 40, or #. 41, Winter. 42,
Spring. 43, Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
56 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ARITHMETIC
4 crs.
Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of
such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathema.
tics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.]
58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
4 crs.
Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential eguations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical
methods ; and an intrduction to partial differential equations. [Prereq. :
43. Winter.]
.
61 LINEAR ALGEBRA
4 crs.
A course intended to aid in making the transition from the concrete to
the abstract. Such topics as elementary matrix algebra and its application to the physical and social sciences; linear equations; vector spaces
and linear transformations ; unitary and orthogonal transformations ; the
characteristic equation of a matrix and bilinear, quadratic, and Hermitian forms are presented. [Prereq. :43. FaU.]
W 64 MODERN GEOMETRY
4 crs.
An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean,
and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations
of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
W 67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
4 crs.
An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed
as tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
W 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA
4, 4 crs.
The basic algebraic systems presented from an abstract point of view.
Topics include the theory of groups, rings, fields, vector spaces and
modules, and linear transformations. A development of the real and
complex number systems. [Prereq.: 43. 52, Winter. 73, Spring.]
W 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
4 crs.
The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various
branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry,
and topology. [Prereq. : 43, Winter.]
83, 84, 85 ADVANCED CALCULUS
4, 4, 4 crs.
Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several
variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real and
complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83,
Fall. 84, Winter. £5, Spring.]
W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one h w ~ rper week. [Prereq.: 73 and
85. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
COMPUTER SCIENCE
45 COMPUTER SCIENCE
4 crs.
Theory of modern digital computers. Terms such as algorithms, flow
charts, storage, control, input-output units, and simulation are defined.
Includes a survey of computer applications. A particular computer language is presented and used to solve a variety of problems. [Prereq.:
Math. 42, Fall term. None, Winter. Fall, Winter.]
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
See under Curriculums
I*
MR. LANDA, chairman, MISS AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON,
MRS. BALTINA, MRS. BONDEVIK, MRS. CAIRNS, MR. CREPEAU,
MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY,
MISS ROZENTALS, MR. SANDVEN, MR. WHITESIDE
The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a
knowledge of a modern language: its pronunciation, its structure, and
its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and
writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a
sympathetic interest in the history and life of the people whose language
he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MODERN
LANGUAGES
The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for
teaching at the junior and senior high school level, and for graduate
study.
The beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language
are needed for graduate study. Two terms of Latin are also recommended.
Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language.
FRENCH
Major: 30 credits above 6 including 55, 72, 74, 84; and two of 56, 57, 63,
64, at least one of which must be 63 or 64.
.
Minor: 15 credits above 6 including 55 and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
5, 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in understanding, speaking and reading French
with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the
language, both in class and in laboratory assignments. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
4, 4 crs.
C<)r.tinui.s traininp in ii~tral-oral skills, structure of the language and
reading cnmprchrnsior? that will lead to cultural appreciation and the
reading h~.xrledgrnccded for general pursuits. Grammar review, selectcd rcndinz and Ia h(:ri.:itl)?y practice included. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. Fall,
.
.
Winter, Spring.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
4, 4 crs.
Continues training in comprehension, conversation and reading skills
with grammar review as a means to accuracy and facility in oral and
written expression. Class discussion, selected reading, and laboratory
material with cultural emphasis. Required for continuing study in French.
[Prereq. : 2 or
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
# .5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims
of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphases on vocabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors.
[Prereq. :6 or
# .Fall.]
56, 57 FRENCH CIVILIZATION
5, 5 crs.
The development of political, social, intellectual and artistic movements
and their outstanding manifestations as essential to the understanding
of the French people. Readings, lectures, reports, discussions and laboratory materials in French. [Prereq.: 6 or permission of instructor.
Spring. Offered on demand.]
63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France,
with the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, disn required
cussion, oral and written reports in the language. On
for the major. [Prereq. :55 or #.I
I
H 72 THE FRENCH NOVEL
5 crs.
Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution
of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with
lecture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 55, and 64 or #.
Spring, 1969.1
74 THE FRENCH DRAMA
5 crs.
Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of
this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the
literary works with lectures, discussion. reports in the language. [Prereq. : 55, 63 or
# . Spring, 1970.1
84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with
attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French
expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques,
variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach
French. [Prereq.: 55, and 57 or #. Junior or senior standing. Fall.]
H 92 FRENCH SEMINAR
4 crs.
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature for advanced students. Discussion and papers in French. May substitute for
72 or 74. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. Junior or senior standing. Winter, on
demand.]
H 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FRENCH
2-5 crs.
Individual study of a topic, movement, genre of interest to the advanced
student. May serve to replace 72 or 74. No more than 3 credits may be
earned in a given term. [Prereq. : 55, 63, 64 or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
GERMAN 0
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72, 74, 84, and any two of 56,
57, 63, 64. At least one of 63, 64 recommended.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64.
1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN
5 , 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the
German language, and comprehension of its structure through the
acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the
language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
H 3, 4
INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
4, 4 crs.
A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for reading knowledge adequate for cultural and
professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
H 5 , 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign
language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. :
2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
H 55 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSlTlON 5 crs.
Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory.
Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Fall.]
UPPERD~VISION
COURSES
56, 57 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
5, 5 crs.
Topics dealing with the intellectual, geographic, artistic, and scientific
history of the German-speaking countries, including attention to contemporary developments. Class discussions and lectures supplemented with
demonstration materials. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55, or #. 56,
Winter. 57, Spring. Offered on demand.]
63,64 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
From the beginning to modern times. Reading of significant authors in
German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of
German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works.
For majors and minors. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv., or#.
63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.]
72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE
5 crs.
Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. Especially
for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1968-69.1
74 GERMAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Reading in German and class discussion of outstanding dramatic works
in the various representative periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism,
impressionism, expressionism.) Especially for majors. [Prereq.: Any
two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1969-70.1
84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 55. Fall.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary. I t is suggested
that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84.
Minor: 19 credits above 6.
Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
5, 5 crs.
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening,
reading, and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter,
Spring. 2, Winter, Spring.]
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
4, 4 crs.
A terminal course for students not intending to continue with Nor-
wegian language study. Vocabulary building and study of syntax through
extensive readings in Norwegian literature. Some experience in oral
expression. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
4, 4 crs.
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for
class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work
expected. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
5 crs.
A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with
particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall,
1969-10.1
26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA
5 crs.
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on con-
ditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1969-70.1
55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official
languages of Norway. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv.
Spring.]
62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
4 crs.
See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute
for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission of the department
chairman. [Spring.]
72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
5 crs.
Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and
others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 196849.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
.
.
74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Assigned readings will include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjernson,
Strindberg, Lag-erkvist, Munk. and other twentieth centurv dramatists.
Lectures will stress 1bsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of aUscandinavian
language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to
do assigned readings and written \vork in the Norwegian language.
[Spring, 196849.1
84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Further intensive training in oral and written expression in Norwegian.
Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the
historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. Required for
all majors and teaching minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. Fall, 1969-10.1
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-5 crs.
This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, though it may serve
as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must be
written in Norwegian. Available any term to majors and minors. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
SPANISH
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72 or 74,' 84; and any two of
56, 57, 63, 64, of which at least one must be 63 or 64.
.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
5, 5 crs.
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work is an integral part
of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
.
.
.
.
4, 4 crs.
Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and
cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv.
3, Fall, Spring. 4, Fall, Winter.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
4, 4 crs.
Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further
comprehension and facility in expression in Spanish. Further laboratory
work. Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall,
Winter. 6, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims
of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory
work. [Prereq. : 6 or equiv. Fall.]
56 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
5 crs.
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world
civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements.. In Spanish. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on
demand.]
57 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
5 crs.
An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter
or Spring. Offered on demand.]
63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language.
Laboratory work. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. 63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered
on demand.]
72 SPANISH NOVEL
5 crs.
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or
64, or equiv. Fall, 1968.1
74 SPANISH DRAMA
5 crs.
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and
written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 or equiv. Fall, 1969.1
W 84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Aims to give an extensive training in oral expression, organizational
practice in writing with stylistic refinement. Appreciation of differences
in speech existent in the Spanish-speaking countries. Laboratory work
required. For majors and those intending to teach Spanish. [Prereq.:
55. Spring.]
92 SEMINAR
.
4 crs.
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in Spanish or Hispanic
American literature. Discussion and papers in Spanish. May substitute
for Spanish 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 and Junior standing. Winter.
Offered upon demand.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5
crs.
Individual study of an author, theme or movement of interest to the
student. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. It is suggested that no
student register for all five credits within one term. [Prereq.: 63 or 64.
Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. BEVERLY, MR. COAN, MR. EKLOF,
MR. GABRIELSEN, MISS HENNIG, MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN,
MRS. MOEN, MR. NIELSEN, MR. SAVOLD, MRS. THUT,
MR. VUICICH
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation
for those who expect to pursue the study of music on the graduate level.
General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their
cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for
the music of the masters.
Through its performing organizations, both choral and instrumental, the
department gives all students of the college varied experiences in creating music as a participant.
Further enriching the program are opportunities, open to all students
of the college, for private instrumental and vocal instruction with professionally qualified teachers.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MUSIC
Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and
76; 12 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one of
the college music organizations.
,q.+(5IL, t
,I
.
-
-Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 58, 60,
and 61; 9 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one
;
of the college music organizations.
"
Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1 - 3 , 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in
applied music, and one year as a member of one of the college music
o~ganizations.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of
majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may
be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the bimonthly Performance
Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement.
Sophomores, juniors and seniors a r e required to attend the bimonthly
Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend.
All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency exarnination by the end of the sophomore year. I t includes: ( a ) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves,
ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering,
a t moderate speed and from memory: (b) a Bach two-part invention
or a classical sonata; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the
pieces ( b or c) must be played from memory.
During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified
as a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied
music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost
provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music
faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision
may not exceed six.
See under Curriculums for suggested courses of study.
l THEORY l
4 crs.
Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, lriads and
rhythms, and their application in written exercises; aural skills, sight
reading, dictation, and part-singing. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory
entrance test. Fall.]
2 THEORY 2
5 crs.
The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises.
Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.:
1. Winter.]
3 THEORY 3
4 crs.
Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music
of Palestrina and di Lasso. Writing two-, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.]
20 THEORY 4
4 crs.
Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3.
Fall.]
21 THEORY 5
4 crs.
Eighteenth century counterpoint with examples from the music of
J. S. Bach; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntal writing. Writing
two- and three-part inventions, a four-voice fugue, and a chorale prelude. [Prereq. : 20. Winter.]
22 THEORY 6
4 crs.
Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.]
30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
4 crs.
The development of music from 1600 to the present through the study
of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis
is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts.
Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards
appreciation and criticism. For the non-music major. [Winter, 1968-69.
Fall, Spring, 1964-101.
50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs. UPPER DIVISION
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, COURSES
materials, and techniques. [Spring.]
53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs.
Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.]
54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs.
Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion
instruments. [Winter.]
57 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization and administration of choral ensembles. [3 double periods.
Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.]
1 58 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.]
60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
5 crs.
Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.]
1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
4 crs.
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.]
1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.]
4 crs.
1 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention
to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well
as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall.]
1 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING
4 crs.
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and
vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. [4 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.]
1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
0 cr.
Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints
students with a repertoire of musical excellence. [Two evenings per
month. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
APPLIED MUSIC
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Credit
for the first term of lessons is given to majors and minors only after
completion of. the second term in the same area with the same teacher.
Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees
see under Financial Information.
1 PIANO
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only
those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination
has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 ORGAN
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 VOICE
I cr.
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both
sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS,
STRING INSTRUMENTS
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in
groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for
the full year is required of participants.
CHOIR
Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per
wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CONCERT BAND
Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
ORCHESTRA
Membership is by audition. 13 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND,
SYMFONIA, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES
Membership is by audition or consent of director. C2 rehearsals per
wk. Fa, Winter, Spring.]
MR. SANDIN, chairman, MR. BATLEY, MR. CHRISTENSON,
MR. JOHNSRTJD
The department of philosophy conceives its task as an instructional
department in a liberal arts college to be twofold: (1)to make a significant cmnlribution to the liberal education of all students regardless of
their colIege major; and (2) to provide a strong undergraduate program
of study for st~rdcnts who desire to complete a major or minor in
philosophy.
Major: 46 credits, including 41, 42, 43; either 23 or 51; and either 81 or
4 credits of 99.
Minor: 32 credits, including 41, 42, 43, and either 23 or 51.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY
4 crs.
Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims
of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and
a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion.
Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
PHILOSOPHY
relativism, naturalism, etc.; or problems, such as the nature of the
23 LOGIC
5 crs.
A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include:
the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition;
principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the
notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.]
41 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL
4 crs.
A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the
development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St.
Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.]
42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN
4 crs.
A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical
thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to
the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.]
I
43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY
A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 5 1 SYMBOLIC LOGIC
Treats deduction and the analysis of statements by means of special
symbols. Topics include propositional functions and quantifiers, the logic
of relations, the concept of an axiom system. [Prereq.: #. Winter.]
I
61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with
special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language.
[Fall, 196849.1
63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A stcdy of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science
by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and procedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.]
m
65 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY
American philosophical thought from colonial times to the present.
Puritanism, and Revoluntionary period, transcendentalism, idealism,
pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. [Fall.]
71 ETHICS
An inquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of
moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse.
[Winter, 1968-69.1
73 METAPHYSICS
An inquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical
language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary
views. [Prereq. : # Winter, 1969-70.1
.
75 EPISTEMOLOGY
An inquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and
into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.:
#. Fall, 1969-70.1
+
'3,
'!
'M.
1 2 1, 2 2 , 2 3 GENERAL PHYSICS
5, 5, 5 crs.
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound,
optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics.
For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in
sequence. [5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41. 21, Fall.
22, Winter. 23, Spring.]
1 5 1 , 52 MECHANICS
4, 4 crs.
The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle,
a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving
frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.:
23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
1 53 MECHANICS
4 crs.
A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations.
Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.:
52, Math. 58. Spring.]
61 ELECTRONICS
5 crs.
A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits bef&e introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes and
transistors with applications to certain circuits. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq. : 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
1 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
4, 4 crs.
Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the
solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.:
61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.]
70 OPTICS
5
crs.
Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater
emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. 14 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 23, Math. 43.
Spring.]
1 75 MODERN PHYSICS
4 crs.
A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the
Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and
nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
I cr.
1 77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY
Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, spectroscopy, nuclear physics. Students may
take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some
research project. [3 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS
4,4
crs.
Study of thermal properties, using as illustrative material the properties
of gases, low temperature phenomena, and Curie's law substances.
Three main divisions : classical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and an
introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 84. 81, Fall.
82, Winter.]
1 83 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS
4 crs.
A study of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties
exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a
regular crystal lattice. [Prereq.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
DEPARTMENT
OF
POLITICAL
SCIENCE
MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MR. DEWEY, MRS. NOONAN
.4ugsburg's offerings in political science are intended 10 facilitate an
undersianding of the processes, concepts, and insliitltions of governance :
to probide an intelIectua1 basis for effective and informed citizenship;
and to help prepare interested students lor additional work at the
graduate or pr'ufessiona! level, in such areas as lax\-, politicdl science,
public administradon, and internationa1 rel?.tions.
Major: 45 credits in political science, plus 5 credits in Social Statistics
(Soc. 6l). PoUticnl science courses required include 20, 21, 22, and at
least one course in each of the follo~\-ingareas: Comparative Government (nunlhered in the 30's) : International Relations (60's); Public
Law (70's) ; and Politicxl Theoq- (80's).
Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and at least one course in each
of three of the four areas indicated above.
A maximum of nine credits toward a political science major may be
earned from among certain specific courses offered by the departments
of history and economics. For information, see the Chairman of the
Department of Political Science.
.
Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in
political science or economics.
20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I:
FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY
5 crs.
The nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic politics in the
United States. Historical, economic, social, and constitutional factors
are considered, as well as the roles of political parties and interest
groups. The American system is compared briefly with democratic and
nondemocratic alternatives. [Winter.]
2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II:
AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT
5 crs.
The Presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court as instruments of
conflict and consensus in the American political system. The role of
the national government is examined in the context of social and economic interdependence and of ideological and pragmatic conflict.
[Spring.]
22 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill:
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT;
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
5 crs.
Problems and patterns of state and local government, including urban
and metropolitan development and intergovernmental relationships. Public administration is introduced from several perspectives : as discipline,
as political process, as concrete expression of the positive state. [Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
50 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions,
and processes of selected democratic states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #.
Winter.]
5 1 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states
are analyzed in terms of ideological assumptions, the party role and
institutional forms. [Prereq. : 20,21, or 22, or #. Fall.]
t:;
I
--.
I.'.
60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
4 crs.
General theories of international politics, the basic factors involved in
international relations, and the formulation of foreign policy as background for study of recent international problems. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or
22, or #. Fall.]
62 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
4 crs.
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign
policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
China. [Prereq. : 51 or 60. Spring.]
70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
4 crs.
The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American
constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided
by the U.S. Supreme Court. [Prereq.: 10 credits En American Govt. or
#. Winter.]
71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
4 crs.
A continuation cf course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individ~lclrigh:s and liberties m d e r the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth
Amendment. [Prereq. : 70. Spring.]
80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800
4 crs.
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers
from Plato thrmgh Burke. rmphasis is placed upon elements reflected
in Western democratic thought. [Fall.]
8 1 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT
4 crs.
Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist,
Communist, elitist, and democratic views. [Winter.]
84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS
4 crs.
An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of selected
contemporary political scientists, and of their ohiloso~hicaland methodological assumptions. For majors in politicai science. [Spring.]
9 5 SEMINAR
3 crs.
Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and
subject matter. [Prereq. : # .]
9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
2-5
crs.
DEPARTMENT
OF
PSYCHOLOGY
MRS. DYRUD, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. HOLMAN,
MRS. H O W A R D
The objectives of this department are: (1)to acquaint the student with
the princivles and methods in the scientific studv of behavior: and (21
to enable ihe student to better understand the pr;ce&es which influence
behavior. Emphasis is on the study of human behavior.
M a j o r : 36 credits, tncluding 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 91, and 99. In addition,
Soc. 61 i s required.
M i n o r : 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87.
5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles
and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many
areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. o r #. Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR
I cr.
Offered in connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics.
.
[Prereq.:
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
#.
Fall, Winter, Spring.]
50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
See under Secondary Education.
5 1 D E V E L O P M E N T A L PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD
4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior of children, with emphasis
on theoretical considerations and empirical findings regarding socialization, cognition, family relationships, and general psychological development. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of
statistics. Fall.]
52 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADOLESCENT 4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adolescents,
with emphasis on theory and empirical findings regarding physical
and sexual development, parent-child relationships, identity and the
peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and social class
differences. [Prereq. : 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of
.
statistics. Winter.]
53 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADULT
4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adults, with
special emphasis on young adults. Some theory and empirical findings
regarding personality, values, interests and vocational choice, sexuality, adjustment and behavior change. A brief discussion of findings in
geriatric psychology. [Prereq.: 5 a n d concurrent registration in o r completion of statistics. Spring.]
.
55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
See under Elementary Education.
4 crs.
59 P S Y C H O L O G I C A L M E A S U R E M E N T I
Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given
to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, a n d Soc. 61. Fall.]
4 crs.
60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT II
Administration and interpretation of standardized tests of intelligence,
aptitude, interest, achievement and personality. Special emphasis given
to the use of the Revised Stanford-Binet and Wechsler Adult Intelligence
Scale in supervised practice situations. [Prereq. : 59. Winter.]
-
H 6 1 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs.
A shtdy of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior
that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction
to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.]
62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved
in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
H 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to experimental nlethodology in psychology : experimental
design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.]
75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
See under Department of Sociology.
81 HISTORY AND THEORY
4 crs.
A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of
current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.]
H 85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of
counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a
counseling relationship. [Prereq.: 62. Winter.]
1 87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age,
heredity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability
and temperament. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.]
91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY
3 crs.
A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.:
17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.]
99 RESEARCH PROBLEMS
2 - 3 crs.
Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects.
[Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MR. P. A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI,
MR. FRETHEIM, MR. MANDSAGER, MR. OLLILA, MR. SKIBBE
The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his
reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study
of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these
credits 10 must be in the lower division, and at least 8 must be upper
division. Freshmen are required to take course 11: sophomores, course
Z l . Courses 1
1 and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses.
Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement.
Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of
admission.
Major: 46 credits, including one course from each of the following
groups of courses plus one seminar: 51-59; 61-63; 71-74; 81-85. Also
required are: two courses each in history, literature, philosophy (above
21); and one course in either sociology or psychology (above 5). Two
courses of upper division Greek may be counted toward a major in
religion.
Minor: 26 credits.
DEPARTMENT
OF
-RELIGION
I I INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
5 crs.
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
.
.
.
.
21 BIBLICAL STUDIES
5 crs.
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and
the emergence of the church. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
51 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
The historical development and theological foundation of education in
the church. The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries.
Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education
today. [Winter.]
52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
4 crs.
A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits
will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.]
53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
4 crs.
A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East,
including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.]
54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I1
4 crs.
A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.]
W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Sociology.
4 crs.
61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS
4 crs.
The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the
time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the
early church. [Fall.]
62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
4 crs.
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers
of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther,
John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.]
63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
4 crs.
The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure,
and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its
environing culture. [Spring.]
71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
4 crs.
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships.
Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Fall.]
.
72 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL
4 crs.
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found
in his writings. [Spring.]
73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
4 crs.
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. [Winter.]
74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN
4 crs.
A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological
significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East.
Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly
a s related to history and science. [Fall.]
81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.]
82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs.
-New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of
'some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical
insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.]
83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
4 crs.
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.]
84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN
4 crs.
The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny
of man. [Spring.]
85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs.
A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various
participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical
Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.]
86 SEMINAR
4 crs.
Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission
of the instructor.
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
See under Department of Modern Languages.
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
See under Curriculums.
MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. BLOOM. MR. HUSFLOEN,
MRS. MADSON, MR. NELSOAT, MR. NORDLIE, MR. VETVICK
The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better
understanding of society, its social order and forces of social change; to
prepare students for social service occupations and for post-graduate
studies in such fields as sociology, social work, industrial relations, urban
planning, etc. The Department seeks to maximize its urban setting by
promoting research and participant-observation experiences in the TwinCity Metropolitan region.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SOCIOLOGY
Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper
division credits, including 61, 62, 75, 91. Psych. 5 also required.
Philosophy of Science is strongly recommended.
Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower
division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54,
55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required.
Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61.
Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses.
I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world as seen
through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social
organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of
social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS
4 crs.
The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems
in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.]
3 1 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY
5 crs.
The course is designed to help the student in his preparation for marriage and parenthood and focuses on such issues as the interpersonal
relationships of dating, selection of a marriage partner, constructive use
of the engagement period, early marriage adjustments, childbirth, discipline of children, and sex education. Integral parts of the course
include films, personal analysis papers, and the discussion of case
studies. A secondary emphasis is given to such sociology of the family
concerns as tracing the family historically and cross-culturally, and
viewing the contemporary American family against a background of
modern society and social change. [Winter, Spring.]
41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
4 crs.
Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis
of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and
social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and
kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture,
and cultural growth. [Fall.]
42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural
society and the small community. The historic roots of the American
rural community; rural social movements; and rural life in world
perspective. [Winter.]
43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective
including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis.
[Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK
4 crs.
Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work;
historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the
U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public
and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Concurrent registration
in 54. Fall.]
I
-,;
52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs.
Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic
concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their
relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.]
53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems
of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of
the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both
within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the
current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in
modern society. [Prereq.: 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.]
54, 55, 56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL
AGENCIES
I cr. per term
Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency
such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service
correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary
according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each
agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade
for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed.
Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. [54, Fall. 55, Winter.
56, Spring.]
1 57 SUMMER WORK STUDY IN CORRECTIONS
AND SOCIAL SERVICE
5 crs.
A summer experience for undergraduate students combining independent study and paid work experience in the fields of Corrections and
Social Services.
1 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
An examination of the social sources and structure of the church.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems. Some exploration of the changing patterns of
society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church.
[Fall.]
1 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS
5 crs.
Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding
measures of central tendency, variability and association, and hyp*
thesis testing. [Prereq. : high school algebra or equir. Fall, Spring.]
1 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH
5 crs.
Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination
of procedures and problems of the research prccess. An analysis of
research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires
and other data-gathering tools. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
1 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY
5 crs.
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency.
Gang-delinquency, whitc-collar crime, organized crime. The theories
of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.]
5 crs.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development
of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical
schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior
such as croivd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.]
1 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
5 crs.
The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of
minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice,
racism and civil rights in the American setting. [Winter.]
83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY
5 crs.
Large-scale organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making, formal and informal organizational structure and
labor-management relations. [Spring.]
8 5 SEMINAR IN THE MODERN METROPOLIS
I cr.
A study of the nature, dynamics and challenges of the emerging metropolitan community.
91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY
5 crs.
The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Winter.]
SPANISH
See under Department of Modern Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SPEECH
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON
This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute
to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical
listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and
drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or
elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding
preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities.
Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
12 or 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is
requked, but credits in this course do not count toward the major.
Minor: 28 credits.
Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary
education students: 11, 16, 60, 61, ond 76.
For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended.
Elementary education students who have had speech in high school
may request substitution of course 16 to fulfill the literature/speech
requirement. Normally, courses 11 aud 51 fulfill this requirement.
I I BEGINNING SPEECH
4 crs.
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five
times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
12 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS
4 crs.
Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology,
and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.]
16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
4 crs.
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation,
and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 1968-69.1
1 2 1 DEBATE
I cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year.
Participation in intercollegiate debates. Open to all students. May be
repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.]
28 STAGECRAFT
4 crs.
Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open
to all students. [Winter.]
1 3 2 ACTING
4 crs.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and
improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
1 5 1 ARGUMENTATION
5 crs.
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. [Fall.]
1 52 PERSUASION
5 crs.
Theory of persuasion and propaganda ; study of great speeches ; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq. : 11. Spring, 196849.1
55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
5 crs.
Theories of group leadership: principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. [Winter.]
1 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING
5 crs.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
prose, poetry, and drama. [Fall, Winter.]
1 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
5 crs.
An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and
dramatic production. [Fall.]
1 66 STAGE DIRECTION
5 crs.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.]
1 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
5 crs.
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall,
196!%70.1
W 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH
5 crs.
History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study
of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1969-70.1
1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
5 crs.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal
speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
[Winter.]
1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-3 crs.
Selected topics in oral interpretation, acting, theater history, rhetorical
theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the
use of primary sources and methodolgy of research. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
SPECIAL
PROGRAMS
OF
STUDY
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at t h e Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction a t Augsburg College. Application for admission t o the Schools df Nursing should be made t o
the hospitals directly.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a
college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month
program is completed a t one of the two hospitals.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with
the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who
complete a major in Physical Education a t Augsburg. The program
requires 250 hours of clinical observation, practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service a t the Veterans Hospital. The work may be
done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries
no college credit.
SPAN IJ
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity
among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University
of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students
are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year.
JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study a t a
number of European educational institutions. These institutions are:
The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe
Institute in Germany; and The Institute for American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence in France. Study a t other institutions
may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for
such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program
of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser
prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only
for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study
can be followed satisfactorily a t the institutions chosen. Credit
earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as
elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not
satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions
such as the study of a foreign language.
HONORS PROGRAM
For superior freshman sudents, some special accelerated sections
are available in such subjects as English and History. For superior
students of all classes, special colloquia are offered each term.
Many departments of the college offer a program through which
the student can earn honors in his major field. Students of high
ability who are interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are
invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them.
Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic
achievement and test results.
NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and t o encourage better cultural exchange between the
students of Augsburg Cdlege and colleges in the South, Augsburg
has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges
whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange
may take place during either the second or third term, or both,
depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges.
In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a
minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A
further general requirement is approval by the student exchange
board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of at least 2.50.
Further details and application forms may be secured from the
fice of the Dean or the President of the Student Society.
OF
THE PASS/NO CREDIT GFLXDING SYSTEM
Effective with the 1967-68 academic year, a Pass/No Credit
grading system is available to juniors and seniors only, applicable
to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system
are as follows:
1. Juniors and Seniors only may choose to be graded on the
basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a
maximum of one course in any one term.
2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses
in the student's major field.
3. Each department of the college shall determine which,
if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any
student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office at each registration day
of the courses which may not be taken under the system.
4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted
toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No
Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's
Grade Point Average.
5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course
under the Pass/No Credit grading system a t the time of
his registration for the course, and may not change after
the end of the first week of the term.
6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S'
shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of
a grade from 'A' to 'C'; the grade of 'N' to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'.
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL
Students may earn up to ten credits of college work in a sixweek summer session from June 24 through August 2, 1968.
For 1969, tentative plans call for a similar six-week term beginning June 9, followed by a short term of three weeks set for
July 21 through August 8, during which additional five credits may
be earned.
Most courses will meet mornings, Monday through Friday. Others
will meet for longer periods two evenings a week, in order to accommodate part-time students employed during the day.
Eligible to attend Augsburg summer school are present students
and graduates of Augsburg and other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class
standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a
high probability of success in college work.
Courses to be offered during the summer sessions will be determined, in part, by demand. Most will not require prerequisites. In
addition to formal classes, provisions are being made for independent study in several areas, and for individual instruction in
voice and instrumental music.
For 1968, summer tuition for 8-10 credits is $220.00, plus a registration fee of $5.00. The latter fee will, however, be waived for
those completing registration not later than June 14. Private lessons will be charged separately.
A single board and room charge for the 1968 summer session will
be $100.00, and will provide morning and noon meals exclusive
of weekends, and a room from the evening of June 23 through the
morning of August 3.
For specific information, interested persons are asked to write:
Director of Summer School
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
CURRICULUMS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major,
or a particular vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may
be followed to include the required general education courses. For
electives, students should take care to include all courses required
for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed
under departmental headings.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 1, 2. or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
Term
I n nr
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
Term
SOPHOMORE
5
- - - 4
- 5 5
5-6 5
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art 1 or Music 30
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22, or
Economics 22
Electives
Term
I 11 ~n
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4 - - 4
4
Religion
Electives
I 11 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 -
-
4
4
5-6 5-6
-
-
-
-
4
- - 4-5
- 6
6
I
Term
II
m
4
-
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
12 12 12
AMERICAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
History 21. 22
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Economics 22 (Optional)
Speech or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Religion 63
Eistory 55.
Psychology 81.
Sociology 42'. 43.
Philosophy 65'
Electives (non-major)
- 5
- -
4
5
4
5
-
-
4
5
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
English 45
Political Sci. 20, 21
1/3 1/3 1/3
4
-
4
-
4
4
-
4
4
4
4
4
4
-
4
4
-
-
5
4
4
5-6 5-6 4
5
- 5 5
- -
SENIOR
Sociology 59.
Political Sci. 70.
History 56'
Education 87.
English 82.
Political Sci. 22.
American Studies 95
American Studies 99
Electives (non-major)
* Electives in the major program
ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS
PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
Term
FRESHMAN
I
-
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
4
5
Art
2
2
8, 12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
Term
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
5
- 6
- 4 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art 21- Art 18, 55
History 2
History 61
I 11
rn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
4
- 5 5
4
4
4
-
-
4
-
4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Religion
Art 83, 84
Art 67
Art 50
Historv 3
Speecg 11 or Literature
Music 30
History 21. 22
Elective
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 4 -
-
SENIOR
I I1 I11
Religion
Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 68
Art 78
History 95
History 71
Art 99
Electives
Cr. Cr. Cr.
ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Art.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
History 1. 2, or 3
Art 7
Art 8. 12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 83, 84
Art 67
Art 50
H. P.E. 10
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 - 5
5 5 4
2 2 6
4 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
-
Term
SOPHOMORE
I I1 I11
Relieion 21
ore& Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
S'peech 11 o r Literature
Art 21
Art 18 and 55
Psychology 5
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
-
4
-
4
-
-
4
4
4
- - 5
4 - 0
0 0
- - 5
- 4 -
-
4
4
-
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 4 4 - - 4
-
5
4
5
Term
SENIOR
I I1 I11
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education
- - - - - .-.
.
. 87
..
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 68. 99
Art 78
Electives
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
10 - 5
-
-
-
-
4
-
4-5
- 4
-
4
-
BIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated,
the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his
field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is usually
desirable. Biology 72 is required.
Term
Term
FRESHMAN
I I1 I11
Religion 11
Englsh 11, 12
History 3
Sociolow 11
chernGpy 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
Biology 11, 12
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
I I1 111
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Chemistry 51, 52, 53
Mathematics 40. 41. 42
Biology 53 o r eiective
-
-
Term
Term
JUNIOR
Relieinn
-.--.-.
.
.
.
Foreign Language
Physics 21, 22, 23
Biology 61. 71, or 76
Biology 63. 72 or 74
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
5 5
5 5 5
5-6 - -
-
-
-
45
- 5
- 6 6
5 5
5-6 -
4
6
5
-
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Philosouhv 21 or 23
BiGG
7 3 OF elective
Biology 72, 74, or 81
Biology 91. 92. 93
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
1
~
5-6
-
1
-
5-6
1
BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
The program suggested below provides for the recommended courses
in chemistry as well as for a good background in the biological
sciences. When making the choices between the biology course
options, it is important that the various disciplines of biology are
represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are
required.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 3
Sociology 11
Biology 11. 12
Chemistry 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 2 4 5
- - 4
-
-
6
-
-
4
6
6
- -
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
speech 11 or Literature
Foreign Language
Education 50. 59
Chemistry 53
Bioloev 61. 71. or 76
~ i o l o s53' or ' 73
Biology 63, 72, or 74
Education 52, 53, 54
-
-
4
4
4
4
4
-
-
- 6
- -
0
0
-
5
5-6
0
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 21
~ o r z g nLanguage
Biology 51
Psychology 5
Chemistrv 23
H P.E."10
Mathematics 13 or 40.
Mathematics 14 or elective*
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
-
5
-
-
5
-
-
- - 6
-
5
5
-
-
SEYIQR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Rc,iaiun
.Art - 1 or 3Tvljbic 30
Rluloz$' 61, 71, or 76
Biology 72. 74. or 81
4 5-6 -
...
..
E d r ~ c a t ~ c n83
Educn:ion 87
Poi. Scl. 20. 21. or 22
-
-
-
10
4-5
-
-
5-6
- 4
- -
Elective if the student is allowed to take Mathematics 40 rather than Math. 13 and 14.
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION)
Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize
in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the
statement under the Department of Business Administration.
FRESHMAN
- 'RcIipion
&
11
E ~ 9 i s l 111, 12
Yidow 1, 2. or 3
Brssincss Ad. 1, 2
_Sociology 23-1 i
L/-;;turt;
Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
C3 Business Ad. 61
Economics 51
???Business
Ad. 62. 63
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
- - - Cr.Cr.Cr.
.
5
,,ReTi~lon 21
- 4 5 .. -Fori-igtl T.,anglage .. .
- - 4
Easiness Ad..,13
4 4
Eco!~nmics22. 23-,
- 4 ..--Dhtlosophy 21
5-6 5-6 - d p e e c h 11 or Literature
- 4 d r t 1 or Music 30
1/3 1/3 1/3
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
- 5 - 5 5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 4 4 - - 5
5
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
~
- -
-
-
5
-
-
-
5
4
5
5
SENIOR
5
-
-
-
4
5
-
-
4
4
4
4
-
-
-
Religion
Business Ad. 81
Business Ad. 83
Electives
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(FINANCE SPECIALTZATTON)
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Histors 1. 2. or 3
~ u s i n e s s~ d . 1,
. 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Elective
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
- 4
4 4 - 4
5-6 5-6 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 31
Economics 22, 23
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
:'
,.;
'3,
'M.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Business Ad. 18
Business Ad 13
Electives
BUSINESS EDUCATION
MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
F'oFeign ~ a n g u a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Business Ed. 1
Business Ed. 10
sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
Business Ad. 1, 2
Business Ed. 50
Economics 22, 23
Business Ed. 63
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5 4
- 4
- -
-
- - - -
4
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 111
Cr.
Cr.
-- - .Cr.
--.
4
4 - 0 0 0
- 5
4 4 1
- 5 - 4 4
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 21
F'orGgn Language
Natural Science or Math.
S ~ e e c h11 or Literature
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
~ u s i n e s s - ~ d21
.
Business Ed. 22
Business Ed. 53
Business Ed. 8
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - - 10 - 5
H:~PE;--IO
-
-
Business Ad. 31
Electives
5
4
-
-
-
4
5
8
CHEMISTRY MAJOR
The following course of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by
the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Mathematics 40
Chemistry 15. 16 or 5, 6
Mathematics 41, 42
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Relieion
chemistry 61, 62
Chemistry 63
Mathematics 83
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Chemistry 91
Electives
Term
I 11 111
Cr.
-.
. Cr.
-.
. Cr
-5
4 5
4
5
6 6
- 5 5
- - - -
Term
I TI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
6 6
5
4 - 5 5 4
4
0 0 0
- 4
-
-
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Chemistry 51, 52
Chemistrv 53
Physics ii, 22, 23
Mathematics 43
Sociology 11
SEh-IOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
- - 5
6 6 - - 5
5 5 5
5 - - 4 -
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr Cr.
Ro!iglgn
Chernfstr' 81, 83
C h e m x ! ~i 2
Furdgn Lwguage
Speech !1 or Lltcrature
Pol. Sc!. 20. 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Chemistry 91
Electives
DENTISTRY
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take
geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses
in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
f i e following schedule will meet the requirements for admission t o
most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should
inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about
specific requirements.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Mathematics 40. 41
Biolocv 11. 12'
~ h e m y i t r y'15, 16 or 5, 6
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
m
I II
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 - 5
5 5
- 6 6
6
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
SOPHOMORE
Term
I n III
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
Speech, Lit. or Hist.
Psychology 5
chemistry 51, 52
Physics 21, 22. 23
ECONOMICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Natural Science or Math
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 61
Economics 51, 58
Electives
I
I1 I11
c=.Cr.
5
-
- -
4
SOPHOMORE
Cr.
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr.
Cr. Cr.
-4
4 4 -
- -
Term
I 11 nr
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Business Ad. 1, 2
Economics 22. 23
Electives
Term
SENIOR
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Electives
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning t o prepare for elementary school teaching are
required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a
choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional
subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year.
For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in
biological and one in physical science. For the speech-literature
requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted.
The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student
is required t o complete a minor. Variations in the requirements of
the minor from those prescribed by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended.
I
Ion ll
lab 11,
I8
mstUl+l P , W S
B ~ , O I O ~s&xm
'
a F.E. m
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
Elective (minor)
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
5 5
- 4
5
5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- 4 -
-
-
- - -
SOPHOMORE
Term
I 11 In
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Physical Science
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
Music 30
History 21 or 22
Elective (minor)
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Education 77
Philosonhv 21
speech- lf
Education 79
Education 87
Education 65
Electives (minor)
Religion
Education 55
Education 56
Education 52, 53, 54
Geography 14
Education 64
Education 57, 63
Education 58
-Mathematics 56
Elective (minor)
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 15 4 - - - 4
3
4
- - 2
8 - 4
-
- -
JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for
certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission t o the education curriculum. He will also need
t o apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will
be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications.
Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors
are:
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Music
Natural Science
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Social Sciences
History
Political Science
Art
Business ducati ion
English-Language Arts
English
Speech
Foreign Language
French
German
Scandinavian Studies
Spanish
Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 5 - 5 5
4
- 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
5-6 5
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Music 30 or Art 1
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Economics 22
Psychology 5
Electives
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Sueech 11 or Literature
ducatio ion 50, 59
Education 52. 53, 54
H. P.E. 10
Electives in the major
I
I1 I11
SENIOR
Reliigon
Education 83, 84
Education 87
Electives in the major
Term
I TI 111
Cr, Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 4 - - 4
5-6 5-6 -
-
5
-
-
-
4-5
6
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
-
4
-
ENGINEERING
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this
program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to
enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute
of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in
some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session a t the
U. of M.
FRESHMAN
Term
I
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
Reliaion 21
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Sociology 11
Mathematics 40, 41, 42
Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Art 1
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Relieion
P~YECS75
Physics 62. 63
Physics Lab.
Mathematics 83. 84
Biology 11, 12 or Elective
Electives
ENGLISH MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
English.
Term
FRESHMAN
I
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
English 61, 62, 84
English 72 or 74
English Elective
Electives*
I II
rn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
5
- -
4
5
5
SOPHOMORE
Reliaion 21
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Speech 11
Philoso~hv 21
~ a t u r a Ccience
i
or Math.
English 35 or 45
or Elective in the major
English 47; and 31, 32, or 78
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
-
Term
SENIOR
Religion
English 90
Electives*
I II n I
Cr- Cr. Cr.
A
-
-
Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80
or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign language.
ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11 or 15
English 12 or 35. 45
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
I
Term
I1 111
Term
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Speech 11 and 12, 52 or 55
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Natural Science or Math.
English 35 or 45 or 55
English 47, 31
I 11 I n
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Psychology 5
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
'
English 61. 62. 55
English 72 or 74. 84
Speech 60 or 66
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
-
4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
H. P.E. 10
Art 1 - o r Music 30
English 21 or 40, 88 or 88
English 90, 91, or 92
~ i b r a r y Science 75
4
4
3
-
-
-
4
5
FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Inter. Foreign Language
Speech 11 or Literature
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 10.
Electives or 56. 57
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Beg. Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
- 4 0 0 0
- - 5
5
5 5 5 -
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 10 - 5 -
SENIOR
-
Religion
Religion
Education 84'
Education 50'
Education 83'
Education 52. 53. 54.
Education 87.
4
Education 59:
Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84
5 - Psychology 5
Literature 72 or 74
- - 5
Conversation 55
2 - 2
Indep. Study 99
Survey 63, 64..
5
Electives
5
5
Literature 72 or 74
- 5 5
Electives
* Students who do not plan to t a k e t h e education sequence may substitute 92
99 or other electives for these courses.
* * Courses 56, 57 may be elected for either 63 or 64.
- -
- - -
-
GREEKMAJOR
Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken
in the senior year.
FRESHMAN
Term
I rI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Natur?l Science or Math
Greek 11. 12. 13
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or
Econ. 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Latin 1. 2. 3
~ o c i o l o g y'11
H. P.E. 1 . 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Greek
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
Speech 11
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
4 - 4 4 4
4 4 4
4
- 8 8
- -
SENIOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5-6 5-6 5 5 5
4 - -
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING
Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of .Health and
Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions.
FRESHMAN
#
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I TI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
1
-
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 10
H. P.E. 23
H. P.E. 11, 13 (W,
M)
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
Econ. 22
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 57.
H. P.E. 51, 52
H. P.E. 11, 72
H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31.
"
SENIOR
5
4
-
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 8 4
Education 83
Education 87
Philosoohv 21
H. ~ 5 7i*
.H. P.E. 60*
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education
but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major.
HISTORY MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of His-
tory.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
~ o r e i g n~ i n g u a g e
History 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
301. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Economics 22
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Minor or Elective
Literature
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Laneuage
History 21, 22
Philosoohy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Seminar
Minor or Elective
HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
ducati ion 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography 14
Political Science 20, 22
H. P.E. 10
History
Term
I TI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
-
4
4
-
-
4
5
5
4
4
5
- 4
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Historv 21. 22
~ h i l o s o ~ h y21'
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
4
5
5
-
-
5-6 5-6
-
4
5
-
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Education 8 4
Education 83
Education
Sociology 12
87
Soeech 11 or Literature
History
History 95
I
n
111
13
Cr. Cr.
LAW
College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require
a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and
suggested curricula for the following majors:
American Studies, pages 50 and 108.
English, pages 68 and 114.
History, pages 34 and 116.
Political Science, pages 92 and 121.
While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law
schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better
preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields.
While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a
condition for admission, it is normally to the advantage of the
student to have completed his undergraduate degree program.
Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants
to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered
several times each year a t prescribed times.
Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact
the pre-law adivsor, chairman of the Department of Political Science.
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
The following course of study is designed for students who have a
strong background in mathematics from high school. Students who
lack this background may need to complete Mathematics 13, 14
before registering for Mathematical Analysis.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Math. 40, 41, 42
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Cr.
Cr. Cr.
- 5
Religion 21
4
5 - ; Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or
5 5 Econ. 22
- 4
Sociolom 11
5 5 5
~oreig-~anguage
Art 1 or Music 30
1/3 1/3 1/3
Physics or Chemistry
Mathematics 43, 58, 64
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - -
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 ILI
Cr Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
-
-
-
SENIOR
--
4-5
4
- 4 4
- 4 5-6 5-6 5 4 4
Religion
Mathematics 67
Mathematics 80
Mathematics 99
Electives
Relieion
ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85
Mathematics 72. 73
Philosophy 21
Speech- 11 or Literature
Mathematics 61
Electives
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5 5 5
4
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
- -
- - -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Sociolow 11
Pol. ~ d 20,
: 21. or 22 or
Econ. 22
Mathematics 43, 58. 64
Physics or Chemistry
Term
I I
I
Cr Cr. Cr.
- -
4
-
4
4
5
-
-
- -
4-5
5 4 4
5-6 5-6
-
~
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
Education 50, 59
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Mathematics 83, 84
Educatiun 52. 53, 54
Philosophy 21
Mathematics 61, 72
Elective
4
-
- -
4
SENIOR
Term
I I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 87
Education
84
- - - ---Education 83
mathematics 80
Mathematics 67
Mathematics 99
H. P.E. 10
Electives
~
0
0
-
4
-
4
4
-
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the
Bachelor af Arts degree with a major in medical technology by
completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and
twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology
and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college
course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined
prepares students for certification in medical technology, and it
also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. In the senior
year students taking this program must register a t Augsburg as
well as at the affiliated hospital.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 2
Sociolom 11
Siiii&"11, 12
Chemistry 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreien Laneuaee
POI.
Sci. 20; 21; or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21 or 23
Physics 3
Chemistrv 53
Bidlogy -71
electives
Biology 76
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 - 5
-
- 4 - 4
6 6
- -
6
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
I
Term
I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
S ~ e e c h11 or Literature
ath he ma tics 13
Chemistry 23
Biology 53 or 73
Biology 72
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5 5
4 - - 4 -
- -
-
SENIOR
Cr. Cr. Ct
-
4
4
4
4
-
Lectures, laboratory and practical work
at General or Swedish Hospital for 12
months.
45 credits
MEDICINE
Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the
Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is
based on its requirements for admission. Information for other
medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American
Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the
responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed
the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he
intends to make application.
The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University
of Minnesota, as translated into courses a t Augsburg College, are
a s follows:
m:
Credits
12
12
12
5
9
Biology 11. 12
Chemistry 15. 16
Chemistry 51. 52
Chemistry 53
English 11, 12
Literature elective
Mathematics 40, 41
Physics 21, 22, 23
Social Science and Humanities
General electives
4
Recommended:
Physical Chemistry 61
Mathematics 42 (calculus)
Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their
minimum requirements. In addition to the required and recommended courses listed, pre-medical students are encouraged to
take a t least two additional courses in biology and one course in
psychology. Some medical schools require or strongly recommend
this work. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable.
Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology
or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major are
shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under
Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged to consult
these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors.
MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Music.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Music 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 68
Education 59
Art 1
Music 53*, 54
Music 60, 61
Music 57, 58
Music Organization
Applied Music
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- -
- 4-
4
5
5
5
-
4
5 4
1 1 1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 4
4
- -
0
0
0
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Iviusic 4, 5, 6
Applied Music
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or
Economics 22
H. P.E. 10
Philosophy 21
Music Organization
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
5
-
-
4
-
-
-
-
5-6 5-6
4
4
4
1
1
1
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
-
!
MUSIC MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Music 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I TI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
5 5
- -
- .
4
1
- 4-
5
1
4
1
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Music 4, 5, 5
Applied Music
Music Organization
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4
-
4
4
4-5 4-5
-
-
I
JUNIOR
Term
II 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
I
Term
nrn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religicn
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Music 76
Applied Music
Music Organization
S ~ e e c h 11 or Literature
~iectives
Religion
Art 1
Music 60. 61, 62
Music
53.. b8 54
Music 57,
- Applied Music
Music Organization
Electives
Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique in the fall term.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and
mathematics with a t least 27 credits in each of two of the areas
of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 cred,its in each of three
of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics.
The following program is suggested.
I
FRESHMAN
Rellgion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
..
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
atural Science or Math.
.
d
Term
II 111
- 5
5 5 5
-- 4-
Cr. Cr. Cr.
P.E. 10
4
4
-
-
5-6 5-6
1/3 1/3 1/3
I
Term
II rn
CP. Cr. Cr.
- -- 4 - 4
4 - 5
4
9
0
-
8
8
0
5
0
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Psychology 5
I
Term
nrn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 4
4
- 13 13
-
- -
- -
5
-
4-5
-
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Natur.al Science or Math.
Education 84
&ducation 83
Education 87
I 11
m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 - 13 13
10
5 - -
- -
-
-
4
-
I
PHILOSOPHY MAJOR
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreien LanmaPe
ist tory 1, 2,-or-3
Sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Electives
Term
I II III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5 4
--
-
- - - 4
- - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4
4
Term
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art -1 or
Music 30
..~
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Ph~!osophy 23
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Speech 11 or 51 or Literature
Philosophy Elective
Electives
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr, Cr.
4
-
5
6
- -
4 5 5
6 10
SENIOR
I
II I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 - 5-6 5-6
4 - -
-
-
5
4
-
4
4-5
4
Term
I n m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Philosophy 99
Philosophy Elective
Electives
PHYSICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of
Physics.
Term
FRESHMAN
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Wath. 14 or 40
Mathematics 41. 42
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Physics 21, 22, 23
Mathematics 43
Mathematics 58
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Sconomics 22
Philosophy 21
Term
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr Cr.
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Physics 61
Physics 51. 52
ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85
Art 1 or Music 30
Physics 62, 63
Physics 77
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
Reliigon
Physics 81, 82
Physics 77
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Political Science.
Term
FRESHMAN
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 3
phi lo so ah^ 21
Math. or - ~ a t u r a lScience
Sociology 11
Political Sci. 20, 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
SOPHOMORE
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Art 1 or Music 30
Sociology 61. 62
-
4
-
5-6 5-6
- -
5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
politic& kci. 22, 50
Camputer Science 45
History 21, 22
5
5
Term
JUNIOR
~ o r s g nLanguage
Political Sci. 60
Political Sci. 80, 81, 84
Economics 22. 23
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr.
4
- 5
4 4 4
4
-
5
-
4
4
-
5
Term
SENIOR
I I1 I11
Cr.
- -
4
4
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
~oliSicai Sci. 51. 62
Political Sci. 70, 71
Foreign Language
Electives
~iferature
Elective
PSYCHOL,OGY
MAJOR
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Natural Science or Math
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr.
-.
. Cr.
- - . Cr.
--
- -
4
5
5
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Electives
Term
JUNIOR
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 61
Psvcholoev 59
~s$cholog$ 64
Psychology 61, 62
Psychology Electives
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
Term
I 11 I11
SENIOR
Religion
Psychology
Psychology
Psychology
Psychology
Electives
Cr. Cr. Cr.
81
99
91
Elective
0
RELIGION MAJOR
'
FRESHMAN
I
Term
I1 rII
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Natural Science or Math.
History 1, 2
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Electives
SOPHOMORE
I
Term
IIm
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Philosophy 21
Electives
I
Term
11 m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 4
4
4
4
4
5 - - 4 6
SENIOR
Religion
Religion 86
Literature
Sociology
Electives
Term
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 4 -
O
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Scand. 1. 2
2, or 3
History I,
Natural Science or Math.
Soziology 11
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Term
I 11
- -
4
-
SOPHOMORE
-
Religion 21
Scand. 5, 6
Scand. 55
Scand. 26
Scand. 25
Speech 11 or Literature
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or ~conomics'22
H. P.E. 10.
Art 1 or Music 30
-
-
-
4
5-6 5-6
1/3 1/3 1/3
I
Relieinn
-.
--..
-.
Psychology 5.
Education 50.
Education 52. 53. 54.
Education 59*
~cand.-l2
Philosophy 21
Scand. 74
Scand. 62
Electives
m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5 -
Term
II ITI
Cr. Cr Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84.
Education 83'
Education
87'
----
Term
I I
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
-
5
-
4
-
-
I
Term
II n I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 10
-
5
-
Stand. 84
Scand. 99
Electives
' Students
who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses.
SECRETARIAL WORK
The first year of the following program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis
of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for
teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business
Education.
A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program.
A student in the two-year program must select three courses from
the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits.
~
I
FIRST YEAR
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Business Ed. 1
Business Ed. 50
Business Ed. 21, 22
Business Ed. 53
Business Ed. 10
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
11 I11
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5 2
- 5 -
- -
4
4
-
-
-
5
4
SECOND YEAR
Religion 21
Psychology 5
Soeech 11
~ G s i c e s sAd. 1. 2
Business Ed. 63
Business Ed. 8
Electives
I
Term
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 5 -
SEMINARY
Completion omf the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare
the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The
following pro:gram gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It
does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even
in the freshman year.
Term
I
~ n g i k h11. 12
History 1. 2. 3
Foreign Lanmage*
S o c i o l o ~11
H. P.E. 1 . 2 3
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
4
4
4
5
-
4
5
-
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Term
I
Religion 21
Natursl Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
JUK?OR
I
I1 I11
SENIOR
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Philosophy 41. 42, 43
Speech 11
Electives
4
-
-
5
5
4
4
4
5
4
-
8
8
-
-
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
4
4
4
4-5 4 12
-
-
16
Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek, students who have not studied
Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college.,
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits including at
least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits
in each of economics, political science, and sociology.
The following program includes the requirements for a teaching
major in the social sciences.
Term
FRESHMAN
I
Term
I1 111
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1. 2. 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
5
-
-
4
4
-
- -
4
5
5
5
4
4
4
-
-
-
Religion 21
Foreign Language
History 21, 22
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
I
- -
-
4
5
5
-
I
I1 I11
SENIOR
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography 14
Political Sci. 20, 22
H. P.E. 10
Economics 23
History
-
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
JUNIOR
I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
5
4
4 5 5 -
- - 4 0 0 0
- - 5
4 - - 4 4
5
5
4
4
-
-
-
-
5
4
-
Term
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
sociology 12
Speech 11 or Literature
History
History 95
Electives
-
4
-
-
4
-
-
-
4
- - 3-
-
4
4
4
'
A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least
29 credits in history; and 4 credits in each of the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
study sociology in graduate school.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
~o;eign ~ a n g u a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11, 12
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P E . 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
4
5
5
5
4
4
4
-
-
-
4
-
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Natural Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Sociology 41. 42, 43
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Sociology 75.
Sociology 82, 83
Sociology 91*
Electives
Relieion
phil;sophy 63
Sociology 31
Sociology 61,* 62*
Psychology 5
Speech 11
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 -
* Required for the major.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE
SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Sociology.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11. 12
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P E . 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 4 5
5 5 - - 4
4
4 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
I
Term
I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Speech 11 or Literature
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Sociology 42. 43
Elective
SENIOR
C-.
r . C-.
r C-r.
.
Religion
Sociology 5l.* 52.*. 53'
Socioloev 54." 55.* 56"
s o c i o l o ~ +61"
Psychology 5.
Sociology 31
Electives
-
4
1
4
4
1
-
4
1
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Relizion
Sociology 75. 82
Psvcholoev 61. 62
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
-
-
4
Required for the major
SPANISH MAJOR
See under Curriculum for French major
SPEECH MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Speech.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign ~ a n g u a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Speech 61
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or ~ c o n o m i c s22
Speech 60
Speech 51, 55
Education 50
Educztion 52. 53. 54
Education 59
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
- ..--.
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5 5
5
4
4
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- -
- -- - -
---*-*
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
ForGgn Language
Speech 11
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
Philosouhv 23
speech*i i o r 52
Speech 32
Psychology 5
I1 I11
4
4
--
Term
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- -
5
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
S ~ e e c h16 or 67
speech 66
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Electives
--
c r , Cr. Cr.
L, 6
I
-
6
-
6
Term
I
I1 n I
Cr. Cr.. Cr.
4 - -
PERSONNEL
Officers of the Board
m
....................
. . . . . . . Chairman
THE BOARD Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg
OF REGENTS Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-chairman
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson
............................Treasurer
Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California
Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew
Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board,, H. B. Fuller Company
Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House
Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota
President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co.
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President and Business Manager, Luther Theological Seminary
Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President, Plastics, Inc.
Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota
Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota
High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools; Farming
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Director, Special Markets, Investors Diversified Services
Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Minnesota National Life Insurance Company
Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety,
University of Minnesota
Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota
Professor, St. Olaf College
The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin
Senior Vice President and General Counsel,
Aid Association for Lutherans
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota
General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company
The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin
Senior Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church
Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel
Mr. John R. Winsor, Wayzata, Minnesota
Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood
ADMINISTRATION
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President
Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College
Burton P. Fosse .............. Vice President for Business Affairs
Kenneth P. Fagerlie . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Development
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students
Fern I. Martinson .................. Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women
Mildred Joel ................ Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty
Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar
Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian
Carl R. Hammarberg ......... Director of Placement and Testing
S. V. Hjelmeland ............ Associate Director of Development
Jeroy Carlson .................... Director of Alumni Relations
Richard Holy ..................... Director of Church Relations
Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations
John Bostrom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Publications and Sports
Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations
and Convocations
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions
Mark Johnson ................ Associate Director of Admissions
Marilyn McKnight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Richard Berg .............................. Business Manager
Eugene Ecklund ..................... Director of Plant Services
Elton L. Erdahl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controller
Mrs. Elaine Swanson ................ Director of Food Services
John J. Salchert ............................ College Physician
Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Campus Pastor
Irving Hoe1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Book Store
Bjarne Landa ......................... Curator of the Museum
Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist
Mrs. Julie Thompson . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Student Activities
PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS
Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D.C.
Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman
Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Batzli Electric Company
Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company
Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, A. D. Strong Company
Mr. R. J. Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota
General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company
Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, First National Bank
Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota
President, Warner Hardware Company
Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northern States Power Company
Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota
Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association
Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Gamble-Skogmo, Inc.
Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington
President, Elling Halvorson, Inc.
Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Knutson Companies, Inc.
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota
President, Minneapolis Gas Company
Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, Tescom Corporation
Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa
President, First National Bank
Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York
President, Gilbert Systems, Inc.
Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc.
Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice Chairman, Executive Committee, Baker Properties, Inc.
Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota
President, Apache Corporation
Mr. Dean B. Rar dall, Excelsior, Minnesota
Vice President, Honeywell, Inc.
Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio
President, 0. G . Sandbo Company
The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Judge of the District Court
General L. J. Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri
Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc.
Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Midland National Bank
Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, Jefferson Transportation Co.
Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
COMMITTEES OF
THE FACULTY
Administrative Committee: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Fosse,
Fagerlie
President's Cabinet: 0. Anderson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Sorlien,
Berg, Ecklund, Mrs. Swanson, Mrs. Thompson, M. Johnson, Mandsager
Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, P. Quanbeck, Skibbe,
R. Anderson, Nicholl, Torstenson, Gisselquist, Agre, Sulerud
Educational Policies: Bailey, 0 . Anderson, Sandin, Ollila, Miss
Pederson, Karlen, Follingstad, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Stenshoel,
Miss Joel
Library: Miss Kemmer, Fardig, Thorpe, Bergstrom, Colacci
Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Benson, Gustafson,
Mrs. Karvonen, Gulden
Admissions and Student Standing: Bailey, Miss Joel, Holum, Miss
Rozentals, Mrs. Dyrud, Holman
International Education: Mrs. Johnson, Mrs. Jensen, Miss M.
Anderson, Miss Joel, Mrs. Kingsley
Athletics: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Dahlen, Kiive
Faculty Social Functions: Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Miss
Kemmer, Miss M. Anderson
Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker,
E. Anderson, J. Johnson, Ollila, Mrs. Olson
Faculty Personnel Policies: Pfeffer, Budge, Mrs. Jensen, Sateren,
Holum
*Judicial Council: Nelson, Chrislock, Herforth, Stenshoel
*Student-Faculty Council: 0.Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss
Martinson, Fretheim, Mrs. Kingsley
*Convoctations:Agre, Miss Aaskov, Mrs. Noonan, Benson
*Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson
Archives: Miss Tangjerd, Miss Kemmer, Chrislock, Landa, Miss
Mortensen
* Joint Student-Faculty Committees
0 THE FACULTY
Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960.
Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.CH.E,, 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota.
Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University
of Michigan.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and
Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University,
1947.
Ernest Anderson (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education,
Basketball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
*Hildur Anderson (1965), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian
A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941.
*Joyce M. Anderson (1966), Instructional Assistant in Health and
Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor in Spanish
B.A., St. Olaf Co'llege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964.
Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President of the College
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech
B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University d Minnesota.
*Stewart C. Anderson (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University
of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina (1967), Instructor in German
Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester
der Philologie, 1933, University of Latvia.
John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University.
*William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University af Minnesota.
*Robert E. Beverley (1966), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948; Northwestern University.
*Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor in Sociology
B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota.
Philip M. Bly (1967), Instructor in English
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1961.
Margaret J. Bolsterli (1967), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of Arkansas, 1952; M.A., Washington University,
1952.
*Dagrun Bondevik (1967), Instructor in Norwegian
B.A., Logndal Gymnas, Logndal, Norway, 1955; Kristiansand
Officiale Laerarskole, 1955-59.
Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho.
Penelope Cairns (1967), Instructor in French
B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French
Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Professor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University
of Minnesota.
Bernhard M. Christensen (1938-63), President Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929.
'"Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor in English
B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935.
Thomas J. Christenson (1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.A., 1965 and Ph.D., 1967, Yale
University
Robert W. Clyde (1967), Director of the Social Science Research
Center with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State
University of Iowa, 1964.
'"John R. Coan, Jr. (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Brass)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Mario Colacci (1952), Professor of Classical Languages
D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B.,
Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940.
Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949.
Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1964.
K. Berner Dahlen (1941), Associate Profess'or omf English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
Carlyle C. Dewey (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
Grace H. Dyrud, (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota.
Wilfried Edner (1967), Visiting Professor of Modern Languages
Diploma, 1954, and Ph.D., 1963, Bavarian State University, Erlangen, West Germany.
"Edgar E. Eklof (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of
Music, 1955.
Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950.
Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone
Laborato'ries, Inc., 1950.
Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs
B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.
Terence E. Fretheim (1961-63, 1967), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Luther College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1960;
Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1967.
Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor in Music, Director of Male
Chorus (on leave 1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963, M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966.
Daryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) (on leave 1967- )
B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University
of Iowa, 1947.
Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History
B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota.
William S. Gray (1966-67), Associate Professor of English (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Centenary College, 1950; M.A., Louisiana State University,
1962; Ph.D., University of Exeter, 1,964.
*Edwin L. Groenhoff (1966), Instructor in Education
B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957.
Dean B. Gulden (1966), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63, 1966), Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1967.
Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with
rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian (on
leave 1967-68)
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950.
Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics
B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D.,
New York University, 1950.
*Kare Hauge (1967), Instructor in History
B.A., University of Oslo, 1965; Alliance Francaise, Diplome Superior, 1964.
Melvin Helland (1941-64), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation.
*Katherine A. Hennig (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., 1933 and M.S., 1956, University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., University of Nebraska, 1963.
Norman Holen (1964), Instructor in Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
Thomas R. Holman (1966), College Psychologist and Assistant
Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1966.
John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
'kRichard F. Holy (1967), Lecturer of Business Administration and
Economics
B.S., 1954 and J.D., 1955, University of Wisconsin; B.A., Luther
Theological Seminary, 1959.
Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., West Virginia State College, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas
City, 1952; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Richard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1961; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1964; M.Th., Princelton Theological Seminary, 1964.
James W. Ingemanson (1967), Instructor in Chemistry
A.B., Augustana College, 1965; B.S., Iowa State University, 1967.
Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor in German
Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*Irene Khin Khm Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of
History
B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University,
1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
"Olive J. Jensen (1966), Lecturer in Art
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank o'f Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Einar 0. Johnson (1956), Professor of Education
B.A., Concordia Co'llege, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington.
Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant
Professor
B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959.
James D. Johnson (1961), Instructor in Music (Piano)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music,
1958.
*Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
Sherman J. Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965-66, 1967), Assistant Professor
of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955.
Robert Karlen (1959), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University o'f Minnesota, 1959.
Joanne Karvonen (1965), Instructor in English
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia,
1962.
Grace E. Kemmer (1966), Librarian I, Acting Head Librarian
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Priidu Kiive (1966), Instructor in Physics
B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959.
'"Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish
B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944.
Bernhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota.
'"Carolyn R. Knutson (1966), Librarian I, Reference Librarian
B.A., Grinnell College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian
B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1967.
Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German
B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930,
University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1952.
Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960.
(on leave 1967- )
Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota.
Ruth G. Ludeman (1967), Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1961.
Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951.
David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant in Chemistry
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964.
*Kay L. Madson (1966), Instructor in Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1962.
Orlin L. Mandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor
of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women--Associate Dean of Students
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950.
Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesuta, 1964.
*Kathryn Moen (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Organ)
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947.
*August Molder (1963), Artist in Residence and Instructor of Art
Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia.
Gerda Mortensm (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University,
1928.
John B. Mosand (1967), Instructor in Art
Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian
Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University of Illinois, 1960-61.
Arthur Nash (1922-66), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Cecilia Y. Nauck (1966), Instructor in Mathematics
B.A., Hofstra University, 1964.
Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education,
Football and Baseball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University of Chicago Divinity
School, 1965.
Grier Nicholl (1961), Associate Professor of English
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College,
1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*John L. Nielsen (1966), Artist in Residence and Instructor in
Music (Brass)
B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University of
Iowa, 1963.
Norma C. Noonan (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965,
Indiana University.
David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Douglas J. Ollila (1966), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary,
1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963.
Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota.
Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant in Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
*Nils W. Olsson (1967), Visiting Professor of Scandinavian
A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago.
Karlis Ozoliis (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor
(on leave 1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English (on
leave 1967-68)
B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan,
1952.
Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Anne Pederson (1932-44,1946), Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor of Physical Education
for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University,
1954.
Ronald D. Pfeffer (1966), Instructor in Physical Education
B.S. Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966.
Martin Quanbeck (1938), Protessor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1957 Princeton Theological
Seminary.
Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
Edward M. Sabella (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960.
Robert T. Sandin (1958-60,, 1967), Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954;
M.A., 1956 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota.
'''Lars A. Sandven (1967), Instructional Assistant in Norwegian
Richard Sargent (1967), Instructor in English
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965.
Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943;
L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music,
1963.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Librarian I1 (on leave 1967-68)
B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University
of Minnesota, 1961.
Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962.
'"Frank L. Slesnick (1967), Instructor in Economics
B.A., Oberlin College, 1964.
George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
James R. Spiess (1967), Instructor in Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964; M.S., University of Colorado, 1967.
*Charles A. Stendahl, Jr. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
*Roger R. Stem (1967), Instructor in Computer Science
B.S., 1961 and M.A., 1964, University of South Dakota.
Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado.
Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958.
*Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University
of Minnesota.
*Rolf K. Tedefalk (1967), Instructor in Business Administration
Graduated, Hvilans Gymnasium, Sweden, 1955; Commissioned, Military Academy, Sweden, 1956; B.S.B., University of Minnesota, 1964.
Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958.
Neal 0. Thorpe (1967), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965.
John Thut (1947), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music.
*Vera Thut (1947), Instructor in Music (Piano)
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927.
Renate Tietz (1963), Librarian I, Acquisition Librarian
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University
of Minnesota.
*E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Profess,or d
English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Erling J. Urdahl (1943), Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
*Leo B. Vetvick (1966), Instructor in Sociology
A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955.
Eugene Vuicich (1967), Assistant Professor of Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967.
*Sister Marie Gertrude Ward (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1945.
Beverly A. Wegge (1966), Assistant Registrar
B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958.
*David Westphal (1966), Artist in Residence in Art
Dale R. Whiteside (1967), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages
A.B., Augustana College, 1956.
Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Instructional Services
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
"'Alvin A. Arens (1966-67), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.B.A., University of Minnesota,
*Norman K. Bakken (1966-67), Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; S.T.M., Hamma Divinity School,
1954; Th.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1963.
*Eric 0. Giere (1966-67), Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
B.A., Luther College, 1949; M.A., University of Iowa, 1964.
'''Loren E. Halvorson (1966-67), Adjunct Professor and Director,
Academic Town Meeting
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1953; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1958.
:&JohnW. Knudsen (1966-67), Instructor in Business Administration, Economics and Business Education
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962.
*Mary C. Preus (1966-67), Instructor in Classical Languages
B.A., Luther College, 1963; A.M., Harvard University, 1964.
Warley J. Refsal (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Modern Languages
*Henriette Rodary (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Modern
Languages
*Marjorie Rodberg (summer, 1967), Librarian I, Assistant Catalog
Librarian
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1963.
David A. Sjogren (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Biology
:!:Paul H. Zirnmerman (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Health
and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1966.
* Part-time faculty
::*
:*,::
Ahlson, Margaret Ann
. Williston, N. Dak
Anderson, Allen Kenneth
. . . Paynesuille
Anderson, Barbara Ellen
. . . . . . . . Benson
Andersoq Carol Louise . . .
Minneapolis
Andersoq D a ~ dElbert
. . . . Grossion
Anderson, Donald Eric . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
Anderson, Janet Marie .
,
,
. St Paul
Anderson, John Luther
. . . . . . . . Climaz
Anderson, Karen Ann
.
. Bnd<cr. iu
Anderson, Mary Kay
.. . .
,
Rcd R'imc
Andreasen, John Gabriel
.
. t-'irrquc. TVis,
Arlf Nancy Jeanne . . . . . . . . . . . . Gknmc
Ausmus, Duane G . .
. Hinckley
. . . Zimmerman
Bagley, Harold James
.
Robbinsdale
Bakke, Judith M
.
. . Canby
Beiningen, Janet Marie
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Benson. Carolyn Mae
... Welch
Berg, Anita Christine . . .
Minneapolis
Berg, David Clarence . . .
Bernstrom, Robert Donald
Minneapolis
, !!;nrcwoli,
Bevis. Lennore A Bylund
Blake, Ronald Richard
.
S d n r z . TVorh
Blom, Catherine Elizabeth . .
rIrrrcIy12
Boies, Thomas G. P.
.
.I!inz~:cpoiir
Bolstad, Paul Raymond
. . . Minneapolis
.
. . . Minneapolis
Bolstad, Rosanne M.
Bonnes, Charles Edwin . . . . Minneapolis
Booth, Tine Andriessen Fort Francis, Ont., Can
Bowles, Connie Lee
.
. Minneapolis
Braaten, Julie Secgmiller
Decorah, la.
Brandvold, Richard William
Minneapolis
......
Minnetonka
Bruzek, Barbara
. .
. . . Butterfield
Buhler, Joan
. . . . .
Minneapolis
Carlson. Lee Dixon
. . . . . . . . . . Anoka
Cartwright, Paul Otis
Cerkvenik, Paula Kay . . . Princeton, N.1
. . . . Edina
Christenson, Bruce G . .
Cole, Larry
. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Coleman, T. Patrick . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Coltvet, Benjamin H . . . . . Estheruille, la.
Coltvet, Helen B.
...
Estheruille, la.
... , . Stockton, Calif.
Corson. Corbin G.
Coryell, Charles Emerson . . . . . Richfield
.
Daniels, Brian Howard
Danielson, Margaret C.
Davis, Kathleen Marie . .
Degen, Heidemarie
.
Delany, Marjorie
.
Drews, Ellen Udine
Onalarka, Wis.
..
Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
Frankfurt am Main
West Germany
. . . Warn, Wis.
. .
Minneapolis
.
Egesdal, Miriam Ruth
Emerson, Douglas A.
..
Engle, Judith Lynn
.
Erickson, Caren D . . . . .
Erickson, Janet Kathryn . .
Erickson, Judith J.
. . . .
Erickson, Judith Marie
.
Erickson, Karen Kaye
Ericson, Rodger Tilden . .
Estenson, Grace Rolinda
. . Thief Riuer Falls
Ferber, Rebecca Ellen
Ferchen, Duane V.
. . . . Niagara FalLs, N.Y.
. . . . . . St. Louis Park
Finke, Rodger Gary
Firsf Le Mar Jack
. . . . . . . . St. Louis Park
Winona
Fischer, Alberta Mary Elizabeth . .
Franson, C. Vinal . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield
.
. . . . Minneapolis
Frick, Phyllis G
Gilbertson, J o h n Gayle
.
Minneapolis
. . . . . . Duluth
Gilleland, Richard E
Grant, Ordean Leonard . . . . . . . . . Austin
Greenfield, John Nelson . . . . . Sheridan, Wy.
Gunderson, Darlene Ojakangas . . . . . Monticello
Gustafson, Jack Edward . . . . . . . . Osseo
Haag, Mary Lynne Kurth
. . . Huichinmn
. . . h'or:hkM
Hallcock, Beverly Marie
. Rrd IT'ir;3
Hamberg, Sandra Diane Edskom
Hanse, Joel G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3lorri1
Hanseq Jean Mosal . . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield
. Richfield
Hanson, Cynthia Ann .
. . . . . . Thief River FalLs
Hanson, Ronald A.
. . Minneapolis
Hanson, Thomas Frederick
.
Minneapolis
Hanwick, Theodore Thor .
Westbrook
Hauberg, Lila Lee . . . . . . .
Hedman, Dave . . . . . Seattle, Wmh.
Helvig, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . Truman
Hendrickson, Alan Albert
Negaunee, Mich
. Minnetonka
Hendrickson, John R , Jr .
. . . . Maple Lake
Hoekstra, Harold J
. . Brooklyn Center
Hoff, Larry Eugene
Hokkanen, J e n y David . . . . . Kimble
. Piermont, S. Dak
Holm, Marilyn Franzen
.
Tigerton, Wis
Holm, Steven Andreas
. . . Minneapolis
Holmgren, Sharon Joy
Minneapolis
Holtan, Judith Ann . . . .
.
Radcliffe, In
Hoversten, Linda Marie
Huntzicker, Carol Diane Nelson . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . Pennock
Huseby, Edward J
Jacobson, David R
Minneapolis
. . St. Paul
Joesting, Susan Jean
Johns, Russell H
.
Ghent, N.Y.
Bloomington
Johnson, David Lawrence
Lake Mills, I a
Johnson, Dennis Carl
Johnson, Donna Marie
,
. Minneapolis
Lehr, N. Dak
Johnson, Douglas Arthur
Columbia Heights
Johnsoq Duane Elmer
..
.
Red Wing
Johnson, Gary Steven
Grantsburg, Wis
Johnson, Gay A.
.
,
Johnson, Irene M.
. . Minneapolis
Johnson, Karen Janice
.
. Minneapolis
Johnson, Mardelle B.
. . Kirkland, 111.
Johnson, Robert Leslie . .
. . . . Willmm
Johnson, Sally Ann
. . . . McCallsburg, l a
Johnson, Sandra Lee
.
. Annandale
Joing, Bonnie Jean
..
.
Minneapolis
Kalberg, Eileen Marguerite
Kalp* Kathleen L . . .
Klemp, Joy Carol
..
Klepp, John DeWayne
Koepcke, Janet Lorraine . .
Kosloske, Daryl Gordon
Kotval, Sandra Jeanne
Kristenson, Allan Jerome
Kruse, Verland E.
Kyllo, Loren Jon
. . Hecror
Parkers Prairie
... Ezcelsior
Bag*
Ercelsror
. Fmrmont
Broweruille
Wammingo
Bloomington
Burnsuille
Landa, Mark
Faribault
.
Minneapolis
Lange, Walter J
.
.
. Minneapolis
Larsen, Oliver A , Jr
Larson, Allen James
. St. Paul
Larson, Carole Jane
Newman Groue, Neb
. . . . Hector
Larson, Mary Lynn
. Minnetonka
LaSalle, Judith Carol
Lee, Henry Albert
Camrose. Alberta, Can
.
Lacrosse, Wis.
Lee, Thomas Robert
.
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia
Legesse, Hagos
Lund, John W.
Minnetonka
. . . . . . . . Roseau
Lund, Karen 0.
. St Croiz Falls, Wis
Lundgren, Ida Elizabeth
Luoma, Gracia A. Nydahl
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Maas, Jerry LeRoy .
Mattison, Donald Roger
!finwnpolir
Luck. 1ri7
Mattson, Dean ElRoy
Roscc:r
Mattson, Kathlyn Elvera
.
..
Milaca
Mattson, Philip Dale
McCaughan, Charles A
.
. Blwmington
McGregor, Thomas Robert .
Minot, N. Dak.
. . Minneapolis
Meland, John Kristoffer
Minneapolis
Miklos, Geraldine Charron
Minneapolis
Miller, John Richard
. . . . Minneapolis
.
Minear, Spencer E.
Moland, Lucille Sharon
Malta, Ill.
Moore, James Raymom!
.
. St. Paul
Mork, Richard 3Iiltnn
.
. Benson
Morreim, Jeanne Wanner . . . Cumberland, Wis.
Muehlenthaler, Sharon B.
. . . . . St. Paul
. . Rockford, Ill
Myrvik, Karen Ann . . .
. . . . Hillsboro, N. Dak.
Nelson, Anne Moen
. . . . . . . Lakeville
Nelson, Blair Russell
.
. . . . . . . . RichfieId
Nelson, Jacqueline
Neseth, Carmen Lois . . . . . . . Kenyon
Norlin, Sandra Roth . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Norum, Grant Marvin . . . . . . . Clayton, Wis
. . Wooduille, Wis.
Norvold, Douglas Berg
..
Columbia Heights
Nygaard, Marie T
Oelschlager, Karen
. . . . . Wa~mingo
Oguamanam, Cletus Onyeama
Abbg Nigeria
Robbinsdale
Olson. Gracia Naomi . . . . . .
Olson, Joseph Andrew . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson, Larry Howard . . . . . Granite Falls
Olson, Mary Ann . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson, Sanfred N. . . . . . . . . .Roseuille
. . .
Ostby, John Leonard
Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . Dennison
Ostemn, Karen L
. St. Cloud
Pslmgren. Patricia Claire
. . Cliiherall
Paulsoq Dennis Edward
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Pautz, Lynn Eagen
. Brooklyn Pmk
Pearsoq Wayne Kenneth
Persons, Warren Lee
Minneapolis
...
Peterson, Darrel A
.... Fmwell
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Peterson, Janice L.
Peterson, Ronald David . . . . . . . . Cosmos
Petzke, Bonita Kae . . .
. . Willmm
Pierson, Diana L. . . . .
,
Minneapolis
.
. Harlings
Pinke, Paul August
.
.
.
.
Podas, Gary Charles
Minneapolis
. .
Ezcelsior
Poeschel, Richard Albert
.
. Hutchinson
Popp, Kathleen Ann
. Minneapolis
Prokofieff, Philip E. ..
Wagner, Dean Eldon
Wagner, Nicholas E. .
Wall, Kathryn Elizabeth
Wallen, Lynn Louise
Warzyniak, Robert W
.
Weimer, Martha E
Westby, Steven Amold
Will, Connie D. Clarine
Williams, Richard Keith
Windingstad, Ronald M
Woida, Duane Arthur . .
Woolson, Cynthia Lee
Lake Mills, I a
Si. Paul
....
,
Minneapolis
Robbimdak
Wausau, Wis.
. . . . . . Austin
..
Dawson
Peshiigo, Wis
. . . Hosiings
Zimmermaq Paul Henry, J r
,
Zinn, Richard Carlton
. . Zumbrota
. . Si. Paul
..
GRADUATES, 1967 (through August 31)
Aas, John Edward
.
Adams. Marcia Louise
Albaugh, Marilyn Rae
Anderson. Barbara J.
Anderson, Bruce Edward
Anderson, Joyce Ardell
Anderson, Patricia P
Andreason, Shirley M
Arends, Ardell Martha
.
Asp, Julie Ann
Asper, Victoria Sharon
Axberg, Robert Atle
,
.
.
I
Pelican Rapids
Minneapolis
,
. . Aurora
. . Osakis
Eagle Bend
. . . . . . A ustin
. . . Smgeant
Minneapolis
. Wabosso
.
Peterson
Frederick. Wis.
Minneapolis
.
.
Sacred Hemi
Barnaal, Lois A
Barsness, Anita Marie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watson
Batalden, Sandra Jean . . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
. . Minneapolis
Batalden, Stephen Kalmer
Beauclair, Mildred M
New Rockford, N. Dak
Quam, Marilyn A
Kenyon
. . . . . . Brooklyn Center
Benson, Robert R
. . . . . Minneoia
Berg, Carol Myrvik
Ree, James R. . . . . . . . . . . St. Louis Park
Bethke, Joel Lee . .
. . Cannon Falls
Reiff, Paul G. . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Bold\
Marilyn
Jean
.
.
. . Huichinson
..
Princeton
Reiman. Dennis B
Bollman, Lynn A. . . . . . . Minneapolis
.
.
Si Paul
Rindal, Terence W.
.....
Radcliffe, Ia.
. . . .
61 . r n m n i ~ ~ ; Bomick, Steven D
Ring, Vernice
Robbins, Richard Raymond
..
I E r n ~ ~ a ~ c ~ I i - Brabch, Keith Richard . . . . . RenvilIe
Bremer, Constance V Elizabeth . .
St Paul
Ronning, Donald David . .
Fmgc. Y
. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Burke, Ronald C
Ronning Sharon Bjugstad
,
Burmn? 1L.k
Rosenquist, Adeline E. ..
, I: 1 c o n J r i
St. Anthony Village
Chilgren, Donald L
Rossing, Melvin 0. . .
TrilJ.r:r. :\I~da<m?ur
Wolf Point, Mont
Christianson, Donna Dean
Rosvold, L. Beverly
. . . . Co!!onumd
.
.
.
. Richfield
Cina,
Stephen
Alan
. . . . Minneapolis
Rued, Mary Margaret
. . . Bloomington
Clawson, John T.
. . . . . . . . . Willmm
Rykken, Dennis Neal
.
. Minneapolis
Cooper, Grant William
. . .
Minneapolis
Sandau, Ivan D.
Dahlquist, Kathleen
:ifinwnpoli.
. . .
Minneapolis
Sandin, Shirley Ann
. , ,Amnril!n, T C Y ~
Danielson, Thad Carl
.....
Minneapolis
Sather, Bonnie Louise
Deden,
Ruth
Ann
.
Zumbroro
Sawai, Noboru . . . . . . . >Iinx~,3mlir
Doering, Sandra Lee
.
hbhirtrdalc
. . Newman Gro::~..:'r-cS.
Sawyer, Carol Ann
Dolan, Mary Margie
IInw!
Schamer, Bonita Boll . . . .
Tininrn?
Donald, William Paul
, ,
:ltinnr5~c/iz
Schulz, Niles R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zurnbroia
.
3lrrmruerilir
Dunham, Loren J.
. . . . Long Lake
Schumann, Carolyn A.
. . . . . . Beloit, Wis.
Scott, Michael David
Enlund, Marian I
Rich.&-!d
. . . . . . .
Hopkins
Senn, James A
.
,
Rci,r-rr
Enstad, John C
. Blancharduille, Wis
Severson, Roland 0
Erickson, Conroe LeRoy
Canr;grr Fcllr
.
Chicago, 111.
Sexton, Lela M
Erickson,
Douglas
R.
.
,
.Crq!fL..
IVEh
. . Richfield
Shaleen, Esther A.
Erickson. Elaine Marie
,
,JlfinJ-n~o1is
Shores, Stanley Bernard . . . . . Willmm
Erickson, Steven I.
ramhridgr
Sigurdson, Eunice E . . . . . New Hope
Evenson, Larry Kent
H=,I~L
. . . McGraih
Simonson, Ronald M a n i n
Eau Claire, Wis
Sorenson, Richard Edward
Feddick, Kathleen A
.
Duluth
Sprague, Patricia Jean . . . . . St Louis Park
.
..
Ceylon
Fenrich, Robert C.
Diorios, Kyrenia, Cyprus
Stavrou; Soterios G
.
Milaca
Ferguson.
Ronald
Morris
. . . . Minneapolis
Stende, John R
Filreis, Lucille Randall
Edim
.
. Minmapolis
Stenson, Charles 0.
Fischer,
Janet
Susan
Buffalo
Lake
.
Golden Valley
Stensrud, Alan T.
Forseth,
Stephen
W
Minneapolis
.
.
.
Lowry
Stivland, Rodney L
. . Minneapolis
Frovik, Terry James
. . . Silverion, Ore.
Strand, Carol Ruth
.
Columbia Heights
Streufert, Paul R.
Gaard,
Marilyn
Kay
Boyceuille,
Wis.
. . . . . . . . . . . Richfield
Strom, Dale L
Geisness, Camolita K . . . . . . . Alezandria
. . . . Rocksier
Struve, James Kenneth
Gerschwitz,
Paul
Roy
Streaky
Bay,
S
Australia
.
. Fridley
Sundberg, Lois E
. Minneapolis
Gierke, Alan Raymond
Thimsen, Marcia Ann . . . . Minnetonka
Gisselquist, Kathleen Margaret Kraft
Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
Thompson, Judy M.
. . . . . . Badger
. . Siour City, In.
Torrin, Darryl Douglas Amel
Gisselquist, Rebecca Joan
. . . . . Dawson
...
Miles City, Moni
Gjerde, Ruth Ann
Torstenson, Beth Marie
. . . .Z i m m e r m
Goldenmaq Dennis Alan
Torstenson, Sylvia Steinbeck . . Lake Pmk, la.
I
Gosewisch, Lorraine J. . . . . . . . . . Racine, Wis
Gronberg, Sharon Merle Hendrickson . Clmkfield
Groth, Frediic Ivan . . . .. . . . . . .. . . Edina
Grover, John Robert . . . . . . Rochlle, Ill
. . Sand Creek, Wis.
Gundale, John David .
Gunderson, Barry L. . . . . . . . Brooklyn Center
Gundenon, Karen Mildred . . . Enumchw, Wmh.
H a m n , Bruce Lyle
. . . . . Minneapolis
.. .
. Willmm
Hansen, Lee Anne
. . . . Minneapolis
Haugen, David Allen . .
...
. . . Brainerd
Hedquist, Willard A
. South St. Paul
Heitman, Sharon Kathleen
. . . . Bumsuille
Helgesen, Rebecca Lynn
Helgeseq Sonja Jean
Minnetonka
.. .
. . . Robbinsdale
Helstrom, Gary K.
Hetland, Duane Gordon . .
. . Radcliffe, la.
Rushford
Highum, Gayle Elaine . . .
Hirdman, Paul Thomas . . . . . . . Story City, l a
Zumbrota
Hoeft, Ardis Freda .
.
Minneapolis
Hoffman, Sheldon R.
. . . . Mound
Hofteig, John Haldor .
Hokansoq Dale H. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hosman, Robert Arthur
Oak Lawn, Ill.
.. . .
St Paul
Hoveland, Dawn Diane
. . . . . . Montgomery
Huber, Ronald R.
. . . . . Emf Chain
Hugoson, Eugene Leighton
.
Albert Lea
Huseby, Rebecca Ann
Jacobson, Carol Beske
. . . . . . . . .. Atwater
. . . Hawick
Jacobson, Karen Lee . .
. . St. Paul
Jensen, Cheryl Marie . .
. . Minneapolis
Johnson, Bonita Phyllis
, Rockford, 111.
Johnson, Dale I. . .
Johnsoq Kaylene Ruth
New Richmond, Wis
Johnson, Lance S
. .
,
. St. Paul
Johnson, Peter N. . . Tananmiue, Malagmy Rep.
.
Minnetonka
Jorgensen, Michael Theodore
. . .. Glencoe
Kivi, Eileen Emch . . .
. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Klune, John Gradie
.
.
St. Paul
Knutson, David Walter
. Wabasso
Lamprecht, Gloria Dianne . . . .
Lanes, Mary Lou . .. . . . ... . .. . . Monteuideo
.. . . .
Lamberion
Lang, Donald George
Larsen, Frederic Clinton
Culbertson, Mont
. . . . . Virginia
Larson, Karen A.
. . . . . Climar
Larson, Linda Rae . .
. . Minneapolis
Lechnyr, Patricia Ann . .
.
Wells, Mich
Lee, Robert Lloyd . . . . .
,
.. ..
. Edina
Leschensky, James E
. . . . Coon Rapids
Lewis, Janice Joan . . .
..
Minneapolis
Lewis. John Carl
,
.
Coon Rapids
Lewis, Richard John
. . .. Wrmerly, la.
Liebers, Myrna Gail . .
..
Minneapolis
Lier, Peter C
Lillquist, George E , Jr
Spring Lake Park
, Lake Crsytal
Lindekugel, Sandra Pleis
.
South St. Paul
Lindell, Jamcs Gerald, J r
. . . . . . . . Hayfield
Lohn, Gary Howard
. . . Dell Rapids, S Dak.
Loken, Ruth Mae
Lyons, Kenneth Russell
Columbia Heights
Cmla>Madsen, Janet Marie .
Magnuson, Stanley Richard
.
~lfin?a~.opcli.r
Mattson, Carol Jayne
.
. . Lakeuille
. . . Madison, Wis
McKnight, Malilyn S.
. ..
. . . . . Osseo
Menzel, Lawrence H.
Zimmerman
Meyer, Marlys Bertha . . . .
...
Minneapolis
Michaelsen, Jennifer Else
. ..
.
Eden, S Dak
Miller, Dennis D
. . Viroqua, Wis
Moe, Eleanor Solveig . . . .
. Minneapolis
Moore, Susan Diane Christianson
. .. . . . . Willmm
Mork. Carol J.
. Owaionna
Munderovski, Roy Vitauts
. .
Robbinsdale
Munson, Diane Shirley
. . . . . . . St. Paul
Nelsen, Kay Eileen
.
Bmron, Wis.
Nelson, Linda Louise
. . . . Spicer
Nelson, Paulette
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Nelson, Philip John
.
Spooner, Wis
Nelson, Susan Ann .
. . . . . Stanley, Wis
Nerdrum, Cam1 Joan
.
. Hopkins
Niles, Richard Allen
Nordin, Marion Eileen Rudser
dolden Valley
,
. Cokdo
Nyquist. Joel Victor
. . . . . . . Columbia Heights
Ocel, Roger
Olseq Myron Lee . .
. .
Oconio, Wis
..
.
. Roseuille
Omundson, L Jean
. . Spring Valley
Overholt, Suzanne . . . . .
Orbolt Anthony C . .
. . . Kansas City, Mo.
Pedersoq Thomas Calvin
.
Stmbuck
Persson, Maxine Marie
Minneapolis
Petersen, Cheryl Christine . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
. . . ...
Jackson
Peterson, Daniel Lmn
Peterson, Donovan David . . . . Minneapolis
. Minneapolis
Peterson, Gerald B. . . . . .
.
Minneapolis
Peterson, Kenneth R . . .
Peterson, Ronald Steven Vincent . . . Minneapolis
Pittman, William V , Jr
. .. . . . Anoka
.
. . Minneapolis
Pudas, Grant Peter
Minneapolis
Rakow, Donn Edward . . .
Ramnarine, David James Cameron
Skeldon,
Guyana
.
, ,
Hoffman
Refsal, Harley J
Reiff, James E
..
.
St. Paul
. .
. Minneapolis
Reque, Frank Merwin
. .. .
.
Robbinsdale
Rice, Linda Jane
Roe. Janice Elaine
Fmno.> N. Dak.
Ruona. Marlys Denise
. . Minneapolis
. . . . T r y
Rupp, Patricia Emma
. . LaCrosse, Wzs.
Ruud, Charlotte Ann
-
. . . . . . . Milan
Sackreiter. Dennis Arthur
.
Minneapolis
Sahl, Thomas James . .
Salo, Susan .
.
,
.
..
Milaca
. Minneapolis
Sandbo, Mark R
Sather, Sylvia Carolyn
..
Minneapolis
Schlachtenhaufen, Salome Ann
Des Moines, la.
.
Bird Island
Scholla, Muriel Berg
. .
Forest Lake
Schroeder, Marian Ethel
Later Prairie
Schultz, Michael Louis
Schwartz, John Norman
. Lester Prairie
Selstad, John Leslie
. Minneapolis
Senner, Priscilla Ruth
. . . Narhug N. Hamp.
Setterholm, Richard Dale
.
Brooklyn Center
. Minneapolis
Sjerslee. Sallie Stephenson
. . . . Hector
Sjogren, David August . . . .
Minneapolis
Skottegaard, Robert Charles .
.
. . Minneapolis
Slavik, Robert Alan . .
Sletten, Jerilyn Kay
Bmron, Wis
Seattle, Warh.
Smith, Paul D . . .
. Minneapolis
Snyder, Thomas Stanley .
. Minneapolis
Sorenson, John Arthur
. .
.
Minneapolis
Sparks, Carol1
.
Minneapolis
Stensvaag, Ruth Ingrid
Glencoe
Stradtmann, Phyllis Ann .
. . Rockford, ill.
Strommen, Mary Ellen .
Stromsmoe, Gail Marie
Thief Riuer Falls
Sulzbach, Ann E . . .
Minneapolis
. . Minneapolis
Suomela, Adele Joan Hermes
,
Minneapolis
Swanson, Karen Dahlin
.
Minneapolis
Swenson, Joan A Alden
..
. Minneapolis
Sylvester. David Ernest
Teige, M Philip
Tesdell, Darlene Joyce
Thiesfeld, Susan Paulette
Thompson, Robert Nathen
Tibbits, Lorene Monson
Tinseth, Phyllis Dianna
Titrud, Mark
.
True, David Jon
.
Uigaard, Stuart Brady
Wateruille, Maine
. Slater, la.
.
,
Glencoe
Lake Lillian
.
. Canby
.
. Willmar
. . . . Center City
Columbia Heights
Star Prairie, Wis
Vaagenes, Bonnie Bicri
.
. .
.
Walen, Barbara E.
Wall, Geraldine Neff
Warner, Ronald Dean
Wesley, Lynn Carol
.
Westermo, Mary Ellen
White, Clyde Edward
...
Wilfrid, Luther Jon
Wilson, Carolyn Jean
Woida, Karen Leslie Horton
Wold, Philip Arlen
Wood, Virginia Joanne
.
Wyckoff, Madeleine Jeanne
.
St Paul
.
..
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Grandview, Wash.
.. .
. St. Paul
. Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
. . . Hayfield
St. Paul
Siom City, la.
New Brighton
Columbia Heights
. . . Richfield
Youngquist, Michael William
Yue, Samuel Ka-Sheng . . . . . Hong Kong
..
. Wood Lake
Yuzer, Barbara Ann . .
SUMMARY Graduates -- 1870-1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OF Graduates -- 1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GRADUATES Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ENROLLMENT
SUMMARY
3496
247
3743
AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 1966-67
First Term
Men Women Total
Class
98
Senior .....
Junior .... 158
Sophomore
218
Freshman . 242
Special . . . . 31
Yurse (D. H.)
Nurse (F H.)
Nurse (M H.)
Nurse ($. H.)
Total . . . . . 747
.
.
112
149
204
255
26
35
210
307
422
497
57
35
44
44
44
44
79
948
79
1695
Second Term
Men Women Total
95
98
193
156
150
306
211
232
28
722
-199
254
25
34
410
486
53
34
$0
40
41
75
916
41
75
1638
Thii Term
Men Women Total
91
154
205
254
28
92
150
198
259
24
34
732
35
41
75
908
183
304
403
513
52
34
35
41
75
1640
TOTAL ACADFMIC YEAR
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior ...................................
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman ................................
special ...................................
Nurse (D H.) .............................
Nurse (F. H.) .............................
.
.. . .
Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total ....................................
.
Men
Women
105
162
222
256
35
114
157
207
262
31
35
44
44
780
79
973
Total
219
319
429
518
66
35
44
44
79
1753
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1966-1967
Men Students ......................................... 780
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .973
Total .................................................. 1753
INDEX
Academic Administration . . .
Accounts. Payment of . . . . .
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administration . . . . . . . . 41,
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Placement . . . . . . .
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . .
Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . 2,
Aims and Obiectives . . . . . .
American Studies . . . . 50,
Archives, The . . . . . . . . . . . .
Art, Department of . . . . 51,
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance, Class . . . . . . . . .
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
13
2
128
22
23
23
102
7
108
9
108
32
46
34
Biology. Department of . . 54.
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Administration . 57,
Business Education . . . . . 59,
109
12
126
8
110
111
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 5
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . 24
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 111
Classical Languages . . . . . . . . 62
Classification of Students . . 45
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Coaching Endorsement . . . . . 72
Co-curricular Program . . . . . . 29
9
College Center . . . . . . . . . . . .
Committees of the Faculty . . 130
Comprehensive Examinations 47
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . 77
43
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . 97
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . 48
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
American Studies . . . . . . . . 108
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Business Administration . . 110
Business Education . . . . . . . 111
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Elementary Education ... 112
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
General Liberal Ark . . . . . 108
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Health and Physical Ed. . . 115
High School Teaching . . . . 113
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Medical Technology . . . . . . 118
Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 120
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Political Science . . . . . . . . . 121
Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Scandinavian . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Secretarial Work . . . . . . . 122
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Social Science . . . . . . . . . 123
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses 111
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . 43
Divisional Organization . . . . 48
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . 30. 100
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education. Department of . . .
Education. Elementary . . 65.
Education. Secondary . . 66.
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eligibility Requirements . . . . .
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English. Department of . 68.
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrance Requirements . . . . .
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
112
58
112
113
42
34
20
114
114
146
22
47
12
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Financial Assistance . . . . . . .
14
Financial Information . . . . . . .
12
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 85
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 115
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . . . .
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79.
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates (1870-1 966).
Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements . . .
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.
Health and Physical Ed. . 72.
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . .
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . .
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34,
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 43.
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . .
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the . .
41
7
68
115
43
133
146
41
115
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
North-South Student Exchange
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 48
Nursing. Affiliation with
Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
115
37
Objectives and Aims . . . . . . 7
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
113
7
116
103
102
38
48
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Intercollegiate Athlmetics. Purpose
and Philosophy of . . . . . . . 32
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . 103
Laboratories. Natural Science 10
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 108
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 3
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . 76.
Uedical Technology . . . 103.
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses
Membership in Educational
2
Associations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metropolitan Opportunities . 27
Ministry. Preparation fomr the 123
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Modern Languages.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . 77
Music. Department of . . 83. 119
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Musical Organizations . . . 31. 86
42
117
118
118
Pass/No Credit Grading
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 13
Personnel Services. Student . . 35
Philosophy. Department of 87. 120
Physical Education . . . . . 32. 72
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Physics. Department of . . 90. 120
Placement Service for
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
8
Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . .
Political Science . . . . . . 92. 121
Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . 123
President's Board of Advisors 129
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Psychology.
Department of . . . . . . 94. 121
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24. 32
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . 126
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Registration. Change of . . . . . 45
Religion and Philosophy.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50
Religion, Department of . 95, 122
Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . 24
Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . 43
Requirements, Graduation . . . 41
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Scandinavian Studies . . . 80,
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Courses . . . . 59,
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social and Recreational
Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social Sciences, Division of the
Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . .
Sociology, Department of 97,
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82,
Special Programs of Study . .
122
14
122
123
26
50
123
124
103
115
102
Speech, Department of . 100, 124
Student Activities,
Coordination of . . . . . . . . . 39
Student Government . . . . . . . 27
Student Personnel Services . . 35
Studio Building . . . . . . . . . . .
9
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Suspension of Students . . . 24, 45
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Teacher's Certificate . . 64, 113
Transfer and Advanced
Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Tuition and Fees . . . . . .
12
University Courses . . . . . . . . .
Upper Division Requirements .
47
41
1
Show less